©nifT  oip 


K   M 


J 


SHORTER  COURSE 


WITH    THE 


® ertnan   language 


BY 

W.  H.  WOODBURY,  A.  M. 

A.UTHOE  OF  "  NEW  METHOD  OF  LKAEMNQ  TO  READ,  SPEAK  AND  WEITK 

THE  GERMAN  LANGUAGE,"  "  ELEMENTARY  GERMAN  READER," 

"eclectic  GERMAN  READER,"  "  GERMAN-ENGLISH  AND 

ENGLISH-GERMAN  READER," 

"HKW    METHOD    FOR    GERMANS    TO    LEARN    ENGLISH,"    OR 

**  Seue  iWet^ob*  jui  grl«»nung  bet  englifc^en  epra<^e,"  <fec. 


TENTH       EDITION. 

NEW    YORK: 

IVISON,  PHINNEY  &  CO,  48  &  50  WALKER  STREET. 
CHICAGO:  a  C.  GRIGGS  &  CO.,  39  &  41  LAKE  ST. 

BOSTON  :   BROWN,  TAGGAKD  A  CHASE,       PIIILADKLPHIA  :   80WEB,    BARNES   ic   CO., 

AND  J,   B.   LIPPINCOTT   &   CO.      CINCINNATI;   MOORE,  WILSTACU,   KEYS  A  CO. 

SAVANNAH :   J.   M.    COOPER   &   CO.      ST.   L0XTI8  :   KEITH  k  WOODS.     NEW 

ORLEANS  :   BLOOMFIELD,  STEEL  k  CO.    DETROIT  :  F.  KAYMOND  A  CO. 

"T862. 


Just  Published. 
A   KEY    TO   THE    EXERCISES   IN  WOODBURf's    SHORTER  COURSB 
WITH  THE  GERMAN  LANGUAGE.       PricG  50  CGIltS. 

IVISON  «fe  PHINNEY,  321    Broadway,  N.  Y. 


EmrxRED,  according  to  Act  of  Congrfess,  in  tiib  year  1853,  hy 
W.  H.  WOODBURYt 
%  tile  Clerk's  Office  of  the  District  Court  of  the  United  States,  for  the  Soutlieni 
District  of  Nkw-York. 


PREFACE 


This  "Shorter  Course"  with  German  is  designed 
as  a  response  to  tlie  oft-repeated  call  for  something 
less  elaborate  than  the  author's  larger  work.  Its 
aim,   therefore,  is  simply  and  rigidly  jpractical. 

The  plan  differs  not  materially  from  that  which 
characterizes  the  author's  English  Course  for  Germans, 
published  in  1848 :  the  exercises  throughout  being 
alternately  English  and  German. 

The  details  of  the  method,  therefore,  need  not  here 
be  pointed  out  ;  as  a  glance  at  the  following  pages 
will  convey  a  better  impression  of  the  leading  fea- 
tures of  the  course,  than  any  amount  of  statement 
and  specification. 

With  this  brief  prefatory  note,  with  sincere  thanks 
for  the  favor  shown  to  his  previous  productions,  and 
with  the  hope  that  the  present  one  will  not  be  less 
deserving  of  regard,  the  author  commits  tho  work 
confidingly  to  the  public. 

New-York,  June,  8,  1852. 


WOODBURY'S  GERMAN  SERIES 


LEARNING    TO    READ,   SPEAK    AND    WRITE    GERMAN 
*  Price,  $1.  25. 


W  O  O  D  B  U  R  Y'S 

SHORTER  COURSE    WITH  GERMAN, 

Price,   $0.  75. 


•W  O  O  I>  »  T7JE«.-X-»» 

ELEMENTARY  GERMAN  READER. 

Price,  %0.  75. 


W  0  0  ID  i&  u  I  g '  SJ 
iSOLECTIC     GERMAN    READER. 

Price,  $1. 


Woodbury's 

GERMAN.ENGLISH    AND    ENGLISH-GERMAN    READER 

Price,    $0.  25. 


Snr     @rlernunfl     ber     engltfd)en     ®^rad)c. 

/aspellf^B  /rcnci)  Sates, 

FASQUELLE'S    FRENCH   COURSE. 

Price,  $1.  25. 


Price,  SO.  75. 

FASQUELLE'S     TELEMAQUE. 
Pr»c<r,  SO.  75. 


INDEX    TO    THE    LESSONS. 


Liss.  I.    German  Alphabet. 


Less. 


Less. 


Less.  II.  Sounds  of  the  letters.  1.  Vow- 
els. 2.  Umlauts.  3.  Diphthongs. 
4.  Consonants.  5.  Oompound  con- 
sonants. Less, 

Less.  IIL    Current  hand. 

Less.  IV.     1.  Definite  article.     2.  Gender 

of  nouns.     3.  Pros.  sing,  of  ^abcn.      Lggg 

Less.  V.  1.  Interrogative  conjugation. 
2.  Pres.  sing,  of  loben. 

Less.  VI.     1.  Cases.     2,  Position  of  geni- 
tive.     3.   Dative,     how    rendered. 
4.  Dec!,  of  def.  art.     5.  Agreement 
of  art.  with  noun.    6.  7. 8.  Forms  of    Less. 
decl.  of  nouns.    9.  Paradigm. 

[iEss.  Vn.  1.  Dative  with  prepositions. 
2.  Conj.  of  verbs. 

Less.  VIII.     1.  Demonstrative    pronouns. 

2.  &  3.  Decl.  of  btefer,  jenev,  &c. 

Less.  IX.     1.  Indef.  art.     2.  Poss.  pron. 

3.  Decl.  of  indef.  art.  and  poss.  pron. 

Less.  X.  1.  Interrog.  prons.  2.  Decl.  of  Less. 
SBcr  and  2Ba§  fur  etn.  3.  aBa« 
fiir  separated.  4.  SBeldE)  and  WaS 
fiir  in  exclamations.  5.  3Brt8  for 
gajavum.  6.  Semanb,  9fltemanb, 
etroag,  ^Itdjfs.  7.  aBaSfor  @tnja«. 
8.  Decl.  of  3cmanb.  9.  ®ar,  or 
®anj  uni)  gar. 

Libs.  XI.    Adjs.  of  old  Decl.    Forms  of 

the  adjective.  1.  Used  predica-  Less, 
tively.  2.  Three  forms  of  declension. 
3.  When  inflected  according  to  the 
old  declension.  4.  Rejection  of  e 
before  I,  It  or  r.  5.  Endings  of  old 
decl.  in  the  nominative.  6.  A4js, 
qualifying  @ttV(l6,  &c. 

Lkbs.  XII.  1 .  Adjectives  inflected  accord 
ing  to  the  new  declension.  2.  End- 
ings of  new  declension  in  the  nomi- 
native. 

Lisa.  XIII.  1 .  Adjective  inflected  accord- 
ing to  tlie  mixed  declension.  2.  Form 
of  words  requiring  an  adjective  to 
be  in  the  mixed  decl.  3.  Endings 
of  the  mixed  decl.  in  the  nominative. 

I^ra.  XrV.  Speaking  and  writing  German. 


Less 


XV.  1.  Preps,  with  th«  dative, 
2.  Preps,  with  tLe  accusative.  3.  Prepa, 
with  the  dat.  or  ace.  4.  Preps,  and 
def.  art.  contracted. 

XVI.  1.  Negative  conjugation.  2.  Po- 
sition of  Sliest.  3.  ©onbern  anJ 
5lbcr.  4.  S^it^twa^r?  5.  Nouns 
of  the  new  decl. 

XVn.  1.  Articles  and  pronouns  in 
the  feminine  gender.  2.  Declension 
of  feminine  nouns.  3.  Appe'lations 
of  females.  4.  Adjectives  in  ti.e  old 
declension.  5.  Adjectives  in  the  new 
declension. 

XVIII.  1.  Formation  of  diminutives. 
2.  Use  of  diminutives.  3.  Formation 
of  compounds.  4.  Gender  of  com- 
pounds. 

XIX.  1.  Gender  of  nouns.  2.  Ap- 
pellations of  persons.  3.  Masculine. 
4.  Feminine.  5.  Neuter.  6.  Having 
two  genders.  7.  Generic  names  of 
animals. 

XX.  1.  Plural  of  article,  possessive 
and    demonstrative    pronouns,  &c. 

2.  Adjectives  in  the  plural.  3.  CMd 
declension.  4.  Present  plural  of 
^abcn  and  ©etn.  5.  Nouns  of  the 
old  declension  ending  in  t,  el,  Cll, 
cr,  (Jjen  and  Jcilt.  6.  Nouns  not  end- 
ing in  e,  cl,  &c.  7.  Nouns  having 
more  than  one  form  for  the  plural. 

XXI.  1.  Adjectives  of  new  declen- 
tion.    2.  Nouns  of  new  declension. 

3.  Feminine  nouns.  4.  Nouns  of  old 
and  new  declension.  5.  Nouns  fol- 
lowing the  old  decl.  in  the  singular 
and  the  new  in  the  plural.  6.  De. 
clension  of  proper  names.  7.  Femi- 
nine   proper  names  ending  in   t. 

8.  Masculine    nouns    adding    ttl8, 

9.  Use  of  the  article.  10.  Connected 
view  of  all  declensions. 

.  XXII.  I.  Comparison  of  adjectives. 
2.  Umlaut.  3.  Irregular.  4.  Unin- 
flected  form.  5.  Superlative  with 
am.  6.  How  declined.  7.  Super- 
lative combined  with  5lIIer.  8.  Com- 
pared by  means  of  fSltl)V.  9.  3e— 
beflo.  1 0.  Posiiicn  of  subj.  and  verlfc 


IV154G317 


INDEX    TO    THE    LESSONS. 


Liss.  XXIII.  1 .  Adject,  used  substantively. 
2.  3.  4.  Terminations  dropped.  5.  Old 
and  new  decl.  G.  U^ed  adverliially. 
Superlative  with  QlufS  and  3»'"- 
8.  @ltel  and  Sautev.  9.  Formed  from 
nouns.  JO.  Sentences  used  adjec- 
tively.  11.  Following  a  noun.  12.  De- 
rived   from     names    of    countries. 

13.  From  names  of  persons. 

Lkbs.  XXIV.  1.  Gen.  of  pers.  prons.  2.  Pers. 
pron.  used  reflex.  3.  Refl.  pron.  (Bi6). 

4.  &i^  translated  by  a  pers.  pron. 

5.  Pers.  and  refl.  prons.  used  as  reci- 
procal. 6.  7.  Use  of  the  pron.  of  the 
second  pers.  sing.  8.  9  Use  of  the 
second  pers.  plur.  10.  Tiiird  pers. 
sing,  for  the  second.  1 1.  Third  pers. 
plur,  for  the  second  pers.,  sing,  or 
plur.  12.  Prons.  referring  to  neuter 
appellations  of  pers.  13.  Gender  of 
prons.  referring  to  inanimate  objects. 

14.  Adv.  substitued  for  a  pron.  and 
preposition.  15.  Use  of  @8,  as  gram- 
matical subj.  16.  Position  of  the 
grammatical  subj.  17.  Various  uses 
of  (S8. 

Les-s.  XXV.  1.  Absolute  possessive  pron. 
2.  Used  substantively      3.  Inflection 

of  ^ein  and  ©in.     4.  2)Jetnee» 
0leict)en,  &c. 
Ijcss.  XXVI.  1.  Pres.  rendered  by  the  perf. 

2.  By  the  fut.    3.  Use  of  the  imperf. 

4.  Position  of  infinit.  and  partic.  in 
compound  tenses.  5.  Perf.  in  refer- 
ring to  past  time.     6.  Use  of  the  fut. 

7.  Verb  repeated,  or  auxil.  omitted. 

8.  Conj.  of  ^aben.  9.  idioms  with 
J^aben. 

Lkbs.  XXVII.  1.  Form  of  infinit.   2.  Root 

3.  Pres.  particip.     4.  Perf.  particip. 

5.  Formation  of  pres.  indie.  6.  For- 
mation of  imperf.  7.  Formation  of 
perf.  and  pluperf.  8.  Formation  of 
Uie  futures.     9.  Conj.  of  Siebcit. 

LssB.  XXVIII.  1.  Relat.  pron.  2.  Forms 
of  the  genitive.  .3.  4.  Position  of  the 
verb  in  relat  sentence.  5.  Relat.  and 
princip.  sentence.  G.  Conjunctions. 
7.  5)fV,  IDie.  2)fl8  as  relative.  8.  0J) 
as  a  relat  9.  U.«e  of  SGCcr.  10.  Use 
ofSBaJ.  11.  2Sdct)er  in  the  signi- 
fication of  "some".  12.  Adv.  sub- 
Btituted  for  a  pron.  and  preposition. 
13.  Omission  of  the  copula.  14.  Use 
of  the  relat.  with  pers.  prons.  15.  In- 
version of  relat.  and  antecedent. 

Lms.  XXIX.     1.  Determinative  pronouns. 

2.  ^ttforbcrjenifle.    3.  ^erfclbe 


instead    of    a    personal    pronoun 
4.  (Solc^er  instead  of  a  demonstra 
tive  or  personal  pronoun.     5.  (SbcU. 
6.  7.  (Sclbjl. 
Less.  XXX.     1.  ©er    as  demonstrative 

2.  Use  of  baS  and  btcp.     3.  HRvin. 

Less.  XXXT.    1.  ^oniieit.     2.  S)Hrfen. 

3.  mmn.  4.  (2oUen.  5.  Swol- 
len. 6.  SJJiiffeii.  7.  Saffcti. 
8.  Conj.  of  9.  Fo.m  of  perf.  and 
pluperf.  10.  Collocation.  11.  Omis- 
sion of  the  main  verb.  12.  Form 
of  second  and  third  persons. 

Less.  XXXII.  1.  Setn.  2.  Conj.  3.  SBer* 
ben.    4.  Conj. 

Less.  XXXIII.  1.  Irregular  verbs.  2.  Form 
of  infinitive.  3.  4.  5.  Formation  of 
imperfect  tense,  and  perfect  parti- 
ciple. 6.  Irregular  in  the  present 
tense.  7.  Formation  of  the  second 
and  third  persons.  8.  List  of  irre- 
gular verbs. 

Less.  XXXIV.  ^aUn  as  auxiliary. 
2.  0ein  as  auxiliary.  3.  ^abeu 
or  i&cin. 

Less.  XXXV.       1.  Infinitive  without  JU. 

2.  3.  Rendered  by  our  present  par- 
ticiple. 4.  As  subject  of  a  verb. 
5.  After  particles.  6.  Used  pas- 
sivelv.  7.  Uiu  with  infinitive. 
8.  After  Stiffen. 

Less.  XXXVI.  Present  participle.  2.  Used 
predicalively.  3.  Perfect  participle 
after  Jlommcn.  4.  With  ®ct)cn. 
5,  Used  imperatively.  6.  Future 
participle.  7.  Imperative.  8.  In- 
dicative, and  ©oUen,  used  as,  9.3)a» 
buv4>  ba^. 

Less.  XXXVII.  1.  Compound  verbs.   2.  3. 

4.  Position  of  the  particle.  5.  Pre- 
fixed to  a  verb  not  accented  on  the 
first  syllable.    6.  Signification  of 

Less.  XXXVIII.  Adverbs.  1.  With  verbs 
of  rest      2.  With  verbs  of  motion. 

3.  »g)ill  and  .^cr  separated  from  1)0 
and  2Uo.    4.  4?in  and  .^er,  defined. 

5.  How  translated.  6.  5>a,  .j^icr, 
&.C.,  compounded  with  pic|)d.  7.  For- 
mation of  adverbs. 

Less.  XXXIX.  1.  Collocation  of  subor 
dinate    sentence.       2.    Ccrrelativc 

words.  3.  Obgleic^,  &.c.  4.  51ber, 
&.C.  5.  Inversion  of  subject  and 
verb.  6.  Conjunction  omitted  in 
translaUon.    7.  PosIUod  of  adverbi 


INDEX  TO  THE  LESSONS, 


with  adjectives.       8.  With  verbs. 
9.  Adverbs  of  time  and  manner. 
Lkss.  XL.     Compound  verbs.     1,  Unac- 
cented particles.     2.  3.  Unaccented, 
or  accented.    4.  Augment. 

Less  XLI.     1,  Subjunctive  as  potential. 

2.  Rendered     by    the    indicative. 

3.  As  imperative.  4.  Conj.  of  sub- 
junctive. 5.  Formation  of  subjunc- 
tive :  of  regular  verbs.  6.  Of  irregu- 
lar verbs. 

Less.  XLII.  1.  Conditional.  2.  Imperfect 
and  pluperfect.  3.  Condition  not 
expressed.  4.  Conditional  used  in- 
terrogatively. 5.  Conj.  of  «§abeit 
and  ©ein. 

Less.  XLIIL  1.  Reflexive  verbs.  2.  Rend- 
ered by  intransitive  or  passive  verbs. 

Less.  XLIV.  1.  [mpersonal  verbs.  2.  Omis- 
sion of  (S8.  3.  ©eben.  4.  %ih= 
Icn,  &c.  5.  Impersonal  and  reflexive. 

Less.  XLV.     Passive.     1.  Formation  of. 

2.  aSorben.    3.  Used  impersonally. 

4.  Paradigm. 

TiKss.  XL VI.  1.  Def.  art.  omitted  in  trans- 
lating.    2.  Supplied   in   translating. 

3.  4.  Indef.arl.  omitted.  b.^tV^lw 

(^en,  &c. 

IiEss.  XLVTI.  1.  Proper  and  common 
nouns.  2.  Date.  3.  Nouns  of  weif^bt, 

&c.  4. 3irr.  5.  (Sin  ^aar.  6.  Wlann. 

Lesi.  XL VIII.  1.  Prepos.  with  the  gen. 
2.  3.  With  gen.  or  dat.  4.  ^alh, 
&.C.  5.  Unt— tvillen.  6.  i^alben, 
&c,  compounded.  7.5Iufiatt.  8.  Ad- 
jectives   governing     the     genitive. 

9.  Adject,    governing    the   accus. 

10.  Adject,  followed  by  prepos. 

Less.  XLIX.  1.  Verb  governing  the  gen. 
2.  Used  passively.  3.  Reflex,  with 
the  gen.     4.  With  impersonal  verbs. 

5.  With  transit  verbs.  6.  Verbs 
followed  by  prepos.  7.  Genitive 
otnitted  in  transk  tion.  8.  Genitive 
used  adverbially. 

LiSB.  L.  1.  Verbs  governing  the  dat.  and 
aocus.      2.  Governing  tlje  dative. 


3.  Dative  with  leib  t^Un,  &c.  4.  Pas- 
sive verbs  with  dative.  5.  Verbs 
governing  dat.  or  accus.  6.  Dative 
with  adject.  7.  Dative  instead  of 
the  genitive  or  a  poss.  pron.  8.  Re 
mote  reference.  9.  Position  of  dat. 
and  accus.  10.  Dative  with  t)On, 
Ui,  &c. 

Less.  LI.     1.  Declens.  ofjttjei  and  brei. 

2.  Of  »tcr  to  jnjolf.      3    Cardinal 
numbers  used  substantively.  4.  .§UU= 
bevt,  &c.    5.  Fractional  numbers. 
6.  ^alb.     7.  '^alb  in  compounds. 
8.  Suffixes  Ct  and  (tng. 

Less.  lif.    1.  9UIcr.   2.  5lnbcr.  3.  ^J^ocf). 

4.  ©tnctiiber.  5.  33eibe.  6  (Sint= 
ger.  7.  (SjtroaS.  8.  ^racnb.  9  3e= 
bcr.  10.  Reiner,  c,  e§.  11.  itetii,  not 
a,&c.  12  ei^pn.  13.  14.  15.  33iel 
and  213entg.  16.  DJeifl  with  art.  or 
poss.  pron. 

Less.  LIU.     5ltt. 

Less  LIV.    1.  Uluf.    2.  5Iu3. 

Less.  LV.   1.  93et.   2.  ^nx^.   3.  Mr. 

Less.  LVI.     1.  ©egeit.     2.  ©egctiuber. 

3.  (Sntgcgeii.  4.  Su. 

Less.  LVII.  1.  Wiit,  2.  9lac^.    3.  5JIac^ 

Less.  LVIII.    1.  Db.     2.  O^tie.    3.  ©cit. 

Less.  LIX.    Uebcr. 

Less.  LX.     Uin. 

Less.  LXI.   1.  U titer.   2.  SSoit.     3.  iBor. 

Less.  LXII.      1.  3»-    2.  With  names  of 

persons.    3.  ^\l  .^ailfc. 
Less.  LXIII.    1.  5lbet.^  2.  9118.     3.  %U 

omitted.    4.  5llfO.    5.  5IU(^. 
Less.  LXIV.    1.  ^alb.     2.  ©13.    3.  JDtt- 

4.  ©a^. 
LESS.LXV.  1.2)ann.  2.  ®ettn.   S.'Dod) 

4.  ®bcn.   5  @bc.  6.  ©rfl.  7.  (Stroa. 

8.  ®ar.  9.  Smmer.  10.3a.  11. 3e. 

Less.  LXVI.    1.  midit.  2.  3^od|).  3.  37utt. 

4.  (fcd^ou.    5.  ©0. 
Less.  LXVII.      1.  ©oufl.     2.  SCicUeictlt 

3. 4.  5lBic.  5.  aCo^I. 
Less.  LXVUL   Titles  of  addieab 


GENERAL   INDEX. 


LESSONS. 

$lBer  fcpicrn,  distinguished       .    16.  3. 

Accusative,  6.  1.  With  prepositions  15. 
Ao :.  or  dat.  with  preps.  15.  With  verbs 
60.  5.  Ace.  or  gen.  with  adj.  48. 8.  9. 
With  verbs  .         .         .         .49. 

Adjectives,  predicative  and  attributive  11. 
Old  Decl.  11.  New  Decl.  12.  Mixed 
Decl.  13.  Comparison  of,  22.  Used  sub- 
stantively. 23.  i.  Used  adverbially.  23.6. 
^Villi  the  gen.  48.  8.  The  dat.  5Q.  6. 
The  ace.  ....    48.  9. 

Adverbs,  Formation  of,  38.  6.  7.  23.  6.  7. 
Position,  39.  7.  Nouns,  used  as,     49.  8. 

?mftn 63. 

21  Her,  prefixed  to  superlatives,  22.  7.  Ap- 
plied to  number  and  quantity        .    52. 

9116 63. 

'•Urn,  15.  4.  With  the  superlative      22.  5. 

%n, 15.3.53. 

Vlll^er,  .        .        .       52.2.3. 

.'lubcrtf)olb,        .        .        .        .51.7. 

•inflntf,  48.  7.  With  infinitive     .    35.  5. 

. .  tide,  forms  of,  4.  9.  Dec!.  6.  4.  9.  3. 
Contracted  with  preps.  15.  4.  Rules  for 
the  use  and  position  of        .  46. 

5Iuc^, 63. 

9laf,  15.  3,  54.   With  superlatives,  23  7. 

5Ulf8,  with  superlative,         .         .     23.  7. 

Auxiliary  verbs,  of  tense,  27.  7.  8.  34. 
Omitted,  28.  13.  Of  mode,  31.  Infinitive 
instead  of  participle,  31.  9.  Main  verb 
omitted  .        .        .        .    31.  11. 

SBalb, 64.  1. 

50ft 15.55. 

53eibe,  SDtikc8,  .       .       .    52. 5. 

©i« 64.2. 

Capitals,  Rules  for,  4.  Note,  11.  6.  23.  1. 

Cardinal  numbers     ....     51. 

Cases       .        .  6.48.49.50. 

Collocation  of  words     ,         .         .         39. 

Comparison  of  adjs.  .         .         .22. 

Comparative,  Decl.  of,  22.  6.  Irreg.  forms 
of, 22.3 

Compound.',  formation  of.  Adverbs,  38.  Con- 
fonants.  2.V.  Nouns,  18.  2.  Verbs  separ- 
able, 37.  Inseparable     .         .         .40. 

Conditional  mode     .         .         .        .42. 

Conjugation  of  verbs,  regular  27.  irregu- 
lar        .     -.        .        33  and  P.  178. 

Conjunctions  ....     39. 

55a,  64.  In  Compounda  .       .    38. 

2)«rn,  65. 

fDa§ 64. 

a)eno,  ...  65. 


LsssoKa 
5^oc^,    .  ....    65 

Dative, 50. 

Declension,  adjective,  article,  noun,  de- 
monst.  and  poss.  pronouns       .     21.  10 

Demonstrative  pronouns,      .         .    8. 30, 

5)cr,      .       .       .4.28.7.   29.2.30. 

JDerjenlgc,     ...  .29. 

Determinative  pronouns  .         .     29 

Diminutives,  18.   Gender.  18.  2.   24.  12. 

Diphthongs,  ....     2  III. 

3)ret,  Declension  of  .        .    51.1. 

5)urfen, 31.2. 

eben,     ....  .65. 

(S^c .65. 

6i,  termination,        .        .        .    21. 4. 6. 

(Siaen 52. 12. 

(Sill 9.4.25.3. 

©iitanber,  ....    52.  4. 

©tiiigc,  etlt^c,      ....    52 

(Sn,  sufHx  in  forming  a^joctives    .    23.  9. 

©ntgcflcn,         .       .       .       .56.3. 

eiC 6.5. 

(13 .    24.15. 

etroa, 65. 

©tn)«8, 52. 

Feminine,  adjective,  article,  noun,  de- 
monstrative and  possessive  pronouns  17. 

Srau,  SrciuU in,     .       .       .       .68. 

Future  tenses,  use  of,  .         .         .     26.  6. 

@  a  II J,  not  declined      .        .        .51.6. 

Gender, 4.  21. 

Genitive,  position  of,  6.  2.  With  preposi- 
tions 48.  1.  Adjectives  48.  8.  With 
verbs,  49.  Used  adverbially,  49.  8. 

«6abcn,  Conjugation,  26.  As  auxiliary  34. 

mb 51.  a 

•^alben.^atber,  48. 4.  In  compounds^,  48  6 

^ei§en 3a 

^eit,  suffix.  .       .       .       .21 

^erandfiin,     ....    38.2.3. 

^err,  68. 

,5ier,  in  compounds  .  .  .38  2. 
ain,       .....    382.3. 

auttbert 51.3.4. 

3mincr,         ...  65, 

Imperative,  ....    3^^- 

Impersonal  verbs.  .  .  .  .44 
3n,  as  prep.  56.  As  termination,  .  18. 
Indicative  used  as  imperative        .     36  8. 

Infinitive, 35. 

Interrogative  conjugation  .  .  .  5. 
Interrogative  ordinal  number  .  51.  1 3 
Interrogative  pronouns     .        .        .10 

8 


GENERAL  INDEX. 


Svgenb,     . 

LESSONS. 

.    52.8. 

Irregular  verbs, 

.        33.  P.  178. 

3<! 

.        .        .    65. 

3e 

.        .        .    65. 

3cber, 

.    8.3.52.9. 

Seglic^er,  . 

.        .    52.9. 

Mm, 

.    52. 10,  &c. 

Mnt,  suffix     . 

.       .        .    21. 

^onnen,    . 

.        .    31.1. 

ISaffen, 

.       .    31.7. 

!2etn,  diminutives  ill, 

.    18. 

List  of  irr.  verbs 

.    178. 

man, 

.       .    30.3. 

9J?and)cr,    . 

.       .    8.3. 

Wlit,      .       .       ,       . 

.        .       .    57. 

Mixed  declension  of  Adj.          .  .13. 

SDfoaen, 31.3. 

Moods,  Conditional,  42.  Infinitive,  35.  Im- 
perative, 36.  7.  Subjunctive  .  41. 
mmn,  .  .  31.6. 
mad),  ....  57. 
Negative  Conjugation       .  16. 

mm,       66. 

mod), 66. 

Nouns,  Gender  of,  21,  Declension,  (Old) 
6  6.  (New)  16.  5.  Of  measure,  quan- 
tity, &c 47. 

Numerals,  .         .  51. 52. 

Ob 58. 

O^nc,  58 ;  with  infinitive    .        .     35.  5. 

Ordinal  numbers       .         .         .         .51. 

Paradigm  of  ^abeu,  26  ;  ©Ctn  and  2Bcr= 
ben,  32.  41.  42.     Passive  .    45. 

Participles,  formation  of,  27.  3.  4.  Declen- 
sion and  comparison  of,  27.  Obs. 

Past  part,  for  imperative,  36.  5.  Future 
participle  .        .        .        .    36. 6. 

Passive  verbs  .        .        .         .45. 

Perfect  tense         .         .         .         .     28. 5. 

Personal  pronouns    .        .         .         .24. 

Plural,  nouns  having  two  forms         .     20. 

Possessive  pronouns,  (conjunctive)  9.  2. 
(absolute) 25. 

Prefiies,  of  verbs^  separable,  37.  Inse- 
paiable.  40.  Separable  and  insepa- 
rable         40.  2. 

Prepositions       .         .         .        .15. 48. 

Pronouns,  demonstrative,  8.  30.  Determi- 


LE8SON8. 

native,  29.  Interrogative,  10,  Recipro- 
cal, 24. 5.    Reflexive    .        .    24.  2. 4. 

Proper  names 19: 

Quantity,  weight,  &c.  Nouns  denoting,  47 

Reciprocal  pronouns     .         .         .     !^4. 5. 

Reflexive,  pronouns,  24.  2.  4.   Verbs  .  43. 

Relative  pronouns    .         .         .        .28. 

©ebon     ..'...    66. 

©ein,  as  pronoun,  9.  5.    Verb         .    32. 

©ett 58. 

©dber,  felbfl     .       .       .       .29.6. 

Sentence,  construction  of,  principal,  26.  4. 
Subordinate       .         .         .         .28.3. 

©0 66 

©oUcn,  31.  5 ;  as  imperative        .    36. 8. 

Some 52.  6.  Note. 

Subjunctive  mood    .        .        .        .41. 

2;aiifenb 54.4. 

Tenses,  how  formed,  27.  5.  &c.  How 
used 26. 

llcbec 59. 

Unt,  60.    Urn  — wiUcn     .       .    48.5. 

Umlaut 2.n. 

Uiiter     ....  .61. 

Verbs,  auxiliary,  of  mode,  31.  Of  tense, 
32.  3  34.  Compound,  separable,  37. 
Inseparable,  40.  Impersonal,  44.  Irre- 
gular, 33.    Passive,  45.     Reflexive,  43. 


Regular       .        .         .        . 

27.41.5. 

gsici  

.    52.13. 

gSiellei^t 

.    67. 

g3on       .       .       .       . 

.    61. 

93or       .       .       .       . 

.       .    61. 

Vowels 

.    2.1. 

mas 

10.28.10. 

mi9  fur  ettt  . 

.        .    10. 

SBelc^cr    .... 

.    10.28. 

g2}cr     

10.28.9. 

aScvbcn     .... 

.    32.3. 

2Bie       .       .       .       . 

.    67. 

2Bi|Tcn,  with  infinitive 

.    35.8. 

2Bo,  in  compounds 

38.6. 

ffiobi    .... 

.    67. 

2BoUett  .... 

.    3i 

SSoiben     .      .      .      i 

45  2. 

3u         .... 

.        .    62. 

3ufoI,fle     .... 

48.3. 

^xoti,  when  decllzysd  . 

51  1, 

(fmipfcl&ltttt^ett. 


STuS  bem  ,,'^e'm'Worttv  2)  cm  cf  ra  ten". 

^adqucUc'S,  9icue  fraujofifd)c  ^rnmmattf.  —  1)tefe  (Srammatif  {ft  na4 
IDBoobbuni'^  bcrii^mtem  9ramatifalifd)en  '^iam  entworfen,  n)e[(i)er  bur^  fcinc  SJorjiigllt^- 
kit  jum  Srlerneit  finer  Sprac^e  burc^  2ef)rer  cber  burd)  6eI6ilunterrtd)t  due  foI(^e  STn 
crfennung  gefunbcn  tat,  mt  ncd)  fcin  Sntwurf  btcfer  Slrt.  !Deittf(i)e,  n?clc^e  bit  franjofifc^e 
©prac^e  eriernen  woUtn,  unb  nur  einigermagen  mit  ber  englifc^cn  ©prat^e  sertraut  ftnb, 
hjerben  burc^  bie  Senii^ung  biefe*  23uc^e^  cincn  bcppeltcn  SBort^eil  gewinnen,  inbem  ftt 
ttcifirenb  bcr  griernung  ber  franjoftfe^en  ©})raci)e  jid)  jugleic^  ia  ber  englifc^en  »oflenb« 
auibilbtn. 

aSoobburo'g  5>Ian  ift  be§taI6  fo  ungemein  nu^Ii($,  tteil  cr  fl^  mt^v  mit  bem  praltifc^cn 
St^eile  ber  ©pra(^e,  alg  mit  bem  trodcnen  wnb  crmubenbcn  5t!)eorettf(^en  befc^oftigt  unb 
beibe  SBefen^eitcn  ber  ©pradje  auf  cine  fcl^e  angenc^me  unb  fa§Ii(^e  2Bcife  »crf(^miljt, 
ba§  ber  £ernenbe  jebe  gclernte  Section  fogleic^  antuenben  faun,  unb  fo^in  bie  Jt^coric  unter 
hem  (Senjanbe  bcr  ^irarii  fl(^  ancignet. 

I)ie  einjelncn  Secticnen  ftnb  ouf  cine  fol^e  au^gejei^inet  praTtif^e  STrt  atgct^ciU,  baf 
ber  ©(fitter  na<^  bem  2)ur^gctcn  einiger  bcrfelben  foglcii^  in  ben  ©tanb  gefe^t  »irb,  fclbfl- 
ftanbigc  ©afte  ju  bilben,  unb  biefelben  in  eon»crfation  onjunjcnbcn. 
From  the  "Nkw-Haven  Palladium," 

Fasquelle's  JVew  French  Course.  —  This  work  is  regarded  by  students  in  French  as 
possessing  qualities  not  found  in  any  otlier,  and  there  are  none  which  bo  effectually  and 
naturally  blend  the  analytic  and  synthetic  systems  as  this  one  now  before  us,  which  ia 
Bubstantially  Woodbury's  New  Metliod. 

From  the  "Zion's  Herald  and  Wesleyan  Journal." 
This  grammar  is  before  all  others  that  we  have  yet  seen,  for  its  thorough  practical 
and  idiomatic  course  of  instruction.     In  fact,  it  seems  to  us  scarcely  capable  of  an  im- 
provement.    We  are  glad  to  learn   that  it  is  rapidly  making  its  way  into  our  schools 
and  academies. 

From  the  "New-York  Evangelist." 
HBoobbtirtj'S  ncuc  'SBlcthotc  jur  (gricrnung  ber  englifd^cn  ^praAe.— 
The  title  of  the  work  gives  the  reader  an  accurate  idea  of  its  object — it  is  a  grammar 
and  chrestomathy  for  the  acquisition  of  tlie  English  language  by  Germans.  Its  great 
nifirit,  and  it  is  very  great,  lies  in  its  admirable  perspicuity.  Tlie  precise  difficulties 
which  a  German  would  experience  in  learning  our  language  have  been  detected  by 
close  observation  and  long  practice  ;  and  these  are  met  and  removed  with  a  skill  and 
in  an  order  that  may  lay  claim  to  true  philosophy.  The  idioms  of  the  two  languages 
— the  different  force  of  letters  in  pronunciation,  the  difference  of  grammatical  con- 
struction, and  of  the  general  usage  of  words,  are  clearly  defined,  and  illustrated  by  such 
varied  and  perspicuous  examples,  that  the  student  cannot  fail  of  the  right  impression. 
It  is  a  work  of  evident  and  long  attention  to  the  subject ;  and  wc  are  not  surprised  that 
it  has  acquired  sufficient  popularity  in  Germany  to  be  republished  there.  For  the 
purpose  of  learning  the  German  it  is  also  highly  useful,  and  might  profitably  take  the 
place  of  many  a  larger  grammar. 

From  Rev.  R.  Allyn,  Principal  of  East  Greenwich  Academy.  R.  I. 
The  philosoi)hy  upon  which  the  "Method"  is  founded  i.s  the  method  of  nature,  and 
Jiereforc  best  adapted  to  n  rapid  acquisition,  a  thorough  knowledge,  and  a  ready  use 
tf  any  language.  As  the  German  is  full  of  the  treasures  of  literature,  its  worth  to  a 
scholar  is  immense.  To  all  who  wish  to  learn  it  ibcJI,  and  at  the  same  time  rapidly  and 
pleasantly,  this  book  is  worth  more  than  their  'noney. 

From  the  "Cattaraugus  Chronicls." 
Tliere  is  ev^ry  thing  in  having  the  right  kind  of  a  book.  It  is  2,')  years  since  we  had 
our  initiation  into  the  German  Lanpungc,  and  what  obstacles  did  we  not  find  in  our 
way  for  want  of  such  a  book  as  the  one  now  before  us  !  We  now  say  to  teachers  and 
•tudcnts  get  Woodbury's  JWw  Method  with  Oermar,  if  you  would  have  a  pleasant, 
plain,  practical  and  thorough  introduction  to  reading  speaking  and  composing  this  in- 
teresting language. 


WOODBUEY'S  SHOKTER  COUESK 


LESSON  I. 

1*0(11011  I. 

German  Alphabet. 

German 

English. 

Pronunciation, 

%  a 

a 

ah 

93  h 

b 

bay 

6  c 

c 

tsay 

5)  t) 

d 

day 

(g  c 

e 

e  (as  in  prey) 

5f 

f 

eff 

®  9 

g 

gay 

^  ^ 

h 

hah 

3"-  i 

i 

i  (as  in  pique) 

3-=^-  i 

J 

yote 

Jl  f 

c 

kah 

1^  I 

1 

ell 

m  m 

m 

emm 

01  n 

n 

enn 

O  0 

0 

oh 

^^ 

P 

pay 

Qq 

q 

koo 

m  r 

r 

err  (as  in  error) 

e  f  a  (21.  (3,) 

s 

ess 

X  t 

t 

tay 

U  u 

u 

0  (as  in  do) 

5B   i3 

V 

fow  (as  in  fowl) 

SB  ii? 

w 

vay 

3f  S 

X 

ix 

8)  9 

y 

ipsilon 

Bs 

z 

tset. 

*  3,  before  a  consonant,  answers  to  I;  as 

in  Smmer,  Sgel;  before  a  vowel,  to  Y' 

win  3a§r. 

11 

12  SOUNDS    OF    THE    LETTERS. 

UMLAUTS.  DIPHTHONGS. 

5lc  or  &;  Dc  or  5,  Ue  or  xi.  at,  an,  n,  eu,  au* 

COMPOUND    CONSONANTS. 

Ci),  ch  ,•  d,  ck ;  fc^,  sch  ;  ff,  ss ;  fl,  st , 

tsay-hah ;      tsay-kah ;      ess-tsay-hah ;       ess-ess ;     ess-lay 

f,  sz;  ^,tz. 

ess-tset ;       tay-tset. 

LESSON  11.  gtctxon  II. 

Sounds  of  the  letters. 

I.   Vowels. 

1»  51;  0  sounds  like  a,  in  ah,  car.  5t^n,  Q(rm,  5tat,*  S3Iatt.* 

2.  @,  c  sounds  like  e,  in  ^eie,  very.  ^ef)x,  (Srj,  «§eer/'*  t^err/'^ 

3.  3^,  i  sounds  like  i,  in  pique,  pin.    3^r,  ^ir,  Wit,  irinf. 

4.  D;  0  sounds  like  o,  oo,  in  no,  door.    9)?o^r,  SWonb,  ^Boot/*" 

5.  U,  u  sounds  like  o,  in  do.  U^r,  *§ut,  $ur,  0Zun,  SO^urren.f 

6.  2),  9  sounds  like  i,  in  3^r,  &c.,  (see  3  S).    S)fo^,  (Stpj. 

II.   Umlauts.'^. 

7»  5lc,  d  sounds  nearly  like  e,  5lc^fel,  ©drtner,  ©defer,  (&^dt. 

8.  De,  '6  sounds  as  in  0lomerl|,    Del,  ^oM,  ^ot)ten,  Qllo^re. 

9.  Ue,  ii  sounds  as  in  i^iir,  II   UeBel,  S^iiaer,  ©iite,  ^iiUen. 

III.    Diphthongs. 

10.  5li,  ai  (or  a^)  sounds  nearly  like  ay  in  aye.  »^al,  Qlai,  9)^at. 

11.  5lu,  an  sounds  like  ou  in  owi.  'iganii,  3JiauS,  Saut,  93rauer. 

12.  ai,  d  (orey)  sounds  like  i  in  die.  ^ciu,  9ftein,  ^ein,  ^eln. 

13.  ©u,  eu  sounds  nearly  like  oi  and  oy  in  oj7,  6oy.    ^^eu,  (Sule. 

14.  Qleu,  du  sounds  nearly  like  cu.  ,^dufer,  *i[eugcln,  93dumcn. 

*  A  vowel,  when  doubled,  is  thereby  lengthened :  followed  by  a  double  consonant, 
it  is  fihortened. 

t  Dissyllables,  unless  otherwise  noted,  are  accented  on  the  first 

X  Umlaut  signifles  changed  or  modified  sound.  The  Umlauts  are  produced  by  a 
union  of  e  with  a,  0,  l\,  respectively.  Except  when  they  are  capital,  the  C  is  usually 
expressed  by  two  dots,  thus;  ft,  5,  it  (instead  of  ae,  Oe,  lie), 

II  For  6  and  11,  there  are  in  English  no  corresponding  sounds.  diotntX  and  far,  for 
example,  might,  perhaps,  be  understood,  if  pronounced  ray'mer,  and  fear,  but  this  is 
by  no  means  correct   The  French  eu  in  peur  answers  pretty  nearly  to  5,  and  u  in 

VUftOU. 


COMPOUND    CONSONANTS.  13 

IV.   Consonants. 

15»  95,  b/  f,  ^,  i,  \,  \\\,  n,  :p,  q,  %  sound  like  h,  d,f,  h,  k,  I,  m, 
n,  p,  q  and  x. 

16.  (E,  c,  before  e,  i  and  9  in  the  same  syllable  sounds  like  3 

(ts) :  otherwise,  like  k ;  (Seller,  (§,mV,  <S)ptm'l,  (So^aF. 

17.  ®,  fi,  at  the  beginning  of  a  syllable,  sounds  like  g  in  gig; 

but  never  as  in^m,  &c.  After  n  in  the  same  syllable  it 
sounds  like  our  g  hard  in  like  position ;  ®ar,  5(ng ji, 
93rtngcn,  ©ellen,  Olingel,  -33ang.  Otherwise  its  sound 
approaches,  usually,  that  of  the  Greek  p^,  or  c^  (see 
26_c());  ^ag,  Sflegnett,  a)Zagb,  Setipjig. 

18.  iQ,  i),  in  the  midst  or  at  the  end  of  a  syllable  is  silent,  but 

serves  to  lengthen  its  vowel ;  Tltf)x,  l&o^n,  3!:^un,  Mntf), 

19.  3f  i,  sounds  like  7/  consonant ;  ^af)x,  5ube,  5anuar,  5u!6cl. 
*20.  Oi,  r  is  uttered  with  a  trill  or  vibration  of  the  tongue,  and 

with  greater  stress  than  our  r ;  Olo^r,  Oteim,  33rob. 

21.  (©,  f,  at  the  beginning  of  a  syllable  followed  by  a  vowel, 

has  a  sound  between  that  of  z  and  s ;  (©o^n,  <&age. 
Otherwise  it  sounds  like  s ;  ®a0;  2)icfe0.  At  the  end 
of  a  word  6,  instead  of  f,  is  employed. 

22.  %,  t  sounds  like  t  in  test ;  ^e^t,  ^Ijt.     Where  in  English 

t  sounds  like  sh,  t  has  the  sound  of  ts  (3) ;  (Station 
station,  Station,  nation. 

23.  35,  b  sounds  Yikefrnfit ;  SSctter.  In  foreign  words  b  sounds 

like  it);  23encbig,  9Saloi6. 

24.  2B,  ic  has  a  sound  between  that  of  w  and  v ;  2BeIt,  SGSafs 

fer*  After  a  consonant  in  the  same  syllable  it  sounds 
like  w ;  (©c^toer,  3^^^* 

25.  3,  S  sounds  like  ts;  ^aijl,  loi^m,  3inn,  ^etj,  3^^^/  3iinmcr» 

V.   Compound  Consonants, 

26.  6§,  c^,  in  primitive  words,  followed  by  f,  sounds  like  k ; 

2)a(^0,  5(c^fe.  Otherwise  c^  has  its  guttural  sound ; 
5^ac^,  ^od;'"*,  S!u^,  0lac^[c^rift  (compounded  of  na^  and 
@c^rift).  In  foreign  words  c^  retains  its  original  sound ; 
(S^arac'ter,  G^aifc. 

*  To  aid  in  proiHicinc,  this  sound  take,  for  experiment,  the  above  word  ^DCi^  :  pro- 
nounce ^  precisely  lik»  our  word  ho !  observing,  only,  to  give  as  full  and  disMnct  a 
breathing  at  the  close  ^  d  at  the  beginning;  thus,  kok,  ^0<S}.  When  not  preceded  by  a, 
9,  or  U,  a  slight  hissing  sound  of  f  or  f(^  naturally  attaches  to  tlie  4) ;  as  in  •&e4>t, 
«t{4  3d?. 


14  EXERCISES    ON    THE    SOUNDS    OF    THE    LETTERS. 

27 »  Set),  fcl)  sounds  like  sh;  Scfjnur,  ^dfilD,  <Scf)t(ler,  ^d)\xU, 

28,  g  (though  compounded  of  f  and  3)  sounds  like  jf  and  oc- 

curs only  at  the  end  of  a  syllable  ;  naj,  ?^u§. 

29,  ^  (compounded  of  t  and  j)  sounds  like  3,  and,  like  f,  is 

used  only  at  the  end  of  a  syllable  ;  ^iai^,  (Stu^Ctt. 

Exercise  1.  Jlttfgabf  1. 

Vowels.      Umlauts.     Diphthongs. 

(a) "  3ritar,  JBall,  33anf,  €anb,  Samm,  ^anb,  mann,  5tcfet,  S3aar,  f^atf. 
(e)  2«eer,  ©Icifet,  teller,  @rbe,  ©rbe,  @fel,  (Sben,  (Sbel,  ^ett,  S3e<Ter. 
(i)  53itte,  !Diftet,  i^inben,  ?^inne,  %iu\k,  •^immel,  ^tnten,  ^^Irn,  <&!rt. 
(c)  33ct)te,  ©dug,  Sombe,  23crb,  S3orn,  S3otc,  58rcb,  ^ovi^  gclter. 
(u)  Ufcr,  Hub,  *-8uub,  aJliuib,  ^uiib,  9tunb,  ^ut}n,  |)ulb,  ©utben,  Sluiib. 
(i))  <§t)mcn,  «^i)bra,  ^ijmne,  ^ijx^tx'bd,  ^J^rami'be,  ©^mbo'I,  S^raim'. 
(al,  ei)  ^ain,  ^eil,  9«aiii,  2nein,  Wih,  Mb,  $air,  2)lai,  93e!,  $ein,  Seil. 
(ail)  Q3au,  93aum,  8aub,  ©taub,  ^aut,  ^aul,  ^aiif^,  ©auer,  QJlauer. 
(du,  eii)  (Sdufer,  Sdute,  ^mU,  ^ank,  ^enk,  Sdufcr,  93eutel,  OJeiicn. 
(d,  e)  (Sijxtn,  9tef)ve,  «§ebcn,  Sdr,  geber,  ^dUc,  ^efjler,  ©dter,  @eben. 
(c)  Oefcn,  S3oriic,  5)oiTeii,  53lobc,  Slofen,  Del,  De()r,  S:6^fer,  2:rollev. 
(u)    Ucbung,  Ueben,   2;um))cl,  ilflae,   SOlu^le,   2Jlitiifter,  SflujTe,  Olujier. 

Exercise  2,  Jlttfgatie  2. 

Consonants.     Double   Consonants. 

((5)  ©abett',  (Sdfur',  (S'ebetii,  (Siber,  (Slaffe,  Gcber,  (S^mba't,  Section. 

(®)  Oabcl,  ©cben,  ®ei%  @aul,  ©Ift,  ©trrcn,   ©lag,  ©iiigcn,  2;arg. 

(•t))  «^aar,  ^^ebel.  .^iob,  ^obel,  «5uf,  <§eitanb,  ^o^,  ^o\)t,  ^oijzit. 

(3)  3a,  Sanimer,  Subet,  3e,  Sunfer,  Sufi;  Seber,  3dger,  Sencir. 

(91)  9^ab,  diajm,  gtebeii,  9ieig,  0iinb,  Olo^r,  ffiolk,  dio%  9tiibcr,  JRjjpe. 

(@)  (Saat,  ©dbcl,  @anb,  @eele,  ©el^r,  @eifc,  <Sieb,  @inn,  @clb,  ©Vanii. 

(Z)  J'abel,  2:aub,  2;ci5^,  SleUer,  Tmk,  Xikl  Xcbt  Xcx^  Jlranf,  Xxo% 

($8)  a3cim(?,  aSerbum,  «erfe,  SBcU,  S3orber,  SSorfaU,  aSief),  a3iel,  33i>cr. 

(910  aSaarc,  ffiebc,  SBa^n,  OBcber,  QBInb,  SBoac,  SBuril,  SBieber,  SiUe. 

(X)  3eantip))c,  2:ert,  SOilrtuc',  5lriom',  9(rt(;etm,  ^ererel',  ^era'metcr. 

(3)  3at)lcn,  Bitter,  3ettel,  3aiiber,  Beiijer,  3eU,  3ent,  3ettel,  Beugc. 

((St))  (S()ac3,  2Bad)«,  28eicb,  gIacl)<J,  3«ild),  SBid^fe,  (Sfu-c,  (5t}ur,  g^rijl. 

(€dO  ©diaditel,  Sifter,  (Sdiabe,    (Sdjau,  Sufd),  (Sdiiuaqer,   ©dnvad). 

(^  fO  aJtcfTcr,  mi^mx,  (Sdiie§eii,    ^ap,  SDleflfe,  Saffcn,   ^a§,    (Saffen. 

«j  i)  !tvc^,  gi^c,  aJlitj,  Sa^,  9rjiiru,  (Sd)aiijer,  (Sd)a^  @d)2rj,  3er;e. 

ffi  e  d)  f  e  t  b  c  r  3  a  t;  r  e  d  j  e  i  t  e  11. 

SBie  fdi6ii  ifl  ber  2Bcdifct  bet  3eiten, 
2Bic  fdnuinbct  mit  if)uen  bas  3a(;r ! 
2Die  I)crrlid)e  j^rcubcii  bcrciten 
Unb  bietctt  ben  2Wenfd)en  |ie  bar! 


^  jyMM^ 


m  ji 


^^^ 


s  t 


Yl  /^,#i^.vr  :>>:;^-^/- 


■^A'    -^\..-^.i.-      ^i>^       '/^  ■y'^  -Y^     -7^       "^ 


sx      /ytz 


t/  rt  v^/t^Jf. 


//:...> 


/.. 


-r-^  <*-•  t^i>  rA^  *  *  /    JZ^  y^*^>^ 


/ 


/  /  / 


'..  .a:^.../^.:.  'M.y4/i^^/:y^yfA:,A 


DEP.  ARTICLE.     GENDER  OF  N  3UNS.     «$aBen,  PRES.  SING        16 

LESSON  IV.  %tiiUXi  IV. 

DEFINITE   ARTICLE  IN  THE  NOMINATIVE  SINGULAR. 

1.  The  definite  article  in  the  nominative  singular,  his  a 
distinct  fDrm  for  each  gender  ;  t)cr  masculine,  ^ie  feminine 
and  fca0  neuter. 

GENDER  OF  NOUNS. 

2.  Some  nouns  denoting  inanimate  objects  are  called  mas- 
culine or  feminine,*  and  some  denoting  animate  objects  are 
called  neuter ;  as 

Masculine,  ber  2Btnter,t  the  winter ;  ber  ^i^X,  the  steel ; 
Feminine,     bie  SSrtgg,  the  brig ;  'lixt  QfJofc,  the  rose  ; 

Neuter,       bag  ^inb,  the  child ;         ba6  @c^af,  the  sheep. 

3.  present  singular  of  T;  at)  en. 

Affirmatively.  Interrogatively. 

tc^  ^aBe,     I  have ;  '^a^t  \d)'\         have  I  ? 

<Sic  :^a6en,  you  have  ;  t^aljcu  <Sie7t  have  you? 

er  l^at,        he  has ;  :^at  er?  has  he? 

53ter,  n.  beer.  Srauer,  m.  brewer.  S3rob,  n.  bread.  —  ®Ia5,  n. 
g'ass.  ©lafcv,  m.  glazier.  ®ctb,  n.  gold.  —  3a,  yes.  —  Seoer,  n. 
leather.  —  SJlel)!,  n.  flour.  —  9^etu,  no.  —  £)bcr,  or.  ©attter,  m. 
saddler.  @d)mtcb,  m.  smith.  — Unb,  and.  — 2Ba5,  what.  2Beiit,  m. 
•wine.     2Ber,  who.    See  Vocabularies,  pp.  190,  230. 

Exercise  4.  Jlufoade  4. 

1.  3Bcr  ^at  bag  ®olb  ?  2.  S)er  Srauer  ^at  bag  ®oIb.  3.  ^at  ber 
6vauer  'tza^  ©lag  ?  4.  9iein,  bcr  ©lafer  I)at  bag  ®Iag,  itnb  ber  53raucr 
6at  bag  ^rcb.  5.  >§aben  ©te  SPfle^t  ober  ©rob  ?  6.  3*  ^abc  bag  93rob, 
unb  bev  (Sdhmleb  'hai  bag  3yie§l  ?  7.  «§at  ber  53raucr  93icr  ober  aBeiii  ? 
8.  (Sr  I)at  33ier,  SSein,  3?le()t  unb  93rcb.  9.  ^at  ber  (Sattler  bag  Seber? 
10.  3a,  er  tiat  bag  Seber,  ber  (Sdmiicb  \)Qii  bag  S3ier,  bee  @(afer  l;at  bag 
aWe:^!,  (Sie  l^aben  ^a*>@(ag,  unb  id)  l;al)e  bag  S3rob. 

Exerc-.se  5.  Jlufgabe  5. 

1.  What  has  the  saddler?  2.  He  has  the  leather.  3.  Has 
the  glazier  the  gold  ?     4.  No,  he  has  the  glass,  and  the  smith  has 

*  This  is  true  of  nearly  all  languages.  Many  words  however,  though  denoting 
the  same  objects,  are  fegarded  in  different  languages  as  being  of  different  genders. 
Thus,  for  brig,  the  French,  le  brie,  is  i'a.sculine,  while  the  Germ»n,  b  I  C  ^  tt  g  g,  is 
feminine.  For 'bend,"  ih  3  German,  b  e  t  Jt  0  p  f,  is  masculine,  the  French,  latete,it 
»eniinine,  and  the  Latin  caput,  is  neuter. 

t  All  nouns,  and  the  pronoun  Sie,  of  the  second  person,  begin  with  a  capital 


16      INTERROGATIVE    CONJUGATION     !&  0  6  C  H,    f  tt  U  f  C  H,  «♦ 

the  gold.  5.  Has  the  smith  the  flour  or  the  bread?  6.  The  smith 
has  the  gold,  you  have  the  bread,  and  I  ha\e  the  flour.  7.  Have 
you  the  leather  ?  8.  Yes,  I  have  the  leather,  the  brewer  has  the 
beer,  and  you  have  the  glass.  9.  Who  has  the  gold  and  the  glass  ? 
10.  The  smith  has  the  gold,  and  the  brewer  has  the  glass. 

LESSON  Y  $tcixon  V. 

INTERROGATIVE    CONJUGATION. 

1.  All  German  verbs  are  conjugated  interrogatively,  in  the 
present  and  imperfect,  by  placing  the  subject  last,  as  in  the 
case  of  the  English  ver]<  to  be  ;  as, 

3fl  ber  2)lann  I)ier?  Is  the  man  here? 

2Bar  ber  aJiann  ()ier?  Was  the  man  here? 

^aben  @ie  bag  SuA  ?  Have  you  the  book? 

(Se^en  Sie  bag  ^\xd)  ?  Do  you  see  the  book  (see  you 

the  bookf) 

*  2.    PRESENT    SINGULAR    OF    I  0  B  C  tt. 

Affirmatively.  Interrogatively. 

{^  loBc,      I  praise  ;      toBe  \&il     do  I  praise  ?     (praise  I  ?) 
@ieIot)cn,  you  praise;  IolJen(5ie?  do  you  praise?  (praise  you?) 
cr  Io6t,       he  praises  ;  lofct  er?      does  he  praise?  (praises  he?) 

3.    PRESENT    SINGULAR    OF    f  a  U  f  C  It,    f^ttCibCtt    AND 

tri  It  fen. 

ic^  faufe,  I  buy ;  id)  fd^netbe,  I  cut ;  ic^  trin!c,  I  drink ; 
(©ie  f auf en,  you  buy ;  (Sle  fd^neibcn,  you  cut ;  <B[t  trinfcn,   you 

drink ; 
cr  fauft,  he  buys ;     er  fc^neibet,  he  cuts  ;     cr  trin!t,he  drinks. 

4.  PRESENT  SINGULAR  OF  ^  0 1 c H,  fagcu  AND  bctflcl^en. 

{(^  :^6re,   I  hear ;         id;  fage,  I  say ;  ic^  tjcrftc^'e,  I  under- 

stand ; 

(Sle^^oren,  you  hear;    (Sic  fagen,  you  say;   (Sie  bcrflct/en,  you 

understand ; 

er  t;6rt,  he  hears  ;  cr  fagt,  he  says  ,  cr  t  erftct)t',  he  under- 
stands. 

eifcn,  n.  iron.  (Sntive'bcr,  either.  (Sffig,  m.  vinegar.  —  ^ajfec, 
m.  coffee.  Jtc*,  m.  cook.  —  9icdi,  nor.  —  ^d,  n.  oil.—  ?f«;|fcr, 
m.  pepper.  —  ^alj,  n.  salt.  <£enf,  m.  mustard.  —  Xf|ce,  m.  tea.  — 
5Baffer,  n.  water     SSeber,  neither.  --  Sucfer,  m.  sugar. 


CASES.  17 


Exercise  6.  ^ufgabe  6. 

1.  ffier  faiift  bag  dlfen,  unb  toa-i  fauft  bcr  ©attlei:?  2.  25er  ©dimlcb 
fauft  bag  @ifen,  uiib  ber  ©attlev  fauft  hae  Seber.  3.  J^rinfeu  @ie  iBicr 
ober  2Gcin?  4.  3di  tvtiife  Weber  Sier  nod)  ffiein,  id)  trin!e  SBaffer. 
5.  aJDag  Fauft  ber  Srauer?  6.  (fr  fauft  enttreber  ^affce  cber  %i)<^i. 
7.  ®ai^  fauft  ber  .^od)  ?  8.  @r  fauft  Del,  dfftij,  @enf.  ^Pfeffcr,  ©alj 
unb  3ucfor.    9.  9Ber  fd)neibct  bag  ^xc'b,  unb  tvag  f(f)uelbet  ber  (Sattlcr? 

10.  iDer  ^Kcd)  fdincibet  ha6  ^rob,  unb  ber  (Sattler  fd)neibet  bag  Seber. 

11.  «§6ren  @te,  \i3ag  ber  (Sctjmieb  fagt?  12.  3a,  Id)  f)6re  unb  »cr|lc^e, 
ii?ag  @ie  faqcn  unb  wag  er  fagt.  13.  5ffiag  fauft  ber  ©tafer,  unb  wer 
fauft  bag  @ifen  ? 

Exercise  7.  ^ttfgabc  7. 

I.  Does  the  smith  drink  coffee  or  tea?  2.  He  drinks  neither 
coiTee  nor  tea.  3.  Do  you  buy  bread  or  flour?  4.  I  buy  bread 
and  the  glazier  buys  flour.  5.  What  does  the  smith  buy  ?  6.  He 
buys  the  gold  and  the  iron.  7.  Either  the~ brewer  or  the  saddler 
cuts  the  leather.  8.  I  buy  sugar  and  the  cook  buys  vinegar,  oil 
and  mustard.  10.  What  does  the  saddler  buy?  11.  He  buys 
leather  and  glass,  and  I  buy  iron.  12.  Do  you  hear  and  under 
stand  what  1  say?  13.  I  hear  and  understand  what  you  say,  you 
hear  and  understand  what  I  say,  and  what  the  brewer  says 


LESSON  YL  Stctxort  VI. 

Cases. 

1.  There  are  four  cases,  namely:  the 

Nominative,  which  answers  to  the  English  nominative ;  the 
Genitive,  which  answers  to  the  English  possessive  ;  the 
Dative,  which  has  no  corresponding  case  in  English,  and  the 
Accusative,  which  answers  to  the  English  objective. 

2.  I'he  genitive  may  either  precede  or  follow  the  governing 
noun  :  the  latter  arrangement  being  the  more  common  ;  as, 

(Sx  f)at  bag  93ud)  beg  (Sd)iilerg.  He  has  the  book  of  the  scholar. 

((Bx  t)at  i^(6  ©diiilerg  ©u*).  He  has  the  scholar's  book. 

2)ag  '^adj  beg  ^aufcg  ijl:  jieil.  The  roof  of  the  house  is  steep. 

3.  The  dative  without  a  preposition  generally  answers  to 
our  objective  governed  by  to  or  for ;  as, 

34)  c^ihi  bem  ^inbe  bag  ©tag.  I  give  (to)  the  child  the  glass. 

(5r  mad)t  bem  SUlanne  einen  ^ut.        He  makes  (for)  the  man  a  hat. 


18  DECLENSION    OF    DEF.   ARTICLE   AND    NOUNS. 

4.    DECLENSION    OF    DEFINITE    ARTICLE  MASC.    AND    NEUT. 
SINGULAR. 

Masculine.  Neuter, 

Nominative,  t)Cr,    the  ;  ba^,  the  ; 

Genitive,        beS,    of  the ;  be^,   of  the; 

Dative,  bent,  to  or  for  the ;  bem,  to  or  for  the ; 

Accusative,    ben,  the ;  ba0,  the. 

5.  The  article  agrees  with  its  noun  in  gender,  number  and 
case. 

6.  German  nouns  have  two  forms  of  declension,  called  the 
old  and  the  new.  In  the  old  declension  the  genitive,  like  our 
possessive,  is  formed  by  suffixing  g  (or  c0)  to  the  nominative. 

7.  Nouns  ending  in  cl,  en,  er,  d)cn  and  lein  form  the  geni- 
tive by  adding  cs,  while  the  dative  and  accusative  are  like  the 
nominative,  as :  nom.  ber  ©attler;  gen.  be0  (^attler-5;  dat.  bcm 
@attler;  ace.  ben  (Saltier,  &c. 

8.  Nouns  not  ending  in  el,  en,  cr,  c^cn,  and  lein,  add  e0 "'  for 
the  genitive  and  e'"  for  the  dative :  the  accusative  being  like 
the  nominative  ;  as,  nom.  bag  ^^wdj;  gen.  bcs33ud;-C0;  dat.  bcm 
93ucl;-e;  ace.  bag  ^ud),  &c. 

9.  DECLENSION    OF  NOUNS  ADDING    g    IN  THE  GENITIVE. 

Masculine.  Neuter. 

Nom.  ber  ©ruber,  the  brother;  bag  ^ifen,      the  iron; 

Gen.  beg  93ruberg,the  brother's;  beg  SIfeng,     of  the  iron; 

Dat.   bcm  33ruber,  to  the  brother ;  bcm  ©if en,     to  the  iron; 

Ace.    ben  93rubcr,  the  brother;  bagf  G'ifen,f  the  iron. 

10»    DECLENSION  OF  NOUNS  ADDING    Cg    TO  THE  GENITIVE. 

Masculine.  Neuter. 

iV<?7>*. ber  2^ann,    the  man;  bag  ^inb,     the  child; 

Gt'w,  beg  3)?anncg,  of  the  man;  beg  ^tinbeg,  of  the  child; 

Dat.  bcm  2)2anne,  to  the  man;  bcm  ^inbe,    to  the  child ^f 

Ace.   ben  2?^inn,     the  man;  bagt,^inb,t  the  child. 

*  Words  of  Uiis  class,  also,  often  drop  the  f  of  the  g-en.  and  dat.;  as,  gen.  bfg  ^-BuC^S  ; 
(Int.  bf  m  5BUC^.  This  is  especially  true  nf  words  of  more  than  one  syllable,  when  the 
last  i3  not  under  the  full  accent;  as,  tc8  ^aufmaimS;  bCiU  JtaufmanU,  instead  i)f  hti 

Jlcufmamiefi,  bem  Jlaufmnnne,  &.c. 

t  As  in  Greek  and  Latin,  neuter  words  have  the  same  foroi  in  the  accusative, 
ts  in  tne  nominative. 


PBESENT  SING.  OF    Q  C  ^  C  tt,    f  Cf?  t  tf  Clt,    &C.  19 


11,      PRESENT     SINGULAR     OF      Q  tt}  tXl  ,     f  (^  l  Cf  C  H,    AND 

i?erf^recl;en. 

Id)  gebc,  I  give;  id)  fd)icfe,  I  send;  id)  ttevt>red)'e,  I  pro 

mise; 

^iegebsi:,  you  give;         Siefd)icfcn,  you  send;   ©le  »eifpvedi'cn,    you 

promise ; 

etgibt(L.  33.6)  he  gives.  erfd)irft,  he  sends.         er  scvfpridU',  he  pro- 
mises. 

S3drfer,  m.  baker.  Sauer,  m.  peasant.  S3ruber,m.  brother.  93ud),  n. 
book,  —  (S^,  n.  it.  —  ®e()o'i-en,  conj.  like  l)oxe\\,  to  belong.  @elb,  n. 
money.  <Out,  m.  hat.  —  ilinb,  n.  child.  Jlorii,  n.  grain.  —  2Jiann,m, 
man.  ilJluuer,  w.  miller.  —  S'iii'g/  ?w.  ring.  —  ©duller,  m.  scholar. 
(Bci)i\,m.  son.  ©tocf,  m.  cane.  —  23atev,  m.  father.  S3  erf  an 'feu,  con;'. 
like  faufcn,  L.  5.  3,  to  sell. 

Exercise  8.  ^ufpbt  8, 

1.  ©diirfeu  ©te  bera  ©dimtebe  i>a^  (Stfen?  2.  Stein,  id)  f*idfc  bcm 
©laf.'t  bag  @(a6.  3.  (£d)icfen  @ic  bcm  ©rauer  bag  ^crn  beg  ^auerg  ? 
4.  OJein,  ber  S3auer  fdnrft  eg  bfm  9)lii((er,  bcr  2JliiUer  fd)icft  bem  ^drfet 
bag  9)le()t,  unb  ber  93d(fer  ticvfauft  bem  ^odie  bag  23vob.  5.  ©cfjort  ber 
'^nt  bem  S3atcr  ober  bem  <So()u  ?  6.  2)er  <§ut  gct;crt  bem  <Sol)iie,  uiib 
ber  @to(f  gel;ort  bcm  S3ater.  7.  ©eben  (2ie  bem  2Jlamie  bag  ®clb  ? 
8.  3d)  gcbe  eg  bem  SIZanne,  uwh  er  gibt  eg  bem  ^inbe.  9.  aSag  fdiicft 
ber  S3auer  bem  Sraucr?  10.  3Bcr  sevfauft  bem  Jtod)e  bag  SBrob? 
11.  @el)ort  bag  Sifen  bem  ©dimiebe  ober  bem  ©lafer  ?  12.  SBer  gibt 
bem  58niber  beg  ©d}ii(crg  ben  Oliiig,  bag  33udi  unb  bcu  ©tccf  ?  13.  SBag 
yerfpvedien  (2te  bem  ^dcfer,  imb  irag  \)erfprid)t  bcr  53ddfer  bcm  Jllnbe  ? 
14.  a3erfvred)en  ©le  bem  (2d)iiler  ben  Oling  ?  15.  Steiu,  id)  »crfpvcd}e 
bem  ^anm  bag  ®clb. 

Exercise  9»  ^ttfgabf  9. 

1.  Does  the  book  belong  to  the  brother  of  the  baker?  2.  No, 
it  belongs  to  the  peasant's  son.  3.  Do  you  promise  the  child  the 
money?  4.  No,  I  promise  it  to  the  man.  5.  Who  sends  the  miller 
the  grain?  6.  The  father  of  the  scholar  sells  the  miller  the  grain. 
7.  What  does  the  man  sell  to  the  scholar?  8.  He  sells  the 
scholar  the  book,  the  cane  and  the  hat.  9.  What  does  the  baker 
send  to  the  cook?  10.  Does  the  cook  give  the  baker  the  money ^ 
11.  Who  sends  the  saddler  the  iron?  12.  Who  sends  the  baker 
the  flour?  13.  The  child's  father  gives  the  brother  the  ring. 
14.  The  iron  belongs  to  the  smith.  15.  The  cook  sends  the 
millei  the  grain,  and  the  miller  sells  it  to  the  brewer. 


20    DATIVE  WITH  PREPOSITIONS .  (S^lcIett;fommctt,  *c. 
LESSON  VII.  gtcVicn  VII. 

THE    DATIVE    WITH    PREPOSITIONS. 

1.  The  relation  of  the  dative  to  words  which  precede  it,  ii 
often  expressed  by  prepositions*;  as, 

(§t  tcmmt  au6  bem  «§aufc.  He  comes  out  of  the  house. 

^di  i^cOc  11  ad)  bem  Ui^albc.  I  am  going  to  the  forest. 

iDv'r  5i3ruber  gel;t  mit  bem  ^inbe  jit   The  brother  goes  with  the  child 

bem  Seljrer.  to  the  teacher. 

S)er  ^ned)t  fommt  »on  bem  SUarlte.   The  servant  is  coming  from  the 

market. 

CONJUGATION    OF    VERBS. 

2.  For  the  three  forms  of  the  present  and  imperfect,  found 
in  English,  the  German  has  but  one  ;  as, 

iff)  ge^e,  I  go  ;  I  do  go  ;  I  am  going ; 

@ic  ge^en,      you  go  ;       you  do  go  ;       you  are  going ; 
cr  QCi)tf  he  goes  ;     he  does  go  ;     he  is  going. 

3.  PRESENT  SINGULAR  OF  fip  i  c t  c tt,  f  oRtm cu,  AND  fcf^reiBcn. 

idi  fpiete,      I  play ;      id)  fomme,     I  come ;      ic^  fd)rcibe,    I  write ; 
<Sie  fpielen,  you  play ;  (Sie  fommen,  you  come ;  ©le  fd)reiben,  you  write; 
er  fpielt,      he  plays;  er  fommt,      he  comes;  er  fd)i:cibt,     he  writes. 

Stmtmann,  m.  magistrate.  Stlpfel,  m.  apple.  9tu3,  out  of,  from. — 
93el,  with  (L.  55).  55leiftift,  m.  pencil,  ^ricf,  m.  letter.  — JJDorf,  n. 
village.  —  «^au3,  n.  house,  •^uub,  m.  dog.  —  Sac^er,  m.  hunter. — 
2Jiar!t,  m.  market.  —  2)lejfer,  n.  knife.  2)iit,  with  (L.  57).  —  3fJad), 
to  (see  1.  note).  —  35on,  from,  of.  —  2Ba(b,  m.  forest,  woods. 
SSauu,  when.     2Bol;neu,  to  live,  reside.     3u,  to. 

Exercise  10.  ^Ufgabc  10, 

1.  .5lommt  ber  Sdger  au(5  bem  SSalbe,  aue  bem  -^^aufe,  ober  »on  bem 
SJlarfte?  2,  (5r  ge^t  eiittwebcr  mit  bem  33auer  iiad)  bem  2)orfe,  obcr  mit 
bem  ^Inbe  ju  bem  Stmtmann.  3.  QDasS  fd)neibet  ber  (Sd)iiler  mit  bem 
aWefTer?  4.  SSer  fpielt  mit  bem  «§unbe  ?  6.  (gpiclt  Mi  Minh  mit  bem 
(Sd)miebe?  6.  SBcf^nt  ber  Scigcr  bei  bem  $Dlii((er,  cber  bei  bem  S3dcfer? 
7.  !X)er  ©diuler  fd)reibt  ben  33rief  mit  bem  ©leiftift.  8.  (£d)neibet  ba<5 
^inb  ben  Slpfel  mit  bem  SJleffer  be6  93rubcvg  ?    9.  S^ein,  ci  fdjneibet  bai 

*  A  preposition  is  required  with  the  dative  after  verbs  indicating  direction  towards 
an  object ;  U  a  (^>  being  employed  before  the  name  of  a  place,  and  J  U  before  the  name 
of  a  person ;  as,  cr  flc^t  na6)  bem  3)oifc,  iinb  ic^  (je^c  j  u  bem  ?efetcr,  he  is  going 
to  the  village,  and  I  am  going  to  the  teacher. 


DEMONSTRATIVE  PRONOUNS.  21 

ffirob  mit  bem  Tltf\zx  beg  latere.  10.  ©etjen  @te  ^u  bcm  battler,  cbct 
nad^  bem  2)orfe?  11.  ©cr  S^luUcr  wc:^nt  bel  bem  ^auer,  unb  ge^t  tnU 
bem  ©d^uler  nad)  bem  iDovfe  ju  bem  5(mtmann.  12.  SBami  getien  (Bit 
nadt)  bem  3)otfe  ?  9Baun  ge^en  @ie  §u  bcm  Stmtmann,  unb  icaS  gjBen 
@le  bem  5tmtmann  ? 

Exercise  11.  Jlufpbf  11. 

1.  Who  is  coming  out  of  the  forest?  2.  Is  the  hunter  coming 
from  the  market,  or  is  he  going  to  the  village?  3.  Does  the  scho- 
lar live  with  the  miller,  or  with  the  magistrate  1  4.  Who  is  going 
with  the  child  to  the  glazier  ?  5.  Is  the  man  cutting  the  bread 
with  the  knife  of  the  saddler  1  6.  Are  you  writing  with  the  magis- 
trate's (L.  6.  2)  pencil?  7.  Who  is  playing  with  the  dog?  8.  Who 
lives  with  the  miller  and  who  is  going  with  the  scholar  to  the  pea- 
sant? 9.  Who  is  going  to  the  forest,  and  who  is  going  to  the  mil- 
ler? 10.  When  is  the  child  going  to  the  smith?  11.  When  does 
the  hunter  go  to  the  forest  ?  12.  When  does  the  hunter  come  from 
the  forest,  and  when  do  you  go  to  the  village?  13.  The  cook  is 
coming  from  the  market,  and  I  am  going  to  the  magistrate. 

LESSON  vm.  iKttott  vm 

DEMONSTRATIVE    PRONOUNS.      2)  l  C  f  C  t    AND    ^CltCT. 

1.  2){efer  refers  to  the  nearer  and  jencr  to  the  more  remote 
of  two  objects  :  when  however  an  object  not  remote  from  the 
speaker  is  alluded  to,  and  no  comparison  is  made,  t)iefer  is 
often  used,  where  "  that^^  is  employed  in  English  j  as, 

2)iefer  SPflann  i|^  reid),  unb  jener  iji    This  man  is  rich,  and  that  (one*> 

arm.  is  poor. 

SBer  iji  biefer  ^ann  ?  Who  is  that  man? 

2.    DECLENSION    OF   bicfct   AND   j;  C  tt  C  t,    SINGULAR. 

Masc.   Neut.  Masc.  Neut. 

N.  biefer,  tiefeg,  this ;  jenct,  iene0,  that ; 

G.  biefeg,  btefea,  of  this  ;  jeneg,  jeneg,  of  that; 

D.  b{efem,biefem,toorforthis;  jenem,  j[enem,  to  or  for  that; 

A.  biefen,  biefeei,  this ;  jenen,  ieneg,  that 

3.  Like  biefer  and  jener  are  declined  those  indefinite  nume- 
rals, and  adjective  pronouns,  which  like  the  definite  article, 
have  a  distinct  form  for  each  gender  :  namely ;  aUer,  aUeS,  all ; 
einiger,  einigeg ;  etli^er,  etUc^eS,  some  ;  jeber,  jebcg,  every ;  man* 

*  For  "one"  after  a  pronoun,  or  an  adjective,  no  corresponding  word  is  required  is 
German. 


22         PRESENT  SING.  OF  fciH,  fi^eit,  AND  Hcgett, 

^tt,  mand)e^,  many  a ;  fo(c(;er,  foIcf;ca,  Buch ;  and  tcelc^er,  tod* 
d}C§,  which. 

4.    PRESENT  SINGULAR    OF    f  C  t-^ty  j^^^t,    AND    H  C  Q  C  tt, 

id)  tin,     I  am  ;  id)  |t|c,     I  sifV^Pic^  He'P^i  I  lie  ; 

<3ie  ftub,  you  are  ;  @ic  fi^cn,  you  sit ;  (Sic  Ucgen,  you  lie ; 
ex  i]t,        he  is ;  cr  ft^t,       he  sits ;      cr  tiegt,       he  lies ; 

9U(cr,  all.  9(n; 'at.'.'"  %iif,  on.  —  ^aum,  m.  tree.  —  (Si)C,  adv.  be- 
fore (see  r»ov).  —  ^eujler,  n.  window.  —  ©atten,  m.  garden.  @vc^/ 
great,  large.  Oiy^.'good.. —  <§lnfev,  behind.  —  Sn,  in.  —  ^vbec, 
see  list  3.  —  ^cWii,  beside.  —  Cfcn,  m.  stove.  — -  $apicv',  n. 
paper.  —  dlciA\  rich.  —  'Bta^l,  m.  steel.  • —  ^Uf)cn,  to  stand i.<:on;'. 
li/ce  tferftctjcn,  L.  5.  4.  ©tu()l  m.  chair.  —  Sifc^,  m.  table.  — 
Ucber,  over,  above.  Unter,  under,  among.  —  93or,  prep,  before,  see 
elje.  —  ^^aljx,  true.  —  Binnner,  n.  room.     3wifcl)eii,  between. 

Exercise  12.  ^ttfgabe  12. 

1.  2BeWieu  .§unb  fiat  biefer  SKann?    2.  @r  I;at  ben  ^unb  heS  ^ac^exS. 

3.  3u  ivclitem  ^aufc  ift  bcr  ©lafer?  4.  (5r  ifl  in  bem  .§aufc  jencg 
23auevg.  5.  Siegt  bag  33uc(}  auf  biefem  obcr  auf  jcnem  S^ifdie  ?  6.  6*5 
lict^t  auf  jcneni,  unb  ba^  ^4>^»^'er  licgt  unter  biefem.  7.  3ft  jeber  2)?ann 
vcidi?  8  3ii  jcbcd  ^au(J  (^ro^  ?  9.  3)iefe0  Jiliiib  tvcl;ut  in  jenem '^^anfe. 
10.  2)iefer  il^iann  fi^t  auf  bem  (Stuble  an  bem  gcnfler.  11.  2:er  Jpuub 
liec^t  j^UMfiteu  bem  £)fen  unb  bem  Siifcbe.  12.  2)er  53aum  ftcl}t  »cv  bem 
^aufe,  unb  bev  ®axkn  liegt  I)intev  bem  JQCi\i]c.  13.  (Sr  fdu'eibt,  el)e  er 
fpielt.  14.  2)er  (gcljn  ffcf)t  nefcen  bem  ^ater.  15.  3)a<J  Simmer  bc<5 
g^iilere!  t|t  liber  bem  Simmer  be^  Stm»maimi5.  16.  ■^aben  <2ie  foldu^g 
eifen  cbev  fcldien  etaijl  ?  17. 3*  ijabe  ben  €taM  bee  Sattlerg.  18.  SjJ 
allcv  StabI  i^nt  ?     19.  2Ba3  cr  fa^t,  il^  ^i-vitjv. 

Exercise  13.  Jlufpbe  13. 

1.  Has  tjiis  huut3r  the  dog  of  that  jjeasanf?    2.  Wliich  book 
has  tliis  mani     3.  In  which  garden  is  the  brother  of  this  glazier'^ 

4.  Is  all  coffee  pooJ?  •6.  Wiiich  pencil  and  which  paper  have 
you?  6.  On  whirii  chair "i?«  ii.c  boo-k  lying,  and  at  which  table  is 
the  man  sitting?  7.  Is  t:i-  f'og  under  that  tree?  8^  The  t/ee 
stn),(ls  1  (nvveeii  the  house  and  tlie  garden.  9.  This  room  is  Over 
tli(-  Y-:un)  oTtho  scliolnv,  10.  Is  every  tree  large?  11.  Have  you 
sqch  tea,  and  such  bjoad?  12.  Has  every  smith  such  ironT 
13.  Is  the  peasant  ill  tliis  house?  14.  In  which  room  is  the  stove? 
Uj.  ^A'hich  man  !s  in  that  house?  10.  In  which  house  is  the  peasant? 
1*?.  Is  the  book  lying  before  the  scholar?  18.  Are  you  going  be- 
fore he  comes?     19.  He  says  you  have  the  paper  :  is  it  true? 


% 


INDEFINITE  ARTICLE.      POSSESSIVE  PRON<5UNS.  23 

I.ESSON  IX.  §tciion  IX. 

INDEFINITE    ARTICLE. 

1»  riic  indefinite  article  is  less  varied  than  the  definite: 
havin:-  tor  the  noraina,tive,  masculine  and  ueuter,  but  one 
[onr.:   ii:-,  '  -   - 

Ma^ci/J'fif:,  dn  Wlann,  a  man;  cin  ^ifd;,  a  table. 


dn  ^4)fert),  a  horse ;  dn  -^nd],  a  book. 

POSSESSIVE    PRONOUNS. 

2,  The  possessive  pronouns  constitute  a  distinct  class  of 
words,  agreeing,  like  the  article,  with  the  noun  in  gender, 
nujiibcr  and  case,  and  answer  to  our  /  '  rnonoun  in  the 
possessive;   as, 

9Be  ill:  ntein  ^uf?  Where  is  my  nat? 

@i-  i)vit  mdiicit  «Out.  He  has  my  hat. 

3tt  ijahe  eiuen  •§ut  yon  metnem  ^rcunbe.   1  have  a  hat  from  my  friend. 

3,  The  indefinite  article  and  the  possessive  pronouns  (un- 
like the  words  in  L.  8.  3.)  take  an  additional  syllable  in 
forming  the  oblique  cases.  Except  the  accusative  neuter. 
(See  L.  6.  9.  Note.) 

4.      DECLENSION    OF  INDEF.    ART.    AND  POSS.  PRON.  SINGULAR. 

Masc.       Neut.  Masc.     Neut. 

Norn,  dn,     dn,      a;  unfcr,      imfcr,      our; 

Gen.  eincS,  einc0,  ofaM;  "^   ,  unfercg,   unfcre^,  of  our; 

Dat.  ciucm,  eincni,  to  or  for  a ;  unfcrcm,  unferem,  to  or  forcur ; 

Ace.  ciuen,   ein,      a.  wnfercn,  unfer,      our. 

5.  Like  clit  and  unfcr,  are  declined  bein,  thy;  cucr,  your-, 
ifjr,  her,  their ;  5 1; r,  your;  mcin,  my;  fein,  his,  it ,,  and  fein, 
no,  not  any. 

SSrctt,  n.  board.  —  Scmi,  for.  Slbcr,  but.-^  IDctd),  m.  ' 
i^euer,  n  fire.  Sveuiib,  m.  friend.  —  <§ammer,m.  hammGr. 
plane  -^cf,  w.  rourt,  yard.  —  ^\)x,  see  list  5.  ■ —  ,:;u;.,  cold. 
Hamm,  m.  comb.  —  ^ciubtcr,  m.  candlestick.  £id)t,  r,.  carifile.  — 
9Jl»ip:I,  m.  chisel.  —  ^i^xa,  n.  horse?  ^^Pflug,  m.  plow.  *l>uU,  n. 
desk.  —  (Sdbwert,  n.  sword.  ®e(}r,  very,  very  much.  Slfd)ler,  m. 
cabinetmaker,  joiner.  — 53etter,  m.  cousin.  — aljarm,  warm.  SSafc^s 
^ifc^/  m.  washstand.     SSetter,  n.  weather. 


24  INTERROGATIVE    PRONOUNS 

Exercise  14.  ^nf^dbt  14, 

1.  ^dt  3^r  ^reuiib  elii  (Sd)Wcrt  obet  cinen  5)oId)  ?  2.  SD^leln  i^reunb 
9at  ein  S3ud:),  unb  fein  SSetter  ^at  eiuen  2Jleipel.  3.  3ii  unfer  greunb 
hi  unferm  ^aufc  ?  4.  ^iein,  ev  ift  in  bem  Btmmer  feineg  SSetterg,  be* 
2:ifd)Ierg.  5.  Ser  ^at  bag  Sict)t  meine^  Srubev^  ?  6.  S)et  (£ot)n  mtU 
neg  gSettevg  l^at  bag  ieid)t  unb  ben  Seud^ter  Sfjreg  SSruberg.  7.  ^at  baa 
itinb  bm  jammer  feineg  SSaterg?  8.  ^m,  eg  l)at  feinen  jammer. 
9.  2)cr  3:ifd)ler  (;at  feinen  ^obel  unb  fein  33rett ;  <Bk  l;aben  3f|r  @ifen 
unb  3(}ren  <§ammer,  unb  id)  ^abe  mein  -^ferb  unb  meincn  $fiug.  10. 3ji 
S^H"  i^reunb  in  3^rem,  in  fetnem,  ober  in  nieinem  «§aufe?  11.  3t/t 
greunb  ifl  in  Sr^tem  «§aufe ;  mcin  §reunb  f|at  mein  ^Pferb  in  meinem  ®axi 
ten,  unb  fein  Jlinb  fpielt  mit  feinem  ^unbe  in  bem  «&ofe.  12.  tiegt  3()r 
$Bud)  auf  ^r^rem  5;ifd)e,  cber  auf  meinem  $ulte  ?  13.  2)lein  S3u^  liegt 
auf  meinent  2:ifd)e,  unb  mein  53Ieiftift  auf  3f)rem  ^'utt.  14.  Siegt  mein 
Jlamm  auf  meinem  ^vdt  ?  15.  DIein,  ^\)X  Mamm  ticqt  auf  3t|tem  SSafd)* 
tifd)e.  16.  3ft  eg  fait  in  3l)rem  Simmer  ?  17.  S^Jein,  eg  ift  fe^r  u>arm, 
benn  id)  {)abe  ein  geuer  in  meinem  €)fen,  unb  i)ae  Setter  ijl  nid)t  fel^r  fait 

Exercise   15.  ^Ufgabe  15. 

1.  Who  has  my  horse  and  my  dog?  2-  Your  brother  has  your 
dog,  my  father  has  your  house,  and  the  cabinetmaker  has  your 
table.  3.  Has  the  child  its  brother's  knife,  or  its  father's  pencil? 
4,  It  has  its  father's  pencil,  its  brother's  book,  and  your  cousin's 
plane  and  chisel.  5.  Is  the  miller  in  his  house,  or  in  the  house 
of  his  friend?  6.  He  is  in  the  house  of  our  friend  the  baker. 
7.  Has  your  friend's  father  my  brother's  horse  ?  8.  No,  he  has 
no  horse,  but  he  has  his  candle  and  his  candlestick.  9.  Have 
you  your  friend's  chisel,  or  his  hammer?  10.  I  have  his  plow 
and  his  horse,  and  my  cousin  has  his  dog.  11.  Have  you  a  stove 
and  a  candle  in  your  room?  12.  Yes,  I  have  your  brother's  stove, 
my  candle,  your  candlestick,  and  my  brother's  ring.  13.  Have 
you  a  horse  or  a  dog?  14.  No,  I  have  neither  a  horse  nor  a  dog. 
15.  Has  your  brother  your  desk?  16.  No,  he  has  no  desk,  but 
my  desk  is  in  my  room  in  my  friend's  house.  17.  It  is  cold  in 
my  room,  for  I  have  no  fire  in  my  stove ;  the  room  is  very  large, 
and  the  weather  is  very  cold. 


LESSON  X.  §tcl\on  X. 

.  nterrooative  pronouns. 

1.  The  interrogative  pronouns  are  tucr?  who?  ircl(^cr? 
which?  or  what?  (declined  like  bicfcr,  &:c.,  L.  8),  ira3*' (in- 
declinable) what  ?  and  iraS  f iir  cin  ?  what  kind  of  a,  or  what  ? 

*  SQe^  (also  tveffen)  sometimes  occurs  as  the  genitive  of  ts>a9. 


INTERROGATIVE    PRONOUNS.      5  C  ttl  a  It  b,    01  l  C  IH  tt  ttj)^^^  2|, 

2.  DECLENSION  OF  tr  c  t  AND  t:  a  §  fiir  ein.    !.  '*' 
Masc.  Neut. 

N.  irer?  who?  tra^  fiir  ein?        icagfuretn? 

G.  iueffcn?  whose?  irag  fiit  eineg 7     tt)a6  fiir  eincS? 

D.  irem?  to,  for  whom  ?         ttag  fiir  eincm?    trag  fur  einem? 
A.   tren,  whom?  ti; a§  fiir  einen?     traSfiire^? 

3.  QBa^  is  sometimes  separated,  by  other  words,  from  fiir 
cin ;  as, 

2Ba^  ijl  btcS  fiir  ein  ^au^  ?  What  kind  of  a  house  is  this  I 

4.  2Beld&  (contraction  of  ttelc^cr),  and  traS  fiir  ein,  are  also 
used  in  exclamation ;  as, 

3Betd)  (or  toa^  fiir)  eiu  3tiefe !  What  a  giant ! 

5.  3Ba6  is  sometimes  used  instead  of  i»arum?  why?  as, 

„SBag  ireint  if)r  SKcibdjen,  \i3arum   Why  (what)  weep  ye  maidens, 
flagt  i§r  3Beiber? ''  why  complain  ye  matrons'? 

0.  Semanb  answers  to  "anybody,  somebody",  and  etttJaS  to 
*'  anything,  something."  0liemanb  answers  to  "  not  anybody, 
nobody";  and  nic^t^  to  "not  anything,  nothing";  as, 

3emanb  l^at  raein  S3ud).  Somebody  has  my  book. 

-i3at  Seniaub  tneiu  SSiid)?  Has  anybody  my  book? 

^^Cii  n  i  db  t  Semaiib  mein  93uc^?  Has  not  somebody  my  bookl 

^^ixi  er  nidit  etwa^ ?  Has  he  not  something? 

(5r  l^at  niditg.  He  has  nothing  (not  anything). 

3d)  fe^e  Qfliemaiib.  I  do  not  see  anybody.   (I  see  no- 
body). 

7.  (i.Vcoa^  is  sometimes  abbreviated  to  „toa§";  as, 

3d)  fjaBc  twag  ©utcS.  T  have  something  good. 

8.  DECLENSION  OF  Scmattb. 

Norn.  :^cmanb,  anybody; 

Gen-    5emanbo  or  :5emanbeg,        anybody's  or  of  anybody ; 
Dat     Semanb  or  ^Semanbem,        to  or  for  anybody ; 
Ace.    Semanb  or  Semanben,         anybody. 

9ltemanb  is  declined  like  5emanb ;  tixoa^  and  nid^tSare  in- 
declinable. 

9.  ®ar  (or  ganj  imb  gar)  hefoje  a  negative  answers  to  "at 
all"  after  a  negative  ;  as, 

3d)  l^aBe  gar  nidit^.  I  have  not  anything  at  all. 

dr  l^at  gar  fein  ^\h  He  has  no  money  at  aX 

@«  tji  gar  nid)t  fait  It  is  not  at  all  cold 
2 


ZO  ADJECTIVES  OF  THE  OLD  DECLENSION 

Stbet,  but,  however.  —  33(ed%  n.  tin.  —  @hva^,  see  6.  —  ®ar,  see 
9.  —  3tMuaiib,  see  6.  —  Sc^t,  now.  —  ^dfe,  m.  cheese.  Jl'ein,  not 
any,  no.  .toffer,  m.  trunk,  .^orb,  m.  basket.  —  Sefen,  to  read.  £c> 
ben,  to  praise.  —  9)ialer,  m.  painter.  —  5)iid)tg,  not  anything,  nothing, 
9?iemanb,  not  anybody,  nobody.  —  <Sd)u§,  m.  shoe.  @o,  so,  as.  — 
ilrauvii],  sad.  —  2Bavum',  why. 

Exercise  16.  ^Uf^dbt  16. 

1.  Sffier  Icbt  ben  (Sdbiiler,  unb  toen  Icbt  bev  'Sd)ulcr?  2.  Semanb  Icbt 
ben  Sdiuter,  aber  ber  (Sdiiiler  Icbt  ^iemanb.  3.  SKeffen  S3ud)  lefen  @ie 
jc^t  ?  4.  3d)  ^abe  gar  fein  93ud).  6.  _^aben  (Sie  ettca^  in  5(}rem  jtovbe  ? 
6.  5Jlein,  idi  l)abe  etirajJ  in  meincm  Coffer.  7.  28cm  geben  (2ie  ba^  ®elb? 
8.  3di  gebe  9iiemanb  ba^  @elb,  abcr  id)  gebe  Semanb  bag  ©led).  9.  ^e- 
manb  l)at  meinen  ^li^ulh  imb  id)  l^abe  Semanb^  Uebevfdml^.  10.  ffia^ 
fur  Mfe  l;aben  ©le  auf  31)rcm  S^ifdie '?  11.  Sd)  l^abe  gar  feinen  ^dfe. 
12.  2Ben  Icben  @tc?  13.  3d)  Icbe  SfJIemanb.  14.  ^aben  ®ie  ntd)tg  in 
31)rcm  .ftcffer?  15.  9tein,  gar  nid)tg.  16.  2Bag  fagt  3§r  greunb,  bcr 
Scaler?  17.  @r  fagt  gar  nid)tg.  18.  SBarum  finb  <2ie  fo  traurig  ? 
19.  3d)  bin  gar  nid)t  traurig.  20.  SKit  toae  fur  einem  2Jlejfer  fd)neiben 
@f  3f)ren  SlVfet?  21.  3d)  I^abe  feinen  5I^fel  unb  fein  3Dfiejfer.  22.  3u 
toem  gefjt  ber  (Sd)iiter  ?    23.  @r  ge(}t  ju  S^iemanb. 

Exercise  17.  ^tlfgabf  17. 

1 .  Whose  pencil  has  your  brother,  the  painter  ?  2.  He  has  the 
pencil  of  his  friend  the  scholar.  3.  Has  anybody  your  horse? 
4.  Yes,  somebody  has  it.     5.  .Does  anybody  praise  your  brother  ? 

6.  Somebody  praises  my  father,  but  nobody  praises  my  brother. 

7.  What  kind  of  paper  has  the  scholar?  8.  He  has  no  paper  at 
all.  9.  To  whom  do  you  give  your  money?  10.  I  do  not  give  it 
to  anybody.  11.  With  what  kind  of  a  pencil  do  you  write?  12.  I 
write  with  the  pencil  of  your  cousin.  13.  Have  you  anything  in 
your  hat?  14.  No,  I  have  not  anything  in  my  hat,  but  I  have 
something  in  my  trunk.  15.  To  whom  is  the  child  going?  16.  It 
IS  not  going  to  anybody.  17.  Somebody  has  our  horse  and  our 
plow.  18.  What  kind  of  a  shoe  is  this  ?  19.  It  is  the  overshoe 
of  our  friend.  20.  Who  has  my  book?  21.  Nobody  has  your 
book.  22.  Has  anybody  anything  in  your  room?  23.  Yes,  some- 
body has  something  in  my  room. 

LESSON  XI.  fcctton  XI. 

FORMS    OF    THE    ADJECTIVE. 

1»  Adjectives  when  used  predicatively,^*  are  uninflected ;  a^ 

JDer  (Stafjt  Ijl  tjart.  The  steel  is  hard. 

2)a(J  (Sifcn  iji  f)art.  The  iron  is  hard. 

*    The  terms  attributive  and  predicative  have,  in  Grammar,  a  strictly  conventional 
and  should  be  distinctly  understood.  If  we  say,  the  deep  river  is  here  (ber  ticf-t 


ADJECTIVES  OF  THE  OLD  DECLENSION.  27 

2.  AMien,  however,  adjectives  are  used  attributively,  they 
are  subject  to  three  modes  of  inflection,  called  the  oM,  the 
new^  and  the  mixed  declensions. 

3.  Adjectives,  when  not  preceded  by  one  of  the  words  in 
List  L.  8.  3.  or  9.  5,  are  inflected  like  2)iefer,  (L.  8.  3.) 
and  are  then  of  the 

OLD    DECLENSION. 

Masculine.  Neuter. 

Nom.  gut-er,  9Ut-e3,  good; 

Gen.   Qut-c3,  (en*'0  gut-cg,  (-' en)  of  good; 

Dat.    gut-em,  gut-em,  to  or  for  good ; 

Ace.    gut-en,  gut-eg,  good. 

4.  The  e  of  the  terminations  el,  en,  er,  is  generally  dropped 
when,  by^  inflection,  another  syllable  is  added ;  as, 

(ir  ift  eltel.  He  is  vain. 

dxiUzx  @tctj  (not  cit-etcr).  Vain  pride. 

5.    ENDING  OF  THE  OLD  DECLENSION  IN  THE  NOMINATIVE. 

Attributive.       Predicative. 

@ut-er  @tat)l  ifl  Ijavt.  Good  steel  is  hard. 

@ut-el  (5ifen  ijl  \)(xxt  Good  iron  is  hard. 

«§art-er  (Stafjl  ij^  gut.  Hard  steel  is  good, 

"^art-eg  @ifen  iji  gut.  Hard  iron  is  good. 

6,  Adjectives  which  qualify  the  neuter  pronouns,  ettoa3, 
toa§  and  ni^tS,  are  inflected  according  to  the  old  declension, 
and  are  written  with  a  capital  initial ;  as, 

3d)  l^abe  e  tit)  a^  (Sdbone^.  I  have  something  beautiful. 

(Ir  fagt  nid)t3  @dited)teg.  He  says  nothing  bad. 

©ic  fpredien  yon  e  t  tt»  a  ^  9?eucm.  You  speak  of  something  new. 

S?  a  sS  f;abeu  ©ie  S'ieue^  'i  What  have  you  new  ? 

Silt,  old.  §(n'flcncT)m,  agreeable.  Sludv  too,  also.  — 53 (an f,  bright, 
^tau,  blue.  —  %ti\\,  fine.  §utt«tn,  to  hne.  —  @el6,  yellow.  ®efe^, 
n.  law.  ®rau,  gray,  ©rob,  coarse.  @iun,  green.  —  Smmer,  al- 
ways, ever.  —  Jlonig,  m.  king.  —  S)Zad)en,  to  do,  make.  SD^antel, 
iw.  cloak.  —  9^eu,  new.  —  9iorf,  m.  coat.  —  ©ammet,  m.  velvet. 


Slui  tfl  ^tCV),  the  adjective  deep  (ttcfe),  is  attributive;  for  the  quality  depth  ia 
referred  to,  as  a  known  and  recognized  attribute  of  the  river.  If  we  say,  the  river  ia 
deep  here  (bcr  %[\\^  tfi  l)tcr  tief).  the  adjective  is  predicative  ,  for  we  then  merely 
affirm  or  predicate  of  the  river,  that  it  hab  Uie  quality  depth. 

*    The  genitive  of  the  old  form  is  now  seldom  used;  tliat  of  the  new  form  being 
preferred  Thus,  (JUt-eil  <Sta^l8;  QUt-etl  eifen§,&c.,  instead  of  QUt-eS  ©ta^lS;  gUt* 

k9  ©ifenS,  &c. 


28  ADJECTIVES    OF    THE    NEW    DECLENSION. 

(Sd)ledit,  lad.     (Sdbneiber,  m.  tailor.     (Sdniti'mac^er,  m,  shoeniiker 
@d)toad),  weak.     (Starf,  strong.  —  %\\<i),  n.  cloth.  —  3iBetd},  soft. 

Exercise  18.  ^ttfgabc  18, 

1.  fDlefeg  Scber  iji  gelb,  unb  jeneg  ijl  fd)h?arj.  2.  3d)  l^aBe  gelbeg  Se; 
ber,  unb  ©tc  !^aben  fd)tDarje^.  3.  3ft  ber  ffiein  beg  S3auerg  alt  obcr  neu  ? 
4.  3ft  alter  SSeiii  immev  ftarf  unb  iieuer  2Bein  immev  fdituad)  ?  5.  >§abcn 
<Sie  ftavfen  ober  fdin)ad)en  SBeIn  ?  6.  3d)  l)abe  ftarfen,  altcn  2Bein,  unb 
ber  93auer  l)ai  neue^  S3ier.  7.  3ft  bag  @ifen  beg  (Sdimiebeg  gut  cbet 
fditedit  ?  8.  S)cr  ©dimteb  fiat  gutcg  unb  aud)  fd)Ied}teg  @ifen.  9.  5)er 
(Sdineiber  mad^t  ben  9locf  '^ion  feinem  grauem  Xuct)e.  10.  ^er  a)Zann 
futtert  ben  SJiahtcl  mit  grobem  blauem  @ammet.  11.  5)er^6nig  fdireibt 
\i(x^  ®efe^  mit  btaufem  (Stafil  unb  fd)n3arjem  (Sifeu.  12.  2)er  @d)u()s 
mad)er  mad)t  hzw  @dnif)  »on  grunem  Seber.  13.  3ft  lt)eid)cg  @ifen  gut? 
14.  3a,  unb  U-ieidicr  @tat)t  ift  fd}led)t.  15.  -^aben  @ie  guten  (Sta(;t  cber 
f*led)teg  (Sifen?  16.  2)er  SSein  ift  alt  unb  bag  S3ier  ift  neu.  17.  @r 
Ijat  (xikw  9Bein  unb  neueg  ®ier  ?  18.  @ef;r  vrarmcg  SSetter  ift  n{d)t  am 
genef)m.  19.  SDZein  .%ccf  ift  yon  fdnuavjem  S;ud)e.  20.  «§abeu  ©ie  gu* 
teg  SBajfer,  gutcn  Jldfe  unb  guteg  ©rob  ? 

Exercise  19.  ^nfflabf  19. 

1.  Is  your  cloth  black,  green  or  blue?  2.  I  have  black  cloth 
and  the  tailor  has  blue  cloth.  3.  Has  the  shoemaker  green,  yel- 
low or  black  leather?  4.  The  shoemaker  has  black  leather,  and 
the  saddler  has  yellow  leather.  5.  Has  the  blacksmith  good  steel, 
or  good  iron  ?  6  He  has  good  iron.  7.  Do  you  line  your  coat 
with  green  or  with  blue  velvet?  b.  iThe  tailor  lines  my  coat  with 
blue  velvet.  9.  Is  your  wine  strong  or  weak?  lO.  I  have  neither 
strong  wine  nor  strong  beer.  11.  New  wine  is  lot  always  weak, 
and  old  wine  is  not  always  strong.  12.  Have  you  good  bread  and 
good  coffee?  13.  I  have  good  bread,  but  my  coffee  is  not  very 
good.  14.  Is  very  cold  weather  agreeable  ?  15.  What  kind  of 
weather  is  agreeable  ?  16.  Warm  weather  is  agreeable.  17.  Is 
good  steel  always  hard,  and  is  good  iron  always  soft?  18.  Wli;y 
has  the  smith  soft  steel?  19.  Why  has  the  tailor  old  cloth? 
20.  Why  does  he  line  your  coat  with  green  velvet  ? 

LESSON  12.  fcftton  12. 

ADJECTIVES    OF    THE    NEW    DECLENSION. 

1.  An  adjective  when  preceded  by  t)cr,  bicfcr,  atlcr,  ciniger, 
^tUd;cr,  jtcber,  iencr,  manc(;cr,  foId;cr,  irelc(;cr  (relating  to  the 
p.oim  that  the  adjective  qualifies)  is  inllected  according  to  the 


ADTEOTIVES    OF    THE    NEW    DECLENSION. 


NEW    DECLENSION. 


Masculine. 
N  bcr  gut-e,  the  good ; 
G.  bea  guten,  of  the  good ; 
D.  bcm  guten,  to,  for  the  good; 
A.  ben  guten,  the  good; 


Neuter. 

baS  gut-e,  the  good ; 
be^  guten,  of  the  good ; 
bem  guten,  to,  for  the  good ; 
bag  gut-e,  the  good. 


2.    ENDINGS    OF    THE    NEW    DECLENSION   IN    THE  NCMINATIVE 


Attributive. 


Predicative. 


mkx  l)^xU  (Staf)l  ill  nu^lid). 
5l{(eg  fiart-e  (Jifen  \\t  nii^lid). 
©ev  nu|lld}-e  ©tafil  i<^  t)art. 
2)ag  nu^Iid)-e  @ifen  ijl  I;art. 
2)iefer  fdion-e  SScgcl  ift  tueip. 
S)icfe^  fd)6n-c  ^a^ner  ijl  iueip. 
(fhuger  fcfir  gut-e  SSctn. 
(Stntgc^  niAt  fef)r  felu-e  Xxxi). 
Seber  gut-e  2)ianu  ijl  el)rlid;. 
Sebeg  gut-e  ^iub  ijl  ef)rlid% 
Sener  e(}rllA-c  SDZami  ijl  gut. 
Seneg  c()vlidve  jlinb  ill  gut. 
aJlandier*  gut-e  9Jlanu  ijl  arm. 
SDIand^g  gut-e  Jltnb  ifl  arm. 
SBeld^er  fcbtedit-e  a)lann  i|l  glucftid)? 
SBeldieg  fd)led)t-e  ilinb  ijl  gtucflid)  ? 


All  hard  steel  is  usefuL 
All  hard  iron  is  useful. 
The  useful  steel  is  hard. 
The  useful  iron  is  hard. 
This  beautiful  bird  is  white. 
This  beautiful  paper  is  white. 
Some  (a  little)  very  good  wine. 
Some  not  very  fine  cloth. 
Every  good  man  is  honest. 
Every  good  child  is  honest. 
That  honest  man  is  good. 
That  honest  child  is  good. 
Many  a  good  man  is  poor. 
Many  a  good  child  is  poor. 
Which  bad  man  is  happy? 
Which  bad  child  is  happy  ? 


9lrm,  poor.  —  fitter,  bitter.  — S)umm,  stupid.  — i^Ieipig,  diligent, 
industrious.  —  ©evber,  m.  tanner,  ©liirflld),  happy,  fortunate.  — 
Sung,  young.  —  ^leiu,  little.  —  Selirer,  m.  teacher,  gefjvliug,  m. 
apprentice.  Sie&eu,  to  love.  —  S?iaudier,  many  a.  SJlenfd),  m.  hu- 
man being,  man.  —  ©d^avf,  sharp.  @ri)ou,  beautiful,  fine.  (Se()eu, 
to  see.  @to(j,  proud.  —  itvdge,  idle,  indolent.  —  Un'gh'icflid),  un- 
fortunate, unhappy.  —  9Bageu,  m.  carriage,  wagon.  2Sirflid),  really. 
—  3ufi"ie'ben,  contented,  satisfied. 


Exercise  20. 


Jlufflabc  20. 


1.  (Ser)cn  (Sie  "btw  gropen  <§unb  unter  btefem  gropeu  ©aum?  2.  3d) 
fef)c  beu  gropeu  93aum,  0i\)zx  uid)t  beu  «§uub.  3.  2Qem  gef)6rt  biefeg  fd)cue 
.§aug  uub  biefer  fdione  SSageu?    4.  fDas?  -^ausJ  gef)6rt  bem  (xiim  3dger, 

*  SJZanc^cr,  foId)er  and  n)eld)er  sometimes  drop  the  final  syllable ;  tlie  adjective 
that  follows  being  inflected  (see  L.  ]  1)  accordinc;  to  the  old  declension ;  as.  mauc^  ar= 
UU'V  3}?vinu  (instead  of  maud)ev  aviUC  ?D?anil);  many  a  poor  man.  3J?aild)  flllteS 
^inb  (instead  of  mand)f'i  gutcJtinb):  many  a  good  child.  SLBclrf)  fcfcoueg  'iBet* 
tev!  (instead  of  \veld)e8  fd)one  2BettCV);  what  fine  weather  !  ©olcfe  Qfob CS  SiUC^ 
(instead  of  folc^eS  QVObe  %\\^)  ;  such  coarse  cloth. 


80  ADJECTIVES    OF    THE    MIXEDD   ECLENSION. 

iiiib  ber  2Bag,'n  gepvt  beni  uiu-jlucfluteu  ^teunbe  biefeg  reldien  aJluKcr^, 
5.  "Sat  ber  fici^ige  Sel^rltiii^  beg  guten  ©olbfdhmtebg  bag  fd)arfe  SJleffer  be^ 
ciUcu  8c§rerg;  cbcr  bvig  alte  *43ncl)  beS  tvdgeu  @ct)itlerg  ?  6.  ^at  ber  junge 
©erber  bag  geI6e  ober  has  fditt.\u-je  Scber  ?  7.  (Sr  (}at  bag  fct)tt3arje;  et 
f)at  audi  bag  grune  Xnd)  beg  alten  @d)neiberg.  8.  3)er  (Sattler  l^at  ba3 
gelbe  geber  iinb  ber  @d)i^madier  f)at  bag  fdnwarje.  9.  3ft  alter  atte  9Beln 
ftarf,  unb  alleg  neue  ^iev  bitter?  10.  3ft  jeber  reid)e  SJlann  twlrfti*  juf 
friebcn  ?  11.  aJlandier  bumme  3)len\^  ift  ftolj.  12.  3d)  fe^e  ben  gro^en, 
[dioiicn  5Bauni  in  bem  Keinen  ©arten  beg  armen  S3auerg.  13.  S)ag  Heine 
^inb  liebt  unb  loht  hen  alten  SOZann.  14.  2)tefer  junge  2)lann  l^at  ben 
fdiarfen  Tinftl  jeneg  fieipigen  !i;ifd)Icrg.  15.  giittert  ber  alte  ©ineiber 
hen  neuen  5DZantet  mit  bem  blauen  X^uc^e  ?  16.  Xrinft  ber  arme  SHann 
bag  !alte  SBaffer  ? 

Exercise  21.  ^ttfflabc  21. 

1.  Have  you  the  black  cloth  or  the  blue?  2.  I  have  the  black, 
and  the  young  tailor  has  the  blue,  and  also  the  green.  3.  Has  the 
old  man  the  old  horse  and  the  old  wagon  ?  4.  This  idle  scholar 
has  the  good  book  of  that  industrious  scholar.  5.  Which  young 
man  has  the  new  book  of  this  little  child?  6.  To  which  poor  man 
do  you  give  the  good  money?  Is  the  young  peasant  going  with 
the  old  hunter  to  the  village  ?  8.  To  whom  does  this  old  horse 
belong?  9.  Does  this  old  wagon  belong  to  the  old  baker? 
10.  Which  good  leather  has  the  good  shoemaker,  the  blue,  the  green, 
or  the  black?  11.  Many  a  good  man  is  very  poor.  12.  Not  every 
poor  man  is  unhappy.  13.  Which  dihgent  scholar  has  the  new 
book?  14.  This  very  warm  weather  is  not  very  agreeable. 
15.  Has  the  rich  peasant  the  good  dog  of  the  good  hunter?  16.  The 
old  tailoi:  lines  the  old  cloak  with  the  old  cloth. 


LESSON  XIII.  ^tction  XIII. 

ADJECTIVES    OF    THE    MIXED    DECLENSION. 

1.  An  adjective  when  preceded  by  cin,  mcin,  bcin,  fcin,  iffx, 
Uttfcr,  cucr,  f  ein  (relating  to  the  noun  that  the  adjective  qualifies) 
is  inflected  according  to  the 

MIXED    DECLENSION. 

Masculine.  Neuter. 

N.  mein  cjut-cr,  my  good ;  mcin  gut-e8,  my  good ; 

G.  mciuog  giitcu,  of  my  good ;  mctneg  gutcn,  of  my  good ; 

D.  meincm  gutcn-  to  my  good ;  mcincm  guteiir  to  my  good ; 

A.  mclttcngutctt  my  good;  mcin  gutc0,  my  good. 

2.  As  already  seen,  the  above  words,  m\,  mcin,  &c.  (un- 
like ber,  ba0,  &c.  L.  8.  3),  do  not  indicate  the  gender  of  their 


CONNECTED    VIEW    OF    THE    OLD    DECLENSION.  31 

nouns  ;  this,  however,  is  effected  by  means  of  the  adjective; 
the  termination  er,  being  masculine,  and  e^,  neuter ;  as, 

Masculine,  etit  flein-er  SJlann ;  fctn  gut-er  33ruber; 
Neuter,       etn  fletn-egi  Jlint) ;   fein  Q\xi-t^  ^ferb» 

3.    ENDINGS  OF  THE  MIXED  DECLENSION    IN  THE  NOMINATIVE. 

Attributive.     Predicative. 

@in  c^vii-zx  ^Jlann  t|l  e^^rlid).  A  good  man  is  honest, 

(B'm  cjut-eg  .^inb  ift  eljrlicf).  A  good  child  is  honest. 

@eiu  z\)xM)-zx  greuiib  i|l  gut.  His  honest  friend  is  good. 

@cin  c()i-tid)-e(J  ^inb  ijl  gut.  His  honest  child  is  good. 

Wim\  fd)6n-cr  JBogel  ift  toeif .  My  fine  bird  is  white. 

3Jleiu  fcbou-eg  ^alplcr  ij!  n)eip.  My  fine  paper  is  white. 

!Detn  lueif-er  SSogel  ijl  fd)ou.  Thy  white  bird  is  fine, 

©etu  n^ci^-eg  ^a^ler  i|l  fdicu.  Thy  white  paper  is  fine. 

3f|r  gut-er  ® ruber  ifl  grcp.  Her  good  brother  is  large. 

31)r  gut-e^  Jltub  ijl  gro§.  Her  good  child  is  large 

Uufer  grc^-er  S3aum  ijt  fd)cn.  Our  large  tree  is  fine. 

Unfer  gvop-e^  <§au^  ifl  fd)6n.  Our  great  house  is  fine. 

(Suer  alt-ev  Coffer  ift  griiu.  Your  old  trunk  is  green 

(Suer  alt-e^  ^anb  ift  grun.  Your  old  ribbon  is  green. 
Jtein  lDir!lid)  gut-er  SD^lanu  ift  faut.      No  really  good  man  is  lazy. 

.K'ein  gut-eg  Rxwh  ift  faut.  No  good  child  is  lazy. 

4.    CONNECTED    VIEW    OF    THE    THREE    DECLENSIONS. 
OLD.  NEW.  MIXED. 

Masculine. 

N.  gut-er  (<©tat;0 ;  ber  gut-c  (®ta:^l) ;     mein     gut-cr 

G.  gut-ea  (or  -en)  ((^ta^l0);  beg  gut-en  ((Stat^r^) ;  meineS  gut-en 

(<atap;) 
D.  gut-em  ((Sta^l) ;  bem  gut-en  ((^ta^^l) ;  meinem  gut-en 

A.  gut-en  (6ta^l);  ben  gut-en  (^ta^l) ;  meinen  gut-en 

(®ta^I). 

iV.  gut-ea  ((Stfen) ;  bag  gut-e  ((Sifen) ;      mein     gut-eg 

mm); 
G.  gut-eg(or  -en)  (Stfeng);  beg  gut-en  ((SifenS);  meineg  gut-en 

((Sifena); 
D.  gut-em  ((Sifen) ;  bent  gut-en  ((Sifen)  ;  mctncm  gut-en 

((Sifen) ; 
A    gut-e0  (@iien) ;  bag  gut-e  (@ifen) ;     mein      gut-eg 

((Eifen). 


82  SPEAKING    AND    WRITING    GERMAN. 

S3erg,  m.  mountain. — 2)ad),  n.  roof.  2)idf,  thick,  large. — %o\\l, 
lazy,  idle. —  ©cbut'&ig,  patient,  ©efdiicft',  skillful,  ©etinpfen,  n. 
conscience.  —  3e,  ever.  —  Earned',  n.  camol.  ^eUer,  m.  cellar, 
.^iffeu,  n.  pillow,  cushion,  .^unfiler,  m.  artist.  -r-Oladi'ld^tg,  neg- 
ligent. 0lu^lidh,  useful.  —  (Sanft,  soft,  mild.  @(t)a^,  m.  treasure. 
©d)u^,  m.  defense,  protection,  ©tanirn,  m.  trunk,  body.  (Steily 
steep.  —  %^zx,  n.  animal,  beast.  %k\,  deep.  %xzu,  faithful,  true  — 
Un'jufrieben,  discontented,  dissatisfied. — SSogel,  m.  bird. 

Exercise  22.  Jlttfpbe  22. 

1.  3|l  3f)r  guter  ^reunb,  ber  gefd)irfte  j^unfilcr,  nod)  (L.  66.)  ein  jfuna 
get  SPflanu  ?  2.  3a,  er  ijl  nod)  jung,  aber  feiu  guter  ^Teuiib,  ber  M}rer,  ill 
etn  fe^r  alter  SJlaun.  3.  3ft  eiu  reid)er  SDiann  immer  ciu  jufriebener  unb 
angenel)mer  SJlann  ?  4,  Oiein,  unb  eiu  armer  3Wann  ifl  nidit  immer  cii? 
unjufriebener  SJlann.  5.  ^ai  3§r  Heiner  S3rubei"  etnen  fd)cnen  Heinen 
aSogel?  6.  OfZein,  er  f)at  ein  fd)dne^  fielne^  ^ferb.  7.  %)x  nene^  ♦^augf 
l^at  ein  jteitc^  5)ad)  unb  einen  tiefeu  .^eUev.  8.  @in  gute^  ®e»iffcn  ijl 
ein  fanfteg  ^iffc n.  (Ein  treuer  ^rennb  i|t  ein  ftarfer  (Bi^vi%  unb  m\  grower 
<Sd)a^.  10.  (Sin  jteiler  33eig  |lef)t  fiinter  unferm  neuen  .g»aufe.  11.  Un^ 
fer  ncue^  ■^<x\x€  ftet)t  »Dr  einem  jteilen  Serge.  12.  Unfer  alter  9(i)feI6aum 
l^at  einen  bidfen  (£tamm.  13.  3|t  bag  gebulbige  ^ameel  em  nu^Iidied 
Sl^ier?  14.  ^oAizn  (Ste  fein  guteg  S3ier  unb  feinen  guten  S©ein  ?  15.  3d) 
]^abe  guteg  S3ier,  aber  feinen  guten  Sein.  16.  3ft  ein  guter  ©diittcr  \t 
faul?  17.  D'iein,  er  ift  iueber  faul,  ncd)  nad;ldptg.  18.  3d)  I;abe  eiu 
neueg  33ud)  unb  er  t)at  ein  attcd,  (L.  8.  Note). 

Exercise  23.  ^ttfgobf  23. 

1.  Your  good  friend  has  your  good  iron  and  your  good  steel. 

2.  Is  your  old  friend  still  in  the  small  garden  of  our  good  cousin? 

3.  No,  he  is  in  our  large  garden  with  his  old  teacher.  4.  Has  oui 
young  cousin  your  new  book  and  his  old  pencil  ?  5.  No,  he  has 
your  old  book,  his  new  pencil,  our  good  stove  and  my  green  table. 
6.  A  little  yellow  bird  is  sitting  on  the  steep  roof  of  your  new 
house.  7.  Is  your  old  friend  a  skillful  artist?  8.  Yes,  he  is  a 
skillful  artist,  and  a  very  agreeable  man.  9.  The  patient  camel  is 
a  very  strong  and  a  very  useful  animal.  10.  My  young  friend  has 
my  young  horse.  11.  Our  old  friend  has  our  old  horse  in  our  old 
garden.  12.  A  rich  man  is  not  always  a  contented  and  a  happ) 
man.  13.  Is  a  poor  man  always  a  discontented  man?  14.  Is  s 
lazy  man  ever  contented,  or  an  industrious  man  ever  discontented^ 
15.  My  lazy  scholar  is  discontented.  16.  Have  you  no  goo# 
cheese?  17.  I  have  good  cheese,  but  no  good  bread.  18.  iO¥ 
have  my  new  book  and  I  have  his  old  one.  (L.  8.  Note). 

LESSON  XIV.  lection. XIV 

SPEAKING  AND  WRITING  GERMAN. 

Guided  by  the  instructions  thus  far  given,  the  pupil  may 
now  profitably  enter  upon  the  practice  of  soeaking  and  writing 


SPEAKING    AND    WRITING    GERMAN.  33 

German.  For  this  purpose,  every  sentence  in  the  foregoing 
Lessons,  may  be  regarded  as  a  Model:  the  learner  applying 
•n  every  case  the  principles  which  the  model  sentence  is 
designed  to  illustrate.*  An  ample  stock  of  words,  in  addition 
to  those  already  acquired  by  the  learner,  will  be  found  page 
190,  and  following.  In  this  and  in  the  English  vocabulary, 
page  230,  are  contained  all  the  words  of  the  subsequent 
EXERCISES.  Also,  for  the  sake  of  more  convenient  reference, 
'he  words  of  the  preceding  exercises  have  been  included  in 
the  same  vocabularies. 

Obs.  As  a  want  of  familiarity  with  the  various  endings, 
especially  those  of  the  adjective,  (they  being  the  most  diffi- 
cult,) is  a  great  hindrance  to  the  right  use  of  German, 
the  pup.l  should  give  to  the  following  exercise  the  utmost 
attention. 

Exercise  24.  Jlttfpbc  24» 

1.  il^ipfev  glanjenber  @d)nee  Itt\]t  auf  bem  grunen  ^clbc.  2.  2)a3 
grime  ^clb  liegt  itnter  tiefem  Sd^nec.  3.  !j)er  tiefc  @dinee  liegt  auf  gri'ii 
nem  ©va^.  4.  ©rfinesJ  ®rai^  fiegt  untcr  bem  tiefen  ©dinee.  5.  i?eln 
ticfer  ©d^ice  liegt  auf  uiiferem  gvuneii  ^elbe.  6.  Unfer  grune^  ^el'b 
Itegt  uiitcr  feinem  ttefcn  cSdmee.      7.  ^oreu   @ie  jeneg  reijenbe  Sieb? 

8.  ailcin  neiner  33ntbcr  fd^enft  bem  fleincu  .Kinbe  eiuen  fleinen  fi'iBen  5tpfeL 

9.  C5r  licft  (L.  33.  6)  3(;r  grcpcg  33udi  mit  grc^em  a3cvguugen.  10.  9}Zcin 
gro^ei^  $fevb  iit  In  meiucm  gviuien  ^elbe.  1 1.  ©as?  grcpe  $fevb  mcliics.^  altcn 
91adi&ari5  ill  in  bem  gvc^en  griineu  ^elbe  be^  a'lten  ©aucv^.  12.  2)er 
gute  'Jreunb  be^  altcu  ^dittcibev^  gef)t  mit  bem  alteu  9Jlii((ev  uad)  bem 
gruueu  SBalbc.  13.  2)Zeiu  gutcr  ^veunb,  ber  i:[ik  @ditieiber,  betft  fciiieu 
alten  %\]&)  mit  vct(;em  ^udie.  14.  3di  ftabe  gutc^  Seber  licn  bem  guten 
@erber.  <£ie  fiaben  bag  gute  Seber  beg  guten  ©attlerg,  unb  ber  gute 
(Sd^u'^madiet  {)ai  fein  gutcg  Seber.  15.  2)ai5  falte  SBctter  becft  tizw  bret; 
ten  ^tup  mit  glattem  (Sig.  . 

Exercise  25.  Jtufjjalu  25, 

1.  The  green  grass  lies  under  the  deep  snow.  2.  The  deep 
snow  lies  upon  the  green  grass.  3.  Deep  snow  lies  upon  the 
green  field  of  our  old  friend.  4.  The  deep  snow  lies  upon  the 
broad  field.  5.  The  little  scholar  reads  with  great  pleasure  the 
large  book  of  his  good  friend.  6.  Green  grass  lies  under  deep 
snovz,  7.  The  good  book  of  my  good  friend  lies  on  the  good 
table,  8.  Your  old  friend  the  old  teacher,  is  with  his  old  friend 
in  the  green  field.  9.  The  large  horse  is  in  the  little  garden  of 
our  good  neighbor.  10.  My  good  do^  goes  with  our  good  neigh- 
bor to  the  large  green  forest.     11.  The  cold  weather  covers  the 

*  Forfiirther  remarks,  and  illustrations  of  this  plan,  see  "New  Method",  p.p.  62.249 
or  ^Tasqujlle's  French  Course  ",  p.  p.  59.  267. 

2-:^ 


34  PREPOSITIONS. 

river  with  smooth  ice.  12.  The  glittering  snow  covers  the  green 
forest  anc  the  green  field.  13.  My  old  friend  the  old  saddler 
covers  my  old  trunk  with  old  leather.  14.  Has  the  good  friend 
of  the  gocd  smith  good  iron  and  good  steel?  15.  He  has  good 
iron  and  sieel;  he  has  also  a  good  dog  and  a  good  horse. 

LESSON  XV.  futiott  XV. 

Prepositions. 

1.    prepositions  governing  the  dative. 

5(u8,  auf  cr,  Bei,  Binncn,  entgegcn,  gegeniiBer,  gemaf,  mit,nac^, 
na^%  m^%  oB,  fammt,  felt,  son,  ju,  and  jutuibcr,  govern  the 
dative  only. 

2.      PREPOSITIONS    GOVERNING    THE    ACCUSATIVE. 

2)urc^,  fiir,  gcgen,  o^ne,  fonber,  um,  and  inibcr,  govern  the 
accusative  only. 

3.    PREPOSITIONS    GOVERNING    THE    DATIVE    OR    ACCUSATIVE. 

^n,  auf,  :^intcr,  in,  nebcn,  iikr,  untcr,  ijor,  and  jn^ifrf^cn,  go- 
vern the  dative,  when  used  with  verbs  of  rest,  or  with  those 
dicating  motion  within  specified  limits;  and  the  accusative, 
•'hen  motion  or  tendency  towards  any  place   or  object  is  in- 
ihcated;  as, 

@r  Iduft  in  bem  ©arteu.  He  is  running  in  the  garden. 

@r  tduft  in  ben  ©arteii.  He  is  running  into  the  garden. 

?Dag  33ud)  licnt  auf  bcm  Z[\d)t.  The  book  lies  on  the  table. 

Sd)  lege  ba^  ^ud)  auf  ben  Xifi).  I  lay  the  book  upon  the  table. 

(Sr  ijl  In  bcm  -^aufe.  He  is  in  the  house. 

©r  gef)t  in  ba^  ^au^.  He  goes  into  the  house 

4.  Prepositions  are  frequently  contracted  with  the  definite 
a-rticle  into  one  word;  as, 

9tm  (^or  CiXi  bem\     (5r  fi^t  am  ilifche.       He  sits  at  the  table. 
9In^  (for  an  Dat^;.      (S:  acl}t  aug  ?^cu|fer.     He  goes  to  the  window. 
6tuf^  (for  auf  ba^).   (^r  lev;.' ?ti  auf^  Q3vctt.    He  lays  it  on  the  board. 
Seim  (for  bci  bcm).  (5r  iff  beim  Q3vubcr.     He  is  with  the  brother. 
!Durd^^  („burd)  ba<J).  @r  gc()t  bunt^  (^:(b.    He  goes  through  the  field. 
?^ur^  (for  fur  baj?).    (5^  iff  fuViS  jtiuo.        It  is  for  the  child. 
•^iutevm(„(nutcr  bcm).(5v  ftcfjt  I)iuterm  Bauu.  He  stands  behind  the  fence. 
3m  (for  in  bem).       (5r  ift  im  -Oaufc.  He  is  in  the  house. 

SutJ  (for  In  bag).       Gfr  gcfjt  ins?  'tVuii^.       He  goes  into  the  house. 
Q3cm  (for  Vcu  bem).  (5i*  fommt  i^om^.l'lavffe.  He  comes  from  the  market 
3um  (for  ju  bem).     @r  gef|t  juiuSveunbc.  He  goes  to  the  friend. 


NEGATIVE    CONJUGATION.  35 

Exercise  26.  Jlltfgabe  26. 

I,  25er  atte  Tlami  gef;t  in^  ncue  ^an^  unb  basJ  Keine  ^inb  ger)t 
iti  ien  fteineu  ©civteit.  2.  SWelit  after  (^reuub  fi|t  auf  bem  alten  (Stuf)( 
ai  bem  Heincii  %mtex  unb  legt  ba^  ^ud)  auf  bcu  Sifd).  3.  3)ag  trocfene 
^v»»:$  Itegt  fituterm  £)feu  unb  basJ  Heine  ilinb  %tf)t  I;inter  ben  Dfen. 
4.  Da^  weif  e  ^a^iev  liegt  neben  bem  alten  Sud)e  unter  bem  tunbcn  Sifd)e. 

6.  Dei*  mube  @d)uler  legt  fein  njcipes?  ^a^ier  neben  mm  alteg  ®ud)  uu;: 
ter  ba^  grime  5;ud).    6.  ^aS  neue  ^auj?  jle^t  iiber  bem  ticfen  Metier. 

7.  Dag  fleine  muntere  ^fcrb  f))ringt  iiber  i>cn  tiefen  ©rabcn.  8.  a^eiu 
gute^  ^apipr  licgt  auf  bem  2;ifd)e  yor  bem  jungen  2Jlannc.  9.  @r  legt 
bag  {^ute  papier  yor  ben  jungen  a)lanu  5\t)ifd)cn  bag  Sud)  unb  bag  ©lag. 
10.  ^aS  ^4)apicr  liegt  j\Dtfdieu  bem  53ud)e  unb  bem  ®Iafe.  11.  ®er  alte 
Sdgcr  ge()t  um  bag  fleine  ^elb  unb  burd)  bcu  gro^cn  aSalb ;  er  t)at  etwag 
©c^oncg  fur  fein  fleincg  ilinb.  12.  M)  ^aU  nid)tg  fiir  ten  Sdger,  hmn 
er  i)l  nidit  mein  ^^veunb.  13.  ®ag  fagen  @ie  gegen  hen  jungen  ^cUdn; 
ber?  14.  3d)  fagc,  er  ift  fei)r  unf)6fiid)  gegen  (L.  56.)  meinen  i^reunb. 
14.  aBofinen  ©ie  bci  (L.  55.  2.)  S^rem  £)()eim?  15.  3Bann  getjen  @ic 
nad)  ^aufe?  (L.  57.  3.)  16.  ®d)t  ber  JDiencr  ju  bem  @diuf)mad)er 
ober  ju  bem  (Sdmeiber?  (L.  62.  2.)  17.  @r  ge()t  ju  feinem  ^Setter,  unb 
fein  a3ruber  btctbt  ju^anfe.  (L.  62.  3.) 

Exercise  27.  Jlttfgabe  27. 

1.  Is  the  old  friend  of  the  old  captain  standing  at  the  window, 
or  is  he  going  to  (L.  53.)  the  window'?  2.  Is  the  scholar  putting 
his  wood  on  his  stove?  3.  No,  for  the  wood  is  lying  on  the  stove. 
4.  The  little  child  is  standing  behind  the  large  stove,  and  the  faith- 
ful old  dog  is  going  behind  the  stove.  5  Is  your  brother  in  the 
house  or  is  he  going  into  the  house  1  6.  The  teacher  lays  his  pen- 
cil beside  his  book :  the  child  stands  beside  his  friend.  7.  Our 
room  is  over  the  room  of  our  old  uncle.  8.  The  old  horse  is  stand- 
ing under  the  tree  and  the  young  man  is  going  under  the  tree. 
9.  The  poor  old  beggar  is  standing  before  the  house,  and  the  rich 
young  man  is  coming  before  the  house.  10,  My  table  is  standing 
between  the  stove  and  the  window.  11.  The  horse  is  going  be- 
tween the  house  and  the  garden.  12.  Does  the  young  man  live  at 
his  cousin's  ?  13.  Are  you  going  to  your  brother's.  14.  No,  I 
remain  at  home.  15.  Is  your  friend  at  home?  16.  Yes,  he  is  at 
home,  and  I  am  going  home. 


LESSON  XVI.  Section  XVI. 

NEGATIVE    CONJUGATION. 

1.  As  in  interrogative  sentences  (L.  5  ),  so  also  m  ne^-^a- 
tive  ones,  German  verbs  are  conjugated,  in  the  present  and 
imperfect,  without  an  auxiliary ;  ^s, 


8d        nouns  of  the  new  declension. 

3d)  tjab^  nid)t.  I  have  not. 

@c  gcl^t  nid)t.  He  goes  not.    (He  does  not  go.) 

@r  i\i  iiic^t  f)ier.  He  is  not  here. 

Siebe  ntd)t.  Love  not.    (Do  not  love.) 

2.  tfli^i,  when  relating  to  a  transitive  verb  commonly  fol' 
lows  the  object  of  that  verb  ;  but  when  that  which  is  in  one 
clause  denied,  is  in  another  affirmed  of  a  different  object,  the 
particle  n  i  c^  t,  precedes ;  as, 

3d)  Ijabc  eg  nid)t  I  have  it  not.     (I  have  n't  it). 

3d)  l^abe  "ba^  33ud)  nid)t.  I  have  not  the  book,  (the  book 

not). 

@r  \M  fginen  ©ol^n  nid)t.  He  does  not  praise  his  sen. 

3d)  l^abe  nld)t  bag  S3ud),  fonbern  I  have  not  the  book  but  the  pen- 
ben  SBleifiift.  cil. 

3d)  lefe  nid)t  "iia^  S3ud),  it>etd)eg  ©ic  I  do  not  read  the  book  that  you 

iefen,  fonbern  etn  anbereS.  read,  but  another. 

3.  <®on'Dern  occurs  only  after  a  negation  and  introduces  the 
reverse  of  the  negation  ;  while 

Qtbcr  may  follow  either  a  negation  or  an  affirmation,  and 
marks  simply  something  additional ;  as, 

@r  ifi  n{d)t  reid),  fonbern  arm.  He  is  not  rich  but  poor. 

(Sr  ift  nid)t  rcid),  abet  ftolj.  He  is  not  rich  but  proud. 

@r  ijl  reid),  abtx  nld)t  ftclj.  He  is  rich  but  not  proud. 

4.  ^\6:)i  ira^r?  not  true  ?  (is  it  not  true  ?)  answers  (like  the 
French  "  n'est  ce  pas  ?")  to  our  various  interrogative  phrases 
after  an  assertion  ;  as, 

@ie  fennen  i^n,  1  You  know  him,  do  you  not  ? 

(Sr  ifi  3^r  S3ruber,  He  is  your  brother,  is  he  not  ? 

(Sr  ^at  eg  geljabt.  He  has  had  it,  has  n't  he  1 

(Sic  toirb  Qcfjen,  >  nid)t  \ual)r  ?    She  will  go,  will  she  not  ? 
3Cir  fonnenI)oren,  We  can  hear,  can  we  not? 

@ic  finb  reid),  They  are  rich,  are  they  not? 

©ie  finb  nid)t  reid),  J  They  are  not  rich,  are  they  ? 

The  interrogative,  nicl;t  tratjr?  sometimes  precedes  the 
assertion ;  as, 

9'lid)t  toal^r  ?  er  ifi  fot)r  rcid).        He  is  very  rich,  is  he  not? 

nouns  of  the  new  declension. 

5.  Nouns  of  this  declension  ending  in  unacciented  ar,  e,  el, 
or  tx,  add  n  in  all  the  oblique  cases ;  as,  nom.  bCT  Ungar,  the 
Hungarian  ;  gen.  be6  Ungarn;  dat.  bent  Ungarn  ;  ace.  \it\\  Uitj 

am. 


NEW    DECLENSION.  87 

Nouns  of  other  terminations  add  en;  as,  nom.  ber  ®raf,  the 
count ;  gen.  beS  ©ro^n ;  dat.  bem  ©rafen ;  ace.  ben  ©rafen. 

NEW    DECLENSION. 

A'',  ber  S'leffe,  the  nephew ;  bcr  (Solbat,  the  soldier ; 

G.  beS  0leffen,  of  the  nephew ;  be0  <©olbatcn,  of  the  soldier ; 

D.  'DemS'lcffcn  to  the  nephew;  bcm  ©olbaten,  to  the  soldier; 

A.  ben  ^^Zeffen,  the  nephew;  ben  (Solb  aten,  the  soldier. 

Exercise  28.  ^n^%^ht  28. 

1.  ^er  @raf  i}i  ntd)t  ber  ^reunb,  fonbcm  ber  ^elnb  be3  ^rin^en. 
2.  ^er  ^nabe  \M  ben  ©olbaten  ni(^t.  3.  @r  lobt  ntd)t  ben  ©olbaten, 
fonbern  ben  SO^atvofen.  4.  @i-  lobt  "azw  SJlatrofcn,  aber  nid)t  'bzw  ©olba* 
ten.    5.  2)er  ©rtec^e  ijl  ber  SfJad^bar,  abcr  nicfjt  ber  grennb  be^  S;urfen. 

6.  ®er  S36:^me  i|^  nid)t  nnr  ber  9'iad)bar  Iz^  93atern,  fonbern  and)  beg 
@ad)fen.  7.  2)er  altc  @oIbat  fd)reibt  feinem  Sf^effen,  bem  jnngen  SWatrc^ 
fen,  einen  S3rief.  8.  5)er  junge  3Jiatrofe  ^<xi  einen  93rief  »on  feinem  D^cim, 
bem  atten  ©otbaten.  9.  35tefer  rei*e  aWt  9iu|Te  ^ai  einen  ©dasen. 
10.  2)cr  (Sclaoe  fditad)tet  benDdifen  feinej?  perm.  11.  JDer  jlnabe  fpielt 
mit  bem  5(fen  nnb  bem  Sdren.  12.  5)er  2)eutfd)c  fauft  ben  3Bein  beg 
i^ran^ofen,  unb  ber  ^ranjofe  fanft  bag  %u&)  beg  2)cutfd)en.  13.  3){efcr 
.$lnabe  ijl  ber  9leffc  beg  ©rafen.  14.  2)ag  SBettcr  ijl  nid)t  ivarm,  abcr 
angencf)m.  15.  S)ag  SSetter  i|l  nid)t  n^arm,  fonbern  !alt.  16.  35iefeg 
33ud)  ift  nid)t  intcreffant,  fonbern  langtoeilig;  eg  ifl  nid)t  intereffant, 
aber  Wjrreidi.  17.  aBetd)en  Unterfd)ieb  finben  @ie  gn3ifd)en  „9'?id)t  jebeg 
intercffante  58nd)  ift  le()rreid)"  unb  „3cbeg  intereffantc  Sud)  ij^  nid)t  lefjr^ 
reid)?''  18.  fDiefer  SD^ann  i|^  ein  9tu|Te,  nidit  toa^r?  19.  @ie  ^aben 
meitt93ud),  nid)t  n?a^r? 

Exercise  29.  ^ttfgabe  29. 

1.  Why  is  the  Bohemian  the  enemy  of  the  Bavarian?  2.  He  is 
not  the  enemy  but  the  friend  of  the  Bavarian.  3.  The  Saxon  is 
the  neighbor  but  not  the  enemy  of  the  Bohemian.  4.  Not  the  Ger- 
man but  the  Hungarian  is  the  enemy  of  the  Russian.  5.  The 
Frenchman  praises  the  Hungarian  and  is  the  enemy  of  the  Rus- 
sian.    6,  The  boy  has  a  letter  from  the  nephew  of  the  old  soldier. 

7.  Has  the  Greek  the  sword  of  the  Turk,  or  has  the  Turk  the  land 
of  the  Greek?  8.  Who  is  slaughtering  the  ox  of  the  sailor?  9.  Has 
the  nephew  of  the  count  a  bear  and  an  ape  ?  10.  The  weather  is 
not  cold  but  warm:  it  is  warm  but  not  pleasant.  11.  The  little 
boy  has  the  hat  of  the  sailor.  12.  Not  the  soldier  but  the  sailor 
has  the  little  boy's  book.  13.  Is  not  every  instructive  book  in- 
teresting? 14.  This  book  is  instructive,  do  you  find  it  interesting, 
or  tedious?  15.  Is  not  every  instructive  book  tedious?  16.  He 
is  going  to  the  man,  is  he  not  ?  17.  You  understand  what  I  say,  do 
you  not?     18.  Your  cousin  has  a  good  horse,  has  he  not  ? 


38    FEMININE  GENDER.     DECLENSION  OF  ART.  AND  PRONOUNS. 

LESSON  XVII.  fKtion  XVII. 

FEMININE    GENDER. 

1.  In  the  feminine,  the  words  contained  in  List.  L.  8.  3, 
tind  9.  5,  all  end  in  c:  namely,  atle,  W,  feicfe,  einigc,  etli^e, 
(ebe,  jenc,  manege,  folc^e,  and  ttjelc^c:  beine,  eine,  cuerc  or  cure, 
'(;re,  3^rc,  meinc,  fcine,  unfere,  and  fcine.  These  words 
iiave  all  the  same  form  of  inflection. 

DECLENSION  OF  ARTICLES  AND  PRONOUNS.       FEMININE 

/v.  bie,  the;  biefe,   this;  eine,   a;  meine,    my; 

G.  ber,  ofthe;  biefer,  of  this;  eincr,  ofa;  metJter,  of  my; 

D,  bcr,  to  the ;  biefer,  to  this;  einer,  to  a;  meiner,  to  my; 

A.  bie,  the;  biefe,   this;  eine,  a;  meine,  my. 

2.  Feminine  nouns,  in  the  singular,  are  indeclinable.* 

3.  Appellations  of  females  are  formed  from  those  of  males, 
and  titles  of  women  from  those  of  their  husbands,  by  means 
cf  the  suffix  in  (or  inn) ;  as, 

b2r  ?^reunb,  the  friend ;  bic  i^reunbln,  the  female  friend  ; 

ber  Sefircr,   the  teacher;  bic  Secretin,  the  preceptress  ; 

bcr  (fn^Idnber,  the  Englishman;  bic(Sngldnbcnn,theEnglishwoman; 
bci®emaf)lthe  consort  (husband);  bic  ®emal)tin,  the  consort  (wife); 

bcr  (Sdiiiler,  the  scholar  ;  bic  @d)itlcrin,  the  female  scholar ; 

bcr  Sotvc,  the  lion ;  bie  Sotciu,  the  lioness ; 

bcr  ^rdfibcnt',  the  president;  bie  ^rdfibentiii,  the  president's  wife; 

ber  ObcriX  the  colonel ;  i>k  Dbcrj^in,  the  colonel's  wife. 

ADJECTIVES  IN  THE  FEMININE  GENDER. 

4.  When  an  adjective  in  the  feminine  is  not  preceded  by 
one  of  the  words  in  the  above  List  (see  1.),  it  is  inflected 
like  biefe,  and  is  of  the 

OLD  DECLENSION. 

N.  gut-C,  good;  fcf;on-e,  beautiful;  (bicf-c) 

G.  gut-er,  of  good ;  fct;i3n-er,  of  beautiful;  (bief-er). 

D  gut-er,  to,  for  good ;  fd;on-er,  to,  for  beautiful ;  (bief-er). 

A.  gut-e,  good;  fc^on-e,  beautiful.  (bief-e). 

*  Nouns  of  this  gender  were  formerly  declined  after  the  new  declension.  In  certain 
phrases,  as  also  in  poetic  language,  tliese  endings  are  still  found  in  the  dative,  and 
oc<aeionally  in  the  genitive  ;  as,  Du  foUfl  auf  @rbcn  filt  mid)  jeUflCn  (©Chiller)  ; 
Utou  sbait  witness  for  lae  upon  earth,    ©cinec  ^vauen  ©c^WCfier ;  hia  wife's  sister 


ADJECTIVES  IN  THE  FEM.  GENDER.     NEW  DECLENSION,       39 

5.  Feminine  adjectives,  when  preceded  by  an  article,  or  by  a 
word  of  like  declension  (seel.),  are  inflected  according  to  tlie 

NEW  DECLENSION. 

N.  bie  gut-e,    the  good;  meine  gut-e,     my  good; 

(r.  ber  gut-en,  of  the  good;  meiner  gut-en,  of  my  good; 

D.  ber  gut-en,  to,  for  the  good ;  meiner  gut-en,  to,  for  my  good ; 

-4.  tie  gut-e,    the  good;  meine  gut-e,     my  good. 

Exercise  30.  ^nfflabe   30. 

1.  !X)ie  (Stitnme  ber  9flad)tigaU  ifi  reijenb.  2.  2Jleine  ^reunbin  f)6xt 
bie  9^ad)tigalt  tiiit  grcf  er  greube.  3.  @d)reiben  @ie  mit  blauer  ober  mlt 
fd^trarjer  Xinte  ?  4.  3d)  fd^reibe  mit  3f>rer  fd)it)arsen  ^inte.  5.  ®cj 
bulb  ill  eine  ^un\t  unb  einc  S;ugenb.  6.  @intrad)t  gibt  grofe  aJlad)t. 
7.  S)ie  Siebe  einer  3Jluttet  ijl  grenjentog.  8.  JDie  (Sonne  [agt  mit  fiif  er 
(Stimme :  „id)  bin  bic  ^onigin  ber  @rbe."  9.  ^at  3{)rc  ^reunbtn  biefe 
blaue  Xtnte  »on  einem  9tadibar  ober  won  einer  ^Kac^barin?  10.  2)ie 
2)Zuftf  in  biefer  fc&onen,  grcf  en  ^lrd)e  ift  [e^r  gut.  11.  ^ai  bie  Heine 
!j;Dd)ter  biefer  fd)cnen  2)ame  bie  neue  ^dk  meiner  fteinen  (Sd)tt)ejter  ? 
12.  aJleine  Heine  (Scufine  fcl;enft  ber  Xank  eine  rotl)e  dtc\e,  unb  ber 
abutter  eine  lijeipe  Silie.  13.  2)ie  jicifige  33iene  ft^t  auf  ber  buf* 
tenben  S3(ume.  14.  3^re  ©dinjeftcr  ijat  3^re  neue  Sam^e  in  ber 
MM)e.  15.  Bu  hjem  ge()en  @ie,  ju  3i}rer  3Jlutter  ober  ju  3t)rer 
5:ante?  16.  3d)  gelje  mit  meiner  (Sdiu^ejler  in  bie  ©tabt  ju  unferer 
(Souftne.  17.  ^ahm  @ie  eine  neue  ®abel  unb  eine  alte  S^affe?  18.  Dlein, 
id)  ()abe  eine  neue  geber  unb  meine  (SAn^efter  {}at  gutc  Sinte.  19.  3d) 
^abe  giinllige  9'Zacf)rid)t  »on  meiner  greunbin,  §rau  Sffi.  (see  L.  68). 

Exercise   31.  ^ttfplie  31. 

1.  The  sister  of  my  friend  has  a  beautiful  rose.  2.  The 
teacher  has  not  much  patience  with  the  scholar.  3.  Do  you 
write  with  black  ink  ?  4.  I  write  with  the  black  ink  of  my  sister 
and  the  new  pen  of  my  cousin.  5.  Whose  new  watch  has  your 
sister?  6.  You  have  my  sister's  watch,  have  you  also  the  new 
chain  ?  7.  The  industrious  bee  loves  the  fragrant  rose.  8.  The 
nightingale  has  a  charming  voice.  9.  Whose  love  is  boundless? 
10.  Who  has  my  good  lamp  and  my  new  pen?  11.  Have  you 
favorable  news  from  your  friend  ?  12.  In  which  church  is  your 
mother?  13.  My  sister  is  writing  our  cousin  a  letter.  14.  Does 
your  aunt  live  in  the  city?  15.  Does  the  bee  love  the  lily? 
16.  The  daughter  of  this  old  lady  is  my  teacher.  17.  The  mother 
is  in  the  kitchen,  the  daughter  is  in  the  church.  18.  This  music 
IS  not  good.  19.  This  scholar  is  going  to  the  teacher.  20.  This 
lady  is  our  neighbor.  21.  My  mother  hears  this  news  with  great 
joy.  22.  The  rose  is  a  beautiful  flower.  23.  I  give  my  little 
sister  a  little  rose.  24.  The  mother  is  going  with  the  daughter 
into  the  new  church. 


^  FORMATION    OF    DIMINUTIVES. 

LESSON  XVIII.  |:fction  XVIII. 

FORMATION    OF    DIMINUTIVES. 

1.  The  terminations  cl;en  and  lein  suffixed  to  nouns  give 
rise  to  a  large  class  of  words,  called  diminutives.    These  are 
always  of  the  neuter  gender,  and  generally  take  the  Umlaut " 
(L.  2.  II.  Note)  if  the  radical  vowel  be  capable  of  it ; 

bcr  •^i'lget,  the  hill ;  t^^  ^ugcld)en,  the  hillock  (little  hill); 

ba^  fiamm,  the  lamb;  bag  £dmmct)en,  the  lambkin  (little  lamb); 

ber  ^luf ,  the  river;  bag  glnf d)en,  the  rivulet  (little  river) ; 

bag  S3ud),  the  book;  bag  S3iiclilein,  the  little  book ; 

bie  i^raii,  the  woman;  bag  i^rdulein*,  the  young  woman. 

2.  The  diminutives  are  often  used  as  terms  of  endearment, 
or  familiarity,  and  are  likewise  applied  to  objects  where,  in 
English,  no  idea  of  diminutiveness  would  be  expressed ;  as, 
35dterd>cn,  (dear)  father.  apfluttetAen,  (dear)  mother. 

®ag  aSoglein  jingt  fetn  froI;eg  £ieb?   The  little  bird  sings  its  joyful 
6)zn.  (little)  song. 

FORMATION    OF    COMPOUND    NOUNS. 

3.  In  German,  many  compound  nouns  are  formed,  (often 
with  change  of  termination  of  the  former)  where  the  English 
equivalents  are  connected  by  a  hyphen,  or  where  several  se- 
parate words  are  used  ;  as, 

@d;rcib:pa)3icr   (from  @direib-cii  and  ^a^ier).  Writing-paper. 

5i5rcffrcif|eit      (from  ^ISveffe  and  Sreifjeit).  Freedom  of  the  press 

Saflt(}icr  (from  £aft  and  ^f)ier).  Beast  of  burden. 

9Cal;rI)eitglteIje  (from  aSat|rf)eit  and  2iebe).  Love  of  truth. 

@trof)l|ut         (from  ©tret;  and  «§ut).  Straw-hat. 

4.  The  first  word  of  the  compound  takes  the  accent,  and 
the  latter  usually  determines  the  gender ;  as, 

3)er  Shimcngattcn.  The  flower-garden. 

3)ic  ©avtcnbhunc.  The  garden-flower. 

^ic  @d)ilbivad)c.  The  sentinel. 

Exceptions:  bev  ^3lbfd)eu ;  bie  51nmut[);  bic  ^emutl);  tic  ©vofiimitf) ;  bie  San3= 
nint^;  bic  <5anftmut^ ;  bie  (2d)n)evmutt) ;  bic  aBct)mut^;  bag  ©cgcut^cil;  'aai 
.^intcvt^cil;  baS  3Sorbcrt^cil. 

5.  The  latter  noun  may  be  connected  by  a  hyphen  to  one 
or  more  preceding  words  ;  as, 

JDer  (Stiefel;  imb  <Sdnit|ma*cr.  The  boot  and  shoemaker. 

*  The  words  {yvaulcilt  and  Slirtbc^Ctl,  Ihoujili  regularly  formed  usdiininiitivos,  have 
lost  their  strict  diminutive  signification.  The  former  sif-nifies  a  younp  (unmarried) 
lady,  and  serves  as  a  title  of  address,  answering  to  tlie  English  word  Miss ;  as,  Svau* 
Icin  9^.  tfl  t)tcr,  Miss  N.  is  here.  SWabC^Cll  corresponds  to  girl :  SuZaflb,^  from  which 
?0Jab(|en  is  derived  being  now  chiefly  employed  in  the  signification  of  "servant". 


OENDER    OF    NOUNS.  41 

Kyvkctse  32.  ^ttfgnbc  32. 

1.  25ag  muntrr<>  ^'^i<}cld)en  fi^.  auf  bem33dumclienunb  jingt  fein  fro^c3 
2tebc&en.  2.  3)a6  .^a^^cVn  l)at  ein  fd;oueg  Sud)lein  in  feinem  neuen 
il6rbd)en.  3.  3>a^  Bvunc^ci  fpringt  uiib  fpidt  auf  bcm  fonuigen  ^uget; 
*eu.  4.  3)ag  3}tdici)e.n  [u*t  ein  fd)one^  S3lumd)en  fiir  ba^  franfe  33rru 
bcrc&en.  5.  2)ag  ^n&K^vn  baut  feinem  ^iinbAen  ein  ^du^dien.  6.  ^rdu^ 
lein  9^.  ift  bic  greunbin  n.n.nx  (Scl^iDefier.  7.  ®iefe3  2)ldbd)cn  ifl  fc^r 
re  id)  unb  fe^r  ioo^ltfjdtig.  &,  fDatJ  jlameel  t<l  ein  Saf^tf)ier,  aber  fein 
(L.  52.  11.)  3ugt§ier.  9.  ^^aJ-^ferb  i\t  ein Safit^ier  unb  and)  ein  Bug- 
tijkx.  10.  5)er€d)^  ijl  ein  B:i&tl;ier  unb  and)  ein  @d)Iad)tt^icr ;  abet 
fcin  2ajltl;ier.  11.  5)ag  @d)»oiu  ij^  nur  ein  @*Iad)tt()ier.  12.  3)er 
^unb  iti  ein  ^augtljier  nnb  ber  Ci^.^lf  ijl  ein  9fiaubtl;ier.  13.  55er  Sonje  l|^ 
ein  gro^ei^  nnb  bet  ^udig  ifl  ein  foifteti  gilaubtfjicr.  14.  2)ie  eid)e  ift  ein 
fdicncr,  nii^lirf)cr  SBalbbaum,  aber  kin  £)bftbanm. 

Exercise  83.  ^ttfpbe  33. 

1.  The  little  boy  plays  with  'his  l!:u]e  dog.  2.  Miss  L.  has  the 
little  book  of  the  little  girl.  3.  IV  liftle  brother  of  the  girl  is 
phying  with  the  little  lamb.  4.  Thii  >oung  lady  io  very  bene- 
vaJent  but  not  very  rich.  5.  Is  the  cam*.  1  a  dxaught-antmal  ?  6.  No, 
it  is  a  beast  of  burden.  7.  The  dog  i.'.  not  a  beast  of  prey  and  the 
wolf  is  not  a  domestic  animal.  8.  Is  tho  ox  a  beast  of  burden  ? 
9.  No,  he  is  a  draught-animal.  10.  Is  the  Ko.'ss  a  draught-animal, 
or  a  beast  of  burden?  11.  The  horse  ij  a  boost  of  burdon  and 
also  a  draught-animal.  12.  Is  the  oak  a  fruic  \.xcc  or  a  forest  ii'ee  ? 
13.  The  oak  is  a  beautiful  forest  tree.  14.  Is  no  forest  tree  a  fruit 
tree'?  15.  The  little  dog  plays  with  the  little  la^tib.  16.  I'Ke  boy 
has  a  beautiful  little  tree  in  his  garden. 

LESSON  XIX.  ^tciion  XiX. 

GENDER    OF    NOUNS. 

1.  As  already  seen  (L.  4.  2.),  some  words  arr  r^ yarded  en 
differing  in  respect  to  gender  from  the  objects  ^hich  fhvjy 
represent.  Other  words,  on  the  contrary,  as  is  vsnil  lp 
English,  mark  the  real  gender  of  their  objects.  Hence  ivri^c" 
what  is  termed  the  grammatical,  and  the  natural  gender, 

2.  In  respect  to  appellations  of  persons,  the  grammrtV/c^ 
is  the  same  as  the  natural  gender. 

Exceptions :  ©03  2Betb,  and  diminutives  (L.  18. 1.),  as  also  some  compound  n»vv, 
;l.  18.  4.). 

3.  To  the  masculine  gender  belong 

a.  Names  of  days,  months,  mountains,  points  of  compass 
seasons,  and  stones  ;  as, 
&et  3}lontag,  Monday;  ber  9tpril,      April;  ber  «§arj,   theHarta 

^.ex  ^Jiorb,      north ;      ber  ^riil)ling,  the  spring ;  bev  Stubin,  the  ruby. 


42  GENDER  OF  NOUNS. 

b.  Nouns  whose  final  letter  is  the  same  as  the  root  of 
the  verb  from  which  they  are  derived  ;  as, 


ber  Srivd), 

the  fraction, 

from    Bred)en, 

to  break ; 

ber  Shif, 

the  river, 

from    fiiepcn, 

to  flow ; 

ber  ?5lug, 

the  flight, 

from     fltcgen, 

to  fly  ; 

ber  Sauf, 

the  course. 

from    laufen, 

to  run ; 

ber  (Biiin^r 

the  shot. 

from     fdite^cn, 

to  shoot ; 

ber  Xxunl, 

the  draught, 

from     trinfen, 

to  drink ; 

ber  2Bud)0, 

the  growth. 

from    IV  ad)  fen, 

to  grow. 

To  the  feminine  gender  1 

belong 

a.  Nouns  formed  from  the  roots  of  verbs,  by  adding  \)e, 

C,  te,  or  t 

;as. 

bie  (£vrad}e, 

the  language 

,   from     fpred)en, 

to  speak ; 

bie  Sicrbe, 

the  ornament,  from     jiereu, 

to  adorn; 

bie  gludit, 

the  flight, 

from     fi;icf)eit, 

to  flee ; 

bie  ®aU, 

the  gift. 

from     c\ebeu. 

to  give ; 

bie  (£d)rift, 

the  writing. 

from     fdireibeu 

,     to  write ; 

bie  ®et)urt, 

the  birth. 

from     gebciren. 

to  bear ; 

bie  gatte, 

the  fold, 

from     fatten. 

to  fold. 

b.  Nouns  ending  in  ei,  f;cit,  in  (or  inn),  feit,  f^aft  and 
ung ;  as, 
bie  «&eudielel,      the  hypocrisy  ;      bie  jtinbfieit,  the  childhood ; 
bie  <§elbin,  the  heroine  ;         bie  ©itelfeit,  the  vanity; 

bie  ^reunbfdiaft,  the  friendship ;     bie  Uebung,   the  exercise. 

5.  To  the  neuter  gender  belong 

a.  Nouns  beginning  with  the  augment  ge,  those  ending 
in  c^en,  lein  (L.  18.),  ni§,  fal,  fet,  and  t^um,  as  also  all 
words  not  properly  nouns,  but  used  as  such ;  as, 

bag  ©diirffal,    the  fate,  destiny;  bag  @ebdci)tnip,    the  memory; 

bag  S'idtfjfet,     the  riddle;  bag  S3ipt^um,       the  bishopric; 

bag  erl;abene,  the  sublime  (L.23.1.) ;  bag  Scfcn,  L.35.3.  the  reading. 

Exceptions:  Masculine,  ©ebvauc^,  ©cbaufe,  ©cbalt,  ©euu^,  ©ctuc^,  ©efang, 
®ef(^ma(f,  ©eftauf,  ©ewinn,  Srrtbiun,  9ictcitf)um,  3Bac^et^um. 

Feminink,  ^Bebrcingntfj,   Sefiinimeruip,  ^ScfovgntO,  Setriibnig,  IBeaanbnt^, 
6n:yfanflniO<  (Srfpainii,  (Jrlaubuip,  ^auliti^,  ginflentifj,  Jtenntnip,  2Bilbni^. 

Jtriibfal  is  either  fetniiiine  or  neuter. 

b.  Names  of  countries  and  cities ;  as, 
©d)n)eben,  ^erli'n,  Hamburg,  *Sad)fen,  2)regben,  &c. 

Exceptions :  those  ending  in  et  are  feminine,  and  a  few  others  are  masculine  or 

rKMININE. 

c.  Names  of  metals ;  as, 

bag  ®olb,  bag  (5-ifen,  bag  .<lni?fer,  bag  ^lei,  bag  @ilbcv,  &c. 

Further  exceptions  to  the  above  rules  will  best  be  learned 
by  careful  cbservation  in  reading. 


GENDER  OF  NOUNS  ;  EXERCISES,  &C. 


43 


6,  Some  nouns  have  two  genders  and  are  employed  in  dif- 
ferent significations ;  as. 


Der  aSanb,  the  vokime ; 

bcv  ^auer,  the  peasant ; 

hex  23unb,  the  alhance ; 
bic  (Svfenittni^,  knowledge ; 

bev  ©'rbc,  the  heir ; 

ber  @el;alt  the  contents  ; 

bev  -^eihCr  the  pagan ; 

ber  ^unbc,  the  customer 


bie  <peibc, 
btc  jtuiibe, 

man ;  human  being;  l^a^  SJlenfcf;, 

the  rice ; 

the  shield  ; 

the  lake ; 

the  peg ; 

the  part ; 
the  fool ; 
the  profits ; 


has  S3anb,        the  ribbon ; 
has  S3auev,      the  cage  ; 
ha6  Suiib,        the  bundle  ; 
has  (Sxhrntni^,  decision  (judicial); 
has  @rbc,         the  inheritance  ; 
has  ©efiatt,       the  salary ; 

the  heath ; 

the  news ; 

vile  woman ; 
has  didS,         the  twig ; 
has  @d)ilb,       the  sign; 
bie   @ee,  the  sea ; 

bag  @tift,        foundation  (chari- 
table) ; 
has  2;^ell,        the  share  ; 
has  %i)ox,         the  door ; 
bag  aSerbienj^,  the  merit. 


ber  mm\d), 
ber  9ietg, 

ber  @d)tlb, 
ber  ©ee, 
ber  @tift, 

ber  %^dl, 
ber  ;^I;or, 
Der  SCerbienjl, 

7.  Generic  names  of  animals  may  be  of  either  gender ;  as 
ber  gud)g,  the  lynx  ;      hk  Siccje,   the  goat ;       haS  (Sdiaf,  the  sheep  ; 
ber  g-ifcb,  the  fish ;       bie  Shifter,  the  oyster ;    bag  ^iifjn,  the  fowl ; 
ber  ^afe,  the  hare  ;      bie  «§t)dne,  the  hyena ;     bag  $ferb,  the  horse  , 
ber  Otabe,  the  raven ;    bie  Xaube,  the  dove  ;      bag  Xi)kx,  the  animal. 

Exercise  34.  Jlttfgobc  34. 

1.  3d)  lieBe  ben  ^riif)Iing,  ben  ©ommcr  unb  ben  «§erB|^,  aber  nid)t  ben 
SBinter.  2.  2)er  (gmaragb  ijl  griin,  ber  0iubin  ifi  xoi^.  3.  3)er  2)iamant 
ijl  fef)r  r^art.  4.  2)ie  ©itelfeit  ift  eft  einc  93eg(eiterin  ber  ^anl^eit.  5.  Sic 
Sonau  ijl  etn  fe^r  langer  %lu^.  6.  3)ag  tueltbern^mte  Olom  liegt  an 
ber  S^iber.  7.  3)er  @d)Wan  i^  ein  grower,  unb  bic  @nte  ifi  ein  !(einer 
(Sd)it»imm»ogcl,  8.  2)er  ^a\c  ifi  ein  fnrd)tfameg,  bie  ^a^c  ein  fd)laueg; 
unb  bag  @id)(;6rndien  ein  muntereg  X^ier.  9.  @tn  ©^jriditoort  fagt : 
"Uebung  mad)t  hen  Tldftn".  10.  Seber  gute  2Jlenfd)  f)a^t  «§eud)elei  unb 
^5atfd)I)eit.  11.  2)ag  ^inb  Ijat  ben  crfien  S3anb  biefcg  SBerfeg  unb  aud) 
bag  neuc  33anb  biefeg  SJJidbdieng.  12.  $Der  (Elc^fjant,  bag  ^ameel,  ber 
S^iger,  ber  Sowe,  bie  <§^dne,  bag  ^asljoxn,  bag  ^tufpf'erb,  bag  Jlrcfobil, 
hk  9tiefenfd)tange,  ber  @trau^  unb  ber  ^arabieg»ogel  leben  in  einem  Iiei? 
%m  8anbe.  13.  25cr  S3dr,  ber  aBolf,  ber  ^ud)g,  ber  -^afe,  bag  itaninrf)en, 
bag  a^iennt^ier,  bag  @d)af,  ber  33iber,  bie  ©emf^e,  bie  ®ang  unb  bie  @ute 
leben  in  einem  fatten  Sanbe.  14.  2)er  5lraber  nennt  bag  Jtameel  bag 
®d)iff  ber  2Biif!e.  15.  2)er  ©diiiler  ijat  in  feinem  Bimmcr  einen  Dfen, 
cinen  Siifd),  einen  <Btui)l,  cine  Samite,  einen  Jlcffer,  einen  @^iegel,  ein 
5pult,  ein  ©o^Iia,  einen  2;e|.>!p[d),  tine  @d)aufel,  eine  Bange,  eine  (^d)eere, 
cinen  S31eifiift,  eine  ^ebcr,  ein  Sintcnfa^  unb  guteg  papier,  16.  55er 
^od)  fauft  bag  J^uf^n,  has  Samm,  bag  Malh,  bie  3^aube,  ben  Stal,  bie 
^JoreUe  unb  ben  2^a<ijS.    17.  2)er  523auer  »crfauft  bie  ©erfie,  ben  ^afer, 


44  MASCULINE,  FEMININE  AND  NEUTER  PLURAL,  «kC. 

ben  Sicl]l  uiib  ben  SQBetjen.  18.  3Ber  fauft  ben  Sf^ing,  ten  ©tocf,  ba3 
difen,  ben  (2taf)l  unb  ha6  ^Pa^Jter?  19.  <§at  ber  jlnabe  einen  5lbler, 
einen  '§abid)t,  eine  (Snic  ober  einen  Staben  ?  20.  3!)te  9^ad)tlga[(  fingt  in 
ber  ^ad:}t  21.  2)er  5if)orn  ift  ein  SBatbbaum,  tt)ag  ffir  ein  SBaum  ijl  bie 
3Beibe  ?  22.  3Ba3  fiir  ein  SScgel  ifl  bic  £erd)e  ?  23.  5)a^  Jlinb  Ijat  einen 
St^fel,  eine  ®irne,  eine  SD^anbel,  eine  SJietone  unb  eine  $firfid)e.  24.  3!)er 
@vo6[d)mieb  {)at  einen  Stmbo^  unb  ber  SJlaurer  ^at  eine  Jlelle. 

Exercise  35.  ^ttfgfll)c35. 

1.  The  summer  is  warm,  the  winter  is  cold.  2.  The  spring  is 
pleasant,  the  autumn  is  unpleasant.  3.  The  glazier  has  a  beauti- 
ful diamond.  4.  The  goldsmith  has  the  gold,  the  silver,  the  emerald 
and  the  ruby.  5.  Indolence  is  often  the  attendant  of  vanity. 
6.  The  world-renowned  Tiber  is  not  a  very  large  river.  7.  TJie 
swan  is  white,  the  goose  gray  or  white.  8.  The  squirrel  lives  in 
the  woods,  the  hare  in  the  field  and  the  cat  in  the  house.  9.  No 
good  man  loves  hypocrisy.  10.  This  girl  has  a  new  ribbon,  and 
this  boy  has  the  first  volume  of  your  new  work.  11.  What,  large 
city  lies  on  the  Danube  ?  12.  What  does  the  Arab  call  the  camel  ? 
13.  In  what  country  do  the  rhinoceros,  the  hippopotamus,  the 
tiger,  the  lion,  the  crocodile,  the  ostrich,  the  hyena  and  the  ele- 
phant live  ?  14.  Have  you  the  bread,  tlie  cheese,  the  meat,  the 
wheat  and  the  barley?  15.  No,  I  have  the  salt,  the  pepper,  the 
mustard,  the  vinegar,  the  beer,  the  wine,  the  oil,  the  coffee,  the 
lea,  the  sugar  and  the  flour.  16.  Has  the  man  the  glass,  the  gold, 
the  iron,  the  steel,  the  leather,  the  paper,  the  pen,  the  pencil,  the 
ink  and  the  knife?  17.  The  old  peasant  has  a  large  field,  a  large 
garden  and  a  large  house.  18.  The  miller  buys  the  wheat  and 
the  rye,  the  brewer  buys  the  barley,  and  the  merchant  buys  the 
oats.  19.  Have  you  the  desk,  the  table,  the  sofa,  the  stove,  the 
tongs,  the  shovel,  and  the  chair  of  the  cabinet-maker?  20.  What 
kind  of  a  bird  is  the  eagle,  and  what  kind  of  a  beast  is  the  wolf? 
21.  Are  you  writing  with  my  pen  or  with  your  pencil  ?  22.  Which 
fish  does  the  girl  buy,  the  trout,  the  salmon  or  the  eel  ?  23.  Which 
mechanic  has  an  anvil  and  a  hammer,  and  which  has  a  chisel  ? 
24.  In  what  kind  of  a  country  do  the  duclc,  the  swan,  the  goose, 
the  beaver,  the  chamois,  the  rabbit,  the  reindeer,  the  bear,  the 
wolf  and  the  fox  live  ?  25.  Have  you  an  apple,  a  peach  or  a  pear 
for  this  little  child  ?     26.  Are  you  learning  a  foreign  language  ? 

LESSON  XX.  ^tciion  XX 

MASCULIXE,  FEMININE  AND   NEUTER  PLURAL 

1.  In  the  plural,  the  words  contained  in  Lists  L.  8.  3.,  and 
9.  5.,  as  also  mcl^rcre,  several ;  have  but  one  form  for  all  gen- 
ders: namely,  allc,  W,  bicfo,  cinii]o,  ctlicf;^,  jcbe,  jcnc,  maud^*e, 
foIctK,  and  iuelcl;c;  bciuc,  cucvc  or  cure,  if;rc,  ^ijxc,  mctnc,  fcine, 
unferc  and  fcine.    These  have  all  the  same  inflection. 


ADJECTIVES,  AND  NCUNS,  IN  THE  PLITRAL,  &C.  45 

DE*;i,    OF  ART.   DEM.   INTERROG.  AND  POSS.   PRON.  AND  INDEF.    NUM. 

Nom.  bie;  btcfe;  trclc(;e;  melne;  alle;  feine; 

Gen.  ber;  biefer;  trelc^cr;  mciner;  aUer;  feiner; 

Bat.  ben;  biefen;  irelc^en;  metnen;  aUen;  feinen; 

Ace.  bic;  biefe;  ii;elcl;e;  meine;  alle;  feine» 

ADJECTIVES  IN  THE  PLURAL. 

2.  In  the  plural,  adjectives  have  but  one  form  for  all  gen- 
ders, and  are  inflected  according  to  the  old  and  new  de- 
clensions. 

3.  When  not  preceded  by  one  of  the  words  in  the  above 
list  (see  1.),  the  adjective  is  inflected  like  biefe,  and  is  of  tho 

OLD    DECLENSION. 

Nom.  gute,    good;  alte,    old;  (biefe); 

Gen.   guter,  of  good ;  alter,  of  old;  (biefer); 

Dat.    guten,  to,  for  good ;  alten,  to,  for  old ;  (biefen); 

Ace.    gute,    good ;  alte,    old ;  (biefe), 

4.  ^at)cn,  fein  and  loBen,  present  plural. 
)t)lr  l?a6en,  we  have  ;     trirftrib,  we  are  ;    irirto6cn,we  praise, 
i(;r"  (>iOt,  you  have  ;    if;r  feib,  you  are  ;    i()r  lobt,  you  praise; 
jlC"' I;abcn,theyhave;  fie  finb,   they  are ;  fic  loBen,  they  praise. 

nouns  of  the  old  declension  plural. 

5.  Masculine  and  neuter  nouns  ending  in  t,  el,  en,  er,  C^Cll 
and  Icin,  have  the  same  form  in  the  plural  as  in  the  singu- 
lar ;  as, 

bas  2JJitteI,      the  means  ;  bie  2)^ittet,     the  means; 

ba3  ©eBciube,  the  building ;         bie  ®e6aube,  the  buildings ; 
ber  SRorgen,  the  morning;         bie  SJZorgen,  the  mornings,  &c. 

Exceptions  :  the  following  masculine  nouns  take   in  the   plural  the  Umlaut ;  Slpfel, 

§ammel,  .^anbel,  ^JJanget,  3JJantcl,  S^label,  S^agel,  (Sattel,  (S4)nabel,  QSogcI, 
gabeu,  ©avteii,  ©vabcii,  -f)nfen,  Cfen,  (Sd)aben,  5lcfer,  Sruber,  .jammer, 
(Scl)n?(igcr,  SSatcr,  (and  the  neuter)  ^lofler. 

The  feminine  nouns  SO^utter  and  %^6.)itx  also  take  the  Umlaut. 

6«  Masculine  and  neuter  nouns  of  other  terminations  add  t, 
and  the  masculinef  assume  the  Umlaut,  if  capable  of  it;  as, 


*)  For  remarks  on  the  use  of  t^r  and  fte,  see  L.  24.  11. 

-j-)  In  this  manner  are  declined  also  the  following  feminine  nouns :  SIttgfl,  5lu8s 
fluct)t,  ?lrt.  ^mt  S3rat»t,  33rnfl,  ^aufl,  ^nic^t  ®ans,  ©ruff,  ©efitmulft,  ^anb, 
^aut,  .^luft,  .^vaft,  .^u^,  Jtuiift,  SaiiS,  Suft  ?ufl,  Mai)t,  SJiaflb,  OJJauS,  ^iac^t, 
m^t,  9fiot^,  ^\x%  Qm,  ©c^nuv,  ^im,  SBanb,  SBclt,  SBurfi,  ^m%  Sufam* 
mentunft. 


46      NOUNS  OF  THE  OLD  DECLENSION  PLURAL,  AC. 

ber  33aiim,  the  tree;    bie  33aitme,  the  trees; 
bcrOlocf,     the  coat;   bie  Olotfc,     the  coats. 

Exceptions :  the  following  add  C  r  in  the  plural  and  take  the  Umlaut,  if  capable  of  it 
a.  JVeuter :  SJaS,  5lmt,  Sab,  SStlb,  matt,  m^,  2)a(^,  2)orf,  ©t,  gac^,  ga^. 
fjelb,  ®elb,  @emut^,  ®cfd)lec^t,  ©efpenfi,  @IaS,  @Ueb,  ©rab,  ®ra8,  ®ut, 
.§au^t,  §aus,  ^ofptta'I,  .gu^n,  ^alb,  ^amifo'I,  ^inb,  ^Icib,  ^orn,  ^^tant, 
ilamm,  ^kb,  !2orf),  2JiauI,  ^t%  ^arlament,  ?Pfanb,  Oiab,  3fleg{mcnt',  dinB, 
mini,  ©c^loi,  ©c^iDcrt,  Sptta'I,  X^al,  SSolf,  SBeib;  and 
6.  Masculine :  QSofewic^t,  ^ofH,  ©cifi,  ©ott,  igeib,  3Wanu,*  Drt,  9ianb,  SSor? 
munb,  2Balb,  SBurm: 

The  following  masculines  do  not  assume  the  Umlaut ; 
c.  2lar,  %ax,  51benb,  3lml30^,  5ln»alr,  5lrm,  2)oc^t,  S)olc^,  ^orfc^,  ©ibam, 
©ema!)!',  ©rab,  ^ahi^t,  ^alm,  i^aud),  ^erjog,  ^uf,  ^unb,  ^apauu,  Jlo^ 
t)olb,  ^orf,  ^xanid),  S^^ant,  ^cic^nam,  l^uc^S,  dJlol^,  ^omt,  Tlonh,  Wloxb, 
^Pfab,  ^ropf,  ^iils,  ^uitff,  ©aim,  ©c^aft,  ©c^u^,  ©taar,  ©tpff,  Sag, 
2;runfenboIb,  ^Stelfraf,  Un^olb,  3Biebe^o^)f. 

7.  Some  nouns  have  two  (and  one  word,  33anb,  has  three) 
forms  in  the  plural ;  as, 

53anb,  93dnber,  n.  ribbons  ;  S3anbe,  m.  bonds  ;     33dnbe,  m.  volumes ; 

SBanf,/.      53dnfe,  benches  ;  93anf en,  banks  ; 

53ogen,  m.  93ogen,  sheets  of  paper  ;       S3ogen,  bows,  arches  ; 

SD^onb,  m.    SJlonbe,  planets ;  2)Zonben,  months  ; 

Drt,  m.       Orte,  places  ;  Derter,  places,  villages,  &c. 

®d)tlb,        (Sd)ilbe,  m.  shields  ;  ©d^ilber,  n.  sign-boards  ; 

8.  The  nom.,  gen.  and  ace.  are  alike,  and  the  dat.  adds  n. 

Exercise  36,  ^ttfgflbc  36. 

1.  @e(}cn  <Sie  fc{)cne  S3ditme  auf  jenen  J^ugeln  ?  2.  Sd)  fel^e  ireber 
§ugel  nod)  93dume.  3.  ®eben  ©ie  ben  (Sdineiberu  bic  0iinge  ber  (2d)mlcbc  ? 
4.  5)er  Saner  f|at  ctnen  9Bagen,  jirei  ^pge,  bret  ^feric,  jnjolf  ©ditoeine 
nib  nennjig  (L.  51.)  ©d)afe.  5.  ^ie  ©o^ne  ber  Set)rer  I)abcn  bie  a)lef|cr 
£»er  3dger.  6.  2)ie  S;tfd)ler  f)aben  gute  <§cbel  unb  fd)arfe  SD^ei^el.  7.  file.- 
gen  31}rc  Stcillifte  anf  ten  S:ifd)en  ber  ©dnller  ?  8.  9Zein,  bie  ©dnUer 
icgen  bie  33Ieiftifte  anf  bie  <StiU)(e.  9.  2)ie  SSafditif*e  unb  ^ultt  in  bic- 
fen  Simmern  getjoven  ben  Xifdilcrn.  10.  3cne  ^cfer  unb  ^orbe  geljc; 
ren  ben  Sranern.  11.  SBasJ  lernen  faulc  unaufmevffame  €d^fi(cv? 
12.  9Bag  fur  JBviume  Iiaben  bicfc  ©tdmme?  13.  5)icfc  Erudite  finb  ni6t 
teif.  14.  2)ie  S'Ziifj'e  anf  bitfen  33dnmen  flnb  bitter.  15.  3jiefe  @dnfe 
fii.b  grau  unb  jene  jinb  \rcip.  16.  2)ie  2)iutter  ijahm  T^arte,  unb  bie 
S;cd]ter  uieid)e  ^^dnbe.  17.  3d)  ijaU  mcl^rere  9(crte.  18.  ^icfe  5i3dnfe 
finb  ju  t)od).  19.  !Dleiuc5veunbe  n^ol^nen  in  gvcpcn  (Stdbteu.  20.  <Sinb 
bicfc  3)ldnncr  Jlanficute  cbev  Sinimcrlcate?  21.  Unfcrc  Sciber  finb 
ftevblid)  unb  unferc  ©cijler  unjlcrblid^.  22.  2)ie  ©crfcr  finb  nidU  in  ben 
aBdIbern.    23.  ©inb  bie  Sdmnicr  auf  ben  (^elbern  ?    24.  J^iefe  2)ldunct 

*  In  the  plural  of  many  compound  words,  iDiann  takes  the  plural  Scute ;  as,  Jlauf« 
leutf,  merchants ;  3i>»»"^''^l<^Wte,  carpenters. 


ADJECTIVES  OF  THE  NEW  DECLENSION.  47 

|tnb  fciite  y3ofeiindUev.  25.  Siefe  Stiwi^x  finb  brei  Sa'^re  alt.  26.  SDie 
i^uiibe  fiiib  tmie  S:()iere.  27.  2)tefe  (2cl)u(}e  ftiib  »on  grcbcm  Sebet. 
28.  (Sin  3a()L-  t)at  jwolf  ajlciuite  cber  bvei  tjuubevt  fiinf  uub  fecbjiij  5;ai]e 
iinb  etii  llag  i)cit  »ier  unb  jwanjig  ©tunbcn.  29.  2)tefe  SBaguev  ^aben 
fct)one  2Bagen.  30.  5Diefe  aBiirmer  fommen  au6  ber  (Srbe.  31.  2)ic  ro? 
mifcbcn  ©efdncntfdireibet  f^red)eti  siel  »on  ben  ©ottern  wnb  ©ottiniieu. 

32.  5)te  Saume  in  ben  2Balbern  yon  Seutfdilanb  finb  ni*t  felir  grop. 

33.  $ferbe  ^aben  runbe  ^nfe.  34. 5lbler,  ©taare  unb  Siebe^o^fe  finb  SScgeL 

Exercise  37.  ^ttfgabe  37. 

1.  The  trees  on  these  hills  are  very  small.  2.  These  smiths 
have  the  coats  of  those  tailors.  3.  The  goldsmiths  have  beautiful 
rings.  4.  These  four  pencils  belong  to  those  two  scholars. 
5.  Have  the  brewers  the  plows  of  the  smiths?  6.  Have  the  ca- 
binet-makers your  tables  or  your  wash-stands?  7.  Have  you 
fine  horses  ?  8.  No,  but  I  have  fine  sheep.  9.  Whose  friends 
are  skillful  artists?  10.  The  benches  in  these  rooms  are  not 
very  high,  11.  Have  the  sons  of  the  teachers  large  trunks? 
12.  They  have  no  trunks  at  all,  they  have  large  baskets.  13.  Have 
the  millers  planes  and  chisels  ?  14.  What  kind  of  plows  have 
the  smiths?  15.  Are  these  geese  very  old  ?  16.  Who  has  large 
hands?  17.  To  whom  do  these  axes  belong?  18.  Who  lives  in 
large  cities  ?  19.  This  man  has  cows  and  sheep  but  he  has  no 
geese.  20.  What  kind  of  scholars  learn  nothing?  21.  Do  you 
learn  much  ?  22.  Do  the  lambs  live  in  the  forests  ?  23.  Have 
these  men  good  books?  24.  No,  they  have  good  pencils. 
25.  These  dogs  are  four  years  old.  26.  These  worms  live  in 
the  earth.  27.  Have  these  men  good  shoes?  28.  They  have 
the  wagons  of  the  wagon-makers.  29.  A  month  has  thirty  days 
and  a  year  twelve  months.  30.  These  men  have  strong  arms 
and  heavy  daggers.  31.  Which  men  speak  of  their  gods? 
32.  These  forests  are  large  but  the  trees  are  small.  33.  Eagles 
are  large,  and  starlings    are  small  birds. 

LESSON  XXI.  ^sciion  XXI. 

ADJECTIVES  OF  THE  NEW  DECLENSION   PLURAL. 

1.  Adjectives  when  preceded  by  a  word  in  List  L.  20.  1  * 
snd  in  all  cases  of  the  plural  in  en,  and  are  of  the 

NEW    DECLENSION. 

Norn.  Die  reif-en,  the  ripe  ;  meine    reif-en,  my  ripe  ; 

Gen.  ber  reif-en,  of  the  ripe ;  meiner  reif-en,  of  my  ripe ; 

Dat.    ben  reif-en,  to  the  ripe  ;  meinen  reif-en,  to  my  ripe ; 

Ace.    bie  reif-en,  the  ripe  ;  meine    rcif-en,  my  ripe. 

*)  By  many  writers  the  nnm.  and  ace.  plu  of  adjectives  preceded  by  aUe,  eint^e 
tt\id)(,  manc|)e,  metjve,  fol(I)e,  reelcfee,  are  inflected  according  to  the  old,  and  tht 
othei  cases  according  to  the  new  declension;  as,  a\k  gate  SJieilfc^CU;  U  i^at  tiuif^t 
fittte  Sreunbe :  thus  forming  in  the  plural  a  mixed  declension. 


48  NOUNS  OF  THE  NEW  DECLENSION. 

J^OUNS  OF  THE  NEW  DECLENSIJiX 

2.  Nouns  of  the  New  Declension  have  all  cite^  v»ftllivj  plu- 
ral like  the  oblique  cases  of  the  singular  (L.  It.  l\. 

3.  In  the  plural,  most  feminine  nouns  (L.  20.  IJote),  are 
inflected  according  to  the  New  Declension.  Those  tnaing  with 
the  suffix  in,  double  the  n  in  the  plural ;  as,  ^oniyvu,  queen ; 
c^oniginnen,  queens. 

INFLECTION  OF  NOUNS  AFTER  THE    NEW  DECLENSION  PLURAL 

Nom.  ^nafce-n ;        91abel-tt ;  33ar-en ;        ^reunbin-nen ; 

Gen.  Jlnabe-n;        S'label-n ;  95ar-en;        ?^reunbin-nen  ; 

Dat.   jtnabe-n;        S'^aber-n;  S9dr-cn;        ^^reunbin-nm ; 

Ace.   ^nabe-n;        0Zabel-n;  SSdr-en;         8^reunbin-nen» 

4.  The  following  masculine  nouns  are  inflected  according 
to  the  new  Declension,  and  also  take  S  after  the  en  of  the  ge- 
nitive singular :  g^elg,  iJriebe,  ^unfc,  ©ebanfe,  ©laube,  '^an^e, 
dlanUf  (Same,  (Sct^abe,  ^uc^ftabe,  SSitte.  Thus,  nom.  ^era,  gen. 
f^elfcnS,  dat.  bcmS^elfen,  &c.,  plur,  worn.  bie^Jelfen,  gen.'Dcx 
gretfen,  &c. 

These  nouns,  however,  often  end  m  the  nominative  singular 
m  en,  and  are  then  regularly  inflected  according  to  the  Old 
Declension ;  as,  Nom.  ber  tyclfeu,  gen.  bee  ^^elfen^,  &;c. 

2)er  (3cf;mcrj  forms  the  genitive,  and  baS  «^er^  the  genitive 
and  dative  singular,  in  the  same  way,  and  follow  the  new 
declension  in  the  plural. 

5.  The  following  masculine  nouns  are  inflected,  in  the  sin- 
gular, according  to  the  old,  and  in  the  plural  according  to  the 
new  declension :  %^n,  93auer,  5)orn,  i^Iitter,  3^orfl,  &au,  ®C)iaU 
ter,  £orbeer,  3)?aft,  ^adj^ax,  ^fau,  (See,  (Sporn,  Stac^cl,  <^txaf)l, 
(Strang,  33etter,  Untert(;an,  Bierrat^ ;  also  the  neuter  nouns, 
Oluge,  ^m,  (Snbe,  ^cmb,  Di)x, 

ideit  and  ^cmb  have  also  the  forms,  33ette  and  Member. 

Foreign  masculine  nouns  ending  in  unaccented  or,  and  s 
few  others,  are  also  inflected  in  the  singular  according  to  the 
old,  and  in  the  plural  according  to  the  new  declension ;  as, 
nom.  ber  ^rofeffor,  gen.  beg  ^rofeffor^,  &c. ;  nom.  plu.  bie  $ro= 
fefforen,  &c. 

Some  add  ien  in  the  plural;  as,  ba6  ^Ibtjcrb ;\p/M.  bic  5lbs 
bcrbien,  &c. 

DECLENSION    OF    PROPER    NOUNS. 

6«  Proper  names  of  persons  generally  take  0  in  the  geni- 
tive ;  as, 


EXERCISES  OF  NOUNS  AFTER  THE  NEW  DECLENSION.       49 

Nom.  ^^einrii^;     Henry;  Gen.  ^cinricl^'S,  Henry's; 

Norn,  ©ertrub,     Gertrude ;         Gen.  ©ertrub'^,  Gertrude's. 

7.  Feminine  nouns  ending  in  e^   follow  the  new  declension 
(L.  16.  5),  and  add  also  ^  in  the  genitive ;  as, 
Nom.  (Si^arlotte,  Charlotte;        Gen.  (S^^arlottetl^,  Charlotte's, 

8»  Masculine  nouns  ending  in  a  letter  where  euphony  will 
not  admit  of  an  additional  6,  add  eng ;  as, 
Nom.  ^elSni^,  Leibnitz;  Gen.  J^eiBni^cnS,  Leibnitz's. 

9.  Foreign  proper  names*  which  do  not  admit  of  the  addi- 
tion of  9,  generally  indicate  the  case  by  means  of  the  defi- 
nite article ;   as, 
N.  5)emoft^ene^,  Demosthenes  ;  G.  beg  2)emo|^^ette3,  of  Demosthenes. 

Exercise  38.  ^ttfgabc  38. 

1.  Sic  flcljen  ^urjlen  unb  ©rafen  unterbrucfen  bie  armen  S3auem. 

2.  2)ic  armen  ©olbaten  ^aben  bie  magern  Odifeu  uuferer  guten  SfJad^barn. 

3.  5)ie  fleif  igen  ^na6en  gef>en  in  bie  guten  ©dmien  unb  bie  f[eif  igen  S3ie? 
nen  fudien  bie  buftenbcn  SBlumen.  4.  2)ie  tapferen  Ungam  f^affcn  bie 
iibermiittjigen  Oiuffen.  5.  2)ie  ncuen  ^anjeln  in  biefen  gropen  ^ird)en 
finb  fefit  fd)on.  6.  3)ie  jungen  ^rcunbinnen  meiner  guten  @d^h)e|lern  l^aben 
meiiie  reifen  23irucn.  7.  2)ie  armen  Oiadibarinnen  uuferer  guten  j^reun* 
binnen  l)aben  reife  $j!aumen.  8.  5)ie  |ireitfitd)tigen  ^ranjofen  ftnb  bie 
Dfiadibarn  ber  (rieblidieu  35eutfd)en.  9.  ibie  Sctvcn  unb  ®dren  finb  Olaub:; 
t()iere,  10.  S)ie  ©riedien  finb  feine  guten  ^reunbe  ber  ftoljen  S^iirlen. 
11.  aJlatrofen  unb  ©olbaten  fiif)ren  ein  unftdjerc^  unb  anjlrengenbe^  £e^ 
ben.  12.  2)ie  (Sd)riften  ber  atten  ©riedien  ftnb  fe{;r  fd)on.  13.  SWeinc 
fteinen  33riiber  lefen  bie  9ieben  be^  iveltberiifimten  Siccro. 

Exercise  39.  ^ttf^alie  39. 

1.  Are  the  young  counts  the  neighbors  of  the  old  princes? 
2.  Have  your  young  friends  the  ripe  pears  and  the  beautiful 
flowers  of  our  good  neighbors?  3.  Are  the  valiant  Hungarians 
the  good  neighbors  of  the  peaceful  Germans "?  4.  Are  the  soldiers 
and  sailors  Russians,  Frenchmen  or  Danes  ?  5.  The  soldiers  are 
Russians  and  the  sailors  are  Greeks.  6.  The  good  sailors  on  this 
ship  are  Danes ;  the  Danes  are  good  sailors.  7.  The  large  old 
churches  of  the  Germans  are  very  beautiful.  8.  The  good  boys 
have  the  beautiful  flowers.  9.  Our  poor  neighbors  have  our  ripe 
plums  and  pears.  10.  The  large  pulpits  in  our  new  churches  are 
not  beautiful.  11.  We  read  the  beautiful  writings  and  speeches  of 
the  ancient  Greeks.  12.  The  giants  of  the  old  times  were  great 
iieroes.     13.  My  young  friends  are  reading  old  legends. 

^  omit  it,  and  are  {-receded  by  the  article;  as. 


50     CONNECTED  VIEW  OF  THE  ARTICLE,  DEMONSTRATIVE  ANfJ 

10.    CONNECTED    VIEW    oi-    -he   article    demonst. 

DECLENSIONS,    SIN- 

Singular. 

Jilasc.  Fem.  J^eut.       Masc.       Fern.        JVeut.  Masc  Fern.  JVeut 

A^.  t>er,  btc,  tjasi ;  biefcr,  biefe,  biefcg;    mnn,     tneinc,  meitt; 

G.  bca,  ber,bea;  biefca,  bicfer,^icfeS;    meines,  meiner,  meine^; 

D.  bem,'ber,bem;  t)iefcm,"Diefer,"Dic[cm;  meincm,  ine{uer,nicinem; 

A.  ten,  ble,  baS ;  biefen,  biefe,  biefe^;    meinen,  meiue,  mein. 

OLD    DECLENSION    OF    THE    ADJECTIVE    AND    NOUN. 

Masc.  Fem.  JVeut.  Masc.  jMasc.  j\''eut.  J^eut. 

?7.  guter,  o;\x\^,  gutc§;  SSatcr;  2Jiamt;  fDad;;  m\m; 
G.  gutcg  (en),  gutcr,  guteg,  (en);  SSatcro;  ^l^ianncg;  3)ac()e^;  2JHtteBj 
D.  gutem,\  guter,  gutem;  SSatcr;  2)lannc;  5)acf;e;  3Kittet; 
A.  gutcn,        gute,  gutce;        3Sater;  2)^ann;    '^^0,6.);    33Zittel. 

NEW    DECLENSION    OF    THE    ADJECTIVE    AND    NOUN. 

Masc,  Fein.  J\''eiit.  Mn^c.  Masc. 

N.  ber  gute,  bie  gute,  bae  gute;  J<5err;  ®raf; 

G.  beg(  guten,  ber  guten,  bca  guten;  ^errn;  ©rafen; 

Z).  bem  guten,  ber  guten,  bem  guten  ;  ^errn;  ©rafen; 

A.  ben  guten,  bie  gute,  bag  gute;  ^errn;  ©rafen. 

MIXED    DECLENSION    OF    THE    ADJECTIVE. 

Masc.  Fem.  JVeut. 

N.  mein  guter,  meine  gute,  mein  guteS; 

G,  meineS  guten,  meiner  guten,  meines  guten; 

D.  meinem  guten,  meiner  guten,  meinem  guten; 

A.  meinen  guten,  meine  gute,  mein  gute^. 

Examples  of  the  various  declensions  in  the  singular. 

Good  steel.  The  color  of  good  steel.  With  good  steel.  The 
good  smith  has  good  steel.  Old  iron.  The  color  of  old  iron. 
With  old  iron.     The  little  child  has  old  iron. 

All  good  steel  and  all  good  iron.  The  price  of  the  good  steel 
and  the  good  iron.  With  that  good  steel  and  this  good  iron.  That 
good  smith  has  the  good  steel  and  the  good  iron. 

My  good  steel  and  your  good  iron.  The  price  of  my  good  steel 
and  your  good  iron.  With  his  young  horse  and  my  old  wagon. 
I\iy  good  friend  has  your  old  horse  and  my  new  wagon.  The 
neohew  of  the  soldier  is  going  with  the  sailor.  Why  do  you  praise 
the  sailor's  nephew?  The  "nephew  of  his  uncle"  is  a  great  tyrant, 
but  is  he  a  great  man?  The  emperor,  the  king  and  the  duke  have 
the  peasant's  money.  The  proud  prince  is  the  m  icked  oppressoi 
of  his  suffering  people. 


POSSESSIVE    PRONOUNS     ADJECTIVES    AND    NOUNS,    &C.       51 

AND     POSSESSIVE     PRONOUN,     ADJECTIVE    AND    NOUN,    IN    ALL 
GULAR    AND    PLURAL. 

Plural. 


All  Genders. 

fete; 

biefe;      tneme; 

ber; 

biefcr;     meiner; 

ben; 

biefen;    mcinen; 

Die; 

biefe;      meine; 

J  J  J  )  }  > 

"l  )              T  i              J              J 

~J  J              5  1              )              ) 

"j  J              J  J              J             • 

OLD    DECLENSION    OF    THE  ADJECTIVE  AND    NOUN. 

All  Gend.   Masc,             Masc.                Fern.  Fern.  JsTeut.             JVeut. 

gute;    23dter;    aJJdnner;    ^^dnbe;   SJJiitter;  2)dc^cr;    Wittd; 
guter;  3Sdter;    SO^dmtcr;    ^dnbe;   2Jiiitter;   ^dc^er;    3J?ittel; 
guten;  33dtern;  SJJdnnern:  ^dnben;3)iuttern;$I)dcl)cru;  5j)nttcln, 
Quit;    33dtcr;    2)Mnner;    ^dnbe;   ^htkx;    2)dc(;erj    3}^ittel. 

NEW    DECLENSION    OF    THE    ADJECTIVE    AND    NOUN. 

All  Genders.  Masc.  Fern.  Fern.  JVeiit. 

bic  guten;  mcine  gutcn;    ®rafctt;  ^ebern;  ^afeln;  ^crjen; 

ber  giitcn;  meiner  gutm;    ©rafen;  ^-ebern;  ^afeln;  -^^erjen; 

ben  guten;  meinen  guten ;  ©rafen ;  ^^ebern;  S^afeln;  «§crjen; 

bie  guten;  meine  guten;    ©rafen;  ^ebern;  5^afeln;  •^erjen. 

Examples  of  the  various  declensions  in  the    plural. 

Industrious  mechanics  have  hard  hands.  The  arms  of  the  in- 
dustrious laborers  are  strong.  Wicked  princes  write  unjust  laws 
with  the  sharp  swords  of  bad  and  ignorant  men.  He  writes  with 
new  pens,  I  with  old  ones.  Do  good  princes  oppress  their  poor 
subjects  1  Who  are  good  princes  ?  Are  all  princes,  emperors, 
kings  and  dukes  oppressors'?  Good  men  are  never  oppressors 
of  the  poor,  the  weak  or  the  ignorant.  Good  citizens  are  also 
good  soldiers  in  all  just  wars.  This  beautiful  green  field  and  those 
fine  houses  belong  to  the  old  enemies  of  our  poor  neighbors.  These 
old  men  are  the  fathers  and  uncles  of  our  young  friends.  The 
daughters  of  these  old  ladies  are  our  good  friends.  The  scholars 
of  your  sisters  are  my  cousins.  The  new  benches,  chairs  and 
tables  in  these  schools  are  not  good.  These  little  girls  are  very 
diligent  and  attentive  scholars.  Idle  men  are  neither  great  men 
nor  good  men  ;  my  young  frienxis,  do  you  forget  it  ?  Do  you  see 
those  little  birds  on  the  steep  roofs  of  those  large  houses  behind 
the  tall  trees  ?  All  really  good  men  are  industrious  men.  Really 
good  men  are  never  indolent  men.  Are  all  good  soldiers  also 
good  citizens  ?  The  soldiers  have  the  fat  oxen  of  the  poor  pea- 
sants. We  are  a  fortunate  people,  for  we  have  neither  emperors, 
kings,  dukes  nor  noblemen  in  our  country 


52  COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES. 

LESSON  XXII.  |*cdiott  XXII. 

COMPARISON    OF    ADJECTIVES. 

1.  The  comparative  is  formed  by  suffixing  r'"'  or  cr;  and  the 
superlative,  by  suffixing  ft  or  ejt"'^,  to  the  positive  ;  as, 

Positive.  Comparative.  Superlative. 

milb,    mild;  jnilbef,  milder;  milbefi, mildest; 

ivcife,   wise ;  iyeifer,  wiser ;  tueifeji,  wisest ; 

fd)ou,   beautiful;  fdiouer,  more  beautiful;  fd)on|^,  most  beautiful, 

iaut,    loud;  lautet,  louder;  lautejl, loudest. 

2.  When  the  positive  is  a  monosyllable,  the  root  vowels  a, 
0,  U,  generally  assume  the  Umlaut ;  as, 

nit,     old;  alter,    older;  dltejl,  oldest; 

gtcb,  coarse ;  groBev,  coarser  ;  grobfl,  coarsest ; 

flucj,  prudent ;  Huger,  more  prudent ;     ftugji/  most  prudent. 

Exceptions:  hint,  fdb,  fal)f,  fabe,  ^0^1,  ^olb,  lci\)\,  fari;,  fuapp,  Ial)m,  Ia9, 
mciit,  niorfc^,  );){(x\t,  ^jlump,  rafc^,  ro^,  riinb,  fad^t,  fatt,  fc^laff,  fc^lanf,  fc^roff, 
fiarr,  ftolj,  firaff,  fiumm,  fiumvf,  toll,  t>oU,  iDn^r.  Ka^m. 

With  regard  to  the  following  adjectives  usage  varies  ;  some 
authors  writing  them  with,  others  without  the  Umlaut :  Bang, 
barfd),  Blanf,  tta^,  6tog,  fcrai?,  bum^f,  fatfc^,  f(ad),  frc^,  fromm, 
gefuni,  glatt,  ftar,  lofe,  nacft,  naf ,  jart. 

3.  The  following  are  irregular  : 

gvc|3,  large;  grower,  larger;  gtoft,  largest; 

gut,     good;  kiTev,    better;  Bejl,      best; 

1)0*,  high;  I}oI)er,    higher;  r;6d)jl,  highest; 

nafie,  near;  ndf^er,    nearer;  nddhjl,  nearest ; 

t»let    much, many;  me(;r,t  more;  ineifi(or  mcf)r)l),  most. 

4.  The  uninflccted  form  of  the  comparative  is  usfed  only 
predicatively ;  as, 

(f  r  ijl  veidi,  abev  id)  bin  iicd^  vcicl^cr.      He  is  rich  but  I  am  still  richer. 

5.  When  the  superlative  is  used  predicatively.  it  usually 
stands  in  the  dative  after  am  (see  L.  15.  4.);  as, 

(5t  ift  am  vcid^ftcu.    He  is  the  richest.  Literally;  he  is  at  the  richest. 

G.   When  used  attributively  the  comparative  and  superlative^. 

are  subject  to  the  same  rules  of  declension  as  the  positive  ;  as, 


*  When  tlie  positive oiids  in  e,  Ww  compa,rc.tinc  ^Ms  only  X\  as,  miib;',  weary;  nii't-- 
bfV,  II!  :\  -A  ■  i\'  Yy'hoii  the  positive  ends  in  b,  8,  %,  fd)/  t,  or  Ji  tiie  superlative  adds 
efc;-  T,  niild.;r;  niilliefl,  nii'dest. 

t    ;  ,  -il  "longer";  as,  ev.ifl  aid)t  n\i\)X  &icr ;  he  is  no  loniior  rnot 

mr.r.N  t;f  .•:  ;a)  ,)vav  uiii  ®clb  niel)r,  I  have  no  longer  any  inoni-y,  (id)  fmbc  ntcbt 
mcl;t  (^clD ;  I  have  no  moie  luouey). 


EXERCISES    ON    THE    COMPARISON    OF    ADJECTIVES.  53 

©in  befferer  ^\it  A  better  hat. 

JDer  bcffeve  ^etn.  The  better  wine. 

Tldn  t()euerftev  ^veuno.  My  dearest  friend. 

®er  t()euerfte  §veunb.  The  dearest  friend. 

7.  The  superlative  is  often  suffixed  to  the  genitive  plural 
of  %{l ;  as, 

3)iefer  ^ut  i^  ber  allerfcbcnjle.        This  hat  is  the  finest  of  all. 

8.  When  two  qualities  of  the  same  object  are  compared, 
the  word  me^r  before  the  unchanged  form  of  the  positive  is 
employed;  as, 

dx  tft  mel)r  ta^fer  aU  flug.         He  is  more  brave  than  prudent. 

9.  5e  —  befto  (sometimes  bcjlo —  je),  or  jc — jc,  with  the  com- 
parative of  adjectives,  answers  to  "the — the",  in  the  like  con- 
struction in  English ;  as, 

3c  greyer  bejlo  beffer.  The  larger  the  better. 

3c  nic^r  je  muntercr.  The  more  the  merrier. 

10.  After  bejlo,  the  position  of  the  verb  and  its  subject  is 
reversed ;  as, 

3e  j!i;i|jiv3cr  er  iji,  bef!o  fdnicUer  Icnit    The  more    dihgent  he   is,  the 
er  (instead  of  cr  lenit).  faster  he  learns  (learns  he). 

Exercise  40.  Jlufgabf  40. 

1.  3fl  bte  (§t(be  ciu  iiu^Iidicrer  ^aum  aU  bte  S^amic?  2.  3ji  nicbt 
b.vJ  (L.  46.)  CSifcii  eiii  nii^luteveg  SJletaK  aU  baS  ®olb?  3.  ©tat)(  i|l 
(jdrtev  a(S  (Stfcii,  wdi^eS  ift  bag  fjdvtefte  2)lctatt?  4.  SScldic^  ift  hae 
i)axk\tQ  .^ct;^  ?  5.  aBeUte^  has  midjfk  ?  6.  aBeldic^  ift  ha6  c3iricnid)fic 
gfinb?  7.  ai^ctdicd  bag  iiiiqliicfacl)fte  ?  8.  2Be(*e  mticn  Ijat  bte  f*onjic 
<8^vadie  uiib  tueldic  bie  (jd^UdM'te  ?  9.  2Betd;e  bte  Ietd)telle  uub  tvcldic  bte 
fdmicrfte?  10.  SBo  ift  bie  Siift  am  MItefteu  unb  tuo  am  iudrmficn? 
11.  22eldicr  tft  bcr  gvopte  iinb  tr>elcl)cr  bcr  timx^e  aSogel?  12.  2Ber  ifl 
freigebtgev  aU  bie  fd)iv>ebifcl)e  9'Zaditigan  ?  13.  SBcr  ift  etn  gro^ever  @eii^ 
aU  hex  je^tgc  ©taat^fecretdr  bev  33ereinigteu  ©taatett?  14.  SBeldieg  Sanb 
l}at  tk  fc()nel(ften  unb  beften  ©diiffe  tiiib  Sampfbccte  ?  15.  QBeldie  ift  bie 
befte  ?lufgabe  in  biefcm  ^ud>e  ?  16.  2Sc()iit  ^\f)r  ^reuub  nirf)tnie()v  I;ier? 
17.  3c  me(iv  id)  iievbieiie,  befto  mef}v  gcbc  i&>  bm  5(tinen.  18.  2Beld)e  tft 
bie  angenef)mfte  Safjregjeit  V 

Exercise  41.  3lllf0abf  41. 

1.  Which  is  the  largest  animal,  and  which  is  the  most  useful? 
2.  Which  is  the  most  patient?  3.  Is  the  hardest  metal  also  the 
most  useful?  4.  In  what  country  do  we  find  the  largest  trees ? 
5.  Is  the  winter  a  more  pleasant  season  of  the  year  than  tlio 
autumn  ?  6.  Why  is  the  summer  more  pleasant  than  the  spring'-^ 
7  In  what  country  are  the  camel  and  the  elephant  more  useful  than 
the  horse  ?  8.  Do  you  find  this  language  more  difficult  than  that? 
9,  Why  is  the  oak  more  useful  than  the  pine  1  10.  Which  is  the 
richest  nation  in  the  world?     11.  Is  the  Lly  more  beautiful  than 


54      ADJECTIVES    USED    SUBSTANTIVELl     AND    ADVERBIALLY. 

the  pink  ?  12.  Which  is  the  largest  of  the  United  States,  and 
which  is  the  richest  ?  13.  Are  the  richest  men  also  the  most  ge- 
nerous? 14.  Have  you  a  better  knife  than  this?  15.  Is  this  a 
better  hat  than  that  ?  16.  Why  is  the  most  industrious  man  the 
happiest  ?     17.  Why  are  we  less  happy  than  our  neighbors? 


LESSON  XXIII.  ^ecttott  XXIII. 

ADJECTIVES  USED  SUBSTANTIVELY  AND  ADVERBIALLY. 

1.  The  adjective  is  used  substantively,  and  is  then  writlesn 
with  a  capital  initial:  — 

a.  to  express  a  quality  taken  in  the  abstract ;  as, 

93cm  ©rl^abcnen  ^um  Sdcl)erlidi)en  iji  From  the  subhme  to  the  ridi- 

nur  ein  ^^)x\ii.  culous  is  but  a  step. 

@g  ij^  i^m  ein  2eid)te^.  It  is  an  easy  thing  for  him. 

@^  ift  fur  \>o,^  alCgemetne  ®efie.  It  is  for  the  general  good  (best). 

aBiffeii  @te  bag   S^ldl^ere  »on    ber  Do    you  know  the    particulars 

^^^t  ?  (nearer  details)  of  the  affair  ? 
h.  when  it  refers  to  persons  ;  as, 

2)er  ®ute  ift  gliicfnct),  ber  936fe  ijl  The  good  (man)  is  happy,  the 

elenb.  bad  (man)  is  miserable. 

S)le  ®utcn  ftnb  gtiicElici),  bie  336fen  The  good  are  happy,  the  bad  are 

finb  elenb.  miserable. 

Siebe  betnen  SfZddifien  toie  bid)  felbj^.  Love  thy  neighbor  as  thyself. 

„9^{icbt  fiird)tet  bcr   (S(i)tiiad)e,  ber  The  feeble  (man),  the  peaceful 

i^rieblid)e    me^r,  beg  2)'idct)tigen  (man)  is  no  longer  afraid  of  be- 

Seiite  ju  ttcvben."  coming  the  prey  of  the  strong. 

©icfer  5)cutfdie  ifl  ein  @eteT;rter.  This  German  is  a  learned  (man). 

2)tcfer    ®ele[)rte  ijl  ein  2)eutfd)er.  This  learned  (man)  is  a  German. 

Sene  ©dione  iji  fel}r  jlolj.  That  fair  one  is  very  proud, 

©uten  SRcrgen,  metn  Kleiner.  Good  morning,  my  Uttle  fellow. 

@r    benievft    \t3te    bie    ®ro((enben  He  perceives  how  the  grumblers 

(L.  27.  Ols.)  fiuf^ern.  (grumbhng  ones)  whisper. 

2.  The  adjective  sometimes  rejects  the  inflectional  endings 
in  the  nominative  and  accusative  neuter  ;  as, 

^oXi  (for  falteg)  SBaffer.  9llt  (for  atteg)  (Sifen.  ©ein  unit)iirbig 
(for  unlinhbigeg)  93atevlanb. 

3.  When  several  adjectives  qualify  the  same  noun,  the 
inflectional  endings  of  all  but  the  last,  are  sometimes  drop- 
ped, and  the  omission  marked  by  a  hyphen ;  as, 

IDIe  fdmnir^:vothaio(bcne  ^af)ne.  The  black  red  golden  banner. 

4.  ']'h(;  hist  sylhihU'  of  compound,  or  derivative  adjectives, 
is  in  like  niimmu-  sonK^tinu^s  omitted;   as, 

y^leiuaiib  UHU-  fy  ncuben?  uub  [i)(vifi    No  one  was  as  jojless  and  sleep* 
log  \)^''»  er.  less  as  he. 


ADJECTIVES  USED  SUBSTANTIVELY  AND  ADVERBIAILY.      [  5 

5.  When  several  adjectives  precede  a  noun  in  the  dativ,3 
masculine  or  neuter,  the  first  one  frequently  takes  the  oldf 
and  the  others  the  new  declension  ;  as, 

diad)  langem  Derberblid)en  @trcit.  Instead  of,  S^lad)  langem  ttevberb^ 
lid;  c  in  ^tveit.     After  long  destructive  strife. 

6.  Adjectives  in  all  degrees  of  comparison  (in  the  form  in 
which  they  occur  as  predicate)  are  employed  adverbially;  as, 
<^k  fct^reifeeu  fd)led)t,    er    fdiretbt    You   write    badly,    he    writes 

f(^te(^ter,   Uub    id)    fd)retbe  am       worse,  and  I  write  the  worst. 
fcbteditellen. 
3d)  ^afie  cin  ganj  neue^  JQani.  I  have  an  entirely  new  house. 

7.  The  superlative  preceded  by  aufS  or  jum,  is  also  used 
adverbially;  as, 

@r  bcleibfgtc  i^n  auf^  ®raufatti|ic.    He  insulted  him  most  cruelly. 

8.  The  adjectives  dtd  and  lautcv,  are  sometimes  placed 
without  inflection  before  nouns,  in  the  signification  of  "aii", 
"nothing  but";   as, 

28ir  jloljen  S)Zeufd}euf iubcr  jiub  eitel    We  proud  sons  of  men  are  no- 

arme  ©iinber.  thing  but  poor  sinners. 

(5le  ij^  lauter  fieben.  She  is  all  life. 

9.  Adjectives  are  formed  from  names  of  material  by  sui- 
fixing  to  nouns  n,  en  or  ern;  and  if  capable  of  it,  the  radical 
vowel  often  assumes  the  Umlaut ;  as, 

Icbevn,    leathern,  from  Seber;     gclbeu,    golden,     from  ®otb. 
jla^lern,  steel,       from  @tat)l;    l)t?Ijern,  wooden,  from  -^clj. 

10.  A  clause  or  sentence  is  sometimes  used  adjectively;  as, 
JDie  ttle  ju  ttergeffeube  @d)(ad)t  Bet    The  never  to-be-forgotten  battle 

Sei^jig.  near  (by)  Leipsic. 

(Sin  @a^  tfl  ein  in  ffiorten  ani?ge?    A  sentence    is    a  thought  ex- 
britdter  ©ebanfe.  pressed  in  words. 

Literally,  an  in-words-expressed  thought. 

11.  An  Adjective  preceded  by  the  article,  is  sometimes 
placed  after  the  noun  which  it  qualifies  ;  as, 

3)u  foltft  btefen  Jlrieg,  ben  fiird)tevi    Thou  shalt  end  this  dreadful  war 
iid)en,  enben.  (this  war,  the  dreadful). 

12.  Adjectives  derived  from  the  names  of  countries  or 
nations  do  not  begin  with  a  capital  letter  except  when  used 
substantively;  as, 

2)a<?  bentf*e  ^eer.  The  German  army. 

2)ic  fran,^cfif&c  (S^vadie.  The  French  language. 

(Sin  ^reuitfd^er  <Solbat.  A  Prussian  soldier. 

(Sr  ivoljnt  ini  S3remifd)en.  He  lives  in   (the   territoiy  cX) 

Bremen. 
55er  folnifc^e  2)om.  The  Cathedral  of  Oologne 


66      ADJECTIVES  USED  SUBSTANTIVEI  2   AND    ADVERBIALLY 

13.  Adjectives  are  also  formed  from  names  of  persons  by 
the  suffix  ifd;,  and  generally  written  with  a  capital  initial;  as, 

JDie  ^antlfdje  $^itofo^I;ie.  The  Kantian  philosophy. 

©a^  SiU^'fd)e  ^eer.  Tilly's  army  (the  Tillian  army), 

JDie  £ut^erifd)c  ^trd)e.  The  Lutheran  Church. 

14.  Instead  of  the  adjective  in  ifd;,  derived  from  names  oj 
places,  the  substantive  form  in  er  (undeclined)  is  generally 
used ;  as, 

JDie  Seiipjiger  Seitung.  The  Leipsic  Gazette. 

2)er  SRagbeburger  ^om.  The  Cathedral  of  Magdeburg. 

2Bir  fa^en  ben  SO'lagbeButger  2)om.    We  saw  the  Cathedral  of  Mag- 
deburg. 

Exercise  42.  ^ttfgabe  42. 

1.  SO'lanc^er  9fieid)e  ijl  unjufrieben  unb  folglid)  uuglucfOd) ;  imb  man* 
d)er  Slrme  ifi  jufrieben  unb  glurflid),  2.  (Sin  Unjufrtebener,  ober  eine  Un* 
jufrtebene  ifi  ntd)t  gliirfUd).  3.  ®er  ^ia^ldfftge  erfuUt  nidjt  feiiie  ^]Mii 
Ken,  er  ifi  i)a^n  nid)t  jufrieben  unb  fctglidb  nid)t  glucflid).  4.  3)er  Diel^ 
blfd)e  ifi  immer  unjufrieben.  5.  3d)  bcneibc  nidit  bie  9{eid)en,  aber  id) 
bebauere  bie  Slrmen.  6.  Set  ©eijige  fii()rt  ein  elenbe^  £eben.  7.  iDet 
53nnbe  ifi  unglurflid)er  unb  (lulflofer  ale  ber  Xanh^  ober  ber  8af)me. 
8.  9Zid)t  jeber  @elef)vte  ift  ein  SBeifer  unb  nidit  jeber  2Beife  ifi  ciu  ©clel^r^ 
ter.  9.  ^ae  ^ra!tifd)e  unb  ^Jlu^tidje  ifi  beffer  aU  hae  @dione.  10.  25iefe 
fd)6nen  ^tnber  fingen  f*cn.  11.  fl)er  Sebiente  biefe«J  jungen  iDcutfd)en 
ift  ber  33ettet  eine^  alten  ©efanbten.  12.  ^iiemanb  iti  elenber  unb  ii)bi 
rid)ter  al^  ber  9^eibifd)e.  13.  ^er  ^^leipige  ternt  fdMiell,  ber  ^aule  lang* 
[am.  14.  35er  2)lenfd)  sevlangt  etft  ba^  ^lene,  fudiet  ba^  S^u^tidie  bann 
mit  unermiibtid)em  §lei^e.  15.  (Sin  9teid)er  ifi  oft  ungliicflid}er  aU  ein 
5lrmer.  16.  2ld)  ^aht  einen  tebernen  (&(^u(;,  einen  golbenen  9ting  unb  ein 
bleierneg  2^intenfaf . 

Exercise  43,  ^uf^dbi  43. 

1.  A  miser  is  always  an  envious  man,  and  therefore  an  unhappy 
one.  2.  Many  a  learned  man  is  not  a  wise  one.  3.  We  pity  the 
poor,  but  we  do  not  envy  the  rich.  4.  The  practical  is  better  than 
the  agreeable  and  the  beautiful.  5.  He  learns  faster  than  we. 
6.  She  is  contented,  and  he  is  discontented,  for  she  is  industrious, 
and  he  is  idle.  7.  He  learns  slowly  for  he  does  not  study  in- 
dustriously. 8.  The  idle  man  leads  a  miserable  life  for  he  is 
always  discontented  and  consequently  unhappy.  9.  Who  is  more 
foolish  and  more  miserable  than  the  miser  V  10.  Do  you  write 
more  letters  than  your  brother  ?  11.  The  lame  man  pities  the 
deaf  one.  12.  The  blind  man  is  still  more  unfortunate  than  the 
deaf  one.  13.  The  industrious  man  is  not  often  discontented. 
14.  Who  learns  slowly,  and  who  learns  rapidly  ?  15.  ^  have  a 
gold  ring,  a  steel  chain  and  a  wooden  table. 


PERSONAL  PRONOUNS  AND  THE  REFLEXIVE  PRONOUN  ficf;.    57 


LESSON  XXIV. 


^ccti0n  XXIV. 


PERSON. iL    PRONOUNS    AND    THE     REFLEXIVE     PRONOUN    f{c^, 

1.  The  genitive  of  the  German  personal  pronouns,  unlike 
the  possessive  in  English  (see  L.  9.  2),  does  not  express  the 
relation  of  property  or  possession,  but  simply  answers  to  our 
objective  with  (and  sometimes  without)  a  preposition ;  as, 
©ebenfe  meiner  {gen.).  Think  of  me,  or  remember  me  (obj.). 

(Se  ftnb  cuer  fcd)^  unb  iljrer  nur    There  are  six  of  you  (of  you  six)  and 

»iev.  (L.  49.  7.)  only  four  of  them. 


DECLENSION    OF  THE  PERSONAL  PRONOUNS. 


bu, 


bid;, 


SINGULAR. 

thou: 


N.idj,  I; 

G.  meiner",  of  me  ;  beiner'*,  of  thee  ; 

D.  mir,  to  me;  bir,         to,  for  thee 

A.  micfi,  me; 


N.  tinr,  we; 

G.  unfer,  of  us  ; 

D.  un6,  to,  for  us; 

A.  img,  us ; 


Masculine. 
N.  er,  he ; 

G.  feiner'',  of  him ; 
D.  i^m,  to  him  ; 
A.U)n,         him; 


thee  ; 

PLURAL. 

you; 


cuer,  of  you; 
cud),  to,  for  you ; 
cud;,  you; 

SINGULAR. 

Feminine. 
fte,      she ; 
i(;rcr,  of  her ; 
i^r,     to,  for  her  ; 
jte,     her ; 


(^k,     you); 
(5(;rer,  of  you); 
(3:^ncn,  to,  for  you); 
((Sic,     you). 

(@le,      you); 
(5(;rer,  of  you); 
(51;nctt,  to,  for  you); 
((^ie,     you). 

Neuter. 
ca,       it ; 
[cincr,of  it; 
i;f;m,    to,  for  it; 
c0,      it. 


N.  fte, 
G.  i^rer, 
D.  i^nen, 
A.jie, 


PLURAL    OF    ALL    GENDERS. 

they;         jte,       they;  fie,        they; 

of  them;  i()rer,  of  them;  i^rer,    of  them 


to  them  ;  ifjnen,  to,  for  them  ;  if;nett,  to,  for  them , 
them ;        jie,       them ;  fie,        them. 

2.  The  pronouns  of  the  first  and  second  persons  are  often 
used  reflexively,  and  then  answer  to  our  compound  personal 
pronouns ;  as, 

3d)  toBe  mid).  I  praise  myself. 

3)u  lobjl  bid).  Thou  praisest  thyself. 

SSir  loben  un^.  We  praise  ourselves. 

*  Instead  of  Vtiimv,  itintX,  fcincr,  the  forms  mein,  itin,  fetn  are  sometimes  used. 

3^ 


58     PERSONAL  PRONOUNS  AND  THE  REFLEXIVE  PRONOUN  fid^. 

3.  The  reflexive  pronoun  fi^  (French  se)  has  but  one  form 
for  both  numbers  and  all  genders,  and  is  only  used  in  the  da- 
tive and  accusative  cases  ;  as, 

Ser  Tlann  lobt  ftd).  The  man  praises  himself. 

(§x  gibt  iii)  »iel  Tlnljt.  He  gives  himself  much  trouble. 

Ste  grau  Icbt  ftdb.  The  woman  praises  herself. 

Sag  Mnh  lofct  fid).  The  child  praises  itself. 

S)ie  ©d)ulev  tobeii  fid).  The  scholars  praise  themselves. 

4.  (Sid)  is  frequently  employed  where  in  English  the  ob- 
jective of  the  personal  pronoim  is  used  ;  as, 

(§x  t)at  !ein  ®etb  bel  |id).  He  has  no  money  with  him. 

(Sic  Ijahm  ^reunbe  Bei  jid).  They  have  friends  with  them. 

5.  These  pronouns  are  often  used  .n  a  reciprocal  signifi- 
cation, instead  of,  or  placed  before  the  proper  reciprocal 
cinattber;  as, 

2)le  ^unbe  bei^cn  fi6 ;  or,  ble  <§unbe    The  dogs  are  biting  each  other, 
beipen  fid)  einanber.  (or,  the  dogs  are  biting  one 

another). 
2)te  ©diiiter  lobeii  fid) ;  or,  bte  (Sd)us    The  scholars  praise  each  other, 
ler  loben  fid;  einanber.  (or,  the  scholars  praise   one 

another). 
SBarum  ^apt  if)r  end)  ?  or,  Waxmn    Why  do  you  hate  each  other? 
Ija^t  il)r  end)  einanber  ?  (or,  why  do  you  hate  one  an- 

other?) 

6.  The  pronoun  of  the  second  person  singular  is  employed 
in  addressing  the  Supreme  Being  ;  in  proverbial  phrases,  and 
in  the  serious  and  sublime  styles  of  composition ;  as, 

2)ir,  mein  ®oit,  2)ir  ergeb'  id)  mid) !    To  Thee,  my  God,  to  Thee  I 

resign  myself ! 
SSor  alien  2)ingen  Yoa6)s  uber  bid),    Above   all   things,  watch  over 
bap  bu  nie  bie  innerc  3nycvfid;t        thyself,  that  thou  never  lose 
ju  bir  felber  »erlierjl !  the  inward  confidence  to  thy- 

self! 

7.  The  pronoun  of  the  second  person  singular  is  also  used 
in  addressing  relatives,  intimate  friends  and  children ;  as  also 
when  speaking  to  servants  and  other  dependents  ;  as, 

SBa^  letnfl  bn  in  ber  ©d)ule  ?  What  do  you  learn  at  school? 

3o()ann,  l)ajl  bn  beine  9lrbcit  i3etf)an?    John,  have  you  done  your  work  ? 

8.  The  plural  of  the  second  person  was  formerly  regarded 
as  the  most  polite  and  respectful  form  of  address,  whether  to 
one  person  or  more,  and  this  ia  still  the  case  among  the 
peasantry  in  some  parts  of  Germany.  At  present,  however, 
-t  is  applied  to  the  same  class  of  persons  in  the  plural,  that 


PERSONAL  PRONOUNS  AND  THE  REFLEXIVE  PRONOUN  f  l  U;.     '^  -3 

5)u  is  in  the  singular :  it  is  likewise  used  in  addressing  re- 
ligious assemblies.  ^f)Xf  addressed  to  a  single  individual,  im- 
plies his  inferiority  of  rank  or  position ;  as, 

^ae  glaufet  i()t  twirnic^  ?  fagte  ber    Do  you  really  believe  that?  said 

.Koiiig.  the  king. 

« 

9.  The  former  use  of  the  second  person  plural  (see  8.)  is 
still  retained  in  the  syllable  ^w.  (contraction  of  ©leer,  an  ob- 
solete orthography  of  euer)  which  is  now  construed  only  with 
titles,  and  is  followed  by  a  plural  verb  ;  as, 

@».  9Jlaj[ejidt  finb  'old  tr)i|tger  aU    Your  Majesty  is  (are)  much  wit- 
id),  tier  than  I. 

10.  In  addressing  an  inferior,  the  pronoun  of  the  third  pe? 
son  singular  is  sometimes  used  ;  as, 

2Ba^  h)unfrf}t  @r?  What  do  you  (does  he)  wish? 

2Bo  tt)of)ut  @ie  ?  Where  do  you  (does  she)  live? 

11.  In  ordinary  intercourse  the  form  of  address  to  one  per 
son  or  more,  is  with  the  pronoun  of  the  third  person  plural, 
so  that,  when  spoken,  the  context  only  can  decide  whether  the 
second  or  the  third  person  is  meant.  In  writing,  however, 
these  pronouns  when  referring  to  the  second  person,  are  al- 
ways written  with  a  capital  initial ;  as, 

•^abeu  @ie  Sr^te  53ud)cr?  Have  you  your  books? 

^abeit  |te  i§ve  Sud)er  ?  Have  they  their  books  ? 

^at  \k  ii)x^  Q3ud}er  ?  Has  she  her  books  ? 

^aben  3i)ve  ^veunbe  3^rc  ^^ebeni?  Have  your  friends  your  pens? 

Dtein,  3f;re  i^reunbe  ^aben  |ie.  No,  your  friends  have  them. 

Obs.  As  the  incorrect  use  of  5)u,  if}r,  and  er  in  address, 
would  be  regarded  as  rude,  it  is  better  for  learners  in  ad- 
dressing sti angers,  always  to  employ  the  personal  pronoun 
<3  i  e,  and  the  possessive  3  ^  r. 

12.  Pronouns  referring  to  neuter  appellations  of  persons, 
generally  follow  the  natural,  instead  of  the  grammatical,  gen- 
der ;  as, 

3)a^    ©of)ud)en    biefer    2)amc   tft    The  little  son  of  this  lajly  is  sick ; 
fvan!;  id)  fiird)te  er  (or  e^3  tcixi)       I  fear  he  will  die. 
jllvben. 

13.  Pronouns  representing  inanimate  objects,  must  be  of 
the  same  gender  as  the  nouns  to  which  they  refer :  hence  a 
pronoun  of  one  gender  must  often  be  trans  dated  by  one  of  an-* 
other;  as, 


60  EXERCISES  ON  PERSONAL  PRONOUNS,  &C. 

iDpt  '^nt  ifl  fd)6n,  abev  er  ift  ju  The  hat  is  handsome  butii  is  too 

ftcin.  small. 

5)ie  a)^u^e  ijl  fd)6n,  aber  fie  ifl  ju  The  cap  is  handsome  but  it  is 

Rein.  too  small. 

14.  In  referring  to  animals,  and  things,  an  adverb  (formed 
from  an  adverb  and  a  preposition)  is  often  employed  instead 
of  a  preposition  and  a  pronoun ;  as, 

!Du  f)afi  einen  fd)oneit  ^eutel;  fiaji    You  have  a  fine  purse,  have  you 
^u  ©elb  bartit?  (L.  38.  6.)  money  in  it?  (therein?) 

15.  The  neuter  pronoun  e0,  employed  as  a  grammatical 
subject,  may  represent  nouns  of  all  genders,  whether  singu- 
lar or  plural.  But  the  verb,  in  such  case,  agrees  in  number 
w^ith  the  noun,  and  not,  as  in  English,  with  the  pronoun ;  as, 

(Se  finb  unfere  greunbe,  \t)etct)e  toiv    It  is  (are)  our  friends  whom  we 

fet)eu.  see. 

SBiffen  @ie,  t»ct  e^  ijl  ?  Do  you  know  who  it  is  ? 

16.  When  the  logical  subject  itself  is  a  personal  pronoun, 
C  ^  comes  after  the  verb ;  that  is,  the  order  of  the  words  is 
exactly  the  reverse  of  the  English  ;  as, 

3d)  bin  eg.         It  is  I.  (Bx  i\t  eg.  It  is  he. 

<Slub  @ie  eg  ?     Is  it  you  ?  @cib  ^Ijx  eg  ?     Is  it  you  ? 

2Blv  finb  eg.       It  is  we.  @ie  finb  eg.        It  is  you. 

17.  (S§  often  stands  as  the  grammatical  subject  before  ac- 
tive verbs,  and  is  used  in  a  variety  of  phrases  where  the  cor- 
responding English  word  is  omitted  :  it  also  frequently  an- 
swers to  one,  so,  or  there ;  as, 

@g  ^eult  ber  @turm,  eg  braujl  bag  The  storm  howls,  the  sea  roars. 

2«ecr. 

@g  brad)te  ber  2Binb   ben  <Bin\\  The  wind  brought  the  sound  di- 

gvab  t»on  @uben  ()er.  rectly  from  the  south. 

Sd)  n^eii3  eg,  ba^  er  tommt.  I  know  (it)  that  he  is  coming. 

@g  Ift  Dilemanb  (}ier.  There  is  nobody  here, 

^r  \\i  tcid),  ober  fd)eint  eg  ju  fein.  He  is  rich,  or  seems  to  be  so. 

@v  ijl  Jlaufmann,  abet  id)  bin  eg  He  is  (a)  merchant,  but  I  am  not 

nidit.  one. 

(5g  jinb  jWci  ^ferbc  fm  ©artcn.  There  are  two  horses  in  the  gar- 
den. 

Exercise  44.  ^ttfflttlic  44. 

1.  9Bcv  lobt  ben  @nfel?  2.  ©er  ©ropvater  lobt  it)n.  3.  3Ber  Icbt 
fcie  ©ropmutter?  4.  2)ie  (infelin  lobt  fte.  5.  >§at  ber^anver  ben:Q3aU? 
6.  !iT?ein,  ber  ;i86ttd)er  l)at  i{)n.  7.  S^Qi\  bvig  2)ldbd)cn  bie  ^Bruflnabel  ? 
8.  92ciii,  bic  S^ante  l)at  |ie.  9.  ^at  bie  ^4-Hi^ma6erin  3l)rcn  neuen  -^nt  ? 
10.  DZein,  ber  .§utmad)er  f;at  tl)n.    11.  SBag  t)at  bte  (Sdjwejicr  3t)re« 


ABSOLUTE  POSSESSIVE  PRONOUNS.  61 

^reunbeg?  12.  @ic  :^at  bie  %^h^x  ii)uS  93ruberg.  13.  SSaS  I;a6en  bie 
(Sditoej^ern  3t)rer  greunbe?  14.  @ie  fiabeu  bie  ^ebern  S^ret  S3ruber. 
15.  Sobeu  @ic  3^re  greunbe  ?  16.  S^eiu,  id)  loBe  fte  md)t.  17.  Sobeti 
@te  mid)  ?  18.  3tein,  id)  to6e  @ie  ntd)t.  19.  Soben  <Sie  3^re  IBriiber? 
20.  S'iein,  id)  lobe  fie  nid)t.  21.  ©eben  @te  ung  @elb  ?  22.  Sfiein,  id^ 
gebe  S^nen  S3rob.  23.  ©eben  (Ste  Sijten  greunbeit  93rob  ?  24.  ^dn, 
id)  gebe  i^nen  @elb.  25.  2Ba6  fagej^  bu  mir?  26.  3d)  fagc  bir  nid)ti?. 
27.  2Ba^  fd)eufen  @ie  3t)rer  2Rutter?  28.  3d)  fd)enfe  i^r  einen  fetbencn 
©elbbeutet.  29.  (Sd)enfen  @ie  S^rem  S3ruber  etwa6  ?  30.  g^iein,  id) 
fd)en?e  if)m  nid)t^.     31.  3c^  ge^e  mit  meinev  @d)tt)cj!ev  ju  xf)m  greunbin. 

32.  dr  !^at  einen  £)fen  in  feinem  Simmer,  aber  eg  ijl  !ein  §euer  barin. 

33.  (Se  ijl  ein  grower  Untcrfd)ieb  5n)tfd)en  Sitgen  unb  Siegen.  34.  (Sic 
^aben  t)iibfd)e  ©iid)er  unb  tefen  jiemlid)  gut  barin.  35.  Sener  (Sd)iiler 
Icbt  ltd),  aber  biefer  lobt  fid)  nid)t.  36.  ffiBirmd)  i?erbien|l»oHe  Seute  lo^- 
ben  fid)  nid)t. 

Exercise  45.  ^ttfgabe  45. 

1.  Have  you  my  pen  ?  2.  No,  the  mason  has  it.  3.  Who  has 
my  new  black  hat  ?  4.  The  old  hatter  has  it.  5.  Do  you  give 
the  breastpin  to  your  mother  ?  6.  No,  my  sister  gives  it  to  her. 
7.  Does  your  old  neighbor  praise  his  friends  ?  8.  No,  he  does  not 
praise  them,  they  praise  him.  9.  Do  you  praise  your  sister? 
10.  No,  I  do  not  praise  her.  11.  Do  you  praise  your  friends? 
12.  No,  I  do  not  praise  them.  13.  Has  your  brother  your  pens  ? 
14.  No,  my  sister  has  them.  15.  What  do  you  give  me  ?  16.  I 
give  you  nothing.  17.  Do  you  give  your  friends  anything? 
18.  Yes,  I  give  them  money.  19.  Has  the  mason  his  ball  ?  20.  No,  his 
grandfather  has  it.  21.  Has  the  milliner  your  silk  hats  ?  22.  No, 
her  friend  has  them.  23.  What  do  you  say  to  the  man  ?  24.  I  do 
not  say  anything  to  him.  25.  Do  you  go  with  your  friend  to  your 
father?  26.  No,  I  go  with  him  to  his  father.  27.  Do  you  go  with 
your  friend  to  your  mother  ?  28.  No,  I  go  with  her  to  her  mother. 
29.  She  goes  with  me  to  her.  30.  There  is  no  bread  on  the  table. 
31.  There  are  no  good  pens  in  my  desk.  32.  These  children  have 
pretty  books,  do  they  read  in  them?  33.  We  have  pretty  cold 
weather.  34.  Industrious  scholars  do  not  praise  themselves. 
35.  These  proud  boys  praise  themselves,  but  their  father  does  not 
praise  them.     36.  We  are  going  with  you  to  your  teacher. 

LESSON  XXV.  fection  XXV. 

ABSOLUTE    POSSESSIVE    PRONOUNS. 

1  .When  the  possessive  pronouns  relate,  attributively,  to  a 
noun  understood,  and  are  not  followed  by  an  adjective,  they 
are  called  absolute  possessive  pronouns.  They  are  of  two 
forms :  mein-er,  c,  e§,  inflected  like  an  adjective  of  the  old 
declension ;  and  bcr,  bie,  ba3  mcin-ige  or  ber,  bic,  ba0  mcin-c, 
inflected  like  an  adjective  of  the  new  declension. 


62 


ABSOLUTE  POSSESSIVE  PRONOUNS. 


Maiculine.        Feminine.  Neuter. 

OLD    DECLENSION. 

Nom  mctncr;  meine;  mcineg;  mine; 

Gen.  mcinea;  meincr;  meinca;  of  mine; 

Dat.  mcmem;  meiner;  meinem ;  to,  or  for  mine ; 

Ace.  mcincn;  meine;  nteine^;  mine. 

NEW    DECLENSION. 

.Vom.  bcr  meinige ;  bie  meinige;     baSmeinige;    mine; 

Gen.  be0  meinigen;  bermeinigen;   be^  meinigen;  of  mire; 

Dat.   bem  metnigen;  bermeinigen;  bem  meinigen;  to,  formine; 

Ace.    ben  meiuigen;  bic  meinige;     baSmeintge;    mine. 

Nam.  ber    meine ;       bie  meine ; 
Gen.  beg   melnen;     ber  metnen; 
Dat.   bem  meinen;    ber  meinen; 
Ace.    ben  meinen;     bie  meine; 

All  genders  in  the  plural. 

NEW.  NEW. 

bie  meinigen,     or  bie  meinen; 


ba§  meine ;  mine ; 
beS  meinen;  of  mine; 
bem  meinen,  to,  for  mine ; 
bag  meine;    mine. 


Nom 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 


OLD. 

meine ; 
meincr ; 
meinen ; 
meine ; 


mme ; 
of  mine ; 
to,  for  mine 
mine. 


ber  memigen,    or  ber  memcn; 
benmcinigcn,    or  ben  meinen; 
bie  mcinigcn,     or  bie  meinen; 
Examples  of  the  absolute  possessive  pronouns. 
Form  of  the  old  declension.      Forms  of  the  new  declension. 
aJletn  int    ijt  fd)warj  aJlciu  ^ut   ifl    fd)iDars  My  hat  is  black  and 
unb  feiner  ifl  toeip.        uub  ber  [cine  or   bev      his  is  white, 
femigc  i]!  it^eip. 
<Selrt  t^ut  i|l  fd)ftiarj  utib  ©ein  ^nt  ift  fd)tt3arj  nni)  His  hat  is  black  and 
meiner  ifl  jueip.  ber  meine  or  ber  met*       mine  is  white, 

nige  ill  iueip. 
SJietn  S3ud)  ij^  neu  unb  SO^lein  58ud)  i\t  neu  unb  My  book  is  new  and 


feineg  ijt  alt. 


Ms  is  old. 


ha6   fetne  or  has  fei 

nige  i\t  alt. 

@etn  Sud)  ijl  neu  unb  <Sein  S3ud)  ifl  neu  unb  His  book  is  new  and 
meine«S  ijl  alt.  ba^    meine    or    ba^ 

mcinic^e  ifi  alt. 
@r    gel)t    ju    meinem  (Sr     gcl}t    ju    meinem 

^reunbunbnid)tju  bem 

beineu  or  bem  bcinigen. 

2.  These  pronouns  are  likewise  substantively  employed 
to  denote  property  or  obligation  ;  as, 
JDic  Siebe  fudU  nidH  bag  3l)re.  Charity  seeks  not  her  own. 

3d)  l;abe  ba^  SJleiuige  get^an,  ti^ue    I  have  done  mine  (my  duty),  do 

bas  3)einigc.  thine. 


^reunb  unb  nid)t  ju 
beinem. 


mine  is  old. 

He  is  going  to  my 
friend  and  not  to 
yours. 


EXERCISES  ON  ABSOLUTE  POSS.  PRONOUNS.  63 

«.  In  like  manner  they  refer,  in  the  plural,  to  one's  family  or 
relatives  :  —  likewise,  when  the  application  is  obvious,  to 
dependents,  as  servants,  soldiers,  &c. ;  as, 
dx  »ertdpt  bie  <Seintgen  nidit.  He  forsakes  not  his  own. 

(Bx  ftet  mit  ben  (Seiuen  in  ber  He  fell  with  his  (soldiers)  in 
@ct}la*t.  the  battle. 

3.  Stein  and  the  numeral  ein,  when  not  followed  by  an 
adjective  or  a  noun,  are  inflected  like  an  adjective  of  the  old 
declension  (except  that,  in  the  neuter,  they  often  end  in  g 
instead  of  c§) ;  as, 

dr  i)at  ein  ^ni),  bu  ^afl  eing  (or  et;  He  has  a  book,  you  have  one, 
ne^),  unb  id)  f)abe  fctit^  (or  fetueg).        and  I  have  none. 

(Bx  fiat  jttjet  S3uci)er  unb  jte  ^at  He  has  two  books  and  she  has 
nur  eing.  only  one. 

b.  (Sin  when  preceded  by  the  definite  article  is  inflected  like 

an  adjective  of  the  new  declension  ;  as, 

"Der  eine  i^  ju  gro^  unb  bev  anbere  The  one  is  too  large  and  the 
ift  gu  !(eiu.  other  is  too  small. 

4.  The  indeclinable  forms  meine^gleic^en,  bemeSgIeid)en,  &c., 
may  refer  to  nouns  of  all  genders  and  both  numbers  ;  as, 

3fl  er  benn  meinelgletdicn  ?  Is  he  my  equal  then? 

@ie  toaren  frufiev  beine^gleid^en,         They  were  formerly  your  equals. 

Exercise  46.  ^ufgobe  46 

1.  3d)  i}ab^  meinen  ^pinfet  tmb  ben  3{)rigen,  fein  S3ud)  unb  ha<3  men: 
nige.  2.  3Seld)eg  Xafd)entud)  Ijahcn  @te,  bag  mcinige  ober  bag  feinige  ? 
3.  3d)  ^aU  bag  feinige  unb  aud)  has  S^tige.  4.  3ii  iv)eld)em  Strjt  gefijl 
hu,  ju  hem  meinigen  ober  ju  bem  beinigen  ?  5.  3d)  gef)e  ju  bent  beinigen. 
6.  @r  I)at  j^toet  SSorterbii^er,  @ie  I)a6en  eing  unb  id)  f)abe  fetng.  7.  SBel; 
d)eg  v£anbfaf  l^at  ^^x  ?^teunb,  meineg  obev  feineg  ?  8.  (Sx  f)at  feineg  unb 
idvliabc  3f)t:eg.  9.  @ein93ornmnb  ij^  reid)  unb  meinei:  ij^  arm.  10.  SJleiu 
@rf)liifrel  ift  gro^  unb  ber  feinige  i)!  Hein.  11.  5)ag  SBettmeer  iilg\rifd)en 
mir  unb  ben  "aJleinigen.  12.  9l((e  SO^enfdicn  licBen  bie  3^tigen  unb  yer? 
langen  bag  3f)rigc.  13.  3d)  ^aBe  3f)re  Seitung  unb  <Sie  Ijabm  bie  mei^ 
nige.  14.  Unfere  ^iid)er  tiegen  auf  bem  5:ifd)c,  unb  bie  3f)rigen  auf  bent 
^ulte.  15.  Seld)e  ^fevbe  "i^aUn  (gie,  bie  36ten  ober  bie  meinen  ?  16.  3d) 
l)abe  bie  Sfjven  unb  bie  meinen.  17.  2(Ue  3Jlenfd)en  t)aben  if)re  ^^ei^Ier 
unb  (Sigen^citen,  id)  ^abe  bie  meinigen,  hu  ija^  bie  beinigen  unb  er  Ijat  bie 
fein'gen.     18.  3ebermann  fdid^t  ha6  (Seine. 

Exercise  47.  ^ttfpbc  47. 

1.  Have  you  my  carriage  or  yours?  2.  I  have  yours.  3.  Has 
the  scholar  your  book  or  his  ?  4.  He  has  his  and  mine.  5.  Are 
our  books  in  his  room  or  in  yours  ?  6.  They  are  in  mine,  and  his 
pens  are  in  yours.  7.  Do  you  go  with  my  friend  or  with  yours? 
8.  We  go  with  yours.     9.  Is  his  sister  or  mine  in  the  garden? 


64  USE  OF  THE  TENSES 

10.  Yours  is  in  the  garden,  and  his  is  going  into  the  gardea 

11.  Have  you  my  pen  or  yours?  12.  I  have  neither  yours  nof 
mine,  I  have  his.  13.  Have  you  our  books  or  yours  ?  14.  We 
have  yours  and  ours.  15.  Our  house  is  new  and  yours  is  old. 
16.  His  pen  is  good  and  hers  is  bad.  17.  Are  your  friends  in 
your  house  or  in  ours  ?  18.  They  are  in  ours.  19.  We  have  our 
friend's  horses  and  he  has  ours.  20.  Your  paper  is  white  and 
ours  is  blue. 

LESSON  XXVI.  Section  XXVL 

USE  OF  THE  TENSES. 

1.  The  present  is  often  used  in  relation  to  ihe  past,  when 
the  period  referred  to  is  still  unfinished  ;  as, 

3*  Icfe  fction  eine  (Stuube.  I  (have)  read  already  an  hour. 

Ste  laiige  finb  ©ie  in  2)ve^ben  ?        How  long  are  you  (have    you 

been)  in  Dresden? 

2.  The  present  for  the  future  is  more  usual  in  German 
than  in  English  ;  as, 

SDlcrgeu  get)e  idi  nad)  Seipjig.  To-morrow  I  (shall)  go  to  Leipsic. 

3di  gebc  S^neii  eincn  ©ulbcn  fiiv    I  give  (will  give)  you  a  florin  for 
baS  ®ud).  the  book. 

3.  The  imperfect  corresponds  mainly  to  the  same  tense  in 
English;  as, 

^riebvid)  ber  Btt^eite  tuar  z'm  gvoicv    Frederic  the  second  was  a  great 

.    ^riegcr.  warrior. 

<Ste  cirbcitetc,  tod^renb  id)  f^lclte.        She  worked  while  I  was  playing 

4.  In  compound  tenses  and  principal  sentences,  the  iniini 
tive  or  participle  comes  last ;   as, 

::5d)  I)abe  ein  S3udi  gefjabt.  I  have  had  a  book. 

Sci)  \verbe  bcu  3Jiaun  Icben.  I  shall  praise  the  man. 

^r  I)at  nid)t  Beit  "toii  ^udi  ju  lefen.  He  has  not  time  to  read  the  book. 

@r  inirb  ti  gefjabt  t^cibcn.  He  will  have  had  it. 

6.  TYvQ  perfect, MTiWke  the  same  tense  in  English,  maybe  used 
with  an  adverb  referring  to  past,  as  well  as  to  present  time  ;  as, 
3d)  ftabe  c^  gcftern  gel;abt.  I  (have)  had  it  yesterday. 

6.  Th.Q  futures  are  used  as  in  English,  and  also  to  indicate 
a  probability  ;  in  which  case  the  j^r^-^  future  is  to  be  rendered 
by  the  present,  and  the  second  future,  by  the  imperfect,  or  per- 
fect, in  connection  with  an  appropriate  adverb  ;  as, 

(Sx  tvltb  3f)r  93ruber  fcin.  He  is  probably  your  brother, 

©le  iDcrben  c^  gcl)ort  ^vikn.  They  have  probably  heard  it. 

7.  Often,  in  German,  a  verb  is  repeated,  (;r  entirely  omifted, 
v/heie  in  English  an  auxiliary  is  employed  ;  as, 


CONJUGATION  OF     1^  a  5  C  tt. 


65^ 


Sr  bcnft  U«ie  idb  (or,  \vk  tcb  beiife). 
©le  feiincii  i^n,  id)  uidit. 
3cb  t;abe  csJ  i^e()5rt,  er  iiiclU  (or,  cv 
l)at  cS  nicbt  cie{;5rt). 


He  thinks  as  I  do  (or,  asl  think). 
You  know  him,  I  (do)  not. 
I  have  heard  it,  he  {^hasj  not.  rle 
has  not  heard  it. 


8.  CoNjuGATiox  OF  [)  a  b  c  n. 


INFINITIVE 


Present. 
iabcn,  to  have 

Present. 
I)abenb,  having. 

Singular. 

id)  Ijahc,  I  have  ; 
bu  tjafx,  thou  hast ; 
or  tjatf  he  has  ; 

id)  i)atiCf  I  had  ; 

bu  t)aiUft,  thou  hadst 

cr  t;atte,  he  had ; 


Perfect. 
gc^a6t  t)a6cn,  to  hav*  '^i^* 


PARTICIPLES. 


INDICATIVE, 


Perject. 
<^t\)^i,  had. 

Plural. 


PRESENT. 

Wix  \)a.U\\,  we  have, 
il}r  f)al)t,  you  have ; 
]"ie  t;aBcn/  they  liave. 

IMPERFECT. 

iinr  fatten,  we  had ; 
i{)x  I;attct,  you  had ; 
fie  I;atten,  they  had. 


PERFECT. 

I  have  \  .^  tuirt;aBcn  J  ^- 
thou  hast  >  "^  {(;r  I;atet  >  ^ 
he  has      ) '^    jie  ^a^cn    3  ^ 

PLUPERFECT. 

I  had  J  .^  toir  fatten  J  ;S' 
thou  hadst  >  ^  i^x  l)^iiti  [■  ^ 
he  had      )  '^    fte  t;attett  )  o^ 

FIRST    FUTURE. 

I  shall  -\  .-  irir  tuerbett 
thou  wilt  >  I  il;r  luerbet 
he  will     )  rS    f!c  trcrben 

SECOND  FUTURE. 

ic^  iuerbe  J  -  ^-  I  shall  ^  -J"  trir  aerben  j 
bu  toirj^  >  II  thou  wilt  \  ■;  \i)x  tt?erbet  > 
er  trirb    )  ^^  he  will  .  >  |    fie  trerben  ) 


id)  t;aBe 
bu  :^afl 
cr  I)at 

i(^  ^attc 
bu  t;atte|t 
er  ^aXit 


id)  tuerbe  ^  ^^ 
bu  tuirjl  >  s| 
er  tuirb    )  ^=^ 


we  have 
yon  have 
they  have 

we  had 
you  had 
they  had 

we  shall 
you  will 
they  will 


^ 


we  shall 
you  will 
they  will 


ill)  2 


ijO^^t  (bu),  have  (thou). 


IMPERATIVE 

'^oibti  or  ^aH  (t:^r)  have  (ye,  or  you). 


66  IDIOMS  AND  EXERCISES  WITH     l^aBCtt* 

9.  IDIOMS  WITH  ^aBen» 

®r  'ijat  CjCM  du  UHirmeg  Simmev.  He  likes  a  warm  room. 

■^ahc  aUc  SWeiifdieii  Iteb.  Love  all  men. 

3*  I;abe  niditi^  bagcgen.  I  have  no  objection. 

(Sg  f)ai  :ud)ti5  ju  fagen.  It  is  no  matter  (worth  speaking 

of). 

(Sx  fiat  Sangelreife.  He  feels  ennui  ("bored"). 

(Sr  ijat  feineii  S3evbad)t  auf  ®ie.  He  does  not  suspect  you. 

Sd)  l^abe  i^n  in  a3erbad)t  geftol^len  Isuspect  him  of  having  (to  have) 

^u  Ijahm.  stolen. 

^r  ijat  hin  ®clb  not^ig.  He  is  not  in  want  of  money. 

3d)  tverbe  Std)t  auf  il)n  ^abm.  I  will  attend  to  (take  care  of)  him. 

aBag  Ijaft  bu  ?  What  ails  you  ? 

2)u  (}aft  gut  la^cn.  You  may  well  laugh. 

«§abe  id;  ved)t  ober  uurec^t?  Am  I  right,  or  wrong  ? 

Exercise  48.  ^Ufgabc  48. 

1.  $Der  ftrenge  atte  Setter  be^  rcidien  Siingltngg  l^atte  in  feiner  Sugenb 
eincn  guten  Server  geliabt.  2.  ^ein  gelbr;err  ijat  je  eine  beffere  Slrmee  ges 
if)abt  al^  ber  franjoftfd)c  ^aifer.  3.  2)ie  (Sngldnbet  ifjatten  lange  eincn 
fcfji*  au^gebreiteten  >§anbel  gef;a6t  uub  I)atten  baf)er  eine  bejfeve  ^tctte  aU 
tie  ^van§ofen.  4.  SBirb  biefeS  je^t  fo  gtiJcfUdie  Sanb  je  etuen  -tonlg  cbet 
cinen  ^atfer  r)aben  ?  5.  Ste  ^reunbe  bet  (L.  46.)  2BaI;rI)eit  unb  @ered); 
ttgfeit  in  @nrc!pa  tt*erbcn  if)re  fdilimmjle  Sett  nod)  nidit(L.  66.J.)get)abt 
l}aben.  6.  @ie  tucrben  felnen  33rtef  gcfiabt  l)aben,  efje  cr  fommt;  benn  er 
\tiirb  nidit  ycr  ad)t  U()r  fommcn.  7.  ^^aben  @le  yorgcftevn  ^-Bcfudi  gc(;abt  ? 
8.  SfJein,  id)  ^abe  fetnen  gel)abt,  unb  irerbc  and)  feinen  l;cibcn ;  benn 
id)  Ijahz  fetne  greunbe  in  biefer  ©egenb.  9.  (Sin  a3cniHanbtcr  Sfjreg 
i^rcunbcg  mad)t  meinem  SSruber  etnen  93cfurf).  10.  SSie  lange  \i>ct;nen 
<Bk  in  biefem  «§aufe  ?  11.  aSir  \i^cl)nen  [d)ou  Idnger  aU  itijn  3cii;ve  barin. 

Exercise  49.  ^ttfjjdbf  49. 

1.  No  army  has  ever  had  a  better  general  than  Napoleon. 
2.  What  nation  has  had  a  more  extensive  commerce  than  Eng- 
land 1  3.  Have  the  French  ever  had  a  better  fleet  than  they  now 
have  ?  4.  Kings  and  emperors  do  not  always  (L.  39.  8.)  love  truth 
and  justice.  5.  That  country  is  very  unfortunate,  for  it  has  a  bad 
king.  6.  The  friends  of  (L.  46.)  truth  in  this  country  have  pro- 
bably had  their  worst  time.  7.  How  long  have  you  had  this 
wagon  1  8.  Did  you  have  company  yesterday  ?  9.  We  had  com- 
pany day  before  yesterday,  but  we  have  had  none  to-day.  10.  Have 
you  relations  in  this  city?  11.  No,  I  have  no  relations  in  this 
country.     12.  This  relation  of  my   friend   is  making  us  a  visit. 

13.  Who  has  ever  had,  or  ever  will  have  better  friends  than  we  1 

14.  How  long  have  you  been  in  this  city  1 


CONJUGATION  OF  THE  REGULAR  VERB.         67 

LESSON  XXVII.  futton  XXVII. 

Regular  verbs  or  verbs  of  the  new  conjugation, 
present  infinitive. 

1.  The  present  infinitive  ends  in  en;  as, 

loB-en,        to  praise  ;    Ue6-en,        to  love  ;  Bel-en,      to  pray  ; 
ftubiv-en,     to  study ;     soerf"au[-en,  to  sell ;    Bettel-n,*  to  beg. 

Root. 

2.  The  root  is  that  part  of  the  verb  which  precedes  the  en 
of  the  infinitive,  and  to  which  the  various  terminational  end- 
ings are  suffixed.  Thus,  the  roots  of  the  above  verbs  are, 
lo6-,  liefc-,  Bet-,  ftuljir-,  oerfauf-,  &c. 

PRESENT    PARTICIPLE. 

3.  The  present  participle  is  formed  by  suffixing  enb  "o  the 
root;  as, 

toB-ent),      praising;  lietj-enb,        loving;    Bet-cnt),      praying; 
jiu1)ir-cnt),  studying ;  i:erfauf-enb,  selling ;  Bettel-nb,*  begging. 

PERFECT    PARTICIPLE. 

4.  The  perfect  participle  is  formed  by  ^w/fixing  t  or  et,  and 
(in  verbs  that  have  the  accent  on  the  first  syllable),  prefixing 
the  augment  ge  to  the  root ;  as, 

ge-IoB-t,  praised ;         ge-Iic6-t,    loved;        ge-Bet-et,      prayed; 
jiubir-t,  studied;        ijerfauf-t,  sold;  gc-Bettel-t,  begged. 

Ohs.  The  participles  are  subject  to  the   same  rules  of  de- 
clension and  comparison  (except  that  they  do  not  take  the 
Umlaut)  as  the  adjective  ;  as, 
din  liebenber  SSater.  A  loving  father. 

5)er  gelieBte  33ater.  The  beloved  father. 

J£)te  teifenben  SJ'laler.  The  traveling  painters. 

$Die  2Betnenbe.  The  weeping  one. 

S)er  S^rauernbe.  The  mourner. 

2)a^  rul)renb|ie  (Sd)auf!piel.  The  most  touching  spectacle. 

PRESENT    TENSE. 

5.  The  first  person  singular  adds  e,  the  second  efl  or  jl,t 
and  the  third  et  or  tf  to  the  root ;  as, 

*)  When  the  root  ends  in  et,  or  er,  the  C  of  the  termination  is  dropped  ;  as,  bette(-tt, 
gtttcr-n,  instead  of  bettcl-eit,  Jtttcr-cn,  &c.  The  C  of  the  root  is  also  often  dropped  in 
the  first  person  singular  of  the  present ;  as,  {(fa  6ctt  Ic,  instead  of  '\6)  bett-ele,  &c. 

t)  In  the  indicative,  the  shorter  forms  (fl  and  t)  are  usually  preferred  where  eaphonj 
'•fill  admit:  as,  loBfi,  Ult,  rather  than  lobcfl,  lotet,  &c. 


68  CONJUGATION  OF  THE  REGULAR  VERB. 

1st.   Pen  on  Singular.  2(Z.  Person  Singular.  3d.  Person  Singvlar 

id)  Icb-e,  I  praise ;  bu  lob-ft,  thou  praisest ;  cr  (ob-t,  he  praises ; 

id)  bet-e,  I  pray ;  bit  bet-eft,  thou  prayest ;  ec  \jzi-zi,  he  prays ; 

i*ftubir-ejstudy;  bu ftubir- ft,  thou studiest;  erj^ubir-t,  he  studies; 

idi  fdniclb-e,  I  cut ;  bu  fd^neib  eft,  thou  cuttest;  er  fc^ncib-et,  he  cuts. 

The  first  and  third  person  plural  add  en,  and  the  second 
ti  or  t  to  the  root ;  as, 

1st.  Periion  Plural.  3d.  Person  Plural.  2d.  Person  Plural. 

iBir  Icb-en,  we  praise ;     ]ie  ich-nx,  they  praise ;  i^i  (ob-et,  or  Icb-t,*  you 

praise ; 
toir  bet-en,  we  pray ;       fie  bet-en,  they  pray ;      if|r  il^i-^i,  you  pray ; 
wir  letb-en,  we  suffer ;    fie  letb-en,  they  suffer ;    i()r  leib-ft,  you  suffer; 

IMPERFECT    TENSE. 

6.  The  first  and  third  persons  singular  add  te,  and  the 
second  person,  tejl;  (if  the  root  end  in  b,  or  t,  tit  and  etejl  are 
added) ;  as, 

id)  tob-te,  I  praised ;  cr  Icb-te,  he  praised  ;  bu  Icb-teft,  thou  praisedst , 
id)  fdMcf-te,  I  sent ;  er  fct;icf-tc,  he  sent ;  bu  fd)itf-teft,  thou  sentest ; 
\6:\  bct-ete,  I  prayed ;   er  bet-ete,  he  prayed ;  'i;\x  bet-etefi,  thou  prayedst ; 

The  first  and  third  persons  plural  add  ten,  and  the  second 
tct  (if  the  root  end  in  i,  or  t,  ctcn  and  ctet  are  added) ;  as, 

iDir  leb  ten,  we  praised;  fie  fcb-tcn,  they  praised;  if)r  lob  tct,  you  praised; 
ivir  fdndi-tcn,  we  sent ;  \\t  fdncf-tcn,  they  sent ;  i()r  fd)icf-tet,  you  sent  • 
Vyirbet-cten,we  prayed;  fie  bcteten,  they  prayed;  it;r  bet-etet,  you  prayed 

PERFECT  AND  PLUPERFECT  TENSES. 

7.  The  perfect  and  pluperfect  are  formed  by  combining 
the  perfect  participle  with  the  present  and  the  imperfect  of 
l^atjen  (or  fcin) ;  as, 

id)  ^abe  gelobt ;  I  have  praised ; 

id)  i)aik  ciclcbt ;  I  had  praised ; 

toir  tjatten  i]e()ovt;  we  had  heard; 

fie  I)abcn  cjt  Icvut ;  they  have  learned. 

FIRST    AND    SECOND    FUTURE    TENSES. 

8.  The  first  and  second  futures  are  formed  by  combining 
the  present  and  perfect  hifinitive  with  the  present  of  the 
auxiliary  tt3crt)en ;  as, 

id)  werbe  Icben ;  I  shall  praise ; 

id)  trcrbe  ^elcbt  t)abeu ;  I  shall  have  praised ; 

iic  wirb  fdiicfcn  ;  she  will  send ; 

fic  ircrben  fpiclen ;  they  will  play. 

♦^  Seo  second  note  on  page  67. 


CONJUGATION  OF  THE  REGULAR  VERB    UeBett*  69 

9      CONJUGATION  OF  THE  REGULAR  VERB    Uc^^ett. 
INFINITIVE. 

Present.  Perfect. 

(ieBcn,  to  love.  gelieBt  ^aBen,  to  have  loved, 

PARTICIPLES. 

Present.  Perfect. 

fieBenb,  loving.  geliebt,  loved. 

INDICATIVE. 

Singular.  Plural. 

PRESENT    TENSE. 

ic^  lieBe,  I  love ;  trir  lieBen,  we  love; 

Du  licbft,  thou  lovest ;  i{;r  licBet,  you  love  ; 

er  litU,  he  loves ;  fie  lieben,  they  love. 

IMPERFECT    TENSE. 

i^  lieBte,  I  loved;  it>ir  lieBten,  we  loved; 

bu  licBtcj^,  thou  lovedst ;  if;r  licBtet,  you  loved ; 

Cf  lieBte,  he  loved ;  jie  lieBten,  they  loved. 

PERFECT    TENSE. 


they  have  )  rS 


tcf;  ^aBc  ^  ^-  I  have  1  —  toir  t)a6en  )  :r  we  have 
bu  l;a|it  >%  thou  hast  >-  ^  l^rt;al3t  Y%  youhave 
er  i)ai       ;  ^  he  has      )  .2      fie  l^ahm    )  ^  they  hav( 

PLUPERFECT    TENSE. 

id)  {\\iit  )  ^  I  had  )  ^  trir  Batten  )  ^-  we  had  )  ^ 
bu  fnUteft  [  -^  thouhadst  [•  ^  i^r  (;attet  Y  §  you  had  [•  ^ 
er  l;atte     )  ^  he  had       )  S    fie  l;atten     )  "g,  they  had  )  ^' 

FIRST    FUTURE    TENSE. 

ic^  trerbe )  jj-  I  shall  )  —  iuir  trerbeu  )  jj-  we  shall 
bu  unrft  [•  sE  thou  wilt  >•  >  ii)x  irerbct  >-  M  you  will 
et  luirb    j  ;^     he  will      )  ^     fie  tuerbeu  )  ;^   they  will 


J5     'V ^  ,  ^    J  --  ,    > 

-    fie  tuerbeu     ~   ^' 

SECOND  FUTURE  TENSE 


id]  trevbc  )  J,       I  shall    )  |      W'lx  trerbeii  )  J     we  shall 
bii  wirif    )■  ^5      tlion  wilt  V  =        iBr  UvrVirt    V  .^ 


)U  jrirft   )■  s  5     thou  wilt  >•  ^      iBv  irerbct  !■  ^|  you  will 
cr  irir'D     )  f,       he  will     )  |      fte  Irerben   )  %     they  will 


-a 
IMPERATIVE. 


licbe(bii)  love  (thou).       UeBct  or  lieBt  (i(;r),  love    (ye  or  you) 

Exercise  50.  Jlufpdc  50. 

I.  ®ai?  hahcn  Sie  (inite  in  Srcmcit  (]cfauft?  2.  3cb  fmbe  Ijeiite  gnr 
induce  iiefauft,  abcr  id)  fciufte  geftcvu  eiii  !jjaar  (L.  47.  3.)  -tpanbfdiufje, 
5\vct  ^^aar  (^dMtI)p  uiib  eiii  !Dii|enb  XafdHMitudnn-.  3.  Scv  iWiUlcr  Ijat 
gefteni  Ijuubert  gap  S}U^(;t  vecfauft.     4.  2)cv  5i3udU)ciutlcr  l)at  mii:  cidlcv: 


70        DECLENSION  OF  THE  RELATIVE  trClC^Cr. 

jvuct  Slid)  Sdjrcib^M^ier  (L.  18.  3.)  unb  brei  Sudi  93vief^a^ier  ge* 
fdbitft.  5.  5)ie  (Slteru  luevben  if)ve  flei^ic^en  jlluber  loben  unb  belo(;nen. 
6.  Unferc  Sreunbeir>erben  mcvcjeii  ober  iibermcrtjeu  jiiiuu^  fommen.  7.  3)lc 
Oteformatioii  madne  hm  S^iebcrldiibcrn  has  fv>auifd)e  3cd)  unertvdglid), 
unb  uierftc  bet  ifmen  ba^  aSevIcingcn  unb  ben  Ttntij  c^  ju  jeibved)en. 
8.  33on  \rein  f)aft  bit  biefe  9^ad)rid)t  geljcrt,  unb  iUvivum  glaitbfi  bu  {tc 
nid)t?     9.    §ur  icen  l)aben  <Ste  ha6  $|erb  unb  ben  2I5agen  kjietlt? 

10.  aSerbcn  ®ie  niorgen  nad)  bev  @tabt  obev  ju  3t)tem  greunbe  gefjcu? 

11.  3d)  tuevbe  nid)t  ju  if)in  gel^en,  benn  ei*  inirb  nid)t  ju  -^aufe  fetii,  er 
totrb  mcvgen  einen  langen  (S^ajtergang  mad)en.  12.  <Oat  er  fru()er  in  ber 
©tabt  (L.  47.  1.)  «§anno»er  getcotjnt?  13.  @r  ()at  in  bem  jlontgreid), 
aber  nid)t  in  ber  (Btatt  «§anno»er  getvcfjnt.  14.  @ie  fotgten  m\6,  btsJ  toir 
(Bud)  begegneteu.  15.  2)te  ©tabt  ^^artg  liegt  an  ber  ©eine,  unb  Sien  an 
ber  ^cnau. 

Exercise  51.  ^ufgabe  51. 

1.  Have  you  ever  lived  in  the  city  of  Bremen?  2.  Why  have 
you  not  studied  your  lesson  to-day  ?  3.1  have  studied  it  but  have 
not  yet  learned  it,  for  it  is  a  very  diflEicult  one.  4.  Our  cousins 
have  engaged  a  horse  and  a  wagon  and  will  come  to  us  to-morrow. 
5.  How  many  quires  of  paper,  and  how  many  dozen  pens  shall 
you  buy  ?  6.  I  shall  buy  no  paper  and  no  pens,  but  I  shall  buy  a 
pair  of  shoes,  two  pairs  of  gloves  and  ten  pounds  of  coffee.  7.  Your 
brother  has  probably  heard  this  news.  8.  Our  parents  took  a  long 
walk  this  morning  and  we  shall  take  one  this  evening.  9.  When 
shall  you  go  to  Paris,  and  when  will  you  come  to  my  cousins  ? 

10.  Is  the   city  of  Bremen  larger  than  the    city   of   Hanover? 

11.  Did  not  your  friends  formerly  live  in  Vienna?  12.  Shall  you 
be  at  home  to-morrow  evening  ?  13.  The  shoemaker  has  made 
me  two  pairs  of  shoes,  and  is  making  my  brother  a  pair  of  boots. 
14.  We  have  bought  a  horse  and  sold  our  oxen. 


LESSON  XXVIII.  ^cciUn  XXVIII. 

1.  The  pronoun  irelc^er,  is  used  as  a  relative  and  answers 
to  who,  which,  that. 

DECLENSION  OF  THE  RELATIVE    tt)  C  I  Cf}  C  t. 

Singular.  Plural. 

MASC.     FEM.     NEUT.   ALL  GENDERS. 

N.    \Dcld)er,  mcldic,  ivcld)eg,  ireld)e,  who,  which,  that ; 

p  v  \veld)eS,  iveld)er,  U>eld)e(J,  iveld)er,  >   whose,  of  whom,  of 

'  }  beffen,  beren,  befTen,  bercn       ^       which,  &c. ; 

Z>.    tueidjem,  we(d)er,  lueldiem,  treldicn,  to,  for  whom,  which,  &c.. 

A.     tDeld)en,  n)cld)e,  iucld)cg,  tvcld)e,  whom,  wliich,  that. 

2.  The  forms  beffen,  bercn,  of  the  genitive,  are  generally 
used,  except  when  the  pronoun  is  followed  by  the  noun  to 
which  it  belongs  ;  as, 


RELATIVE  PRONOUN.  71 

IDer  SJlanu,  bejTen  (notiDeld}e<3)33ud)  The  man  whose  book  I  have  is 

id)  IjaU,  ifi  fvauf.  sick. 

(Ekexo,     ireldiesJ     gropeii    0iebnevi?  Cicero,    which   great     orator's 

@d)riftcn  id)  f euue.  writings  I  am  acquainted  with. 

2)te  ^euU,  bercn  (not  it)eld)er)  ®elb  The  people  whose  money  you 

@ie  fiaben,  ftiib  reid).  have  are  rich. 

3.  In  relative  sentences  the  verb  is  placed  last ;  as, 

^er  Styianii,  lueldion  id)  Icfee,  ift  arm.  The  man  whom  I  praise  is  poor. 

JDer  SKaiin,  lveld)ev  mid)  Icht,   ijl  The  man  who  praises  me  (who 

ffei^ig.  me  praises)  is  industrious. 

3ci)  Icbe  h^n  S)Zann,  iretd)ev  fteipig  I  praise  the   man  who  is    in- 

ift.  dustrious  (who  indusstrious  is). 

4.  In  compound  tenses  the  main  verb  immediately  precedes 
the  auxiliary ;  as, 

2)er  3Jlanii,  i»eld)en  ic^  ge(cbt  f}abe,    The  man  whom  I  have  praised, 
ift  3^r  ^reuub.  is  your  friend. 

Examples. 

Principal  Sentence,  Relative  Sentence. 

JDtefeg  ifi  ha6  53ud),  iDcId)cg  id)  Q^fjobt  l^abe. 

3fl  cf  ber  ^)Jlanu,  iveldiev  fo  reid)  ifl  i 

«§a6cn  (Sie  i^eljovt,  toad  er  gefagt  ^at? 

<§at  er  bcii  2)fiann  geloBt,  iretdieu  id)  gefobt  ^abe? 

9^id)t  aUe  finb  jufrieben,  ii?eld)e  reid)  jtub. 

5.  The  relative  sentence  is  frequently  introduced  between 
lie  parts  of  the  principal  one  ;  (compare  L.  26.  4.)  ;  as, 

Subject  of  the  Relative  Sentence.  Predicate  of  the 

Principal  Sentence.  ^  Principal  Sentence. 

9flid)t  9t((e,  tueldbc  reid)  ftnb,  finb  j^ufrieben. 

25er  alte  3}Zann,  h)eld)eit  <Sie  getobt  l^aBeu,      ^at  @ie  getobt. 

2)er  junge  @otbat,  iT)eld)er  \i)\\  gelobt  fiat,  I)at  aud)  mid)  gelobt. 

Stlleg,  tuajJ  er  gefagt  I;at/  ijl  yexfidnblid). 

6.  Many  other  conjunctive  words  require  the  same  collo- 
cation (L.  39.);  as, 

(Sr  l)^t  mef)v  @elb  geljabt,  (lU  id)  ger)abt  '^oSit. 

@ie  iji  bcfe,  lueil  er  bad  Sud)  ge^abt  t;at. 

Sir  toarteten,  bid  totr  eg  gef)ort  flatten. 

@{e  toerben  fommen,  toenn  fte  nid)t  franf  jinb. 

SKir  fmb  gufrieben,  obgleid)  ii^ir  arm  finb. 

@r  tDoIjnt  nod),  too  er  getoo()nt  f;at. 

7.  The  pronoun  ber,  bte,  baS,  is  often  used  as  a  relative ;  as, 
3d)  lobe  "ntn  2Jlann,  ber  mid)  lobt.  I  praise  the  man  that  praises  me. 
35er  2Jlann;  b  e  n  id)  lobe,  lobt  mic^.  The  man  thatl  praise,  praises  me 


DECLENSION  OF 

ber,  bi 

Singular. 

MASC.             FEM. 

NEUT. 

N.  ber,        bie, 

ba§, 

G.  beffen,    beren, 

beffen, 

D.  bem,       ber, 

bem, 

A.  ben,        bie, 

bas, 

72  RELATIVE  PRONOUNS. 

In  this  signification,  its  form  is  the  same  as  that  of  the  ar- 
ticle, except  in  the  genitive  singular,  and  in  the  genitive  and 
dative  plural. 

b  i  e,  b  a  3,  as  relative  pronoun. 
Plural. 
all  genders. 

ble,      who,  that,  which  ; 
bcren,  whose ; 

benen,  to,  for  whcm,  that,  which; 
bie,      whom,  that,  which. 

8.  The  indeclinable  fo^  is  sometimes  used  as  a  relative  ;  as, 
"Die  ^eitigen,  fo  auf  (Srben  |inb.  The  saints  that  are  on  earth. 

9.  9Ber  may  be  used  with  the  force  of  an  antecedent  and 
relative ;  or  may  be  followed  by  the  pronoun  ber  in  a  sub- 
sequent clause ;  as, 

SBpc  meinen    S3eutel  ftief)It  fiiel)tt    Who   steals     my    purse    steals 

ilanb.  trash. 

SGBen  ber  <§err  lieb  l)(xi,  ben  jud}tigct    Whom  the  Lord  loveth  (him  or 

cv.  that  one),  he  chasteneth. 

10.  2Ba0  is  used  with  the  force  of  antecedent  and  relative  : 
it  also  stands  as  a  simple  relative  after  an  antecedent  that  does 
not  refer  definitely  to  a  previously  expressed  noun  ;  as, 

3d)  fage  3t;uen,  ira^  Idi  Xj'ixk  ;  or      I  tell  you  what  I  heard. 

3*  fage  3f)ncu  batS,  \uad  id)  t}cvte.     I  tell  you  that  which  I  heard. 

93etftei;en  (2te  9IUe^,  iva^  id)  [age  ?    Do  you  understand  all  that  I  say"? 

11.  2Betcf)Cr  is  sometimes  used  in  the  signification  of 
"some"*,  or  "any"*,  as  a  substitute  for  a  previously  ex- 
pressed noun ;  as, 

3d)f;a'&eSrcb,mi  buaud)h)etc^e3?    I  have  some*  bread,  have  you 

some  too  ? 
<2d)icfcii  @ie  mir  ehvaS  SBciit,  ivcim    Send  me  some  wine,  if  you  have 
(gie  tvcUbcii  fjaben.  any  (or  some). 

12.  In  referring  to  animals,  and  things,  an  adverb  (formed 
from  an  adverb  and  a  preposition)  is  ussd  instead  of  a  pro- 
noun and  a  preposition  (L.  38.  G.),  as, 

2)ag  aJleffer,  ivomit  id)  fd)ncibe.  The  ki.ife  with  which  (where- 

with) I  cut. 

©cijjt  2)u,  li;cvoii  cv  fpvid)t  ?  Do  you  know,  wliat  he  is  speak- 

ing of? 
Literally  ;  do  you  know  whereof  he  speaks  ? 

*)  '"Sums'\  or  "<my".  before  nouns,  is  traiislateil  into  Ut;rni:ui,  only  when   it  hignifies 
a  liitle  or  a  few,  in  wJiich  use  it  i*i  ro.nilerea  l>y  CiJUa;?,   or  ciuii^cf.     S.'e  L..'>2.  G.  7. 


EXERCISES  ON  THE  RELATIVE  PRONOUN.        73 

13.  In  relative  sentences  the  copula  is  not  unfre-queutly 
omitted ;  as, 

IDer  Wlann,  ben  id)  gefel^en,  tfi  fe^^r  The  man  v^hom  I  have  seen  is 

arm.  very  poor. 

(Seine  SD'ladbt  tvar  grower,  aU  fie  er?  His  power  was  greater  than  they 

iijattct,  gvof  er,  aU  fie  geiviinfd)t  had    expected,    greater   than 

flatten.  they  had  wished. 

14.  When  the  relative  pronoun  refers  to  the  first  or  second 
person,  the  personal  pronoun  is  repeated  after  the  relative  ;  as, 
Sd),  ber  id)  5)id^  fo  geliebt  l;abe.         I  who  have  so  loved  thee. 

3Str,  bte  tutr  fo  arm  finb.  We  who  are  so  poor. 

2)u,  hex  2)u  fo  gliKflid)  biji.  Thou  who  art  so  fortunate. 

15.  The  relative  is  sometimes  placed  before  the  word  to 
which  it  refers  ;  and  is  sometimes  entirely  omitted  ;  as, 

S)te  fcinen  '^ui)xtx  IjatUn,  benen  toax  Who  had  no  guide,  to  them  she 
fie  %vLi)x<iX,  instead  of,  was  (a)  guide. 

@ie  toav  benen  %u^xzx,  tk  feinen  She  was  (a)  guide  to  those  who 
Sittirer  l^atten.  had  no  guide. 

2)ic  fo  benfen,  fennen  i^n  nidjt  (Those)  that  think  thus  do  not 

know  him. 

Exercise  52.  ^ttf^dbt  52. 

1.  9?e^men  @te  ^eitte  bie  fd)onen  ^ferbc,  h)etd)e  ic^  gefiern  gcl;aBt  I)aBe? 
2.  9tein,  id)  f)abe  hen  SGBagen  gefauft,  hzn  <Bk  ijorgeftern  l^atten.  3.  3fi 
ber  9Jiann,  lt)«ldier  Sr^ren  SSagen  fiat,  3^r  iSruber  ?  4.  S^iein,  er  ij^  ber 
93ruber  beg  SJ'lanne^,  in  beffen  -Oaufe  fie  too^nen.  5.  2)ie  ^naben,  beren 
©dUc  ©te  ^aben,  finb  bie  ^inber  ber  ^»^au,  beren  ®elb  toir  ^aben.  6.  3!)er 
abater  liebt  ben  ^naben,  hm  bie  SRntter  lobt  7.  ^as  Jgaue,  bag  id)  ge? 
fanft  \ahe>  i\t  fc()r  fd)on.  8.  5)er  greunb,  mit  toeld)em  id}  in  bte  vKtrd)e 
ge^c,  ift  ein  Stugtdnber.  9.  2Ber  @elb  l^at,  ^at  getoo^nlid^  au6)  ^reunbc, 
aber  loer  feins  tjat,  t^at  oft  feine.  10.  2)er  fleine  SSogel,  ben  jte  bort  auf 
fcem  ^ai)^  U^m,  ift  ein  ©^jerOng.  11.  2)er  ^nabe,  toetd)et  nid)t  ftei^ig 
i\t,  ift  tdn  guter  (Bd)uUx.  12.  2)er  «§nnb,  hen  id)  jc^t  l^abe,  ifl  gut,  aber 
ber  anbere,  ben  id)  l^atte,  ifi  nid)t  gut.  13.  93erj!e^en  Sl^re  @d) liter  SlUeg, 
toas  @ie  Ifinen  fagcn?  14.  @ie  »erfte^en,  irag  id)  fpred)e,  abernid)t,  n)a5  ic^ 
(efe.  15.  ©ie  @d)u^e,  bie  mir  ber  (Sd)ur)mad)er  gemac^t  l^at,  finb  ju  eng. 
16.  ©er  @evber,  beffen  Seber  ber  ©attter  ijat  ijl  ein  reid)er  2Rann.  17. 2)er 
Unjufricben«  bei  ben  @aben  ©otteg  iji  loie  (L.  67.  5.)  ein  SWenfd),  ber  bei 
einem  ®aftmat)t  f)ungert.  18.  (Binee  5(nberu  ©e^en  ifi  bem  D^eibifd^en 
ein  T^tgen,  ber  if}n  tsenounbet;  eine^  9lnbern  <Biija^  ifi  bem  9leibifd)en  eine 
Ma^\  fc  if)n  fra|et ;  eiue^  9Inbern  ^unfi  iji  bem  ^etbifd)en  ein  2)un|i,  fo 
iijm  (L.  50.  7.)  bie  5(ugen  ^einiget. 

Exercise   53.  ^ttfgaOe  53. 

1.  The  dog  that  I  bought  yesterday  is  very  large.     2.  The  men 
whose  books  I  have  are  your  friends.     3.  The  man  of  whom  you 
are  speaking  is  a  brother-  -^f  the  shoemaker  who  made  your  shoes 
4 


74  DETERMINATIVE  PRONOUNS. 

i.  The  stove  that  you  have  in  your  room  belongs  to  my  frienil 
5.  My  friend  whose  stove  you  have  in  your  room  is  a  very  rich 
man.  6.  Does  he  understand  all  that  you  say  to  him  ?  7.  He 
understands  all  that  I  say  but  not  what  you  say.  8.  The  books 
that  you  see  on  that  table,  belong  to  the  boy  who  has  your  pen. 
9.  The  men  whom  you  see  in  the  garden  are  my  neighbors.  10.  The 
man  in  whose  house  we  live  is  a  tanner.  1 1 .  This  child  is  the  son 
of  an  old  lady  who  is  in  that  church.  12.  The  woman  whose  son 
made  our  table  is  in  the  house.  13.  The  mother  praises  the  child 
that  loves  the  father.  14.  The  foreigner  with  whom  I  am  going 
into  the  garden  is  a  Frenchman.  15.  The  books  that  your  sister 
has  bought  are  not  new.  16.  A  boy  who  is  industrious  is  a  good 
scholar.  17.  A  man  who  is  lazy  is  generally  poor.  18.  You  who 
are  so  industrious  will  learn  much.  19.  I  do  not  understand  what 
you  say. 


LESSON  XXIX.  |:ectton  XXIX. 

DETERMINATIVE     PRONOUNS. 

1.  2)er,  bic,  bagjcnige;  bcr,  W,  baSfelbe  (declined  like  ber 
t)ie,  ba0  meinige,  &c.,  L.  25.),  and  folc^er,  refer  to  something 
specified  in  a  succeeding  clause  ;  as, 

3)erjcnige,  tivldicrnaditdplg  ill,kvut  He  (the  one)  who  is  negligent 
mi)t  fd)neU.  does  not  learn  rapidly. 

SBir  loben  biejcnigen,  tie  ivir  tieben.  We  praise  those  whom  we  love. 

@r  lieft  bacsfelbe  Sud),  baei  id)  tefe.  He  reads  the  same  book  that  ] 

read. 

2)u  f)aft  ()eute  benfelben  93teij^tft,  ben  You  have  the  same  pencil  to-day 
id)  i^eftern  I^atte.  that  I  had  yesterday. 

ffiir  lefeii  inir  fcld)e  93iid>er,  tT>eId)e  We  read  only  such  books  as 
lef;rreid)  fiiib.  (which)  are  instructive. 

2.  For  bcrjcttigc,  bcr  may  be  substitued,  in  which  use  its 
genitive  plural  is  borer  instead  of  bcrcu ;    as, 

^art  ifl  ba^  ©diiriffat  berer  (bciie;  Hard  is  the  fate  of  those  who 

iiigen),  bi?  fidi  iiidU  eriu"i()veji  Uiu  cannot    support    themselves  : 

neii;  fie  fallen  geivo()iilid)  bcneii  they  generally  fall  (become) 

jur  Sajl,  bie  man  9ieidie  iieuut.  a   burden    to  those  who  are 

called  the  rich. 

iDer,  ben  bu  meinj^,  ijat  ten  ^xdS  The  one  that  you  mean,  has  not 

nid)t  getvcnneii.  won  the  prize. 

3d)  bin  nid)t  oon  benen,  bie  mit  QBors  I  am  not  of  those  who  are  valiant 

ten  tavfer  fmb.  with  words. 

3.  In  referring  to  animals,  or  things,  or  when  the  genitive 
is  used  partitively ;  as  also  to  avoid  repetition  or  ambiguity ; 
berfelbe  is  often  substituted  for  a  personal  pronoun  ;  as, 


EXERCISES  ON  DETERMINATIVE  PRONOUNS.  75 

®r  I;at  metn  SJZeffer  unb  fd)neibct  He  has  my  knife  and  is  cutting 

feinen  Slpfel  mtt    bemfelben  (or  his    apple  with   it  (with  the 

bamit  L.  24.  14.)  same) 

@r  fdbncibet  feinen  Sl^fel,  unb  gibt  He  cuts  his  apple  and  gives  me 

niir  eincn  Xljeii  beffelOen.  a  part  of  it  (of  the  same). 

(Sx  Icbt  ben  jtnaben,  tt?ei{  berfetbe  He  praises  the  boy  because  he 

fetne  SWuttev  efivt.  (the  same)  honors  his  mother. 

(Sx  lieot  feinen  ©ruber,  aber  nidit  He  loves  his  brother  but  not  his 

hk  ^inber  beffel&en.  (brother's)  children. 

4.  (Solc^er  is  sometimes  used  instead  of  a  demonstrative  or 
personal  pronoun ;  as, 

^iU  ev  foldbeg  fiorte  it.  f.  it).  As  he  heard  this  (such),  &c. 

35ie  @d)ne(tigfeit  mit  bev  cr  fotd^c^    The  rapidity  with  which  he  exe- 
m6fui)tk,  u.  f.  ft>.  cuted  it  (such),  &c. 

5.  The  adverb  ebcn  is  often  used  (intensively)  before  t>ers 
fel6c  and  ber ;  as, 

(Bx  ift  eben  berfelbe.  He  is  the  very  same. 

6.  The  indeclinable  fclfcjl  (or  fcIBer)  is  often  used  after  a 
noun  or  pronoun,  and  answers  to  self  or  selves  ;  as, 

5)er  SD'lann  felbjl;  fagte  e^.  The  man  said  it  himself. 

3d)  felbjl  fa^  ben  Tlann.  I  saw  the  man  myself. 

Sd)  faf)  ben  Tlann  felbft.  I  saw  the  man  himself. 

9Bir  felbft  f;aben  e^.  We  have  it  ourselves. 

25le  @d)iiler  loben  fid)  felbfi.  The  scholars  praise  themselves. 

7.  (Self) ft  is  also  often  an  adverb  equivalent  to  "euen";  as, 
(Selbjl  bet  .^nabe  I^atte  e6  getf;an.        Even  the  boy  had  done  it. 

Exercise  54,  Jluffldtlf  54» 

1.  9Btr  loben  biejenigen,  bie  toir  Iteben,  unb  ]§aJTen  jutoeiten  btejenigen, 
bie  wix  nod)  nic^t  (L.  66.  b.)  fenuen.  2.  3d)  f)abe  p>d  fe^r  fd)one  ^fevbe 
gefauft  l^aben  ®ie  btefelben  gefe^en?  (i)a^  bu  fte  gefe()en?)  3.  „!Du 
felbft  bift  bein  ^eufet  ober  @ngel''.  4.  (Sr  ijat  bie  Se()ter  eine^  gvopcn  dJlam 
ne^,  Dt)ne  ik  33erbienj!e  beffelben.  5.  2)er  dtnljm  beffen,  ber  tiigt,  bauert 
niAt  huge.  6.  3d)  fcf)e  bag  Wenfter  beg  >§aufeg,  aber  nid)t  bie  j:^iire  beg-- 
felben.  7.  Sobeu  ©le  bie  ©d)iiler,  ti^eil  biefelben  ffei^ig  finb  ?  8.  3d) 
fiabe  bie  'gebern  3()ter  ^^reunbe,  aber  nid)t  bie  iUJeffer  berfetben.  9.  3)er 
£)()elm  Ilebt  feinen  S^Zeffen,  aber  berfetbe  ift  unbanfbar.  10.  3d)  fd)tcfe  bie^ 
fen  Oiing  bemfelbeu  3)lanne,  ber  i^u  miv  gefd)i(ft  I)at.  11.  ©ie  ^aben 
93iid)ev  gcnug,  iuarum  lefen  fie  biefelben  nidit  ?  12.  •^oahen  ©ie  Ijeute  ben; 
felben  SBagtn,  ben  ©ie  geflern  geliabt  l)aben  ?  13.  ^lein,  id)  liabe  ben* 
jenlgen,  ben  @ie  »orge|lern  ge^abt  Ijaben.  14.  !Der  hxa'Oi  Tlann  benft  an 
fid)  felbfl  jule^t.  15.  ffiir  lieben  nid)t  SUle,  bie  voix  loben.  16.  2Blr  fen* 
ncn  jie,  aber  wix  iciffen  nid)t,  it)o  fie  icoljuen.  17.  3d)  lefe  nur  fold)c 
®iid)er,  bie  nu^lid)  ftnb,  18.  ^nx  biejenigen,  iretdie  flelf  Ig  ftnb,  ftnb  ju-: 
friebcn.  19.  2)ayientge  ijl  gut,  toa6  nii^lid)  Ijt.  20.  2)er  2)lann,  bet  3§-' 
ten  ^ifd)  mac^t,  i|l  berfelbe,  bet  ^en  melnigen  gemad^t  l^at. 


76  DEMONSTRATIVE  PRONOUN   1)  C  t,    \i  l  t,   t  tt  0, 

Exercise  55>  JVufgabf  55. 

1.  Shall  you  buy  those  horses  that  I  had  yesterday  if  they  are 
good  1  2.  No,  I  shall  buy  those  that  I  had  the  day  before  yester- 
day. 3.  The  boots  that  the  man  made  are  too  small  and  those  that 
the  boy  made  are  too  large  ?  4.  It  is  not  always  those  who  have 
much  money  that  are  happy.  5.  Not  all  those  who  are  poor  are 
discontented.  6.  The  hat  that  I  now  have  is  good,  the  one  that  1 
had  yesterday  is  bad.  7.  He  who  is  proud  is  foolish.  8.  Do  you 
live  in  the  same  house  in  which  I  lived  1  9.  No,  I  live  in  the  one 
in  which  your  friend  lived.  10,  Even  those  who  hated  him  praised 
him.  11.  The  king  himself  praised  the  gallant  soldier.  12.  This 
is  the  very  same  man  to  whom  I  sent  the  ring.  13.  I  who  speak 
and  you  who  hear  will  soon  be  with  him  for  whom  we  weep. 
14.  These  books  are  not  the  ones  that  I  have  bought.  15.  Do  you 
understand  all  that  you  read  in  this  book  1  16.  We  buy  only  such 
hats  as  are  good.  17.  Those  who  do  not  make  themselves  useful 
are  discontented,  and  those  who  are  discontented  are  not  happy. 
18.  All  those  who  are  oppressed  hate  their  oppressors.  19.  This 
book  is  the  very  same  one  that  I  had  day  before  yesterday.  20.  Thai 
which  is  neither  useful  nor  agreeable  is  not  good. 

LESSON  XXX.  gtaion  XXX. 

DEMONSTRATIVE  PRONOUN    feet,    t>iC,    t)aS. 

1.     Besides    the  various  uses    of   bcr,  Vu,  ba0    already 
noted  (L.  4.  28.  &  29.),  it  is  used  as  a  demonstrative,  answer- 
ing to  that,   and  is  frequently  best  rendered  by  a  personal 
pronoun ;  as, 
iDer  ba  unb  id),  to'xx  jinb  au^  ©ger.    That  (man)  yonder  and  I  (we) 

are  from  Eger. 
JDer  fd)abct  nid)t  me^r,  id)  ^aBe  \\)\\    He  (that  one)  will  do  no  more 

erfdilagcn.  harm,  I  have  slain  him. 

dx  liebt  feineii  53ruber,  aber  ntdit    He  loves  his   brother,  but  not 

'iii'^tw  ^inber.  his  (that's)  children. 

3)u  I)aft  melnen  93aU  unb  ben  be3  You  have  my  ball  and  the  boy's 
^uaben,  melnc  §eber  unb  bie  bc3  (that  of  the  boy),  my  pen  and 
:?el)rer5,  nicin  53udi  unb  ba3  bc^  the  teacher's  (that,  &c.),  my 
©diiitcvg,  mcine  lllfdic  unb  bic  book  and  the  schokr's  (that, 
ber  jlinber.  &c.),  my  tables  and  the  chil- 

dren's (those,  &c.) 

DECLENSION  OF  THE  DEMONST.   PRONOUN    bCt,    t)  l  C  ,    t)  a  ^. 

Plural. 

A.LL    GENDERS. 

"Die,  those ; 
boven,  of  those ; 
bcncn,  to,  for  those; 
i)it\  those. 


Singular. 

I,£ASC. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

N. 

bor, 

bie. 

ba§,  that ; 

G. 

b  off  en . 

beren. 

beffen,  of  that ; 

D. 

bom, 

ber, 

bcm,  to,  for  that ; 

A. 

ben, 

bic, 

bag,  that ; 

DEM.  PRONOUN   fect,    t)ic,ba0.     iNDEF.  PRON.  m a u,     77 

2.  5)a«,  andbicfeS  CDiefeS  being  often  contracted  to  bteg)  as 
also  an'Iif)e^  in  connection  with  the  verb  fcin,  like  e0  (L.  24.) 
may  refer  to  nouns  of  all  genders  and  in  hoih.  numbers  ;  as, 
2Bertftbag?  Who  is  that? 

S)tc^  fiitb  Svanjofen  unb  ha^  finb  These  are  Frenchmen  and  thos^i 

^talicuev.  are  Italians. 

©tub  ha^S  3f;ve  ^^veuiibe  ?  Are  those  your  friends  ? 

aBelct)f  g  jinb  bie  idngjlcn  ^ad)k  ?  Which  are  the  longest  nights  ? 

3.  The  indeclinable  pronoun  man  (like  the  French  on) 
indicates  persons  in  a  general  and  indefinite  manner  and  is 
variously  rendered  "one",  "they"  &c. :  or,  the  act:"e  form 
of  its  verb  is  translated  by  our  passive  ;  as, 

SPflan  fagt,   biefe  Seute  IjaUn   ytel    They  say  (or  it  is  said)    these 

@etb.  people  have  much  money. 

SRan  wcip  tt)o  er  ij^.  It  is  known  where  he  is. 

a.  2)^an  is  used  in  the  nominative  only  ;  when,  therefore, 
an  oblique  case  is  required  some  other  word  must  be 
employed;  as, 

@r  Witl  eincu  (not  man)  nie  f}6ren.  He  will  never  listen  to  one. 

90'lan  foUte  aUe,  fogav  feiue  Seinbe,  One  should  love  all,  even  one's 

Itebeu.  enemies. 

3Jlan  foUte  |td)  oft  Baben.  One  shouldbathe  one's  self  often. 

b.  A  personal  pronoun  is  never  used  as  a  substitute  for 
,,man" ;  as, 

2BaS  man  ^eute  t^un  fann,  folUe  WTiat  one  can  do  to-day,  he  (or 

man  (not  er)  nid)t  auf  morgen  one)  should  not  postpone  till 

t)erfd)teben.  to-morrow. 

SJlan  iuelp  ntd)t,  toaS  man  (not  er)  One  does  not   know  what  one 

gu  tl)un  tjat  (or  he)  has  to  do. 

Exercise  56.  ^ttfgabe  56» 

1.  Sct&en  SIfd)  Xjahm  @ie,  hm  beg  Stmmermann^  ober  l^m  feineg 
Q3ruberg?  2.  3cti  ftabe  ben  be^  Bimmevmanng,  ber  feines?  53rnberg  t|^ 
and)  in  meinem  Simmer.  3.  ^abm  (Sie  bie  W^ber  3()reg  ^rennbeg  ober 
bie  3f|rer  ^reunbin  ?  4.  3*  f)abe  webcr  bie  meinem  ^^reunbe^  nodb  bie 
meiner  i^^eunbin.  5.  <§aben  biefe  (Sdjiitev  bie  Sudier  beg  ^iiabeu  obev 
Die  beg  aJlanncg  ?  6.  S^evben  @ie  in  ben  -§dufevn  bet  Q3ancrn  ober  in 
benen  ber  ^auflcnte  Woljncn?  7.  ^an  finbet  meftv  Unfraut  auf  ben 
^elbcrn  unb  9Biefen  ber  5lmeri!aner  alg  auf  benen  ber  3)eutfdien.  8.  Tlan 
gtaubt,  fie  ttjerben  morgen  fommen.  9.  Ttan  fagt,  ba§  biefe  Seute  i^ve 
^duf-ir  ycvfauft  fjaben.  10.  ®ag,  UMg  man  uug  geftcrn  ):'cn  bem  ,^viegc 
fagte,  ift  nidit  n^al^r.  11.  2Sag  fur  iBitcber  finb  bag  auf  il)rem  Xifd)e? 
12.  !l)ag  ftub  frvin^ofifdie  unb  bieg  ftnb  ungarifdie.  13.  3ft  eg  bcnn 
loirfUd)  watjr,  ba^  bie  ^d)iffe  ber  Stmerifaner  fdMieller  fegetn  alg  bie  ber 
duro^dir  ?  14.  3)ie  §dufer  unfercr  greunbe  finb  grofer  alg  bie  ber  3f;rigen 


78  AUXILIARIES  OF  MODE. 

ExDRcisE  57.  ^nf^aht  67. 

1.  You  have  the  books  of  your  friend,  and  I  have  those  of  mine. 
2.  We  have  your  horse  and  your  brother's,  t)ur  wagon  and  ou? 
father's,  your  apples  and  those  of  your  friends,  3.  Do  you  write 
with  our  pens  or  with  those  of  the  children?  4.  Are  your  gloves 
larger  than  your  cousin's  ?  5.  I  have  been  told  that  you  have 
bought  a  new  carriage,  is  it  true  ?  6.  I  have  bought  two,  the 
captain's  and  teacher's.  7.  These  are  my  books  and  those  are 
my  brother's.  8.  That  is  what  I  have  been  told,  but  I  do  not 
believe  it.  9.  Are  the  ships  of  the  English  better  than  those  of 
the  Dutch  ?  10.  It  is  said  that  the  Americans  have  better  ships 
than  the  English,  do  you  believe  that  it  is  true?  IT  Is  .%t  be- 
lieved that  these  people  will  sell  their  house  ?  12.  Have  you  the 
books  of  our  friends  or  those  of  yours?  13.  We  have  those  of 
ours.     14.  What  is  said  of  these  Hungarian  books? 

LESSON  XXXI.  §tct\on  XXXI. 

AUXILIARIES  OF  MODE. 

1.  ,^onnen  indicates : 

a.  A  possibility  dependent  on  the  capabilities  of  the  sub- 
ject ;  as, 

JDer  SSoget  fann  fiiegen.  The  bird  can  fly. 

<Bk  !6nnen  e^  leid}t  tt)un.  You  can  easily  do  it. 

b.  A  logical  possibility ;  as, 

Tlan  !ann  eg  fdiou  getf)an  l[)aBen.       It  may  have  been  done  already. 
3d)  gef)e  itid)t,  c^  fijnnte  regnen.         I  am  not  going,  it  might  rain. 
@r  fann  Unred)t  Ijahm.  He  may  be  wrong. 

Obs.  JlSnnen  is  often  used  transitively  in  the  sense  of  "  to 
understand,  to  know  by  heart"  ;  as, 

(§x  fann  »icle  lf)fi6fd)e  l?ieber.  He  knows  many  pretty  songs. 

@tc  fann  englifd)  nnb  franjoftfd).        She  understands   English   a\id 

French. 

Idioms  WITH  fSnnen. 
3d)  fann  ntd)t  nmljin  jn  Iad)en.  I  can  not  help  laughing. 

3d)  fann  nid)tjJ  bafur,  baf  id)  arm  bin.    I  can  not  help  being  poor. 
aCa^  fannft  bu  benn  bafur?  How  can  you  help  its 

2.  2)urfen  indicates  : 

a.  A  possibility  dependent  on  the  will  of  another  ;  as, 
ij^er  aSaner  barf  nid)t  jtfAen.  The  peasant  is  not  allowed  (by- 

law) to  fish. 
5Der  bct^  <i^evrn  3od)   nld)t    frdgt,    He  who  wears  not  the  Lord's 
bavf  ficl)  mit  feluem  JCrcuj  nid)t       yoke  must  not  adorn  himself 
fd)mucfen.  with  his  cross. 


AUXILIARIES  OF  MODE.  79 

b.  In  the  conditional  mode,  biirfett  often  indi(;ates  a  lo- 
gical possibility  ;  as, 

d^  biirfte  je^t  ju  f^dt  fein.  It  might  (may)  now  be  too  late. 

S)ie  9lad)tt?elt  burfte  ^ebenfen  txa-    Posterity  might  hesitate  to  sub- 
gen  biefeg  Urtf)eti  ju  unterfdireiben,        scribe  to  (approve)  this  verdict. 

c.  The  infinitive  of  biitf  en,  preceded  by  ju,  is  often  omitted 
in  translating ;  as, 

(ic  Bat  urn  (Svlaubnif,  fte  befudjen    He  asked  (for)  permission  to  (be 
ju  buvfeu.  at  liberty  to)  visit  them. 

3.  SKogen  indicates : 

a.  A  possibility  dependent  on  the  will  of  the  speaker  or 
the  subject,  and  is  frequently  used  transitively ;  as, 

S)u  magjl;  ben  93rtef  tefen.  You  may  read  the  letter. 

3c^  mag  nidit  f)ter  bleiben.  I  do  not  wish  to  remain  here. 

Sd)  mag  htn  SBeln  nid)t.  I  do  not  like  (wish  for)  the  wine. 

@te  mogen  un^  nid)t  fef)cn.  They  do  not  wish  to  see  us. 

b.  A  logical  possibility  as  a  concession  on  the  part  of 
the  speaker;  as, 

(§x  mag  ein  treuet  <^reunb  fein.  He  may  be  a  true  friend, 

©te  mogen  eS  getfjan  ijciben.  They  may  have  done  it 

Obs.  SlJogen  had  formerly,  and  in  some  parts  of  Germany 
still  has,  the  same  signification  as   fonncn  j   as, 
©raben  mag  id)  nid)t.    2nca^  (Luke)  16.  3. 

4»  (Rotten  indicates : 

a.  A  necessity  dependent  on  the  will  of  another,  or  on 
moral  obligation ;  as, 

iDiefe?^urc^t  foltenbigen;  ii}X^au)f>t  Tliis  fear  shall  end;   her  head 

foE  fallen ;  id)  Wiii  §riebe  tjaben.  shall  fall ;  I  will  have  peace. 

3d)  foU  in  bie  @tabt  ge^en.  I  am  to  go  to  the  city, 

jttnbev  foUen  Icrnen.  Children  should  (shall)  learn. 

b.  A  logical  necessity  founded  on  the  assertion  of  others, 
in  which  use  fotlen  is  usually  rendered  by  "  it  is  said", 
"is  or  are  said  to",  "it  is  reported",  or  by  phrases  of 
similar  import ;  as, 

@te  foUen  fet^r  reid)  fein.  They  are  said  to  be  (or,  it  is  said 

they  are)  very  rich, 
^erjog  3o:^ann  foU  irven  im  ®e?    Duke  John  is  reported   to  ^  be 
birge.  wandering  in  the  mountains. 

c.  (soUen,  with  the  verb  to  which  it  belongs,  often  answers 
in  relative  sentences,  to  an  infinitive  preceded  by  "  to";  as, 
@r  teei^  nid)t  tua^  er  tijmi  fell.  He  does  not  know  what  to  do. 

3eige  mir  tcie  id)  e^  mad)en  foK.         Show  mo  how  to  do  it. 


80  AUXILIARIES  OF  MODE. 

6«  SCBotlen  indicates : 

a.  A  necessity  dependent  on  the  will  of  the  subject ;  as 

Gg  foH  fo  fein,  idi  \o\{\.  e^  fo  I>aben.    It  shall  be  so,  I  will  have  it  so. 

(Sie  tooUeu  nid)t  gef>en.  They  will  not  (do  not  wish  to)  go. 

3d)  ttJoKte  ei3  if)m  crftdren,  after  er    I  was  going  to  explain  it  to  hini, 

iucUte  mic^  nid)t  (;cren.  but  he  would  not  hear  me. 

h,  A  logical  necessity  dependent  on  the  assertion  of  the 
subject ;  as, 
@r  h)tU  bid)  gefeljen  l^aften.  He  insists  (will  have  it)  that  he 

has  seen  you. 
@r  tt)i(I,  @te  ^aBen  Unred)t.  He  insists  that  you  are  wrong. 

(Sie  fotlen  in  ber  @tabt  feIn,  V\z    They  are  said  to  be  in  the  city  ; 
Seute  hJoUen  fie  gefe^en  l^aben.  the  people  will   have  it  that 

they  have  seen  them. 

6.  SJiujfett  is  the  equivalent  of  "must";  as, 
SBir  tnuffcn  5We  fierfeen.  We  must  all  die. 

S)er  (Sennc  mu^  fd)etben,  ber  <Som?    The  shepherd  must  depart,  the 
titer  ijl  ()itt.  summer  is  past. 

7.  )&affett  signifies  "to  let",  "to  permit",  "to  command" 
as  also  "  to  get  or  have"  (in  such  phrases  as  to  get  or  have  a 
thing  made  or  done,  in  which  use  it  is  construed  with  the 
infinitive  active,  with  passive  signification.  L.  35.  6.);  as, 
3d)  lafTe  if)u  !ommen.  I  let  him  (or  cause  him  to)  come. 
(5v  tt)ill  fxe  ntd)t  getjen  taffen.  He  will  not  let  them  go. 

8.  These  verbs  all  have  a  complete  conjugation.  In  their 
translation,  therefore,  wherever  the  corresponding  English 
verb  is  defective,  the  deficiency  must  he  supplied  by  using 
some  equivalent  word  or  phrase  ;  as, 

3d)  mu^te  gejlern  ge^en.  I  was  obliged  to  go  yesterday. 
3ci^  '^<x\iz  nid)t  gettJoUt,  after  id)  {;a6e    I  have  not  wished  to,  but  I  have 

gcntu^t.  been  obliged  to. 

©r  toirb  gel^en  fonnen.  He  will  be  able  to  go. 

(Sie  hjerben  fpielcti  tuotleit.  They  will  wish  to  play. 

6^  ift  fteffer  arfteiten  ju  twoUen,  ali5    It  is  better  to  be  willing  to  work, 

atfteiten  ju  mujfcn.  than  to  be  obliged  to  work. 

9.  The  perfect  and  pluperfect  of  these  auxiliaries,  as  also 
^Srcn,  fcl^en  and  fii^len  when  used  with  other  verbs,  are  formed, 
not  with  the  past  participle,  bt:  with  the  infinitive ;  as, 

3d)  ^afte  nid)t  geljcn  !6nnen.  I  have  not  been  able  to  go. 

<Sie  ^at  e5  nid)t  t()un  tnogeu.  She  has  not  wished  t-o  do  it. 

®r  '\)\xi  lefen  titujfen.  He  has  been  obhged  to  read. 

SBir  ^aften  gel;en  biirfen,  (ib^x  nid)t   We  have  been  at  hberty  to  go, 

gcl^en  njoUen.  but  have  not  wished  to  go. 

3^  !^afte  if;n  fingen  ^orctu  I  have  heard  him  sing. 


AUXILIARIES  OF  MODE.  81 

10.  When  two  infinitives  are  thus  employed,  the  inversion 
usual  in  relative  sentences,  does  not  take  place ;  as, 

IDer  9)lanu,  \i3c(d)ev  l}at  geku  miif;  The  man  who  has  been  obliged 

fen  (not  gcljen  miiffen  ijat).  to  go. 

3rf)  tt)ei§  eg,  bap  er  voixb  fommeii  I  know  that  he  will  be  able  to 

foiineu.  come. 

11.  The  main  verb  is   often  omitted  after  these   auxili- 
aries; as, 

3di  fann  iud}t  mel)r.  I  can  (do)  no  more. 

3Bag  luclleu  btefe  8eute  ?  What  v>rill  these  people  (do)  ? 

@ic  ntuffcti  gletd)  fort.  Youmust  go  away  immediately. 

^ae  fell  ber  ^ut  ?  What  shall  the  hat  (indicate)  V 

„,3l)r  trdumt !  \va6  felt  id)  bort?"  Ye  dream!  what  should  I  (do) 

there  'i 

(Sin  Sungltng  tooUte  jur  @tabt  ijhu  A  yourg  man  wished  to  go   (o; 
auf.  get)  up  to  the  city. 

12.  COXJUGATION  OF  THE  MODE  AUXILIARIES 

PRESENT    TENSE. 

id;  fann,        barf,        muf;,        )rill,        mag,        foU, 
bu  !annft,      bavfft,      mu§t,        ti^iUfl,      magft,      foUfi, 
er  faun,         barf,        muf;,        wiii,        mag,        foil. 

IMPERFECT    TENSE. 

i^)  fonntc,      burftc,      mii|?tc,      iDolltc,     mod;tc,    fodtc. 

13.  The  second  and  third  persons  singular,  and  all  per- 
sons of  the  plural,  are  formed  as  in  regular  verbs. 

Exercise  58.  (Slufjjnbe  58. 

1.  SOBev  ^ungritj  ill,  irtll  effen,  unb  \mx  bnrllt'g  ift,  tinll  tvinfen.  2.  ©ie; 
jenigen,  toeldie  nid)tg  luiffen,  fcllen  ehva^  ternen.  3.  SBcr  franf  x]t,  follwci 
nig  effen.  4.  SBer  gefunb  bleiben  trill,  mnp  mdpig  ejfen  nnb  tvinfen.  5. 2Ber 
gut  fdilafen  tt)ill,  nuifi  am  Sage  fleif  ig  arfceiten.  6.  SBer  nidit  fiei^ig  unb 
aufmerffam  fein  tctll,  fann  nidji  fd)nell  lernen.  7.  2Bcv  einen  93vtef  fdireb 
6en  tt)ill,  mu^  ^alpier,  Sinte  unb  ^eber  Ijabcn.  8.  2)ie  i^reuben  ber  (Srbe 
foil  man  n)ie  ®elt>ur5e  genic^cn  unb  nidit  \vk  tdgltd^e  (S'peifen.  9.  Mom 
nen  @te  mir  fagen  )x>o  ber  5lrjt  ir»ol)nt  ?  10.  3di  will  mit  Sljnen  jn  if)m  ge? 
]^en.  11.  SBerben  @te  mcvgen  mit  miv  nad)  bet  @tabt  gel)en  Bnnen? 
12.  3d)  toerbe  get)en  fonnen  a6er  id)  tucrbe  nid)t  geljen  vdoUcu,  benn  id) 
toerbe  ubermorgeu  gel)en  miiffcn.  13.  5)ie  beutfd)c  ©prad)e  foil  fetir 
fd)toiertg  fein,  befil)al6  mup  ber  @d)iiler  bie  Stegeln  unb  bie  93eifpiele  auf- 
mer!fam  lefcn.  14.  2Ber  biefe  @prad)e  lernen  njill,  barf  nid)t  faul  cber 
nac^ldf  ig  fein.  15.  SWein  SSater  l)at  mid)  nie  tanjen  lajfen,  er  l^at  nie 
tanjen  ir>ollen  unb  fetne  jlinber  :^aben  nie  tan;^en  biirfen.  16.  2Bir  tvcrj 
ben  batb  fpred}en  fonnen,  ircnn  wnv  nnr  fleipig  fein  tuollen.  17.  2Bafi 
itJoUtc  ber  ^aufmann  3§nen  tierfaufen  ?  18.  3d)  fonhte  nid)t^  bei  il)m 
Pttben  tt)a3  i^  faufen  toollte.  19.  @in  guter  Sel^rer  mu^  ©ebuib  ^abm. 
4-;j 


82  CONJUGATION  OF    fcilt   AND    it)  C  1 1)  C  tt* 

20.  2)ie  Jlinber  icclten  9(e^fe(  unb  .<lirfd)en,  aber  |te  fontien  feine  faufen, 
beiiu  fie  l^aben  Win  @elb.  21.  ^annft  bu  mix  jcne  grcpe  ^anne  bringen? 
22.  aiSir  fonnen  nidit  umljin  gu  ladicn,  obgletd)  luir  njijTen,  ba^  eg  unrect)t 
ift.  23.  3*  !ann  nict)tg  bafuv,  bap  id)  arm  bin.  24.  ^ann  3fir  <§err 
(L.  68.)  ©ruber  aud)  beutfd)  ? 

Exercise  59.  ^Ilfgabe  59. 

1.  I  wished  to  go  with  my  friend  but  I  could  not  for  I  was  obliged 
to  remain  at  home.  2.  He  who  wishes  to  be  rich  or  learned  must 
be  industrious.  3.  Those  who  will  not  study  cannot  learn.  4.  I 
wished  to  buy  good  horses  but  could  find  none.  5.  When  shall 
you  be  able  to  write  a  letter  to  your  friends  V  6.  I  shall  be  able 
to  write  one  to  day,  but  I  shall  not  wish  to  write  one.  7.  Will 
your  friends  be  obliged  to  stay  in  the  house  this  evening?  8.  They 
will  not  wish  to  go  out  of  the  house.  9.  We  have  been  able  to  go 
but  we  have  not  wished  to  go.  10.  Have  you  been  obliged  to 
remain  here?  11.  We  have  been  at  liberty  to  go  but  we  have 
wished  to  remain.  12.  I  cannot  read  for  I  am  unwell.  13.  You 
must  be  industrious  if  you  wish  to  be  healthy  and  happy.  14.  These 
men  are  said  to  be  very  rich.  15.  What  shall  I  do  with  this  money  ? 
16.  You  may  give  it  to  your  poor  friends.  17.  May  I  read  your 
new  books?  18.  You  may  read  them  if  you  can.  19.  You  may 
go  to  your  friend  if  you  wish.  20.  I  do  not  wish  to  go  to-day  but 
I  shall  wish  to  go  to-morrow.  21.  Those  boys  say  they  can  not 
help  laugliing.  22.  I  shall-  probably  be  in  the  city  to-morrow, 
what  shall  I  buy  for  you  ?  23.  I  can  not  buy  anything,  for  I  have 
no  money,  and  nobody  will  lend  me  any.  24.  It  is  said  these 
children  understand  German,  Italian,  French  and  Dutch. 


LESSON  XXXII.  §ta\on  XXXII. 

CONJUGATION  OF    fCltt    AND    ir  C  t  fe  C  tt»   , 

1.  (Scin,  "to  be"  is  used  as  an  auxiliary  in  forming  the  per- 
fect, pluperfect,  and  second  future  of  many  active  and  neuter 
verbs  ;  and  hence  is  frequently  translated  by  "to  have";  as, 

(§x  ifl  geii?efen.                He  has  been.  (lit.  he  is  been),  (l.  34.1.) 

@r  ifl  gegangciu              He  has  gone.  (  „  he  is  gone). 

@ie  wax  gebltcben.           She  had  remained.  (  „  she  was  remained), 

ffiir  finb  gcwcrbcn.          We  have  become.  (  „  we  are  become). 

(Sie  tr»erben  fd)ongcgaus  They  will  already  („  they  will  already  be 

gen  fetn.    _                      have  gone.  gone.) 

5ft  er  in  ben  '^tup  gefat^  Has  he  fallen  into  (  „  is  he  fallen  into  the 

ten  ?                                the  river  ?  river  ?) 

©inb     unferc   ^rcunbc  Have  our  friends  (  „  are  our  friends  not 

nod)    nid)t  angefi^nt?      not  yet  arrived  ?  yet  arrived  ?) 

men. 


CONJUGATION    OF    fciU, 


g3 


2. 

PrestnU 
fein,  to  be. 

Present, 
feienb,  being 

Singular. 

tcf;  Bin,  I  am ; 
bu  ¥\\t,  thou  art; 
er  ifi,  he  is  ; 


CONJUGATION    OF    fcin* 
INFINITIVE. 

Perfect, 
getoefen  fein,  to  have  been. 

PARTICIPLES. 

Perfect. 
gctijcfen,  been. 

INDICATIVE. 

Plural, 

PRESENT    TENSE. 

tcir  flnb,  we  are; 
i:^r  feib,  you  are ; 
fie  ftnb,  they  are. 

IMPERFECT    TENSE. 


ic^  n?ar,  I  was  ; 

bu  Ujarjl,  thou  wast ; 

er  n^ar,  he  was ; 

Ujir  toaren,  we  were ; 
i(;r  n^aret,  you  were ; 
fte  tear  en,  they  were. 

PERFECT    TENSE. 

ic^  Bin 
bu  Bifl 
er  ift 

^  g    I  have      J 
>  *§"  thou  hast  V 
)  ^  he  has       ) 

CD 

n?ir  ftnb      )  ^  we  have    1 
i^rfcib        h'g"  you  have    > 
fie  finb       )  g,  they  have  ) 

.    0) 

PLUPERFECT    TENSE. 

\d:i  iijar 
bu  tuarfl 
er  ujar 

^  j;  I  had         1 
y  '^  thou  hadst  > 
)   ^  he  had       ) 

■  % 

n^ir  toarcn    )  g    we   had  J 
il)r  tttaret     [■  *§"    you  had  \ 
fte  \raren     )  ^  they  had) 

FIRST 

FUTURE    TENSE. 

ic^  rtjerbe ) 
bu  irirfl 
er  ujirb 

^^     I  shall      j 
•  -§      thou  wilt 

*-  he  will  ; 

1     .. 

trirrt^erben       ^  we  shalH 
i^r  toerbet  [•  -S   you  will  \ 
fte  n^erben  )  "^  they  will  ) 

SECONE 

>    FUTURE    TENSE. 

id^  ujerbe  1 
bu  irirjt 
er  toirb    ) 

1  «        I  shall     1 

•  f-S     thou  wilt  > 

^'"^     he  will     ) 

i 

> 
j3 

n?ir  njerben  J  e     we  shall 
i^r  n;erbet  [  f  £  you  will 
f!e  n^erben   )  ^^  they  will 

(1 

fei  (bu),  be  (thou). 


IMPERATIVE. 

feib  (i^r),  be  (you). 


Idioms  with  fein. 

9ln  iucm  i|l  bie  9iel^e  ju  tefeu  ?  Whose  turn  is  it  to  read  ? 

@ic  if^  an  nur.  It  is  mine. 

SO^iir  t|l  fe^r  fait ;  i^m  ijl  ju  toarm.  I  am  very  cold ;  he  is  too  wamk 

IRir  (^  nid)t  Xooi)t  I  do  not  feel  well. 


u 


IDIOMS    WITH    fctn. 


2Ba3  ijl  bit  ? 

3cl)  h)ei§  nld)t  tt)ie  mir  i|i. 

©et  QuUe  2Jlut^eg. 

SUllr  ift  nlci)t  h)of)l  ju  2Jlut^e. 

©g  ij^  ifjm  (Irnji  bamit. 

(^3  ifi  ©diabe,  bap  er  feinem  (^eci* 

net  nidbt  getoadbfen  ifi. 
2)ag  ^ferb  iji  mir  nid)t  feil. 
3Bem  fmb  biefe  ^leiber  ? 

<Stc  ijl  il^m  einen  ©utben  fd)iilbig. 
©ifi  bu  im  ©tanbe  eg  ju  t(}un  ? 
3d)  h'ln  eg  nidU  im  @tanbe. 
aBer  ifi  @dmlb  baran,  bap  er  noc^ 

nid)t  ait(;efcmmen  ifi  ? 
2)u  fclbft  bifi  (Sd)ulb  baran. 
@g  ifi  ein  foldieg  @efe^  ttorf;anben. 
@«  ifi  if)m  barum  gu  tf)un. 
2Boi)on  ifi  bie  9iebe  ? 
25ag  ifi  mir  red)t. 
@g  ifi  i^nen  lieb. 
3d)  bin  bir  I^erjlic^  %ut. 
Saffen  @ie  eg  gut  fein. 
(Se  ifi  mir  fo,  aU  ob  id)  eg  get;6rt 

t)dtte. 
5d)  ireip  ivie  bu  bifi. 
(Se  fei  nun,  bap  u.  f.  to. 
2Bag  fein  foH,  fd)icft  fid)  hJoT)l. 

3.  SBcrben  is  used  as  the  auxiliary  in  forming  the  futures 
of  verbs  ;  and  in  this  use  answers  to  our  auxiliaries,  shall  and 
will ;  as  an  independent  verb,  it  signifies,  to  become,  ^^get", 
grow ;  as, 

2)ag  aSetter  lulrb  fait.  The  weather  is  becoming  (get- 

ting) cold. 
SBir  roerbcn  afle  alt.  We  are  all  growing  old. 

aCag  ifi  OM^  \{)m  geworbcn  ?  What  has  become  of  him  1 

3d;  biu  eg  leg  geivovbcir.  I  have  got  rid  of  it. 

2)et  9labe  toirb  fe^r  alt.  The  raven  becomes  very  old. 

(The  raven  lives  to  a  very  great  age). 

SBcrbcn  is  often  followed  by  the  dative  with  „ju",  where 
we  use  the  nominative  after  become ;  the  subject  of  toerben 
before  the  dative  is  often  rendered  by  the  objective ;  the  da- 
tive by  the  nominative  ;  and  ircrbcn  by  ^Ho  have^';  as, 

3!)ag  2Baffer  unrb  j^u  dig.  The  watei  becomes  ice. 

//SO'leincu  arnieu  Untert^auen  mup    My  poor  subjects  must  have  their 
bag  il;rtge  tuerfcen".  property. 


What  ails  you  ? 

I  don't  know  what  ails  me. 

Be  of  good  cheer. 

I  do  not  feel  well  (mentally). 

He  is  in  earnest  about  it. 

It  is  a  pity  that  he  is  not  equal  to 
his  antagonist. 

My  horse  is  not  for  sale. 

To  whom  do  tl  ese  clothes  be- 
long? 

She  owes  him  a  florin. 

Are  you  able  to  do  it  ? 

I  am  not  able  to  do  it. 

Whose  fault  is  it  that  he  has  not 
yet  arrived  ? 

It  is  your  own  fault. 

There  is  such  a  law  in  existence. 

That  is  his  object. 

What  is  being  spoken  of? 

I  am  satisfied  with  that. 

They  are  glad  of  it. 

I  love  you  heartily. 

That's  enough  of  it,  leave  off. 

It  seems  to  me  as  though  I  had 
heard  it. 

I  know  you  (your  ways) . 

Supposing  now,  that,  &c. 

Whatever  is  to  be,  is  proper. 


CONJUGATION  OF     tt)  C  t  b  C  11.  8£| 

4.    CONJUGATION  OF    JU  C  1 1)  C  tt. 

INFINITIVE. 

Present.  Perfect. 

to'rbcn,  to  become.  gcrtjorben  fein,  to  have  become. 

PARTICIPLES. 

Present.  Perfect. 

toerbenb,  becoming.  gctoort>en,  become. 

INDICATIVE. 

Singular.  Plural. 

PRESENT  TENSE. 

td)  trerbc,  I  become  ;  irir  tt»ct:ben,  we  become; 

bu  toir^,  thou  becomest ;  \^x  ircrbet,  you  become  ; 

-er  tvirb,  he  becomes;  jtc  irerbcn,  they  become. 

IMPERFECT    TENSE. 

id)  trurbe  or  juarb,  I  became  ;  irir  rt;iirben,  we  became ; 

bu  irurbejl  or  toarbfl,  thou  be-  i^r  tijurbet,  you  became ; 

camest ; 

er  irurbc  or  tuatb,  he  became  ;  fte  iijurben,  they  became. 

PERFECT  TENSE. 

id)  Bin  )  J  I  liave  ^  g  iuir  finb  )  ^  we  have 
bu  bijl  >  I  thou  hast  >  g  il;r  feib  J-  g  you  have 
cr  ijl        )%  he  has       )  ^     fie  fmb       )  %  they  have  y  ^ 

PLUPERFECT    TENSE. 

ic^  Wax  )  S  I  ^^^  )  S  ^^^  if  aren  )  S  we  had 
bu  tuarjt  >  o  thouhadst  >  g  i^^;  irarct  >  |  you  had 
er  wax      )  |j  he  had      )  ^    fie  toaren    )  ^  they  had  ^  ^ 

FIRST    FUTURE    TENSE. 

ic^  trerbe  J  sT  I  shall  \  o  trir  tuerben  J  g"  we  shall 
bu  toirjl;  >  ^  thou  wilt  >  §  i^r  trerbet  >  -§  you  will 
er  toirb     }  §     he  will     )  J    fie  tuerben  )  §   they  will 


XJ 


SECOND  FUTURE    TENSE. 


ic^  trerbe )  |  ^  I  shall  j  ^  -^  mir  irerben  j  |  Ave  shall  ^  ^  ^ 
bu  toirjt  >  I J  thou  wilt  >  |  i  i^r  if  erbet  >  |iyou  will  >  |  i 
er  tiitb    )  1^  he  will    )^^    fie  trcrben  3  |"^they  will  )    ^ 

IMPERATIVE. 

luerbc  (bu);  become  (thou).  iuetbet  (if)x),  become  (you). 


86  E3JERCISES    ON    toerbCtl,       IRREGULAR    VERBS,  &C. 

Exercise  60»  <2lufgabe  60* 

1.  liefer  SJlann,  bet  je^t  fo  arm  unb  elenb  x%  iji  ein  fe^r  t:eid)er  «§anb< 
irtM'rfev  pcwefen.  2.  (Stnb  @te  |e  auf  jenem  f)o(;cn  S3erge  getuefen  ?  3.  2)et 
^aifer  bofeipl)  bet  Stoette  trar  ber  @o^n  ber  ^aiferin  SO'larla  S^^erefia;  er 
t»ar  bet  Steblhig  fcine^  SSolfeg,  abcr  nidit  feineg  ^ofc^.  4.  2Ber  trar  ber 
gefdiicftefie  Oieiter  in  bent  ^eere  beg  franjofifdjen  ^aiferg  ?  6.  2Bann  ftnb 
©te  in  <§ami)urg  getoefen  ?  6.  SBie  lange  fiub  @ie  in  biefem  Sanbe  ? 
7.  @inb  (Ste  nie  nnjufrtebeu  unb  traurig  gen^efen  ?  8.  3Bann  \t)erben  icir 
reid)  fein  ?  9.  2Btr  tcerben  alt  unb  alter  unb  finb  eljer  am  3iele  unfere^ 
Scbeng,  ati?  und  angenet;m  ift.  10.  2Bag  n^irb  aug  bir  twerben,  irenn  bu 
nldit  jietpiger  itjirfi?  11. 3d)  werbe  jieifiger  werben,  foBalb  al^  (L.  63. 2.) 
id)  gefunb  werbe.  12.  2)er  ift  nid)t  gut,  ber  nict)t  [ud)t  immer  bejfer  ^n 
tverben.  13.  ?^ran!reid)  tourbe  im  Sa^r  eintaufenb  ad)t  l^unbert  unb  ad)t 
unb  i^ierjig  eine  9te^ublif.  14.  @g  lt)irb  zin  fjei^er  Sllag  toerben,  fagte  etn 
alter  Jlrieger  irenige  @tunben  \)or  ber  @dilad)t  ju  feincm  ^ameraben. 
15.  2)ag  $ferb  \i3urbe  gan§  tottb  unb  unbdnbig.  16.  ^er  ^ranfe  feufjt 
auf  [einem  Sager:  „tt)tll  es  benu  nie  2;ag  iter  ben  ?"  unb  ber  2:aglol;ncr 
unter  bem  ©rucfe  fctner  5Ir6eit:  „Unrb  eg  benu  nid)t  Balb  9Zacl)t  loerben?" 

17.  „<Sol)n,  ba  ijaft  bu  meinen  @))eer!  meinem  5lrm  u^irb  er  ju  f(l)tt)er". 

18.  3)ie  3ieil)e  ift  an  3l}nen,  lt»arum  lefen  @ie  nid)t? 

Exercise  61»  ^Itfgabc  61. 

1.  When  were  you  at  your  brother's  1  2.  Have  those  people 
ever  been  at  your  house  1  3.  Had  they  been  in  Berhn  before  they 
were  in  Vienna  1  4.  He  will  be  in  Magdeburg  before  you  will  be 
in  Brunswick.  5.  The  emperor  of  Austria  was  the  king  of  Hun- 
gary. 6.  How  long  have  you  been  in  this  city  ?  7.  They  have 
been  rich,  but  have  become  very  poor.  8.  What  has  become  of 
your  friend?  9.  The  weather  is  becoming  very  cold.  10.  You 
can  become  learned  if  you  will  be  industrious.  11.  The  young 
sailor  has  become  healthy  again.  12.  The  weather  is  becoming 
warm  and  the  days  are  becoming  long.  13.  The  scholars  in  this 
school  have  been  very  idle,  but  they  are  now  becoming  more  in- 
dustrious. 14.  I  was  obliged  to  wait  so  long  that  I  became  very 
tired.  15.  The  son  gets  rid  of  his  money  faster  than  his  father 
earned  it.  16.  How  much  do  I  owe  you  1  17.  Whose  turn  is  it  to 
read?    18.  It  is  your  fault  if  you  do  not  know. 

LESSON  XXXIII.  §tctxon  XXXIII. 

IRREGULAR    VERBS,  OR  VERBS  OF  THE  OLD  CONJUGATION. 

1.  Irregular  verbs  are  such  as  do  not  form  their  imperfect 
.ease  and  past  participle  according  to  the  rules  in  L.  27. 

2.  The  infinitive  of  these,  as  of  the  regular  verbs,  ends  in 
e  n.  The  imperfect  changes  the  root  vow^el ;  and  the  past 
participle  frequently  diffo-rs  from  the  infinitive  only  by  the 
augment  g  e ;  as, 


IRREGULAR  VERBS  OR  VERBS  OF  THE  OLD  CONJUGATION.   87 

.  Infinitive.  Imperfect.  Past  Participle, 

foiumen,  to  come  ;  id)  !am,  I  came ;  gefommen,  come, 

fallen,      to  fall ;  id)  fiet,    I  fell ;  gefallen,     fallen, 

geten,      to  give ;  id)  gab,  I  gave ;  gegcben,      given, 

fe^en,      to  see ;  id)  faf),   I  saw ;  gefel)en,      seen, 

laufen,     to  run ;  id)  lief,    I  ran ;  gelaufen,    run. 

3.  In  some,  the  root  vowel  is  found  to  be  different  in  each 
of  the  three  parts  ;  as, 

gel^en  to  go ;  id)  ging,  I  went ;  gegangen,  gone. 

f^red)en,  to  speak ;  id)  f!ptad),  I  spoke ;  gefprod)en,  spoken, 

fingen,  to  sing ;  id)  fang,  I  sang ;  gefungeu,  sung, 

flpringen,  to  spring ;  id)  fprang,  I  sprang ;  geflpvungen,  sprung. 

4.  In  others,  the  root  vowel  of  the  imperfect  tense  and  the 
second  participle  is  the  same  ;  as, 

flimmen,  to  climb ;      id)  flomm,  I  climbed ;     gellommen,  climbed. 
ried)en,     to  smell ;      ic^  rod),      I  smelled ;     gerod)en,      smelled. 
treiben,     to  drive ;       id)  trieb,     I  drove ;         getrieben,      driven. 
fd)n)ellen,  to  swell ;      id)  fd)»oll,  I  swelled ;      gefd)Wollen,  swelled  or 

swollen. 

5.  Some  change  the  radical  vowel,  and  also  add  the  ter- 
minations common  to  regular  verbs  ;  as, 

brtngen,  to  carry;  id)  brad)te,  I  carried;  ge6rad)t,  carried, 

benfen,    to  think;  id)  bad)te,  I  thought;  gcbacl)t    thought, 

fcnben,    to  send ;  id)  fanbte,  I  sent ;  gefanbt,    sent, 

ttjiffen,    to  know ;  id)  ivu^te,  I  knew ;  gettJupt,   known. 

6.  The  present  tense  forms  the  different  persons  like  the 
regular  verbs,  except  in  the  second  and  third  persons  singu- 
lar of  about  sixty  verbs,  where  the  root  vowel  is  changed,  or 
if  capable  of  it,  assumes  the  Umlaut ;  as, 

id^  geBe,  I  give  ;  id)  fatle,  I  fall ;  i^  lefe,     I  read  ; 

bu  gibfi,  or  gtebji,  hou    bu  fdlljl,  thou  fallest ;      bu  liefefl,  thou  read- 

givest ;  est ; 

er  gibt,  or  giebt,   he    er  fdUt,  he  falls ;  er  lte|^,     he  reads. 

gives ; 

7.  In  the  imperfect,  the  second  and  third  persons  are  re«< 
gularly  formed  from  the  first ;  as, 

g  e^cn. 
id)  ging,    I  went ;  Xo'xx  gingen,  we  went , 

bu  gingjl,  thou  wentst ;         il)r  ginget,    you  went ; 
er  ging,     he  went ;  fie  gingen,    they  went. 

gcBen. 
id)  gab,     I  gave  ;  linr  gaben,  we  gave ; 

bu  gab]l,  thou  gavest ;  if)r  gabet,    you  gave ; 

er  ga-b,     he  gave  ;  fte  gaben,    they  gave. 


88  EXERCISES    ON    IRREGULAR    VERBS,    &C. 

8.  For  complete  alphabetical  List  of  Irregular  verbs  sec 
page  178. 

Exercise  62.  Jlllfgabe  62. 

1.  2Ber  bdcft  bag  33rob  ?  2.  2)ei:  Sclbat  birgt  fidi,  ivell  bu  hae  be- 
fie^lft.  3.  (Ir  bidft  ha^  2Batbf)cru.  4.  iDer  Sauer  brtd)t  ben  c^aiif  unb 
crifdit  ben  SBeijen.  5.  2)ie  <2eete  em^fdngt  (Sinbrucfc  »cn  Siupeii.  6.  3)a0 
©lite  emvfie{;(t  fid)  fclbft.  7.  2)ev  a)iauu  fdl)vt  auf  bem  2Bagen.  8.  2)er 
ed)nee  fdllt.  9.  2)er  .^nabe  fdiujt  bie  SSoget.  10.  25er  (Sdbat  fict}t. 
11.  (Si-  ji[ld)t  fidi  eiueii  ^ut  12.  2)er  Dd)i  fript  ha-z  ®i\\S  unb  fduft 
aBaffcr.  13.  2)ag  ^inb  ipt  S3rob  unb  tvinft  2)Zt(d).  14.  (S^r  c\iht  mir  tag 
IBudv  ii^eldieg  mir  am  bcften  gefdllt  (L.  50.  2).  15.  S)er  2)ad  3  v]idbt 
fid)  cin  Sod).  16.  Qx  ijixit  ba^  ^'ferb.  17.  2)er  ^ut  (}dngt  an  bem  Oio.- 
(\d.  18.  @v  Iduft  unb  Idpt  bie  anbevn  and)  laufen.  19.  (£ie  iieil  if)r 
33ud).  20.  Sie  mipt  (or  mitJ'-'O  bag  ^ud).  21.  (tt  nimmt  mcin  ^nd). 
22.  SSavum  fd)ilt  cr?  23.  2)cr  ^unb  fdUdft,  unb  ber  :Knabe  fd)Idgt  bie 
ilvcmmei.  24.  2)cr  ®dinee  fdmiiljt,  bie  ^nugpe  fd)nnUt.  25.  SBag  \id)\t 
bu  ?  trie  f^ridit  er  ?  26.  2)ie  Siene  ftid)t,  bcr  2)ieb  fticr^U,  ber  ^ranfe 
fiirbt.  27.  @r  trdgt  fd)6ne  Jtleiber;  er  trip  immer  ia6  3iet  28.  „@r 
tritt  meine  Oteligion  in  htn  (Btanh".  29.  2)ag  a3ier  oerbirbt.  30.  (it 
yergipt,  icag  |te  fprid)t.  31.  Sag  ©rag  iudd)it.  32.  ©ie  weip  nid)t, 
tvag  jle  tuiU.  33.  @r  tt>trft  einen  (Slein.  34.  3d)  lueip,  tvag  er  mir  aeV' 
fprid)t. 

Exercise  63.  ^ttfgabt  63. 

1.  I  do  not  know  who  is  throwing  the  stones.  2.  Does  she 
speak  German  ■?  3.  He  does  not  forget  what  he  reads.  4.  The 
stream  swells  when  the  snow  melts.  5.  The  tliief  steals  the  shoes 
that  he  wears.  6.  The  bee  stings  and  dies.  7.  The  soldier  is 
beating  the  drum.  8.  The  bird  sleeps  on  the  tree.  9.  She  scolds 
because  he  takes  her  book.  10.  The  carpenter  is  measuring  the 
room.  11.  The  boy  runs  and  lets  the  dog  run  too.  12.  Who  is 
holding  my  horse?  13.  Where  is  the  cloak  hanging ?  14.  The 
man  that  is  braiding  hats  gives  us  a  book  which  pleases  us.  15.  Who 
is  digging  this  hole"?  16,  Why  does  the  soldier  fight?  17.  What 
is  this  boy  eating  ?  18.  What  animal  eats  grass  V  19.  What  does 
the  horse  drink  V  20.  The  tree  is  falling.  21.  Who  is  catching 
the  birds'?  22.  How  does  the  soul  receive  impressions?  23.  Who 
thrashes  the  wheat  and  breaks  the  hemp  ?  24.  Why  dost  thou  con- 
ceal thyself?  25.  What  does  he  command  ?  26.  Who  is  riding 
on  your  wagon  ?     27.  My  friend  recommends  me  to  you. 

Exercise  64.  ^nf^dbt  64. 

1.  ®er  ^unb  bip  ben  2)ieb.  2.  2)cr  ?lft  brad).  3.  2)er  ^aufmann  be* 
trog  feinen  ^nnbcn.  4.  (Sr  empfal;!  mid)  einem  2)Zanne,  ber  mid)  fel)r 
frcunblid)  emppng.  5.  3d)  blieb  ben  ganjcn  Xac^.  6.  @ie  ergriffen  feine 
^dnbe.  7.  @ie  crfd)racfen,  atg  cr  crfdiien,  unb  bie  furd^tbare  ©timme 
erfd)oll.  8.  ©r  jiel  in  ben  %Ui^  unb  crtranf.  9.  ©ie  afcn  bie  5lc))fet, 
bie  fie  jiQl;len.  10.  ®ir  fut)ren  auf  ber  (Sifenbal;n.  11.  (5ie  fingen  bie 
SSegel,  tt)et(^c  au«  ben  Slcftwu  jlcgen.    12.  5)ie  ©olbaten  foiljtcn  nid)< 


EXERCISES  ON  IRREGULAR    VERBS,    &C.  89 

Ja^fcv,  fciibcrn  flcf^eu.  13.  Seine  ^ruber  fvaf  bag  @d)ircrt,  \vo  bas  Q^Iut 
in  @tv6men  flofj.  14.  (Bx  ijcbct  uu£S  ju  gcl)en,  abcx  ivcil  ci5  uiiS  Ijier  ge- 
jicl  fo  (L.  39.  2.)  blicbeu  wir.  15.  (Sv  gab  mir  ba5  ®clb  imb  giiig. 
16,  (i-v'geiiajj  Uiiujfam.  17.  ^iBiu  ijencfycii  gefterii  [eijr  weiiuj.  18.  Ch- 
geioaiiu  me(;r  ciL^  id)  v>cv(or.  19.  (Sv  gc^  bcu  ^nn  in  baiJ  ©lag.  2-0.  ©ii 
gtidieu  iijreii  §vcuubcn  (L.  50.  2).  21.  @tc  grubeii  ei'uen  tiefen  ©rabeu. 
22.  CS'c  bob  fditcii  @to(f  unb  l)ieb  luid)  mir.  23.  (§x  Ijk^  \ie  fcmmeu, 
abcx  fie  fameii  iiidit.  24.  @i-  (}vilf  uug,  cbvjlcid)  er  mW  nicht  fciniite. 
25.  QBtr  lafen  bag  Siut,  bag  er  luig  lief;.  26.  !Die  (gd)Ubfvote  ixocb,  bcr 
§.ife  lief.  27.  @ie  lageu  aitf  il)reu  ^ctteii  unb  Ittten.  28.  3)ie  330^'- 
\iMditev  Icgeii,  fie  nal^mcii  meiiieii  ^iBagen  unb  uauuteii  iljii  tl)r  ®ij3eut()um. 
29.  (Bx  pvieg  feiue  ffiaare  uivb  xkti)  uiig  ]k  ju  faufeii.  30.  (Bx  ai§  unb 
fdirieb  beii  gan.^eii  :i;ag.  31.  2)ag  M'mb  ftaub  unb  fdn'ie.  32.  S^evSdincc 
fdimclj,  bcr  Strom  fd)Wolt.  33.  ©ie  tranfcn  unb  fangen;  eiuer  fdiwamm 
uuD  ber  anbere  fanf.  34.  @ie  fd)lugeu  xljn,  'maijxmi)  er  fd)lief.  35.  (Bx 
rief  mid)  unb  fd)alt  it>eit  id)  fein  ^ferb  ritt.  36.  @ie  fd)ieu  traurig. 
37.  (Bx  fd)ritt  l;eraug  unb  fdilop  bie  3^l)iire.  38.  @r  jlieg  auf  ben  ®erg. 
39.  @ie  ftanben,  big  fie  ftarben.  40.  (Bx  ftritt  mil  ibnen  unb  trieb  fie  aug 
bem  gelbe.  41.  @ie  tratcn  in  bag  <§aug  unb  yerfd)ii'>anben.  42.  (Bx  oerga^, 
wag  er  werfprad).  43.  (Jr  traf  bag  3iel.  44.  ®g  n3ud)g  fcl)neU.  45.  (5"r 
ttjufd)  ben  (Salat.  46.  (Bx  tinipte,  bap  id)  ben  @peet  iuarf.  47.  (Bx  jcg 
fein  @ct)wert  unb  jtt»ang  fie  ju  gel;en. 

Exercise  65.  ^nfjjobf  65. 

1.  The  branches  broke  and  the  boys  fell.  2.  The  dogs  bit  the 
boys  that  stole  the  apples.  3.  The  man  to  whom  you  recommended 
me,  cheated  me.  4.  We  did  not  remain  long,  for  they  did  not  re- 
ceive us  kindly.  5.  The  boy  was  frightened  and  seized  my  hand. 
6.  We  called  him  but  he  did  not  appear.  7.  Do  you  ride  on  the 
wagon  V  8.  The  soldiers  ate  bread  and  drank  wine,  and  their  hor- 
ses ate  hay  and  drank  water.  9.  Our  soldiers  fought  gallantly, 
and  those  of  our  enemy  fled.  10.  The  birds  flew  out  of  the  cage 
but  the  boys  caught  them  again.  10.  Tears  flowed  from  his  eyes. 
11.  It  did  not  please  us  there,  and  we  did  not  remain  long.  12.  They 
commanded  us  to  go  to  the  city,  but  we  did  not  go,  for  they  gave 
us  no  money.  13.  Did  your  friends  recover  ?  14.  We  won  less 
than  our  friends  lost.  15.  They  poured  the  wine  into  the  glasses. 
16.  They  saw  the  horse  and  raised  their  hands.  17.  Why  were 
they  digging  that  ditch?  18.  I  knew  him  because  he  resembled 
his  brother  who  came  to  us  while  we  were  reading  the  books  which 
you  lent  us.  19.  He  struck  at  them  because  they  drank  so  much 
and  sang  so  loud.  20.  We  crept  before  we  walked.  21.  The 
boys  whistled  and  the  dogs  ran.  22.  We  took  the  books  that  lay 
on  the  table.  23.  Did  you  call  him  a  villain?  24.  We  knew  that 
they  lied.  25.  We  sat  around  the  table  and  wrote  and  they  stood 
arouni  the  stove.  26.  He  rode  the  horse  and  drove  the  oxen. 
27.  They  praised  their  horse  and  advised  us  to  buy  it.  28.  Why 
did  t'.iey  seem  so  sad  ?  29.  He  scolded  me  because  I  slept  so 
long    30.  They  threw  their  spears  and  drew  their  swords.  31.  Did 


00  EXERCTSES    ON    IRREGULAR    VERBS*    «feC. 

yoa  forget  what  he  promised  you?  32.  Did  they  hit  the  mark< 
i!3.  Who  washed   .he  gloves V     34.  Did  the  trees  grow  rapidly? 

"5.  Did  they  lock  the  door  ?     36.  Why  did  they  quarrel  with  us  ? 

\1.  The  stream  swelled  because  the  snow  melted. 

Exercise  66.  JlufplJC  66. 

1.  ®cr  <§unbl)at  ben  ©leb  gebiffen.     2.  @r  ijai  ung  betrogen.    3.  (fc 

)at  miv  zivciOi^  gebrad)t.     4.  @r  l[;atte  an  un^  gebad)t.     5.  ^^ajl  bu  ben 

•JBeljeii  gebrcfdien?  6.  di  i)at  m\^  freunblid)  em^fangeu,  aber  Sliemanb 
^at  ling  if)m  empfofjien.  7.  3cl)  fjabe  nie  ein  fclcbe^  ©efiil}!  empfunben. 
8.  ^lOiW  \)<xi  hk  35erbre^ev  ergrlffen.  9.  (Sv  ^at  ben  SIpfel  gegeffen ;  ^at 
^r  ttn  fficgcl  gefangen?  10.  3d}  t>abe  [ie  gefnnben;  fie  ()abe"n  gf'^cditen. 
11.  S)er  Jpnnb  t)at  bag  i^ieifd)  gefreffen.  12.  (Sr  fjat  mir  ntct)tg  gegeben. 
13.  @g  I)atung  nid)t  gefaUen.  14.  2Sir  ()aben  nid)tg  genoffcn.  15.  SBag 
i^ai  er  gettJcnnen?  16. 3Ber  (iat  ben  2Bein  in  bag  ©lag  gegcffen  ?  17.  QBer 
^at  biefeg  Sod)  gegraben?  18.  (Sr  (;at  bag  ^ftrb  getjalten.  19.  @r  ^at 
ung  ge^olfen.  20.  (Sr  ^at  ung  gefannt,  21.  @le  l)at  mir  ein  93nd)  ges 
lle^en,  unb  id)  l^abe  eg  gelefen.  22.  2)ie  ^ebetn  fjaben  auf  bem  2;ifd)c  ge^^ 
Icgen.  23.  (j*r  l)<xi  nidit  gelogen.  24.  Ser  SDliiUer  ^ai  bag  ©etreibe  ges 
mefen  unb  gemal)(en.  25.  Olie  l)(x^z  xi)  biefe  @efaf;ren  gemieben.  26.  dt 
l^atung  2)iebe  genannt,  ireil  xoxx  feinc  ^iidier  genommen  ^aben.  27.  2Bas 
rum  l)at  er  gepftffen  ?  28.  ®ie  I)aben  i^ve  ai^aaren  geprtefen.  29.  (Sr 
fiat  jid)  (L.  50.  7.)  bie  5lugen  geriebcn.  30.  @r  ^^i  fte  gerufen.  31.  ffia^ 
*nim  fiaft  bn  ung  gefrf)clten  ?  32.  @r  l^atte  bag  @d)af  gefdioren.  33.  @r 
^at  ben  93dren  gefdioffcn  unb  gefdmnben.  34.  (2ie  I)atten  ju  tange  ges 
fd^lafen.  35.  <§aft  bu  bie  SO'leflier  gefdiliffcu  ?  36.  SBIr  l)aben  bie  Sl^iircn 
gefdjioffen.  37.  ^^^i  er  bag  ^rcb  gefd)nitten  ?  38.  3d)  ijaik  gcfdn'ieben 
unb  fie  t)aben  gcfdirieen.  39.  (2ie  \)<xi  eg  gefditnoren.  40.  W\x  ^a^^n 
\i)\x  gefef)en.  41.  ^Oii  er  bag  Sieb  fd^on  gefungen?  42.  (Sr  \)ai  etnc 
©tunbe  gefeffen.  43.  (^r  f)at  bag  ^clj  gcfpalteu.  44.  ^abcn  fte  bieSBoKc 
gcfponnen?  45.  2Bag  fte  gcfprod)en  l)at,  f)at  if)n  geftt)d)en.  46.  5)er 
aJlann,  ber  ba  gejlanben  I^atte,  Ijat  mcin  $ferb  ge|^o(}Ien.  47.  @ie  l)^htxi 
lange  genug  gcftritten,  tvag  t)at  er  get^an?  48.  SBarum  l^at  er  biefen 
^utgetmgen?  49.  @r  !^at  bag  3iet  getrcffen.  50.  <§ail  bu  nie  SBein 
getrunfen"?  51.  3d)  ^abe  yergeffen.  52.  SBag  t;at  er  »erlcren?  53.  (5g 
^at  i()n  oerbroffen.  54.  ^ai  er  ung  »erjte^cn  ?  55.  @r  l)ixi  bag  S^ud) 
getwoben  unb  gcti'>afd)en ;  Ijai  er  cinen  <Stein  getoorfen  ?  56.  @r  (latte  einen 
J^ranj  fiir  fie  gewunben.  57.  ^\xik  er  niditg  i^on  ber  ©adie  gctuupt? 
58.  ©ic  flatten  iljre  @d)tr>ertct  gejogen.  69.  @ie  I)aben  ung  gejtDungen 
i)kx  ju  bleiben. 

Exercise   67.  ^Ilfgobc  67. 

1  He  has  beaten  the  dog  that  has  bitten  him.  2.  I  have  often 
thought  of  him.  3.  Have  you  recommended  this  book  to  us? 
4.  Have  you  threshed  the  wheat  ?  5.  They  have  always  received 
us  kindly.  G.  Have  you  ever  experienced  such  a  feeling  ?  7.  The 
boys  have  eaten  the  bread  and  drank  the  beer.  8.  The  dogs  have 
eaten  the  meat  and  drank  the  water.  9.  They  have  caught  their 
horses.  10.  What  have  you  found  ?  11.  Why  have  the  soldiers 
fought?     12    I  have  shot  a  large  bird.     13.  Have  you  seen  the 


USE  OF  THE  AUXILIARIES    [)  a  B  C  tt    AND    fciU  91 

books  that  I  have  read  ?  14.  Into  which  glass  have  you  poured 
the  wine  ?  15.  Why  have  they  dug  this  hole  ?  16.  Who  has  held 
my  horse  ?  17.  Have  they  helped  us  ?  18.  Have  my  books  lain 
on  your  table  ?  19.  Has  anybody  lied  ?  20.  W^ho  has  ground  the 
wheat?  21.  Have  you  measured  the  cloth?  22.  Has  he  avoided 
the  danger?  23.  Have  they  called  him  a  villain  ?  24.  Who  hag 
taken  my  pen  ?  25.  He  has  called  me  but  he  has  not  scolded  me. 
26.  Who  has  sharpened  your  knife  ?  27.  Have  you  locked  the 
doors  ?  28.  Who  has  cut  the  bread  ?  29.  Had  you  written  him 
a  letter?  30.  Have  you  ever  sung  this  song ?  31.  Have  you  sat 
longer  than  they  have  stood  ?  32.  I  have  spun  the  wool  and  he 
has  split  the  wood.  33.  The  bees  have  stung  the  horse.  34.  Has 
anybody  stolen  anything?  35.  He  had  not  spoken  at  all.  36.  Why 
have  they  quarrelo'^I  '^  37.  Who  has  worn  the  hat?  38.  What  have 
you  lost  ?  39.  Who  hnc  thrown  the  stones  ?  40.  Why  have  they 
drawn  their  swords  ?  41.  Have  you  washed  the  cloth  that  he  has 
woven?  42.  It  vexes  him  that  he  has  lost  his  money.  43.  Have 
you  forgotten  what  you  have  promised  me  ?  44.  Why  have  you 
slept  so  long ?  45.  Has  any  one  compelled  you  to  go  ?  46.  Who 
has  whistled  ?  47.  Have  you  praised  the  goods  ?  48.  Have  you  ever 
known  such  a  man?     49.  He  has  written,  and  they  have  spoken. 

LESSON  XXXIV.  f  e  c  t  i  0  It  XXXIV. 

USE  OF  THE  AUXILIARIES    ^Clh^tl    AND    fcitt. 

1.  «§atjeu  is  used  as  the  auxiliary  of  all  transitive,  reflexive 
(L.  43.)  and  impersonal  (L.  44.)  verbs,  as  also  of  the  verbs 
of  mode  (L.  81)  ;  and  of  all  objective  verbs  that  govern  the 
genitive  (L.  49.)  and  dative  (L.  50.).  Except  Begegnen,  fol* 
gen  and  tocic^en  (see  2.). 

2.  Intransitive  verbs  indicating  direction  from  or  towards 
a  place  or  an  object,  or  a  change  from  one  condition  to 
another,  as  also  BleiBen,  Begcgttett,  folgen  and  tretc^cn,  require 
the  auxiliary  fcin,  which  in  this  use,  should  of  course  be 
rendered  by  "to  have"  ;   as, 

@inb  fie  fdion  gegangen  ?  Have  (are)  they  already  gone  ? 

S)er  arme  ^nabe  ijl  gcfaUen.  The  poor  boy  has  (is)  fallen. 

Sjl:  er  benn  nod)  nid}t  gefommen  ?        Has  (is)  he  then  not  yet  come  ? 
2)er  SSogel  t|^  tueg  ge^ogen.  The  bird  has  (is)  flown  away. 

@ie  finb  in  ta6  %dh  gejogen.  They  have  marched  into  the  field. 

(Sv  iji  nad)  Stmerifa  geveift.  He  has  (is)  gone  (traveled)  to 

America. 
(Jr  tcitb  in'g  <§aug  gegangen  fein.        He  will  have  (he)  gone  into  the 

house. 
(Bx  it)ar  nad)  ber  @tabt  geeilt.  He  had  (was)  ha  stened  to  the  city. 

@ie  jinb  anf  baS  2anb  geritten.  They    have    ridden  into   the 

country. 


92  «§aBen  and  fcin  as  auxiliaries. 

3.  When  the  following  verbs  do  not  express  direction 
from  or  towards  a  place  they  require  the  auxiliary  t;al>cn ; 
naiiKjly  cllcn,  flicj^cn,  finfen,  jagen,  flettcrn,  fricc^en,  lanben, 
faufen,  quelicn,  reifen,  reiten,  rcnnen,  [egeln,  fc{;iffen,  fcl}luimmcn; 
fVringcn,  ftc^cn,  trciben,  njanbern ;  as, 

SBanim  fjaft  bu  fo  gectlt  ?  Why  have  you  hastened  so  ? 

^aft  bu  nidit  [)<i\\it  ijeritteii  ?  Have  you  not  ridden  to-day? 

®te  l)ahtM  ulcl)t  titcl  gereijl  They  have  not  traveled  much. 

Some  neuter  verbs ;  as,  liegen,  fi^en,  fie^cn,  are  sometimes 
used  with  the  auxiliary  feln;  as, 
^i[)tx  t»ar  [eiiie  SClad^t  nie  geflau?    His    power   never     had   stood 

ben.  higher. 

Exercise  68.  ^ttfgabt  68. 

1.  ®r  ift  entfcbtafen.  2.  @r  \^  iin^  entronnen.  3.  SBte  tange  tji  er 
gebtieben  ?  4.  ©ie  finb  nac^  ber  (Bi<xH  gefal)ren.  5.  5)er  SOlann  ijl  ge? 
fallen.  6.  2)cr  SScgcl  tji  ge^ogen.  7.  25ag  aBaffer  ijl  iiBer  l^^  %i\'i>  %Zi 
flcffen.  8.  $Der  ^kn  ijl  gelungen.  9.  2)et  ^nabe  ijl  genefen.  10.  SSaS 
Ift  gefiteljen?  11.  (5^  ifi  aug  ber  @rbe  gefrocben.  12.  Ser  «§unb  i)l 
nadi  bem  2Balb  gelaufen.  13.  Sa^  Untevnel;men  ijl  miflungen.  14.  ©a3 
3Baffer  ift  au^  bem  i^elfen  gefloffen.  15.  (Sr  ijl  nad)  ber  ©tabt  geritten. 
16.  (Sr  tr»ar  in  ba^J  <§aug  gefd)lid)en.  17.  (Bx  tear  itber  ben  ©raben  ge? 
fprnngen.  18.  @ie  traren  au^  bem  <Sd>Iof  getreten.  19.  3)er  le^te  3^on 
ttjav  yerfd)o((en.  20.  2)er  ®aum  ijl  fefjr  fdincU  gemadifen.  21.  2)ag 
^an^  tvifb  gefaUen  fein.  22.  (5ie  hjerben  gefommen  fetn.  23.  (Sr  war 
auf  ben  3Jlaft  gcflettert.  24.  2)er  ^nabe  i|l  uber  ben  ^lu^  gefdjmcmmen. 
25.  (5iner  n)ar  un^  gefclgt,  unb  ber  Stnbcre  iuar  ung  begegnet.  26.  !?er 
©dinee  ijl  gefd)moljen  unb  bie  i^liijfe  jtnb  gefd)n)o((en.  27.  2)a5  Dbfl  ift 
fdmell  gereift.  28.  55ic  (Solbaten  finb  in  baS  %zVb  gejogen.  29.  @r  toar 
nad)  ber  ©tabt  geeilt. 

Exercise  69.  ^ttfpbf  69. 

1.  Have  you  remained  long  enough?  Who  has  gone  to  the 
city  ?  3.  Do  you  know  what  has  happened  ?  4.  The  boy  has 
sprung  across  the  ditch.  5.  Our  plan  has  not  succeeded.  6.  The 
children  had  hastened  into  the  house.  7.  Has  the  snow  melted  ? 
8.  The  hunters  had  climbed  upon  the  trees.  9.  Our  soldiers  had 
fled  and  the  enemy  had  come  into  our  country.  10.  He  has  ridden 
(on  horseback)  to  the  forest,  and  she  has  ridden  (in  a  carriage)  to 
the  city.  11.  The  patient  has  recovered.  12.  Has  he  fallen 
asleep  ?  13.  How  have  they  escaped  us  ?  14.  Our  friend  has 
fallen  out  of  the  wagon.  15.  The  young  birds  have  flown  out  ol 
the  nest.  16.  The  worms  have  crawled  out  of  the  earth.  17.  The 
horse  has  run  out  of  the  stable.  18.  The  apples  had  ripened. 
19.  The  water  will  have  flowed  into  the  house.  20  Why  have 
you  followed  us  ?  21.  Have  you  met  your  friends  ?  22.  He  may 
already  have  gone. 


USE  OF  THE  INFINITIVE.  93 


LESSON  XXXV.  Section  XXXV. 

INFINITIVE. 

1 .  When  the  infinitive  is  preceded  by  an  auxiliary  or  by 
any  one  of  the  following  words,  the  particle  511  is  omitted ; 

:^e[§en, "'  to  bid ;      I^elfen,    to  help;      Ic:^ren,  to  teach ; 

Icrnen,     to  learn;   i)ox^n,    to  hear;      fe:^en,    to  see; 

fii{;Ien,     to  feel ;      ma^tn,  to  make ;  as, 
(Sx  terut  jtngen,  unb  le^rt  mic^  fpte;    He  learns  to  sing,  and  teaches 

len.  me  to  play. 

<Bk  f)iepen  uu^  ge^en.  They  told  us  to  go. 

2.  After  the  following  verbs  the  infinitive  is  best  translated 
by  our  present  participle  : 

f af;ren,  to  ride  (in  a  vehicle) ;  f  ii^^ren,  to  conduct ;  finben,  to  find ; 
reitcn,toride  (on  horseback);  hkxh^n,to  remain;  i)ahm,  to  have; 
Qci)m,  to  walk ;  fjd^m ; -"  fein,  to  be ;  as, 

(Sr  blieb  fiefien  unb  i^  ging  flfd)eu.    He  continued  standing  (to  stand) 

and  I  went  a  fishing  (to  fish). 

©titer  fdbrt  fpajiren,  unb  ber  Stit;  One  rides  (goes  riding)  in  a  car- 
bere  reitet  fpajtreit-f  riage  and  the  other  on  horse- 

back. 

Sie  l)atte  etne  SSanbu^r  int  -^aufe  She  had  a  clock  standing  in  the 
ft  el)  en.  house, 

(B§  iff  ti}cmx  leljen  in  ©nglanb.  It  is  expensive  living  in  England. 

^eipt*  bag  arbeiten  ?  Do  you  call  that  working  1 

3ft  er  fd[)tafeu  gegaugen  ?  Has  he  gone  (in  order)  to  sleep  r 

i.  e.  to  bed"? 

3.  The  infinitive  (usually  preceded  by  the  article,  or  a 
pronoun)  is  used  as  a  neuter  noun  and  is  rendered  by  our 
present  participle  used  substantively  ;  as, 

2)ag  giigen  ifl  ein  Sajler.  Lying  is  a  vice. 

^oxt  m'lt  bcinem  ^iM^ten.  Away  with  your  boasting. 

,,3)u  (Sdhivctt  an    meincr   Sinfen  !  Thou  sword  upon  my  left,  what 

tuaS  foil  bent  ()eitre«J  S3llnfen?"  means  thy  cheerful  gleaming? 

*)  »/'^ci9fn"  wlien  intransitive  is  rendered  by  the  passive  of  "tu  call",  "to 
name";  or  by  the  substantive  "name",  with  the  verb  "  to  be"j  as,  CV  l)Ct6f  jlart, 
ne  is  "called",  (or  "named",  or  his  'name  is")  Charles.  3Bte  l)ei^t  baS  auf  I)eUtfc^? 
or,  njie  l)ei|3t  ba§  im  ^eutfc^en?    What  is  tliat  "called"  in  German  1 

f)  ©pajiveu  is  used  chiefly  with  gc^ctt,  fal)reu,  rcitcn,  and  fii^ven,  and  denotes 
Aai  the  action  performed  is  for  i;xercise,  or  pleasure  ;  as, 
(Sr  vettet  ff()l-  off,    abev    ec  rettct  ntc     He  rides  very  often,  but  he  never  rides  fo: 

fpa^tvcn.  pleasure. 

3d)  flehf  alfe  ^Tage  f?>auveu.  I  ^o  walking  (take  a  walk)  every  day, 

^iv  inac^tcii  clueu  epajiiijaitc.  We  took  (made)  a  walk. 


94  USE  OF  THE   INFINITIVE. 

(Bx  ift  iiS  Savtei'J  mube.  He  is  tired  of  (the)  waiting. 

(§t  benft  nur  an  (Sffeit  uub  "Stinfen.    He  thinks  only  of  eating  and 

drinking. 

4.  The  infinitive  (generally  without  ju)  often  stands  as  the 
subject,  or  object  of  a  verb  ;  as, 

(Stevben  ift  nid)t^,  bed)  leBen  unb    To  die  is  nothing,  but  to  live  and 

mi)t  fet)en,  ba0  ift  eiu  Ungliicf.  not  see  that  is  a  misfortune, 

^aiibeln  ift  leici)t,  beufeu  fcl;n)er.         To  act  is  easy,  to  think  difficult. 

5.  The  infinitive  with  ju  follows  the  particles  anjiatt  and 
o^ne;  as, 

Qx  fpielt,  aiiftatt  ju  lefen.  He  plays  instead  of  reading  (to 

read). 
@le  finb  !ranf,  of)ne  eg  ju  ti^iffen.        They  are  sick  without  knowing  it 
2)u  I;inbevft  mid),  ju  fd)reiben.  You  keep  me  from  writing. 

6.  The  infinitive  active  is  often  used  in  a  passive  sense;  as, 
2)tefeg  «§auS  ift  ju  i^ermlet^^en,  unb    This  house  is  to  let,  and  that 

jeneg  ift  ju  »erfaufen.  one  is  to  be  sold  (to  sell). 

i§S  ift  feine  3t'it  ju  tjerlteren.  There  is  no  time  to  be  lost  (tc 

lose). 
2Bo  ift  btefeg  ^ud^  ju  ^aBen  ?  Where  is  this  book  to  be  had  ? 

(Bx  la^t  einen  «§ut  mad)en.  He  is  getting  a  hat  made. 

Wlaw  Itep  if)n  Beftrafcn.  They  caused  him  to  be  punished 

7.  Unt  before  the  infinitive  signifies  "w  order^\  but  is  fre- 
quently omitted  in  translating ;  as, 

(Sr  ift  nad)  5Deutfd)Ianb  geretft,  um  He  has    gone  to  Germany  (in 

bie  @)3rad)e  ju  ternen.  order)  to  learn  the  language. 

d't  toax  ju  fd}n)ad),  um  bie  StvBeit  ju  He  was  too  weak  to  finish  the 

i)oUenben.  work. 

8.  Stiffen  often  stands  in  the  sense  of  "to  know  how",  "to 
be  able",  before  an  infinitive  ;  as, 

dx  itjeip  ftd)  ju  l)elfcn.         He  knows  how  to  help  himself. 

Exercise  70.  ^ttfflabe  70. 

1.  ^eipen  ©ie  i(;n  get)en  ober  HeilJen?  2.  (kincr  letjrt  mid)  franjoftfd) 
fVrcd)cn,  unb  bcr  aubere  lernt  cS  lefen.  3.  2)ie  9lad)tuiall  ivh-b  ftdi  batb 
i)6ren  (ajfen.  4.  S)iefe  SWatrcfeu  ii^cvben  mcrgen  cbev  iibermcrgen  ftfcl}en 
get}en.  6.  2)er  alte  S3auer  fjat  yicl  guteu  alteu  SBein  im  teller  liegen. 
6.  33cfe()lcn  ift  Ieid)t,  gel)ovd)cn  fdnvcv.  7.  3d)  liebe  bag  Scfen,  aber'  idi 
t)affe  bag  (£dn-cibcn.  8.  aCir  ftnb  cureg  ^va()Ieng  unb  ©dnra^eng  ()erjlidi 
mi'ibe.  9.  SKeldie  Urfadie  Ijat  ftc  traurig  ^u  feiu  ?  10.  3di  Ijabe  locber 
Beit  nod)  Suft  fein  ©Ingcu  ju  Ijcven.  11.  Seber  gute  (Sdn'iler  treif  n?ann 
bie  9iei()e  an  it)m  ift  ju  Icfcn.  12.  (5ln  fo  alberncg  SO'ldrd^en  ift  nld)t  ju 
glauben.  13.  @ie  laffen  ifjren  !S8cbtcnten  if)r  Simmer  fegen.  14.  !Der 
9lid)ter  liep  ben  93erbrcdier  ing  ©cfdngnip  \i>crfen.  14.  £cbe  um  gu  Icrnen, 
unb  ler^ie  um  ju  teben.   16.  @r  tocif  ju  teben  unb  ftd)  bag  fieben  angene'^m 


PARTICIPLES    AND    IMPERATIVE.  95 

ju  ntod^cn.  16.  Sie  .^tnber  [tub  fpajtren  gefaf)ren,  itnb  bi  S6)uhx  ftnb 
fpajtren  gcritten.  17.  Gfriil  JTifclicn  gcgangeat,  anjiatt  ju  fii  ren.  18.  @ie 
jlnb  in  bie  @cl)ute  gegangeu  urn  (Siujiifd)  ju  tevneii. 

Exercise  71.  Jlufplie  71 

1.  Who  taught  you  to  speak  German?  2.  I  le » <ned  to  speak 
h  in  Germany.  3.  This  stupid  boy  remained  sitting  the  whole 
evening.  4.  The  man  had  a  small  table  standing  beside  his  bed. 
5.  We  shall  not  have  time  to  see  our  friends  this  evening.  6.  My 
mother  taught  me  to  sing  and  my  brother  teaches  me  to  play. 
7.  When  shall  you  go  a  fishing,  to-morrow,  or  day  after  to-mor- 
row? 8.  Why  have  our  friends  been  to  the  city  without  visiting 
us  ?  9.  They  went  to  their  cousins  instead  of  coming  to  us.  10.  I 
am  tired  of  his  singing.  11.  They  have  books  enough  but  not  time 
to  read  them.  12.  These  horses  are  to  be  sold.  13.  This  man 
has  something  to  say  to  your  friend.  14.  The  captain  is  getting  a 
new  coat  made.  15.  The  general  caused  the  soldier  to  be  tlirown 
into  prison.  16.  This  man's  conduct  is  not  to  be  praised.  17.  This 
silly  story  is  not  to  be  believed.  18.  Is  it  not  your  turn  to  read? 
1 9    We  must  go  immediately,  there  is  no  time  to  lose. 


LESSON  XXXVl.  iicUffli  XXXVI. 

participles  and  imperative. 

1.  The  present  participle  goveras  the  same  case  as  the 
verb  from  which  it  is  derived,  and  always  follows  its  object ;  as, 
2)ie  -^onlg  fammetnbe  fflienc.  The  honey-gathering  bee. 
2)ein  hii)  lieOeuber  93ruber.  Thy  (thee)  loving  brother. 

2.  The  present  participle  is  used  predicatively  only  when 
it  rejects  its  participial  character  and  is  used  simply  as  an  ad- 
jective ;  as, 

2)te  <§i^e  iuar  brucfenb.  The  heat  was  oppressive. 

2)a^  Sieb  i[l  reijenb.  The  song  is  charming. 

3.  After  the  verb  fomnten,  the  second  participle  is  used  in 
some  phrases,  where  in  English  the  first  is  employed  ;  as, 
.^eulenb  fommt  bcr  ©tiirm  gefl[ogen.     Howling  the  storm  comes  fl)  ing 

(flown). 

4.  The  word  ge^en,  m  some  phrases  with  the  second  par- 
ticiple of  ijerlieren,  is  not  translated  ;  as, 

2)er  SBein  ivirb  i?erIoven  gel^en.  The  wine  will  be  (lit.  "^o")  lost 

^a^  ®elb  ift  yerloreu  gegangen.         The  money  is  (gone)  lost. 

5.  The  past  participle  is  sometimes  used  fs  the  impera- 
tive ;  as. 


96  PARTICIPLES    AND    IMPERATITE 

D^idit  fo  laut  gefprcdhen.  Do  not  speak  so  loud. 

^•leif  iij  geavbeltct.  Labor  diligently. 

6.  There  is  a  third  future  participle  formed  only  from  tran 
hitive  verbs  by  adding  t)  to  the  infinitive  preceded  by  ^u :  it  al 
ways  has  a  passive  signification  and  implies  necessity  or  obli- 
gation ;  as, 

Ch-  Ift  eiii  ju  lobenber  S)laim.  He  is  a  man  who    should   be 

praised. 
3)ie  ju  fiivditenbe  ©efa^r.  The  to-be-feared  danger. 

2)ai?  ju  bauenbe  ^au^.  The  house  (which  is)  to  be  built. 

IMPERATIVE. 

7.  When  the  second  person  of  the  imperative  is  used,  the 
subject  is  generally  omitted  ;  when,  however,  the  third  is  used, 
the  subject  is  expressed  ;  as, 

^arl,  bringe  mtr  beiii  ^ui).  Charles,  bring  me  your  book, 

.^'inber,  gel;t  in  baS  ^a\x^.  Children,  go  into  the  house. 

Jl'art,  bringcn  @te  mir  3t;r  SucI).  Charles,  bring  me  your  book. 

@cl)icfe  er  bag  $fevb  morgen.  Send  the  horse  to-morrow. 

©0  fei  eg,  fagte  cr.  So  be  it  (so  let  it  be),  said  he. 

8.  The  present  indicative,  and  the  auxiliary  fotten  are  some 
times  used  with  the  force  of  the  imperative  ;  as, 

2)u  mad}ll  inimer  Slnftalt  imb  bi|l    Be  constantly  making  prepara- 

niemalg  fcrtig.  tions  and  never  be  ready. 

3fev  fdiweigt,  big  man  cud;  annift.      Keep  silence  till  you  are  called 

upon. 
2)u  felbfi  foUfi  eg  t^un.  Do  it  yourself. 

S)er  Sofjann  foH  fommeii.  Let  John  come  (cause  John  to 

come). 

9.  „3)aburcf),  baj"  before  a  finite  verb  often  answers  to 
"by"  before  a  present  participle  ;  as, 

SWan  f d^abct  end)  baburdi,  "bOi^  man    You  are  injured  hy  being  praised 

cud)  i^u  [e^v  Icbt.  too  much. 

Literally,  you  are  thereby  injured,  that  you  are  too  much  praised. 

Exercise  72.  Jlofgnbc  72. 

1.  ^cr  bvaufenbe  2Biub  trelbt  bag  fd}\iHaufcube  ©diijf  burdi  ble  fdidu* 
meubeu  SffieKeu.  2.  2)ovt  fommt  ciu2)^auu  iu  vcUer  Jpajl  gelaufeu.  3.  1)er 
olte  SITianu  fd)rifb  mit  jitterubev  «^aub.  4.  ©r  reitct  gcfdnuiub,  unb  l;dlt 
in  bem  9lrm  bag  fcuf^eube  jlinb.  5.  *2c  fei  eg.  fvvid)t  5l(bred)t  init  ben* 
ucrnbem  Saut.  6.  ai>cinenb  ricf  bcr  ju  bemitleibeube  alte  3)Zaun  :  „9Jiein 
©ct)u  ijl  eiu  ju  beftrafenbor  33evbred)er".  7.  ^zx  Iddielube  (^rfdjUng  cr# 
\vedft  bie  fdilafenbcu  5i3lumcn.  8.  2)i£  bvcmienbe  <^\i\\m  fdimitjt  bcu  gldn* 
jcubcu  (Sd)uce.  9.  3()r  U3rubcv  i)"^  eiu  ju  bcucibcubcr  ilJienfd;.  10.  2)et 
fu^ne  2;audier  tinrft  jid>  in  bic  bvaufenbe  %i\\ii).  11.  ^Biiuge  mtr  mclnen 
SKantel  unb  meine  .§anbfd}ul;e.     12.  (£d;icfcn  ©Ic  31)ren  ^^cbientcn  ju 


SEPARABLE    COMPOUND    VERBS.  97 

mir.  13.  „Unb  feud)enb  lag  x<&j,  ttite  eiii  (SteiBenber,  jertreteit  untcr  i^tn 
<§ufe  @d)lag."  14.  „5)u  ubevnimmfl  bie  fpautfd)en  Stegimenter,  mad)|l 
immer  Stnftalt  unb  bifi  niemals  fertig,  unb  treiben  fte  bid),  gcgen  mid)  ju 
jietju,  fo  (L.  39.  2.)  fagjl  bu  j[a,  unb  bleibfi  gefef  elt  |lef)n.'' 

Exercise  73.  ^Uf^abt  73 

1.  The  falling  snow  covers  the  fallen  tree.  2.  The  horse  comes 
running,  the  bird  comes  flying.  3.  Give  the  trembhng  old  man  a 
coat.  4.  My  friend  is  a  very  learned  man.  5.  I  hear  the  singing 
birds  and  the  bleating  sheep.  6.  The  smiling  spring  brings  us 
beautiful  flowers.  7.  So  be  it,  said  the  king,  smiling.  8.  He  has 
the  weeping  child  in  his  arm.  9.  The  burning  sun  drives  the  low- 
ing cattle  into  the  forest.  10.  The  foaming  wave  flies  over  the 
trembling  ship.  11.  The  snow  melts  before  the  burning  sun. 
12.  A  standing  tree  is  more  beautiful  than  a  fallen  one.  13.  The 
hoping  husbandman  sees  with  joy  the  swelling  buds.  14.  Do  not 
sing  so  loud.  1.5.  Who  is  the  most  learned  man  in  Europe? 
16.  These  travelers  call  themselves  traveUng  artists.  17.  He 
governs  them  by  treating  them  kindly. 


LESSON  XXXVII.  ^tction  XXXVII. 

COMPOUND   VERBS.       SEPARABLE. 

1.  The  particles  ab,  an,  auf,  aug,  M,  ba  or  bar,  eiit,  cm^or, 
fort,  gcgcn,  ^dm,  I;er,  ^n,  in,  mit,  nac6,  nicber,  bor,  iceg,  ^u, 
juriicf  (and  their  compounds,  L.  38.),  are  often  compounded 
with  verbs  ;  and  as  they  may  stand  apart  from  the  verb,  they 
are  called  separable  particles.* 

2.  In  compound  tenses,  formed  from  the  infinitive  and  an 
auxiliary,*  and  in  subordinate  sentences,  the  particle  is  placed 
before  the  verb ;  as, 

(S'r  with  balb  anfcmmen.  He  will  soon  arrive. 

SBir  muffeu  au^ge^cn.  We  must  go  out. 

Mann  er  ben  @tein  auf^eben?  Can  he  lift  up  the  stone? 

5)u  batfll  Ijdm  ge^en.  You  are  at  liberty  to  go  home. 

@te  fcUten  Hjn  nid)t  auf^alten.  You  should  not  detain  him. 

(St  mag  nid)t  einfd)(afen.  He  does  not  wish  to  go  to  sleep. 

(Sie  finb  cS,  ber  mid)  auff^dtt.  It  is  you  who  detain  me. 

(Sr  ill  bofe,  ineil  @ie  au^geficn.  He  is  angry  because  you  go  out. 

Bk  ill  traurig,  iweil  er  bie  S31umc    She  is  sad  because  he  broke  off 

abbradi.  the  flower. 

3d)  luar  t}ier,  efie  er  auf|!anb.  I  was  here  before  he  got  up. 

*)  In  like  manner  are  used  with  verbs  several  nouns  (sometimes  written  with  a 
capital  and  sometimes  with  a  small  initial)  and  adjectives ;  as,  iaS  (Sonctvt  wirb  StOtt 
ftnbeu  (or  flattftnben) ;  the  concert  will  take  place :  er  iutrb  if)m  S;rofe  btctcti  (or 
tropieten) ;  he  win  bid  him  defiance  •  er  xvixh  t^tt  tobtfcbtagcn ;  he  will  km  hin 
(strike  him  dead). 


98  SEPARABLE     COMPOUND    VERBS. 

3.  ^n  of  the  infinitive*  (when  used),  and  the  augment  g« 
of  the  past  participle,*  are  placed  between  the  particle  and 
the  vt^rb ;  as, 

(3:^  m  3eit  aiigjitgeT^m  (not  jit  augge()en).         It  is  time  to  go  out. 
(iiJ  Ift  Uuredit  il)u  aitf^u{)altcii  (not  ju  auf£)alten).Itis  wrong  to  detain  hini. 
(ir  l)at  mid)  aufgeljalten  (not  ge^auffjalteu).      He  has  detained  me. 
Bit  flub  aug^egangtu  (not  geHiu^gangen).        They  have  gone  out. 

4.  In  principal  sentences  and  simple  tenses  the  particle  is 
placed  at  the  end  of  the  sentence  ;  as, 

-Die  ®dfte  fcnimen  eben  art.  ,   The  guests  are  just  arriving, 
i&aritm  gel) en  ©ie  au^  ?  Why  are  you  going  out  ? 

@v  brad)  tie  S3hime  ab.  He  broke  off  the  flower. 

&iiU  er  hen  33oten  auf  ?  Did  he  detain  the  messenger? 

5.  When  one  of  these  particles  is  prefixed  to  a  verb  net 
•iccented  on  the  first  syllable,  gu  of  the  infinitive  follows  the 
prefix,  and  the  augment  ge  is  rejected ;  as, 

(vv  ift  ju  ftolj  e^  aiiJjii^crfennen.  He  is  to  proud  to  acknowledge  it. 

^"r  i)at  (6  aiuevfannt.  He  has  acknowledged  il. 

G.  These  compounds  generally  take  a  signification  different 
from,  but  often  kindred  to  the  components  used  separately,  as, 
3d)  ftefie  Tiieinem  ^^reunbe  bei.  I  assist  (stand  by)  my  friend. 

3d)  fte()e  bei  meiium  ^rcuiibe.  I  stand  by  (near)  my  friend. 

(Sr  ftcUte  fid)  mir  »cr.  He  introduced  himself  to  me. 

dx  ftellte  jid)  V)cr  mid).  He  placed  himself  before  me. 

Exercise  74.  ^ufgabf  74. 

1.  ?icf)men  @ie  3()re  93iid)cr  hjeg  1  2.  ^mn,  bcim  id)  Ijabe  fie  fd^on 
tycggcncmmen.  3.  ©e^eii  3()re  ?^reunbc  fjciite  aiii  ?  4.  ?icin,  fie  fiiib 
fd^ii  anggegangen.  5.  ®dueibt  ber  Jtnabc  bcii  53ricf  ab  ?  6.  yiciii,  ci 
f)at  i()n  f*on  geltcrn  abgefd)ricben.  7.  5Der  ffeif^ige  Saner  f)at  feine  (Velb-- 
fviidite  eiiigefammelt,  aue«gcbrcfd)en  unb  aiifgef^>eid)evt.  8.  Urn  n.^e(d)e 
Beit  gpi)t  bie  (Bcnwe  auf?  9.  (Sie  ift  fd)on  aiifgcgaiigen.  10.  2)er  9}Joiib 
fteigt  I)inter  bem  ©ebirge  auf  unb^erfudt  bie  (Srbe  mit  feiuem  fanfteu 
IMd^te.  11.  !Die  tabclube  9Ba()r{)eit  bc^  ciditen  gveuubcg  i)1  bag  iDieffir 
beti  ^IBunbar^iteg,  bag  ein  eiternbeg  ®cfcl)tttiir  auffd)neibet;  eg  fd^affet 
Sd^mevjen,  aber  i5um  ^etl  beg  Seibenbcu.  12.  ®er  93cgel  ifi  tfeggeficgcu 
nub  bag  ^ferb  ift  tveggelaufeu.  13.  3d)  I)abe  meine  ^aubfdni{)e  ange- 
,^ogeu,  unb  je|t  )|ir()e  id)  uieiue  Uebevfd)ube  au.  14.  2)ie  mfibeu  9fieiter 
fiiib  »cn  il}ren  abgematteten  ^4>ft'^^f'i  abgeftiegcn.  15.  ©ie  fpredicu  bie 
beutfd'.eu  SBorter  febv  gut  aug.  16.  SUg  wir  anfingen,  bcutfd)  ju  lerueu, 
fonntcn  tvir'bic  3Bcrtcr  nid)t  Ieid)t  augfpred)en. 

*)  Verlia  derived  from  compound  nouns,  or  adjectives,  follow  the  conjupation  of 
simple  verlis,  i.  e  fakn  the  augment,  and  JU  oftlie  infinitive,  before  the  entire  word; 

as,  er  i)a\  gcfriil)fliicf t ;   he  lias  hreakfasted -.  c8  ifi  fd^wer  ju  ^lub^abcn;  it  ii 
difficult  to  manage    cS  b»^t  geiuettcilcad;lct ;  it  has  lightened. 


USE  AND  FORMATION  OF  ADVERBS.  99 

Exercise  75.  JlufplJe  75 

1.  Who  has  taken  away  my  gloves?      2.  Your  brotaertook 
tliem  away  yesterday.    3.  At  what  time  do  you  go  out  this  evening  1 

4.  I  shall  not  go    out  this  evening,    I  went  out  this  morning. 

5.  When  will  your  friends  go  away?  6.  They  have  already  gone 
away.  7.  Can  you  pronounce  these  words  well?  8.  I  can 
pronounce  them  but  not  very  well.  9.  Have  you  already  begun 
to  read  German  1  10.  No,  but  I  shall  begin  to-morrow,  my  friend 
began  yesterday.  11.  Does  he  pronounce  well  ?  12.  Yes,  he 
pronounces  very  well.  13.  Why  don't  you  take  away  your  tablej 
14.  I  have  not  time  to  take  it  away.  15.  I  am  copying  ]etters  for 
my  friend  who  went  away  yesterday. 


LESSON  XXXVIII.  Section  XXXVIII. 

ADVERBS. 

-1.  2)a,  bort,  ^ex,  and  too,  are  used  with  verbs  of  rest,  and 
with  those  that  indicate  action  within  specified  limits;  as, 
©a  i|l  ber  jla^n,  unh  hoxt  ber  ©ee.    Here  is  the  boat,  and  there  the 

lake, 
gier  liegt  ba^  ^Palpier,  too  \\t  bie    Here  lies   the  paper,  where  is 

2;iute?  the  ink? 

2.  2)a,  bort,  t)ier,  and  too,  when  combined  w4th  ^in  (thither) 
and  f)n  (hither),  are  used  vrhen  motion  or  tendency  toward 
a  place  is  signified  ;  as, 

(Sx  ifi  ba  unb  id)  ge^c  haljin.  He  is  there  and  1  am  going  there 

(thither). 
93tet6e  f)ter,    n  twitb  Batb  l§ierl}er    Remain  here,  he  will  soon  come 

fommen.  here  (hither). 

2Bo  ij^  er,  unb  too^in  ge^t  er?  Where  is  he,  and  where  (whither) 

is  he  going  ? 

3.  t^ht  and  ^er*  are  frequently  separated  from  too,  and  placed 
at  the  end  of  the  sentence ;  as, 

2iRo  ge'^en  @ie  fjhi  (roo^n  get;en  ©ie)  ?  Where  (whither)  are  you  going? 
2Bo  fommt  er  I;er  (tco^et  fommt  er)?  Where  is  he  coming  from? 

4.  ^'m  and  ^er  when  compounded  with  other  words,  still 
retain  their  distinctive  meanings  (:^tn  indicating  direction 
from  and  :^cr  direction  towards,  the  speaker  or  subject).  As, 
however,  we  have  no  words  precisely  answering  to  these 
particles,  the  force  rf  I^in  and  ^tx  in  compounds,  is  often  lost 
in  translating ;  as, 

*)  ^tn  and  ^er  are  sometimes  used  with  verbs  of  rest ;  I)tn,  in  the  signifi(  ation  of 
"past",  "gone",  and  l)er,  denoting  proximity,  as,  bet  ©Omuiev  ifl  i)in;  the  summer 
iH  past:  fte  fiauben  urn  ihn  ^er ;  they  stood  round  about  him. 


100  USE  AND  FORMATION  OF  VERB8. 

Direction  from  the  speaJcer.  Direction  towards  the  speaker. 

dr  f^rang  f  inau^.He  sprang  out.      (Jr  fpvang  {jerau^.He  sprang  out. 
@r  jiieg  ^inaitf.    He  ascended.        (5r  ftieg  lierauf.   He  ascended, 
^r  fteigt  f)inab.    He  descends.        (If  jletgt  I)erab.    He  descends, 
(^r  ging  tjimtnter.  He  went  down.     @r  fam  fierunter.  He  came  down. 
@r  tuberte  ju  if);  He  rowed  across  (Er  ruberte  ju  ung  He  rowed  across 

lien  fjinuber.        to  them.  ^eruber.  to  us. 

^ie  Jltnber  licfen  ^'m  imb  ^er.  The  children  ran  to  and  fro. 

5.  These  compounds  after  the  dative  preceded  by  a  pre- 
position ;  or  after  the  accusative,  are  usually  translated  by  a 
preposition  before  the  objective ;  as, 

Qx  flog  jum  ^enfier  Tjinau^.  He  flew  out  of  the  window. 

@le  !amen  bie  Sreppe  t}erunter.  They  came  down  the  stairs. 

6.  With  ba,  ^ier,  and  too,  many  prepositions  are  combined, 
and  the  compound   thus   formed  is   often  substituted  for  the 
dative  and  accusative  of  pronouns  (L.  24,  14.     28,  12.);  as, 
3d)  l^aBe  i§r  S3ud)  unb  Icfe  barin.       I  have  your  book  and  am  reading 

in  it. 
@inb  @ie  bamit  jufrieben  ?  Are  you  satisfied  with  it  ? 

Siffcu  ©ie  tvofcon  cr  [prid;t?  Do  you  know  what  he  is  speak- 

ing of? 
(5i-  naf)m  meinen  %\\6)    unb  legte    He  took  my  table  and  laid  his 
fcinc  33uct)er  barauf.  books  on  it  (thereon). 

7.  Adverbs  are  formed  by  the  union  of  nouns  with  nouns; 
nouns  with  pronouns ;    nouns  wdth  adjectives  ;    nouns  with 
prepositions  ;  and  prepositions  with  prepositions  ;  as, 
fctuiareiurcife,  hordewise  (in  hordes)  ;  mcincrfeit^,  for  my  part ;  glucfi 

lldierlr»eifc  (or  glucfUdicr  2Beife)^  fortunately ;  firomauf,  up  stream ; 
bergab,  down  hill ;  ubcrau^,  exceedingly. 

Adverbs  are  formed  from  various  parts  of  speech  by  means 
of  the  suffixes  lid;,  lingg,  toarto,  S;  as, 
tdgli6,  daily ;  btinblingg,  blindly  ;  t}immelivdrt^,  heavenwards  ;  fings?, 

suddenly  ;    xt6.)i&,  right  (to  the  right)  ;    \\\\U,  left  (to  the  left)  ; 

morgeiie,  in  the  morning ;  abcub^,  in  the  evening ;  aubetiJ,  otherwise. 

Exercise  76,  JVufjjabe  7G, 

1.  SBo  ift  %i)x  58vuber  ?  2.  @r  ijl  in  allien,  fciu  ?^reunb  ifl  an*  ba. 
3.  Dlcifen  (Sie  aud)  bd)in?  4.  ©ntwebcr  rcife  id)  bal)in  cbcr  er  fcmmt 
()iev()er.  5.  SBo  get)cn  luifere  ^reunbc  l^in  ?  6.  Sie  get;en  nad)  bcm 
jborfe;  foHcn  unr  and)  baljin  gef)cn  ?  7.  23ir  ivcUen  fjeutc  I}ier  blcibcii 
unb  mcrgen  bat)in  gcl)en.  8.  20cUen  (£ic  ben  S3erg  t;inauf  geljca? 
9.  ©0  !cmmt  it)r  tjer  unb  xoc  gci)t  \i)x  (>in?  10.  ©ir  fcmmen  au^ 
(£*tvaben  unb  gct)en  nadi  ^^renfien.  11.  „5)er  SD^ann  niu0  (L.  31.  11.) 
t)inau6  (gel)en)^  in'<!!  feinblidu'  8eben".  12.  SBcbl  il)m,  pv  ift  binge-- 
gangen,  iuo  lein  (£d)nee  meljr  ijl.     13.  ^ev  Jlandier  tauditiii  bag  3}leet 


COLLOCATION  OF  WORDS.  101 

f)mahf  urn  ^erten  ^eraufjufiolen.  14.  93et  gtofen  (Sturmen  jtnb  bte 
©ctilffe  oft  in  ©efafjr,  benn  bte  SBeUen  fd^lagen  mit  ©eiratt  l^erau,  ha€ 
©d}ijf  fd)tcanft  l;inuber  uiib  IjnuUx.  15.  S)e3  2Jiorgeng  fd^telbt  er  unb 
be^  Si&enb«?  liefl  er.     16.  <§iuab,  l^tnauf  ge^t  unfer  Sauf. 

Exercise  77.  <?lttfgabt  77. 

1.  Where  are  you  going?  2.  I  am  going  to  the  village,  will 
you  go  there  too  ?  3.1  will  go  there  but  not  to-day.  4.  The  boy 
sprang  down  into  the  water.  5.  Our  friends  are  in  ViiSnna  and 
we  shall  also  go  there.  6.  Are  your  cousins  coming  here  this 
week  1  7.  No,  for  they  are  already  here.  8.  We  went  up  the 
Rhine  from  Coblenz  to  Mayence.  9.  The  carpenter  fell  down 
from  the  roof.  10.  The  horse  ran  down  the  mountain.  11.  The 
boys  went  up  the  hill.  12.  We  must  go  to  the  forest,  will  you  go 
there  with  us  ?  13.  No,  we  must  remain  where  we  are.  14.  I 
will  go  up  if  you  will  come  down. 


LESSON  XXXIX.  lection  XXXIX. 

COLLOCATION    OF    WORDS. 

1.  When  a  subordinate  sentence  is  introduced  by  one  of 
the  following  words,  the  same  order  obtains  as  in  relative  sen- 
tences (L.  28.  3.);  namely,  aU,  Bcbor,  U§,  ba,  bafern,  feamit, 
ba^,  bietreir,  tfjt,  faH^,  jc,  inbem,  infofcrn,  naci;bcm,  olj  and  its 
compounds,  feitbcm,  ungcacl;tct,  lrd(;rcnb,  wann,  ii^arum,  \iodi, 
tuann,  trie,  and  tvo ;  as, 

2Bir  iviffen,  twarum  er  e^  getr^an  r;at,  We  know  why  he  has  done  it, 

unb  tt)o  er  t;ingegangen  ifl.  and  where  he  has  gone. 

@r  wattete,  Ue  ex  ftc  gefel^eu  ^atU.  He  waited  till  he  had  seen  them. 

@obatb  er  bag  §6rte.  As  soon  as  he  heard  that. 

2.  2)a,  treit,  toenn"'^  and  );iok  are  followed  by  the  correlative 
fo,  at  the  head  of  a  succeeding  clause ;  as, 

3)a  er  nidU  ju  mlr  fommen  ir»t((,  fo    As  he  will  not  come  to  me  (so) 

ge()e  id)  ^u  iijm.  I  go  to  him. 

SSenn  er  ntdit  franf  i%  fo  fommt  er.    If  he  is  not  sick  (so)  he  will  come. 

3.  When  oSglcid;,  oBtrot;!  or  o6fd}Dn  introduces  a  subordi- 
nate sentence  followed  by  a  principal  one,  the  latter  is  intro- 
duced by  fo —  bod;;  as, 

Obgletrfi  bie  Suft  unftrt}tbar  ijl,  fo    Although  the  air  is  invisible,  it 
ift  fie  bcdi  cin  ^or^jer.  is  nevertheless  a  substance. 

*)  SLiietin  is  often  omitted,  and  the  verb  placed  l)efore  its  suhject;  as, 
QBtfi  t>U  vcict),  fo  untcvftiltje  bte  2h'mfU,     Art  thou  ricli,  (so)  assist  tlie  poor,  art  thou 
bift  bu  gelet^rt,  fo  untevric^te  bte  Uu=         learned,  (so)  instruct  the  Igtiorant 

toiffenben. 


102  COLLOCATION    OF    WORDS. 

Some  rimes  other  words  are  placed  between  06,  and  the 
word  with  which  it  is  compounded ;  as, 
Db  cr  glcid)  (or  cBgtetcl)  cr)  mein    Although  he  is  my  friend. 

Sveunb  ift. 

4.  Qt6or,  ciMn,  benn,  cnttueber,  ober,  namticf),  fonbern  and 
unb  do  not  change  the  natural  order  of  the  sentence  ;  as, 

@ie  ifl  nid)t  fd)on,  abzx  fte  ijl  lie?    She  is  not  beautiful,  but  she  is 

beui5tt?uvbig.  amiable. 

(§TC  ift  |ilei§ig ;  allein  er  lernt  ivenig.    He  is  industrious,  still  he  learns 

(but)  httle. 

5.  When  a  sentence  begins  with  another  word  than  its  subject 
(except  as  above  specified)  the  subject  usually  follows  its 
verb ;  as, 

dlk  fjaOe  trf)  fie  gemieben  itnb  fdil^er?  Never  have  I  avoided  them  and 
lid)  \uerbe  id)  if}ucn  gaiij  entgef>en.       hardly  shall  I  entirely  escape 

them. 

JDenii  if)n  Ijabe  id)  Beleibigt.  For  him  have  I  (I  have)  offended. 

S)iefen  2}laun  feniie  id),  jenen  ober  This  man  I  know  (know  I),  that 
I;abe  id)  nie  gefe^en.  one  however  I  have  (have  I) 

never  seen. 

3u  tange  fc^cn  I;ajl  bu  gefd)lnm?  Too  long  already  hast  thou  (thou 
mert.  hast)  slumbered. 

Sanger  fann  id)  iiid)t  toarten.  Longer  I  can  not  (can  I  not)  wait. 

9^ur  mit  bem  ^thm  toerben  unfere  Only  with  life  will  our  sufferings 
Seibcn  auf()6rcn.  (our  sufferings  will)  cease. 

2)a|j  bicfe  (2prad)e  »iet  fd)lt)ieriger  That  this  language  is  much  more 
aU  bie  cnglifdie  ifl,  Ijahm  <Bk  difficult  than  the  English,  you 
iroI)t  fdion  eingefcl;en.  have  probably  already  seen. 

5)a*  liegt  Stjr  ^ud).  There  lies  your  book  (there  your 

books  lies). 

6.  Sometimes  a  causal  conjunction  in  a  leading  clause  is 
best  omitted  in  translating ;  as, 

(Bx  if;  bc^fjalb  unjufricbcn,  Uieil  fcin  He  is  (therefore)  discontented 
i^reuiib  nid)t  l;icr  i)f .  because  his  friend  is  not  here. 

7.  Adverbs  (except  Qcnug)  precede  the  adjectives  and  ad- 
verbs which  they  qualify  ;  as, 

(§S  ifl  fd^cn  jiemlid)  fait.  It  is  already  pretty  cold. 

2)er  |)ut  i\t  grcp  gcnug.  The  hat  is  large  enough. 

*  As  the  same  word  may  be  an  adverb  or  a  conjunction,  it  may  require  the  construc- 
tion of  llie  relative  sentence,  or  the  inversion  of  subject  and  verb;  as,  ba  foiTlIllt  3^t 
glClinb,  there  comes  your  friend:  ba  tl)V  SlCUllb  fomillt,  fo  Will  icfe  ivartcn,  as  (or 
since)  your  friend  is  cominfr.  I  will  wait:  bailllt  bill  ic^)  juftiebcn,  with  that  (there- 
with) 1  am  sati.sned:  bamit  td^  iiidjt  ju  ge^eii  brauc^c,  fle^t  cr  felb^  in  order  that  1 
may  not  ni^ed  to  go,  he  goes  himself. 


EXERCISES  ON  COLLOCATION  OF  WORDS.  103 

8.  Adverbs  follow  the  verbs  that  they  qualify  (in  compound 
tenses  the  first  auxiliary);  those  of  time  preceding  those  of 
place ;  as, 

(f  r  ipar  gefleru  ^ier.  He  was  here  yesterday. 

@te  fomtneii  eft  ju  un6.  They  often  come  to  our  house. 

(Bx  tinxh  movgeu  f)ier  fein.  He  will  be  here  to-morrow. 

Sdife^e  ifjnoft,  abererfic^tmid)nie.  I  see  him  often  but  he  never 

sees  me. 

@rtt)irb  biefenSlbenbnad^ber  ©tabt  He  will  drive  to  the  city  this 
fal;ren.  afternoon. 

,  9.  Adverbs  of  time  precede  the  object  (except  when  it  is  a 
personal  pronoun) ;  while  those  of  manner  referring  exclu- 
sively to  the  verb,  commonly  follow  the  object ;  as, 

@r  madite  gej^etn  feine  Slrbeit  fe^r  He  did  his  work  yesterday  very 

fdblec^t  badly. 

(Sx  Ijat  gejlern    feine   Strbeit  fefir  He  has  done  his  work  (yester- 

fdiledit  gemad)t.  day)  very  badly.  (See  L.  26.5). 

Qx  Ijat  fie  {)eute  beffer  gemad)t.  He  has  done  it  better  to-day. 

Qx  ijat  mix  gej^crn  biefe  SDcittfjeiluiuj  He  made  this  communication  to 

fd)riftnd)  gemad)t.  me  yesterday  in  writing. 

Exercise  78.  JVufgabe  78. 

1.  ©nblid)  jeigtcn  bie  33iivger  ifjve  2Saffcii,unb  fingen  an  firf)  ju  scrffjei* 
bigen.  2.  3di  Ijatk  il)n  gcfel)en,  cf)e  feine  ^reunbe  ange!ommen  ivaren. 
3.  ffiarten  (gie,  hi^  id)  ben  iBrief  getefen  t)abe.  4.  2Bir  njiffen,  ba^  ev 
ubermorgen  fcmmen  toixh.  6.  3e  nie()r  ®olt  btr  gegebeu  ^cit,  bcfto  xmijx 
fcUft  bu  h^n  Skmen  geben.  6.  3e  nadibcm  man  gel^anbelt  ^at,  unrb  mait 
gliicflid)  ober  ctenb  fein.  7.  3d)  mi^  nidit,  cb  er  ba  i)i.  8.  (geltbem  felu 
aSater  tjlev  i|^,  tft  er  »tel  jufriebener.  9.  SBir  h^iifen,  ivie  er  ha6  getl)au 
l)at,  unb  xoo  er  ^ingegangen  ift.  10.  §Iud  ©dm^^fen  unb  ©iinflen  entjleljen 
S^ebel  unb  Dlegen.     if.  @te  toifen  nid^t,  waxim  id)  batS  gefagt  ^abe. 

12.  Side  feine  ^vdfte  tuoHte  er  fammeln  unb  jte  mit  bem  ^^einbe  »erbinben. 

13.  Unfer  'Sdiiff  nennt  cv  einen  9'Jad)en.  14.  (2ie  finb  fvanf,  be§f)alb 
fonnen  fie  nid)t  au^ge^^en.  15.  (2ie  fonnen  nid)t  augge()en,  ivell  fie  franf 
finb.  16.  9Sei(  fie  fran!  finb,  fo  !onnen  fte  nidit  auggefjen.  17.  (Sie  finb 
!vanf  unb  fonnen  bepfjalb  nidit  auggetjen.  18.  (Sx  fann  be^f)alb  nidjt  au^ 
gefjcn,  mii  er  fran!  ift.  19.  Ueber  un^  fef}en  tviv  ben  ^immel  unb  un* 
jd()lige  Sterne. 

Exercise  79.  ^ufgabe  79. 

1.  He  has  written  more  books  than  he  has  bought.  2.  They 
saw  me  before  I  saw  them.  3.  We  will  wait  here  till  you  can  go 
wxth  as.  4.  You  know  that  I  have  not  seen  him.  5.  The  longer 
a  man  lives,  the  shorter  time  has  he  yet  to  hvo.  6.  According  as 
one  is  idle  or  industrious,  will  one  be  unhappy  or  contented.  7.  I 
do  not  know  whether  he  will  come  or  not.  8. 1  have  seen  him  since  1 
have  been  here.  9.  Do  you  know  how  long  he  remained  in  the  city  1 


104  INSEPARABLE  COMPOUND  VERBS. 

10.  No,  ]  know  that  he  has  been  there,  but  I  do  not  know  how  long 
he  remained.  11.  We  know  him  but  we  do  not  know  where  he 
lives.  12.  This  boy  is  sad  because  his  father  is  sick.  13.  Be- 
cause he  has  not  much  money  he  is  discontented.  14.  Although 
he  is  rich  he  is  nevertheless  discontented.  15.  I  am  tired  and  can, 
therefore,  write  no  longer.  (L.  66.). 


LESSON  XL.  §tci\on  XL. 

COMPOUND  VERBS.       INSEPARABLE. 

1.  The  unaccented  particles  fce,  em:p,  ent,  er,  ge,  ijer,  ger, 
when  prefixed  to  verbs,  reject  the  augment  in  the  past  par- 
ticiple, and  take  ju  of  the  infinitive  before  them  ;  as, 
©r  t)at  [eiii  ^an^  »erfauft.  He  has  sold  his  house. 

@r  Ijat  ein  -QauS  ju  »erfaufen.  He  has  a  house  to  sell. 

SBer  'i)Oit  biefei3  a}erke(i)eu  began;    Who  has  committed  this  crime  ? 


gen 


@r  &efat}t  ifjnen,  (L.  50.  2.)  if|ve.  He  commanded  them  to  illumi- 
•§dufer  ju  beleud)ten.  nate  their  houses 

3d)  ^abe  »erfucl)t,  e^  if)m  ju  erfld-  I  have  tried  to  explain  it  to  him 
ten,  aber  id)  glaitbe  ntd)t,  baf  er  but  I  do  not  believe  that  he 
mid)  »erjianben  l)at.  has  understood  me. 

9ld),  id)  ^abe  euren  hammer  niir  »ets  Alas !  I  have  only  increased  your 
gropert.  grief. 

SBie  fiat  man  end)  enilpfangen  ?  How  were  you  received  ? 

5)a3  'i)at  mir  nic  gef)ort.  That  has  never  belonged  to  me. 

5)u  ^ajl  ben  Spiegel  §erbrod)cn.  You  have  broken  the  looking- 
glass. 

2.  2)uvc^,  Winter,  iiber,  urn,  unter,  sjoll,  miber,  and  iriebcr, 
when  accented,  are  separable,  and  when  unaccented,  inse- 
parable; as, 

(Sx  n)ieberl)oPte,^t»ag  er  ge()6rt  ):}atk.    He  repeated  what  he  had  heard. 
(Sx  'ijclk  bag  S3nd)  ivieber.  He  brought  the  book  again. 

JDae  2BofTer  i|i  burd)gelaufen.  The  water  has  run  through. 

S)a6  ®eriid)t  burd)lief  bie  (Stabt.        The  report  spread  through  the 

city. 
(Sx  l&at  unS  ubergefe^t  He  has  conveyed   (ferried)  us 

over. 
dx  ijat   ein  S^vauerf^iel  an3  bcm    He  has  translated  a  tragedy  from 
2)eutfd)en  uberfe^t.  the  German. 

3.  The  particle  mij;  ii^  some  words,  takes  the  accent,  and, 
in  the  infinitive  and  past  participle,  is  treated  like  other  se- 
parable particles ;  as, 

Qs  tjat  niii'petont ;  e5  fd^eint  mip;  It  has  sounded  wrong :  it  seems 
gutonen.  to  sound  wrc  ng  (to  mis  sound). 


SUBJUNCTIVE.  105 

4.  In  some  verbs  the  augment  is  used  before  the  prefix 
irij  (but  is  oftener  wholly  rejected)  ;  as, 

(Sx  i)at  if)tt  gemip'(;anbeU  (or  mipj    He    has.  maltreated     (abused) 
fjano'elt.)  him. 

Exercise  80,  ^ttfgabe  80, 

1.  3d)  I)cjte  morgen  einen  93rief  ju  er^alten.  2.  Ser  arme  aJlann  l^at 
fein  @etb  erl)alten.  3.  3*  ^be  ba^  SBort  uergeffen  unb  bag  papier  yer* 
tcrcn.  4.  S)ie  2)eutfd)eu  ()aben  oiele  nii^lidie  ^iinjle  erfuiiben.  5.  SReinc 
(gctiiUer  fjabeu  fid)  gut  betragen.  6.  SDZan  l;at  mtv  biefe^  ^ud)  empfol)* 
ten.  7.  3d)  t)abe  einen  SSvief  locn  einem  metner  ^reunbe  erfjatten,  wcrin 
er  feinc  9teife  befd)rteben  ^at  8.  (Siner  crtuartet  ®clb  sen  fetnem  93a* 
ter,  unb  ber  Stnbere  »etbient  fein  @elb.  9.  SKir  niu^teu  ben  alten  Tlann 
in  bag  soccer  begraben.      10.    2)er  ®auer  ijat  fcinen  SKeijen  yeifauft 

11.  3f)r  53rubcr  Ijat  mid)  mipscrftanben,  idci  fjahz  it)m  ntd)tg  \)erfpvod)en 

12.  (Sr  r;at  fetnen  Spiegel  jerbrcd)en.  13.  Unfere  i^reunbe  l)aben  ung 
befudit  fie  »crfud)ten  beutfd)  ^u  fpred)en,  aber  iriv  fcnntcn  fte  nid^t  «er? 
ftefjen.  14.  3)ag  tapfeve  «§eer  I}at  ben  ^^eiiib  yertvteben.  15.  (5v  t)at 
fetne  ^jitcljt  etfuUt  unb  fetne  ^reunbe  tjahm  U)n  bctc{)nt.  16.  2Bag  fiir 
ein  ^crbred^en  {;aben  biefe  Scute  begangen?  17.  @te  (}aben  einen  SWann 
beraubt  unb  ermcrbet.  18.  3d)  Ijaht  bag  nod)  nid)t  er()alten,  was  bu 
mir  yerfprodicn  Ijafi.  19.  2)er  .^nabe  Ijat  felne  Jlnopfe  polirt,  an\tatt  fein 
^ud)  ju  fiublven. 

Exercise  81.  ^Ufn^l^f  81, 

1.  Have  you  received  your  money'?  2.  No,  but  I  expect  it  to- 
morrow. 3.  Have  you  studied  this  book  much  ?  4.  I  have  not 
had  much  time  to  study  it.  5.  Have  you  understood  all  that  you 
have  studied  V  6.  I  have  understood  it  but  I  have  forgotten  a  part 
of  it.  7.  1  earn  the  money  that  I  receive.  8.  Somebody  has 
broken  my  knife.  9.  We  tried  to  speak  German  but  they  could 
not  understand  us.  10.  I  can  recommend  this  book  to  you,  I  have 
studied  it  myself.  11.  The  poor  man  was  obliged  to  sell  his  bed. 
12.  This  man  has  committed  no  crime.  13.  Tlie  thief  has  buried 
the  murdered  man  in  the  forest.  14.  He  has  robbed  his  friend. 
15.  Have  you  sold  anything  to-day?  16.  Yes,  I  have  sold  my 
horse.  17.  What  have  you  promised  me  ?  18.  I  have  not  pro- 
mised you  anything.  19.  Either  you  have  forgotten,  or  I  have 
misunderstood  you.     20.  Do  your  duty  and  I  will  reward  you. 

LESSON  XLI.  ^fctlottXLI. 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 

1 .  The  subjunctive  is  used  : 

a.  In  subordinate  sentences  to  indicate  a  wish  or  a  re* 
suit ;  in  which  use  it  answers  to  our  potential ;  as, 


106       EXAMPLES  OF    THE  SUBJUNCTIVE  AND  THE  INDICATIVE. 

(Sx  cilt,  bamit  er  uidit  jii  fpdt  am    He  hastens  in  order  that  he  may 

fomme.  not  arrive  too  late. 

3ct;i'at^ebir,ba5bu  fJeipigerirevbcfi.    I  advice  you  that  you  (should) 

become  more  diligent. 
@f  mup  fielptg  fein,  bamit  er  Uxm.    He  must  be  diligent  in  order  thai 

he  (may)  learn. 
(i^xe  beinen  SSater  imb  bcine  TlnU    Honor  thy  father  and  thymothei 
ter,  bamit  bir'^  (bir  eg)  trotjl  gelie        that  it  (may)  go  well  with  thee 
mh  bu  lange  lebeft  auf  (Srben.  and  that  thou  (mayest)   live 

long  on  earth.   ""^- 

b.  In  quoting  a  statement  or  an  opinion  without  vouching 
for  its  correctness,  as  also  in  indirect  questions ;  in 
which  use  it  is  rendered  by  the  indicative  ;  as, 
3(!^  t)oxk,  bap  er  feIn  @etb  yetloren    I   heard  that    he  has   lost  his 
i)a6c.  money. 

Here  1  simply  assert  that  I  have  heard  the  report,  without 
knowing,  or  choosing  to  express  an  opinion  as  to  its  truth. 
But  if,  on  the  contrary,  the  indicative  is  used,  the  report  is 
assumed  to  be  true  ;  as,  id)  I)ortc,  t)af  er  fein  ©elb  i^crlorcn 
^atf  (t;  a t  instead  of  I)  ah  c). 

2.  In  this  mode  our  imperfect  <mA  pluperfect  are  frequently 
translated  by  the  present  and  perfect;  as, 

(Sx   fagte,  ha^  er  !eiu  ©elb  tjahe,  He  said  that  he  had   (has)  no 

(instead  oif  I)dtte).  money. 

Wlan  glaubte,  er  I;alJe  ha^  ®elb  ge;  It  was  thought  he  had  (has)  sto- 

ftoI}len.  len  the  money. 

Examples  of  the  subjunctive  and  the  indicative. 

Subjunctive.  Indicative.  Indicative.  Indicative. 

3c^  t)crte,  ia^  er  I  heard,  that  he  3d)  {)orte,  bap  er  I     heard     (and 

franf  fei.  is  sick.  fvanf  i|^.  know)  that  he 

is  sick. 
SDZaufagt,  err)al)e  Theysayhehas  3*  ivcip,  ha^  ev  I  know  that  he 
tolet  ®elb.  much  money.      V»iel  ®clb  liat.        has  much  mo- 

ney. 
SDIan  gtaubt,  bap  It  is  thought  that  2Ramvetp,  bap  er  It      is     known 
erfommeutttcrbe.    he  will  come,      fcmmcn  tr>lrb.        that    he     will 

come. 
SJleinjl  hvif  bap  id)  Thinkest     thou  SBeipt  bu,  bap  id)  Knowest    thou 
belli  ^cinb  fei  ?      that  I  am  thy    bcin  ^cinb  bin  ?    that  I  am  thy 
enemy  ?  enemy  ? 

3.  The  subjunctive  is  often  used  in  the  third  person  with 
the  signification  of  the  imperative  )  as, 

(5r  iiel)mc  feine  ©ntfcrnuiuj.         He  take  (let  him  take)  his  distance, 
©cfegnet  fei,  xotx  bid)  fegnet.  Gen.  27, 29.   2)eiu  9leid)  !omme.  Matt.  6, 10 


SUBJUNCTIVE  OF  fciit,  l^aBcit  AND  tuetbeu*      107 

The  first  person  of  the  plural  is  sometimes  thus  used ;  as , 
®ef)en  xo'it  m  ^izxi  ©arten.  Let  us  go  into  the  garden. 

(Thus,  gel)eu  tuir  &c.,  instead  of,  i<x^i  uu^  in  Uw  (^iJarteu  gcTjeu). 

4.  SUBJUNCTIVE  OF  f  e l It,  X)  a B  6 u  AND  to  tx'D  tXi* 


\^  fet 

bu  feiejl  (or  fcijl) 

ev  fct 

mx  fcicn  (or  fetu) 

\i)x  feiet 

ftc  feten  (or  fein). 

icb  njarc 

bu  iwcirefi  (or  »arfl) 

er  njdre 

trtv  ivctven 

t^r  ttjdvet  (or  tuart) 

fie  njdren 

tc^  fet 
bu  feiji 
cr  fet 
rctv  feten 
tbr  feiet 
jtc  feten 

►  ^ei 

tc^  ware 
bu  mdrefl 
cr  mare 
wix  wdrcn 
i()r  njdret 
fte  irdren 


►  Qcwcfen. 


PRESENT  TEHSE. 

tc^  ^aBe 
bu  liabefl 
cr  ^abc 
mx  ^ben 
tfir  ^abct 
fie  ^aben. 

IMPERFECT    TENSE. 

tc^  t)attc 
bu  :b«ttcfl 
er  pttc 
wir  batten 
tbr  bdttet 
fic  fatten. 

PERFECT  TENSE. 


tc^  IjcAt 
bu  ^befl 
cr  babe 
tvtr  ^<x^t\\ 
tbr  f)abet 
fte  t)aben 


y  ge^abt. 


PLUPERFECT    TENSE. 


td)  ^(ittc 
bu  bdttefl 
er  ^dtte 
ttjir  batten 
tbr  bdttet 
fte  fatten 


flel)abt. 


tc^  ttjcrbc 
bu  raerbefl 
er  tverbe 
njtr  tuevbctt 
tbr  iverbet 
fte  werben. 


tc^  roiirbe 
bu  n)urbefl 
er  tviirbc 
Vi'xx  ttjiirbctt 
tbr  ttjiirbet 
fte  ttjurben. 


t(^  fet 
bu  feifl 
er  fet 
i»tr  fiten 
ibr  feiet 
fie  feten 


tc^  njdre 
bu  njcirefl 
er  n^dre 
tuir  wdren 
tbr  wdret 
fie  tvdren 


geworbcn, 
^or  njorbctt 


I 


gcworbctt, 
(njorben>. 


tcb  it^evbc 
bu  twevbefl 
tx  wcvbe 
n.nr  trerben 
tbr  tverbet 
fie  njciben 


fein. 


FIRST    FUTURE    TENSE. 

{6)  ttierbe 
bu  n^evbefl 
cr  n?erbe 
wtr  iverbcn 
tbr  raerbet 
ftewcrben 


baben. 


tc^  tt3crbe    ■ 
bu  tuerbefl 
cr  njcrbe 
lutr  wcrben 
tbr  iDcvbct 
fte  werben  ■ 


wcrbctt. 


iii)  njerbc 
bu  werbcfl 
cr  tverbc 
tt)ir  werben 
tbr  werbet 
fic  werbcn 


SECOND  FUTURE  TENSE. 

tcb  tvertc  "1                  td)  ttJcrbe 

bu  n^evbefl  bu  njcrbefl 

getvefen    er  ivcrbe  I    gebabt     ev  wevbe 

fein.       nnv  njerben  f  ^aben.     wir  tt^erben 

tbrtveibet  ibr  Jvcrbet 

ftc  iveilien  fie  lucrben 


gctoorbttt 

(worben) 

fein. 


108      EXERCISES  ON  THE  SUBJUNCTIVE  OF  REGULAR  VERBS. 
SUBJUNCTIVE    OF    REGULAR    VERBS. 

5»  In  the  present  the  third  person  is  like  the  first;  the 
second  takes  the  longer  forms  (eft  and  ct,  L.  27.  5.) :  the  im- 
perfect adds  in  the  first  and  third  persons  singular,  ete;  and  in 
the  plural,  etctt;  in  the  second  singular,  ctejl;  and  in  the  plural 
cut.  Compare  L.  27.  6.  &  7.  The  other  tenses  are  formed 
by  combining  the  infinitive  or  past  participle  with  subjunctive 
forms  of:^a6cn,  fein  and  tr  c  r  b  e  n. 

PRESENT    AND    IMPERFECT    SUBJUNCTIVE    OF    I  0  B  C  It, 

Present.  Imperfect. 

\d)  hU,      trir  loBcn,  ic^  lobete,      trir  loBeten, 

W  lokft,    \l)x  loBet,  t)u  loBetefi,    i^r  loBetet, 

er  Io6c,       jte  Ioljcn»  er  Io6ete,       jie  lobeten. 

6.  In  the  present  and  imperfect  subjunctive  of  irregular 
verbs,  thcj^r^^  and  third  persons  are  alike,  and  the  second  is 
regularly  formed  from  the  first.  See  List  of  Irregular  Verbs, 
page  178. 

Exercise  82.  ^ufoabf   82. 

1.  3d)  tjbxUr  i)a^  ev  l^iev  getrefen,  aber  id)  twuptc  nid)t,  ob  e5  ioa^r  fei 
2.  ^aUn  <Sie  aud)  gefjort,  id)  fei  »om  5pferbe  gefallen  ?  3.  9fiein,  id)  f^oxtt 
@ie  feien  au^  bem  aBageii  gefaUcn.  4.  9)lein  23i-uber  fagt,  bap  man  ©ie 
gctcbt  tjafee.  5.  2)ie  grattjofen  bel)au))teiL  fic  feicii  bie  ®cbilbct|lcn  in  bei 
SSelt.  6.  3§re  ©d)lt)efter  gtaubte,  @ic  feien  in  ber  ©tabt  getuefen  ;  id) 
meinte  abet,  ba§  @ic  im  2Balbe  gewefen  feien.  7.  3)ie  ©ngldnber  finb  ber 
SJieinung,  fie  feien  bie  <§evren  beg  a)'lccreg.  8.  Siefev*  Olcifenbe  evjdt)U, 
ba^  er  jt«eimal  in  dlcm  unb  breimal  in  93enebig  ge)c*efen  fei.  9.  (Sx  ijo^t, 
ba|  er  in  ad)t  2:agen  in  SKien  fein  \vevbe.  10.  3di  glaubc,  ha^  mU  tSlmi 
fd)en  t)ier  auf  (Srben  iijt  @nteg  gefiabt  l)aben  iTjei'ben.  11.  (Sr  fagte  jiwar, 
er  fei  franf,  aber  yiele  gtanbcn,  ey  fei  93evtlellnng  yen  iijm  getuefen.  Ii2. 3d) 
^orte  mit  Sebauern,  <£ie  t;dtten  bag  9Zer»enficbcr  ge()abt.  13.  (Sx  fragte 
mid),  ob  id)  mein  ®ud)  gelefen  J)dtte.  14.  (Sr  gtaiibt,  ev  it?erbe  nie  ivieber 
gliirflid)  fein.  15.  (Sx  ijat  mir  ycrfpvcdien,  baf  ev  niovgen  ju  miv  fcmnien 
Vrevbe.  16.  (5"v  meinte,  id)  mod)te  eg  Icfen,  aUx  id)  !6nnte  nid)t.  17.  ^an 
binb'  if)tt  an  bie  Sinbe  bovt.     18.  (Sr  fagte,  cv  muiTe  geben. 

Exercise  83.  Jlttfjjabe  83. 

1.  I  hope  I  shall  see  them  to-morrow.  2.  She  insists  upon  it 
that  they  are  here.  3.  He  made  me  believe  that  he  was  my  friend. 
4.  We  heard  that  you  were  unwell.  5.  Why  do  you  think  that  he 
is  your  enemy  ?  6.  Because  my  friends  told  me  that  he  hates  me. 
7.  I  have  heard  that  my  brother  has  lost  his  horse.  8.  They  say 
these  people  are  very  poor.  9.  He  says  we  were  in  his  garden. 
10.  Did  you  hear  that  I  had  found  my  money?  11.  I  had  not 
heard  that  you  had  lost  your  money.     12.  This  man  says  that  he 


CONDITIONAL. 


109 


has  been  in  V  enna.  13.  It  is  said  that  tho  ship  has  arrived. 
14.  These  people  think  that  we  are  very  rich.  15.  A  good  scholar 
studies  diligently  that  he  may  learn  rapidly.  16.  He  thought  I 
could  not  write.     17.  They  said  that  they  must  have  the  money. 


LESSON  XLII. 


^tdxon  XLII. 


CONDITIONAL. 

1.  The  conditional  mode  is  employed: 

a.  Where  a  condition  is  supposed  which  is  regarded   as 


doubtful  or  impossible ;  as, 
Sd)  fonntc  e^  t^un,  tuenn  id)  3eit 

^dtte. 
(Bx  wiirbe  eS  tf)un,  h^euii  er  an  3^- 

ter  (BkUe  n)dre. 
2Jlan  !onnte  unab^dngiij  fein,  itjeiin 

man  feiiie  S3eburfniffe  ^dtte. 


I  could  do  it  if  I  had  time. 

He  would  do  it  if  he  were  in 

your  place. 
One  might  be  independent  if  one 

had  no  wants. 


J&kAMPLES  OF  THE  CONDITIONAL  AND  THE  INDICATIVE 


Conditional. 
3d)  f  onnte  e§  thin,  i  could  do  it  if  i  had 
tuenn  id;  Stitbcitle.    time. 

C-^r  tt>iivbe  !ommeU,  He  would  come  if  he 
ivenn  ev  biirfte.  were  at  liberty  to. 

@te  iviilbc  bletben,  She  would  remain 
ivenu  fte  nid)t  ge=  if  she  were  not 
()en  mii^te.  obliged  to  go. 

6r  tviirbe  e§  (^epvt  He  would  have  heard 
fcaben,  wenii  er  ba  it  if  he  had  been 
gewcfen  ware.         there. 


Indicative. 
3(^  ^atti  3ett,  aber  I  had  time,  but  I  could 
id^  fonnte  cS  nid)t    not  do  it. 

tf)Ull. 

(Sr  fonnte  fommen,  He  could  come,  but 
abix  cr  wollte  nicfet.    he  would  not. 

iSie  tVoUte  iud)t  She  would  not  re- 
bleibcil,  Obgletdjfie  main,  although  she 
ntd)t  fiC^cn  mu^tC.     was  not  obliged  to  go. 

©r  Wnv  ba  gercefen,  He  had  been  there, 
abcr  er  bcitte  e§  but  he  had  not  heard 
nic^t  geU^rt.  it. 


2.  Instead  of  the  first  and  second  future,  the  forms  of  the 
imperfect  and  pluperfect  subjunctive  are  often  employed ;  the 
word  irenn  being  omitted  and  the  verb  placed  before  its  sub- 
ject (L.  39.  Note);  as, 

3di  ijatk  e^  getf^an,  u>dre  id)  ba  ge? 

trcfen :  instead  of, 
3d)  toiitbe  e6  getfjan  Ijabm,  h)enn 

id)  ba  getoefeu  ludre. 
@r  h)dre  ba  getoefeu,  t)dtte  er  3eit 

gc^abt :  instead  of, 
(Bx  tnurbe  ba  getoefen  fein,  luenn  er 

3eit  gcfiabt  r)dtte. 
SSiifte  id)  tDo  er  ift,  fo  ginge  i6:j  ^u 

it)m :  instead  of, 
Senn  id)  toupte  tt30  cr  \%  fo  hjiirbe 

ic^  5U  tf;m  ge^en. 


had  I  been  there  : 
it,  if  I  had 
he  had 


I  had  done  it, 

instead  of, 
I  would  have  done 

been  there. 
He  had  been  there,  had 

time  :  instead  of. 
He  would  have  been  there  if  he 

had  had  time. 

[Here,  as  seen,  our  idiom  forbids 
a  literal  translation] ; 
If  I  knew  where  he  is,  T  would 

go  to  him. 


no 


CONDITIONAL. 


3.  Sometirnes  the  condition  is  not  expressed;  as, 


«§dtte  lib  e0  iiur  gevoupt!  or, 


Had  I  only  known  it !  or, 


If  I  had  only  known  it ! 

I  would  not  have  believed  it. 


Sienn  id)  c6  nuv  gciru^t  Ijatte I 
3(b  l)atk  e^  r.idit  gcglaubt. 

4.  The  conditional  is  often  employed: 

b.  Interrogatively  to  express  surprise  at,  or  dissent  from 
an  assertion;  as, 


SBann  Ijatk  grieblanb  (i.  e.  the 
dukeof  Friedland)  imfevg  9iat^^ 
fceburft  ? 

3)u  trdvejl  fo  falfdi  getrefcn  ? 

©aftfreunbUd)  i)atk  ©ngtanb  fie 
emipfangen  ? 


When  has  Friedland  needed  our 
advice?  (i.  e.  he  has  never 
needed  it.) 

You  had  been  so  false  ? 

England  has  received  her  hos- 
pitably ?  (do  you  say  ?) 


5.  CONDITIONAL  OF  feiu  ^ah^u  AND  trerbcn, 

FIRST  CONDITIONAL. 


id)  tDuvbc 
ba  njiirbeft 
er  tvhibe 
toiv  tviivbeit 
il)v  iwiivbet 
ftc  wiivben 


tc^  iin'ivbe 
bu  anlvbcfl 
ei"  iviirbe 
mv  anivben 
tl)t  uniibet 
ftc  toiirben 


>  fein. 


^akn. 


id)  wih'be 
hu  iciirbefl 
ev  luiirbe 
tvir  n>itvben 
i^r  tt)iivbet 
fie  tviirben 


SECOND  CONDITIONAL. 


1 


gciuefen 
feiii. 


ic^  tviirbe 
bu  jviirbefl 
cf  tui'u'bc 
tuir  luiivben 
ibr  tinivbet 
fie  tviivbeu 


i^  iriivbe    " 
bu  tDiivbefl 
er  tuiirbe 
wit  tviirben 
t^v  n)itrbet 
ftc  wiirben 


\6)  ttjurbe 
bu  tviivbefl 
er  tviirbe 
tuir  iDiivbcn 
t^vtuiirbet 
fie  tt)iirbeu 


werben. 


flettjorbctt 

(woibeu) 

fciu. 


Exercise  84. 


Iliifgobe  84. 

1.  S)a^  S3efte,  )x>a6  ivir  tr^uu  fcmiten,  tndve,  gleid)  abjureifen.  2.  SBet 
^dtte  geglaubt,  ba^  er  un:3  ijerlaffen  luitrbe  ?  3.  (Sr  f)dttc  e^  geliM^  nidit 
geti)an,  trenn  unr  i()n  giUig  ()cl)anbelt  T^dtten.  4.  ^eiu  ycrimuftigcr  SWenfd) 
iriirbe  fo  gel)anbelt  Ijafeen.  5.  (Sr  fonntc  rcdit  gut  Icben,  ivenn  cv  mi)t  fo 
»crfd)n3eubcrifd)  ivdre.  6.  3d)  tvurbe  gici*  ju  il)m  gii)cn,  tv-un  id)  nur 
Wu^k.  tvo  cr  ill.  7.  @ie  unite  geti>ip  'oon  ber  ^Brurfe  l)inab  g?fvillcn,  ivcnu 
iin-e  ^rcunbin  fie  nid)t  gef)a(teu  I)dtte.  8.  @r  un"ivbc  cleub  fctn,  ivcuu  cv 
fc  lebeu  mitpte  tvie  id)  (L.  26.  7.).  9.  2Benu  id)  baei  geuni^t  l)d(tc,  fo 
wdre  id}  gan§  anber^  yerfat)reu.  10.  3d)  uifivbc  mit  3f)ncn  ge(;cu,  tucuu 
id)  iud)t  fc  Viet  ju  Ujnn  ijatk.  11.  S©enu  id)  iae  33ud)  gcfel)en  Ijdttc,  fo 
un'irbc  id)  eg  gefauft  I)aben.  12.  Sir  tt^urbcn  fd)on  fpied)cu  fonneu,  menu 
tnir  ffei^ig  j^ubirt  bdtten.  13.  2Benn  fie  3cit  tjdtten,  \inivbcii  fie  uiitS  ge* 
tvip  begleitcn.  14.  aBnm  id)  cuglifd)  fonnte,  fo  nnirbe  id)  glcid)  nad? 
5lmeviFa  auiSiiHiubcrn.  15.  3d)  glaube  nid)t,  bap  bu  lange  bort  bicibeii 
ujuvbeil,  u^euu  bu  au^tvaubcru  foiUett.  16.  3d)  iviirbe  ha$  ^olj  faufeu 
toenu  c^  gut  tudre. 


REFLEXIVE  VERBS. 


Ill 


Exercise  85.  ^ttfgabe  85. 

1.  What  would  you  do  with  this  book  if  it  were  yours  ?  2.  I 
would  study  and  try  to  learn  the  language  that  it  teaches.  3.  What 
would  you  do  if  you  were  rich  ?  4,  I  would  travel  and  study. 
5.  I  should  he  satisfied  if  I  could  speak  as  well  as  you  do.  6.  II 
I  had  had  a  good  teacher  I  should  have  learned  much  faster. 
7.  Would  you  sell  this  house  if  it  were  yours  1  8.  No,  I  would 
live  in  it.  9.  I  do  not  believe  you  could  sell  it.  10.  If  you  had 
called,  I  should  certainly  have  heard  you.  11.  You  would  have 
money  enough  if  you  were  only  industrious.  12.  We  could  have 
bought  the  horses  if  we  had  had  the  money.  13.  I  would  write 
you  a  German  letter  if  I  could.  14.  We  should  have  seen  your 
friends  if  they  had  been  at  home.  15.  They  would  come  if  they 
had  not  so  much  to  do. 


LESSON  XLIII. 


§taxon  XLIII. 


reflexive  verbs. 


1.  The  number  of  verbs  that  are  used  exclusively  as  re- 
flexives, is  much  larger  in  German  than  in  English ;  as, 


3d)  fd)dme  mid). 

2Ba^  i)at  jid)  eretgnet  ? 

@ie  fe()nt  fid)  nad)  OiuT;e. 

<5)ag  <§eer  ergab  fid). 

3d)  untcrfte{)e  mid),  bag  ju  tljun. 

@r  etetfert  fid). 

@r  iciberfe^t  fid)  bem  SSefe^I. 

<Sie  l^aBen  fid)  an  i§m  ijcrgviffen. 

3d)  getraue  mid^  nid)t  ba'^in. 

(Bt  crfunbigtc  fid)  nad)  i^nen. 

2Sir  fonnen  un^  Ijiermit  befietfen. 

(Sr  W  fid)  cr^olt. 

(5r  befinnt  fid). 

©ie  l)aben  fid)  gnt  anfgefiiljrt. 

(Ex  befirebt  fid),  eS  jn  t§un. 


I  am  ashamed. 

What  has  happened  1 

She  longs  for  quiet. 

The  army  surrendered  (itself). 

I  venture  to  do  that. 

He  is  becoming  angry. 

He   opposes   (himself  to)    the 

command. 
They  have  attacked  (laid  hands 

on)  him. 
I  do  not  venture   (trust  myselfj 

there. 
He  inquired  after  them. 
We  can  make  shift  with  this. 
He  has  recovered. 
He  bethinks  himself. 
They  have  behaved  themselves 

well. 
He  tries  (exerts  himself)  to  do  it. 

Many  other  verbs,  though  not  exclusively  reflexive,  are 
often  used  as  such;  as, 


(£ie  btivagen  fid)  gnt. 
SBai  grcimt  i()r  cudi  ? 
gic  I;aben  fid)  cntfrf)Icffen. 
3Jlan  follte  fid)   in  bie    Umf^dnbe 
fd^icfen. 


They  behave  themselves  well. 
Why  do  you  grieve  ? 
They  have  resolved. 
One  should  adapt  one's-self  to 
circumstances. 


112  REFLEXIVE  VERBS. 

(Bx  Befinbef  ft*  iool^r.  He  is  (finds  himself)  well. 

SKic  beftnben  (Bk  fid)  ?  How  do  you  do  ?  (find  yourself?). 

2.  Verbs  are  often  used  reflexively  whose   corresponding 
English  ones  are  employed  intransitively  or  passively ;  as, 
JDa^  aSetter  ijtUt  fid)  ouf.  The  weather  is  clearing  (itself) 

up. 
3)ie  ©olbaten  fammetn  fid)  urn  i^;    The  soldiers  assemble    (them 

ven  ^ii{)rer.  selves)  around  their  leader. 

2Btr  t)lelten  ung  in  Setlin  auf.  We  stopped  (ourselves)  in  Berhn. 

S)ag  Sud)  f)at  fid)  c^efunbeu.  The  book  has  been  found. 

5)er  '^Immel  Bebecft  fid)  mit  SolEen.    The  sky  is  being  covered  (cover- 
ing itself)  with  clouds. 
©oH  bcr  ^xz'od  ftd)  Dor  unferii  2lu;    Shall  the    outrage  be    accom- 
gen  ooUenbcn  ?  plished     (accomplish    itself) 

before  our  eyes  ? 
JDcr  @nutb  Idf  t  fid)  l^oren.  The  reason  is  plausible  (lets  it- 

^as  Idf  t  fid)  fe^en.  That  looks  well  (lets  itself  be 

seen). 
S)a^  taffe  id)  mirnid)t  jlreimat  fagen.    I  don't  wait  to  be  told  that  twice 

(do  not  let  it  be  said  to  me 

twice). 

Exercise  86.  ^ttfgabf  86. 

1.  Seber  gute  33urger  unterwirft  M  ben  gereditcn  ®efe|cn  felncg  San^ 
be^.  2.  !Dac?  feinblid)e  ^eer  I;at  fidi  enblid)  cvgeben  niiiffcn.  3.  2)te 
.^raft,  mit  njcld^er  bie  SJlugfcli:  fid)  jufammcnjte()en  unb  au^be{)nen,  if^ 
fe{)r  grof.  4.  9lUe  2)iinfte  iinb  fDdmpfe,  weldie  kftdnbig  i>cn  bcr  (5rbe 
aufftcigen,  fammetn  fid)  in  ber  5Ctmofpt)dre,  unb  inbem  fie  fidi  »erbinben, 
entf^e^t  haxane  Otegen,  (2d)nee,  9^ebel,  SBinb  unb  jebe  anberc  SBcvdnberung 
ber  Suft.  6.  3)iejenigen,  tueldie  fid)  felbft  Icben,  madien  fid)  fe()r  eft  Id; 
dierlid).  6.  2)ic  @cf)ne  Jlarl^  be^  ®rcf  en  muf  ten  fid)  in  ben  SBaffen,  im 
3f{elten  unb  im  ©dnvimmen  iiben.  7.  iDer  ©Idubigc  jeigt  fid)  im  Unge; 
mad)  tole  ein  %de  im  3Jiecrc,  lucnn  bie  aJleeve^wcgen  um  ii)n  tcben. 
8.  2)a0  blaue  ©ewolbe,  tt>eld)ei?  irlr  «§immcl  ncnnen,  ij^  ein  uncrmc^lidicr 
S^iaum,  in  iveldiem  bie  (S'vbe,  bie  Sonne,  bcr  SWcnb  unb  unjdl)lige  Stevnc 
fid)  bortegen.  9.  iDasJ  '§eer  lagcrte  fid)  um  bie  (Stabt  unb  fcrbevte  bic^ 
felbe  auf,  fid)  ju  iibevgcbcn.  10.  3)ie  33uvger  glaubtcn,  fie  Fcnnten  fid) 
liert()cibigcn,  unb  iveigcvten  ftd%  fidi  bcm  ftcljen  §einbe  ju  untertverfen. 
11.  „3m£)ficn  ctljob  fid)  ber  2Jlcnb  unb  fdjUHimm  iuie  ein  Icid)ter  9iad)en 
im  2Bieberfd)eine  beg  5tbenbroti)g."  12.  @r  tveigert  fid),  mit  unfi  ju 
gef)en,  unb  id)  frcuc  mid),  baf  er  nidit  ge()en  )riU. 

Exercise  87.  Jlttfgobf  87. 

1.  My  friend  has  determined  to  go  to  France.      2.  They  are 

ashamed  that  they  have  been  so  idle  and  inattentive.      3.    The 

clouds  are  gathering,  I  think  it  will  soon  rain.    4.  The  boy  refuses 

to  go  with  us  because  he  wishes  to  visit  one  of  Hs  friends  who  is 


IMPERSONAL  VERBS.  113 

iSick.  5.  They  defended  themselves  bravely  but  were  finallv 
obliged  to   surrender.      6.    We  should  oppose  all  unjust  laws' 

7.  I  am  glad  that  we  can  go,  and  that  we  have  so  fine  weather 

8.  This  ccurred  while  you  were  stopping  in  Berlin.  9.  One 
should  noi  deliberate  too  long.  10.  Everybody  should  endeavo: 
to  do  his  duty.  11.  The  army  encamped  on  a  large  field  not  fa? 
from  the  city,  and  summoned  the  citizens  to  surrender.  13.  We 
should  not  praise  ourselves.  13,  I  am  glad  you  have  visited  my 
friend  ;  how  does  he  do  ?  14.  He  is  very  well,  but  his  brothei 
and  his  cousin  are  not  very  well.  15.  There  have  been  three  men 
here  this  afternoon  who  have  inquired  after  you  ;  one  of  them  said 
he  had  determined  to  remain  here  until  you  should  return,  but  he 
allowed  liimself  to  be  persuaded  to  go  with  the  others.  IG.  He 
who  can  easily  adapt  himself  to  circumstances,  is  to  be  called 
fortunate,  even  if  he  is  poor  and  deserted,  17.  The  people  have 
not  been  able  to  defend  themselves,  and  have  again  submitted  to 
their  cruel  oppressors. 


LESSON  XLIV.  |-ectionXLIV. 

IMPERSONAL    VERBS. 

1.  Besides  the  verbs,  e3  bonnert,  it  thunders :  e§  hli^tf  it 
lightens :  e^  rcgnct,  it  rains :  e^  f(f;neit,  it  snows,  &c,,  which 
(as  in  English)  .are  properly  impersonal,  many  others  are 
used  impersonally ;  as, 

Q6  fvent  midi.  1  am  glad  {lit.  it  rejoices  me). 

(Se  tljnt  mil*  fel;r  letb.  I  am  very  sorry. 

(Be  gelingt  mir,  meiiien  ^reunb  ju  I   succeed    in  convincing    my 

iiberjeugen.  friend, 

©nblid)  gh"icftc  e^  if)m.  Finally  he  succeeded. 

@^  l)ungevt  unb  biirfiet  if;n.  He  is  hungry  and  thirsty. 

@g  frtevt  uug.  We  are  cold. 

(§^  f)ei^t,  er  irerbe  batb  fcmmen.  It  is  said  he  will  come  soon, 

^lev  I}eif  t  eg  mit  dtt6:}t,  ha^  u.f.w.  Here  it  is  justly  said  that,  &c. 

5)a6  (;etf  t,  iveim  fie  e^  biKi^en.  That  is  (that  is  to  say)  if  you 

approve  it. 

2.  In  the  use  of  impersonal  verbs  the  nominative  eel  is 
sometimes  onr.itted,  and  the  accusative  or  dative  placed  be- 
fore the  verb ;  as, 

W\d)  ()ungert,  for,  e6  Ijuiigert  mid).  I  am  hungry,  lit.  it  hungers  me. 

9Jlir  fc^iriubelt,  fiDr,  eg  fdiiijinbelt  mir.  I  feel  dizzy, 

dg  efi'lt  mid)  jebe  ©pcife,  or  mir  I  loathe  all  food. 

efelt  »or  jeber  @peife. 

JDem  S3ater  graiifet'g  The  father  is  frightened. 


X14  EXERCISES    ON    IMPERSONAL    VERBS 

Similar  to  this  is  the  phrase  mid)  biinft,  or  mid;  bciuc^t^y 
answciring  to  "methinks". 

3.  ®ebm  impersonally  used,  indicates  existence  in  a  ge- 
neral and  indefinite  manner,  and  is  rendered  by  "to  be";  the 
object  of  gcl)en,  being  used  as  the  subject  of  "to  be";  as, 

(Bi  gibt  feliic  iiio\n\  ot)ne  35ornen.    There  are  no  roses  without  thorns. 
aBa^  gi&t'«J  (gi6t  c^)  S^eueg  ?  What  is  there  new  ?  (what  news 

is  there  ?) 
2Ba^  gibt'g  ?  What    is    the    matter  ?    (what  is 

there?) 

4.  ^t^m,  0e6red^en  and  mangcln,  are  often  used  impersonally 
with  two  datives  ;  the  latter  one  being  preceded  by  ,,a\\";  as, 
@s?  fet;lt  tf)m  an  aJlutl).  He  is  deficient  in  courage. 

(Sg  mangelt  mir  an  ®elb.  I  am  in  want  of  (I  lack)  money. 

SBcraii  gebridit  eg  3f)ucu  ?  What  are  you  in  want  of? 

5.  Some  verbs  are  used  impersonally  and  reflexively;  as, 
a^  yerfiel^t  fid)  (or  eS  yerilel)t  [uh    Of  course   (or,   as  a  matter  of 

»on  felfaft),  ba^  \M)i  aUe  reid)        course)  not  all  can  be  rich. 

fclii  fonneit. 

@g  i^zhuxi  fid)  itid)t,  fc  ju  r^anbeln.  It  is  not  becoming  thus  to  act. 

@g  fd)[dft  fid)  Q,\\i  ^icv.  One  can  sleep  well  here. 

Exercise  88.  Jlufgabc  88. 

1.  @g  i|^  ir;m  eiiblid)  gelungcu,  feinen  i^veunb  ju  iibcr^eiigen.  2.  <^t\xi 
$lan  ij^  gcluiigen,  uiib  bodi  ij^  er  unjufvteben.  3.  @g  fvagt  fid),  cb  wtr 
morgcn  gc()en  fbnnen  ?  4.  (ks^  gef)crt  fid),  ben  Souutcig  ju  f)eingen. 
5.  (|g  fdiicft  fidi,  dltcre  Seutc  ^u  virfjten.  6.  @g  cveignet  f['d)  fettcii,  la^ 
gute,  yerftdubige  Seute  fid)  entjweieu.  7.  (f  ^  tr^ut  bem  Jlnabeu  fef;r  leib, 
ba^  er  fo  nadjldpig  geivefen  (ft.  8.  (5'g  wiirbe  midi  fei)r  fveueit,  \i)\\  mie? 
bevjufei}en.  9.  ©iirftet  ©ie?  10.  9lein,  aber  mid)  I)ungert  iiub  friert. 
11.  (kg  yerjief)t  fid),  ta'^  er  Ijeutc  iiidit  fommeu  mirb;  benii  bte  ®cge  fiiib 
ju  fdiled)t.  12.  (S'g  trdgt  fidi  juweileu  ju,  bap  anl;altcnber  Oiegeii  ble 
ganje  (5rntc  yerbivbt.  13.  SUif  bcr  Snfel  SO^altagibt  eg  feine  ©dUaugeu; 
ill  (Sarbtnia  gibt  eg  felne  SSblfe;  in  2)eutfd)lanb  gibt  eg  feinc  JlrcfobKe; 
auf  Sglanb  gibt  eg  nid)tg  ©iftigeg,  aber  in  ber  ganjcn  SOBelt  ill  fcin  Dvt, 
h?o  eg  feinen  9'ieib  gibt. 

Exercise  89.  Jlttfgabe  89. 

1.  I  would  be  very  glad  to  accompany  you  home  but  I  am  afraid 
it  will  rain,  do  you  not  see  how  it  lightens,  and  hear  how  it  thun- 
ders ?  2.  I  think  it  will  snow  to-morrow,  it  is  questionable  wheth- 
er our  friends  will  be  able  to  come  as  they  have  promised.  3.  The 
peasants  have  finally  succeeded  in  selling  their  horses.  4.  I  am 
very  sorry  not  to  have  seen  them,  but  it  was  so  cold  wliile  they  were 

*  Willi  t>aHd)t,  biillfr,  the  dative    (instead  of  accusative)  is  often  used;  as,  mtt 

bauc^tor  fciinft,  orc3  bauc^t  or  biiiift  mir. 


PASSIVE  VERBS.  115 

in  the  city  that  I  could  not  go  out.  5.  It  sometimes  happens  that 
lazy  people  are  very  rich,  but  never  that  they  are  wise,  learned, 
useful  or  happy.     6.  This  man  is  not  hungry,  but  he  is  very  cold. 

7.  Of  course  you  will  visit  us  as  soon  as  you  can,  will  you  not  1 

8.  It  is  not  proper  to  do  that.  9.  Is  there  a  better  beverage  in  the 
world  than  cold  water  1  10.  They  say  they  are  very  sorry  that 
they  did  not  succeed  in  convincing  us  that  we  were  wrong.  11.  A 
man  who  is  deficient  in  courage  is  not  a  (L.  52.  11.)  good  soldier. 
12.  What  is  the  matter,  why  are  all  those  people  running  into  the 
house  ? 

LESSON  XLV.  Section  XLV. 

PASSIVE    VERBS. 

1.  The  passire  is  formed  by  connecting  the  auxiliary  Ujer= 
ben,  with  the  past  participle  of  the  main  verb  ;  as, 

5)a^  ^ferb  irirb  befd}lagen.         The  horse  is  being  shod. 

2)ag  ^au^  unrb  gebaut.  The  house  is  being  built  (or  is 

building). 
2)ic  S3ud)er  tcetben  serfauft.      '  The  books  are  being  sold  (or 

are  selling). 

Obs.  The  past  participle  in  connection  with  the  verb  „feltt", 
denotes  that  an  action  is  completed  ;  as, 

2)ag  $ferb  ift  bcfdilagen.  The  horse  is  shod. 

2)aS  ^axii  ill  gebaut.  The  house  is  built  (finished). 

©ie  93iiclicr  finb  yerfauft.  The  books  are  sold. 

@ie  trevben  gelcbt  werben.  You  will  be  praised. 

2.  When  the  past  participle  of  ii^crben  is  used  as  an  auxi- 
liary, it  rejects  the  augment  gc,  and  is  translated  by  been, 
while  fein  is  translated  by  "io  have''  (L.  82.  34.) ;  as, 

(Sx  ift  geloBt  irorben.  He  has  been  praised. 

5)ie  ®fid)et  tvaren  »erfauft  trcrben.  The  books  had  been  sold. 

^k  23iicl)er  mxt^n  yerfauft  tuotben  The  books  will  have  been  sold, 
fein. 

3.  Passive  verbs  are  often  used  impersonally  to  denote  an 
action  or  event  in  progress  ;  as, 

©0  irirb  gefungen.  There  is  singing  (going  on,  or 

being  done). 
(Be  iuuvbe  big  f^dt  in  bie  ^ad)i  gc-    The  fighting  was  continued  (it 
fod)ten.  was   foughtl  till  late  m  the 

night. 
(Be  tyurbc  i^m  you  alleu  ©eiteu  ju    From  all  sides  it  was  run  to  his 

^ulfe  geeilt.  assistance. — Milton, 

^oxt  tt)ir'b  alle  Xiage  getanjt  uub  ge?    There,  there  is  dencing  andplay- 
fpielt.  ing  every  day. 


116 


PARADIGM  OF  A  PASSIVE  VERB. 


4.    PARADIGM   OP 

©elieBt  trerben, 


INDICATIVE. 


V3 


ii 


tcb  werbe 
bu  tDtrfl 
er  iBtvb 
wtv  roerben 
tbr  iverbet 
ftc  tverben  _ 


PRESENT    TENSE. 

I  am 

thou  art 
he  is 
we  are 
you  are 
they  are 


IMPERFECT    TENSE. 


tcb  tvuvbe 
bu  luurbefl 
cr  tvnrbe 
mix  anirben 
tt)r  ivuvbet 
fte  irurben  _ 


r-^ 


I  was 
thou  wast 
he  was 
we  were 
you  were 
they  were 


PERFECT    TENSE. 


tc!)  Inn 
m  bifl 
cr  ifl 
wtr  ftiib 
thr  fetb 
fie  ftnb 


«2 


I  have 
thou  hast 
he  has 
we  have 
you  liave 
they  liave 


PLUPERFECT  TENSE. 

i(f)  v»av 
bu  njaifl 
ev  war 
tinr  waxiix 
Ibr  n>av(t 
ftc  n^avcu 


«2 


I  had 

thou  hadst 
he  had 
we  had 
you  had 
they  had 


^- 


FIRST    FUTURE    TENSE. 


Id)  U'ovbe 
bu  nnvft 
ix  nnvb 
wix  ivevbeu 
tbr  ivcvbet 
ftc  wcrben 


J      CO 


I  shall 
tliou  wilt 
he  will 
we  shall 
you  will 
they  will 


SECOND  FUTURE  TENSE. 


tit  ivcrbc 
bu  u>trft 
or  an" lb 
wir  ivciben 
i(n-  ivcrbct 
fte  werbcii  ^ 


I  shall 
ihou  wilt 
he  will 
we  shall 
you  will 
hey  will  . 


SUBJUNCTIVE. 


PRESENT    TENSE. 


ic^  juerbe 
bu  tuerbefl 
er  jucvbe 
trir  t»evben 
il)r  iDcrbet 
jit  tvcrbcu  _ 


r^ 


id)  fct 
bu  fetefl 
cr  fct 
iinr  fcien 
hx  fctct 
fie  feieu 


I  may 
thou  mayst 
he  may 
we  may 
you  may 
they  may 


ll 


IMPERFECT    TENSE. 


i(f)  loiivbc 
bu  n^iirbefl 
er  ttjiirbe 
mir  JDiirbcn 
i^r  miirbet 
fte  Jviirbcn 


I  might 
thou  mighLst 
he  might 
we  might 
you  might 
they  might    . 


^5 


PERFECT    TENSE. 


>S. 


I  may 
thou  mayst 
he  may 
we  may 
you  may 
they  may 


PLUPERFECT   TENSE. 


d)  unirc 
bu  tinirefl 
cr  ware 
wir  warcn 
ibr  i^circt 
ftc  ivareu 


>-s. 


1  might 
thou  mightst 
he  might 
we  might 
you  might 
they  might    _ 


FIRST    FUTURE    TENSE. 


erbc     "I  S  (if) 

?r»^efl       t      " 
vbe       I  2      „ 

J  t  r, 


id)  IV 

bu  ivcrbcfl 
er  tverbe 
unr  tvcvbeu 
ibr  uuMbet 
ft?  ivcrbcu 


I  shall 
thou  will 
he  will 
we  shall    . 
you  will    I   ■" 
they  will  J 


]| 


SECOND  FUTURE  TENSE. 


Id)  UH-rbe 
bu  u>evbcfl 
cr  n>crbc 
u>ir  u'crbcn 
ibr  luorbet 
fie  iverbcu   , 


(if)  I  shall 
.,    thou  wilt 
..    he  will 
„    we  shall 
„    you  will 
„  they  will. 


clieBt  tocrbcn,  to  be  loved. 


117 


A   PASSIVE    VERB, 
to  be  loved. 


CONDITIONAL. 


PRESENT  TENSE. 


IMPERFECT  TENSE. 


PERFECT  TENSE. 


PIUPERFECT  TENSE. 


FIRST  FUTURE. 


tc^  tuiirbe 
bu  wiivbefl 
er  iDiirbc 
iDtr  miirben 
ihx  nnivbct 
fte  luiivbeu  , 


2  J3    o 


SECOND  FUTURE. 

id)  ttjiivbc    "1      c  ^  I 

bu  wiivbcfl      *-"^  ^^- 

er  wiirbe      l!§  s  s  ^ 

xoix  ttnirben  {  "5  ^  go 

ibrwurbet       "^S  ^  g 

ftc  luurbcu  J      *^  "^  i? 


IMPERAT. 


»o   -a 


PRESENT  TENSE 

roerbe  bu 
wevbe  er 
mevben  wir 
njerbet  tbr 
werben  fte 


IMPERF.  TENSE. 


PERFECT  TENSE. 


PLUPERF.  TENSE. 


FIRST  FUTURE. 


SECOND  FUTURE, 


INFINITIVE 


PRESENT  TENSE 

getiebt  iverbeu, 
to  be  loved. 


IMPERF.  TENSE. 


PERFECT  TENSE. 

Qe(tebtt»orbcnfeut, 

to    have    been 

loved. 


PLUPERP.  TENSE. 


FIRST  FUTURE. 

»erbeu  geltcbt 
ivevben, 

to  be  about  to  be 
loved. 


SECOND  FUTURE. 


PARTIC. 


PRESENT. 


IMPERFECT. 


PERFECT. 

geltefct/ 

loved. 


PLUPERP 


1st.  FUTURE. 


2d.  PC  TUBS. 


118  SYNTAX  OF  THE  DEFINITE  ARTICLE. 

Exercise   90.  ^ttfgabc  90. 

1.  2)er  Slciplge  irirb  geaditet  uub  getoBt,  unb  ber  gaute  toirb  tteradbtd 
unb  getabelt.  2.  S)ie  j^eilften  ?5elfen  luerben  »on  ben  ©emfenidgeru  er? 
flettert.  3.  3)er  guiiftige  Stugenblicf  mxh  »on  bem  ^lugen  ergriffen.  4.  (5^ 
tvurbe  mefjv  ge)>iclt  als  gearbettet.  6.  ®ev  (Streit  njurbe  auf  beiben  (Sei? 
ten  m'li  grojjer  ©rbittevinig  gefiT^rt.  6.  2)a^  SSerf  ifl  eiibltd)  ycltenbet 
nun-ben  uub  unrb  bab  et[ct)etnen.  7.  @nbltd)  ij^  eg  auggefunbeu  iDovben, 
irer  ber  2)leb  ift.  8.  @g  n)irb  beremfi  ein  ernfieg  ®erict)t  ge{;aUen  tverbjr, 
iiad^bcm  aUe  936lfer  u^evben  ^erfammelt  hjorben  fein.  9.  2)er  O^adibar 
glaubt,  ha^  ber  93ater  i>on  feinem  Minbc  getdufdbt  ft>erbe.  10-  2)le  ®e* 
fdncbte  melbet,  ba^  Sircja  »cn  ben  griec()ifd)en  ^urj^en  gerj^ort  toorben  fci. 
11.  ©er  2lrme  ftagt,  baf  er  gen^altfam  fortgefdite^jpt  ivorben  fet.  12.  ®er 
betrubte  33ater  glaubt,  fein  ©obn  irerbe  ijon  bem  erbitterten  ^einbe  erfdicf^ 
fen  n^orben  fein.  13.  3)ic  ^^reunbin  U^an'vkU,  bap  hae  Hngliirf  burdi  bie 
@dmlb  beg  9^adibarg  I)erbeigefiif)rt  tworben  iudre.  14.  ^rometfjcug  tt»ar 
vcn  Supiter  an  einen  ?^elfen  gefimiebet  morben.  15.  S)ftg  -^an^  »irb  )ion 
einem  fef)r  gefd)irften  3Jtann  gebaut. 

Exercise  91.  ^ttfgabc  91. 

1.  Do  you  know  why  you  have  been  blamed  by  your  friends  ? 
2. 1  was  blamed  by  them  because  the  letter  that  has  been  promised 
by  me  had  not  been  written  before  they  arrived  here.  3.  I  hope 
the  enemy  will  be  defeated  and  driven  out  of  the  country.  4.  My 
letter  will  have  been  read  before  yours  will  have  been  written. 
5.  We  are  not  often  hated  by  those  who  are  loved  by  us.  6.  The 
bad  will  be  punished  and  the  good  will  be  Rewarded.  7.  Good 
men  are  often  slandered  while  they  live,  and  praised  and  honored 
after  they  are  dead.  8.  The  ring  of  the  rich  young  traveler  haa 
been  found  by  one  of  his  servants.  9.  These  beautiful  baskets 
are  said  (L.  31.  4.  b.)  to  have  been  made  by  the  blind  man  to  whom 
the  flute  was  sent  yesterday.  10.  Those  indolent  boys  deserve  to 
be  punished*.  11.  There  has  been  more  done  to-day  than  yester- 
day. 12.  We  are  often  deceived  by  those  who  praise  us,  for  we 
are  often  praised  by  flatterers.  13.  The  hunter  says  he  has  been 
bitten  by  a  bear  that  had  been  shot  by  one  of  his  companions. 

14.  Has  it  not  yet  been  made  out  by  whom  the  money  was  stolen  ? 

15.  Do  you  know  by  whom  these  letters  were  written  ?    16.  These 
people  think  they  have  been  deceived  by  us. 


LESSON  XLVI.  |:fftt0n  XLVL 

SYNTAX  OF  THE  DEFINITE  ARTICLE. 

1 .  The  definite  article  is  often  used  in  German,  where  in 
II dn slating  it  is  omitted: 

a.  Before  nouns  (in  the  plural  as  well  as  singulai)  taken 
ill  a  general  sense ,  as, 


SYNTAX  OF  THE  DEFINITE  ARTICLE.  119 

5)le  9flofe  I)eipt  bie  jlonigin  ber  The  rose  is  called  tae  queen  of 
351umen.  (the)  flowers. 

Sag  ^ferb   ift  eiu  iiu^Iidie^  3:{)lev.  The  horse  is  a  useful  animal. 

3)ie  a>[crbe  fiiib  nu^lkte  S:f;ievc.  (The)  horses  are  useful  animals. 

2)ie  i^'ici^eit  ift  beg  i0lenfdicu  Ijcd)-  (The)  freedom  is  (the)  man's 
fleg  ®ut.  highest  good. 

„Sev  Sy/tnnul  l^ilft,  bie  ^olfe  mu^  (The)  Heaven  helps,  (the)  helJ 
uiig  weidieu  I"  must  yield  ! 

b.  Before  the  names  of  lakes,  mountains,  days,  months, 
seasons,  ranks,  bodies  or  systems  of  doctrme,  the 
superlative  of  adjectives,  masculine  or  feminine  names 
of  countries,  as  also  before  the  words  ^of,  Jtirc(;c, 
maxtt,  miiijU,  ®cl;ule,  and  ^tafet;  as, 

®er  95tfuy  ift  eiu  SJutfan'.  (The)  Vesuvius  is  a  vo.c*,no. 

iDer  ©oniitag  in  (Suvopa  \\i  ftl)i*  (The)  Sunday  in  Europe  is  very 
»erfd)iebcn  «on  bem  Sountag  in  different  from  (the)  Sunday 
Slmerifa.  in  America. 

2)er  Mai  ijl  fd)6ner  aU  ber  SWdrj.      (The)  May    is  pleasanter  than 

(the)  March. 
JDie  meifien  @(tern  fdiicfeu  ifjte  M'm^    (The)  most  parents  send  their 
b.'r  in  bie  (Sd)u(e  unb  in  hk  Mxd)e.        children  to  (the)   school  and 

to  (the)  church. 
(2tivb  ©ieieinbenSditDeijgelccfen?    Have  you  ever    been  in  (the) 

Switzerland  ? 

c.  Before  nouns  specifying  time,  or  quantity,  where  in 
English  the  indefinite  article  is  used ;  as, 

Sdi  fe:^e  i^n  gtijeimal  beg  3at;vg.  I  see  him  twice  a  (the)  year. 

(Se  t'ojiet  fiinf  ©rcfdien  ha^  ^fnnb.    It  costs   five  groshens   a  (the) 

pound. 

d.  In  many  expressions  which  mark  a  change  in  the 
condition  of  a  person  or  thing,  and  in  English  require 
the  nominative,  or  objective  after  a  verb,  the  dative 
with  juni  (or  jur)  is  employed ;  as, 

iDtan  madite  i()n  jum  «§au)3tmann.      He  was  made  a  captain. 
Qe  ift  jum  (5prld)n?ort  geiucrben.        It  has  become  a  proverb. 

e.  Before  the  proper  names  of  persons  when  preceded 
by  an  adjective  ;  before  the  names  of  relatives  or  in- 
timate friends  ;  when  the  name  of  an  author  is  put 
for  his  works,  and  in  the  oblique  cases  of  such  as  do 
not  by  inflectional  endings,  indicate  the  case ;  as, 

<Die  fdione  <§elena.  The  beautiful  Helen. 

JDer  arme  ^einvid).  (The)  poor  Henry. 

(Sage  bem  3o()ami,  er  fell  !ommen.  Tell  John,  to  come  nio  shall  a  me;. 

25ie'  JBerbannung  beg  Slriftibeg.  The  banishment  of  Aristides. 

<Sie  lefeu  je^jt  bcu  -^cvber.  They  are  now  reading  Herder 


120  SYNTAX  OF  THE  DEFINn  E  ARTICLE. 

/.    The   definite  article  (when  the  sense  is  not  thereby 
obscured)  may  be   used  instead  of  a  possessive  pro- 
noun ;  as, 
Qx  Ijat  ben  «§ut  nod)  auf  bent  .^clpfe.    He  still  has  his  hat  on  his  head. 
2Ba^  {;aft  tu  in  ber  ^panb  ?  What  have  you    in  your  (the) 

hand? 
When  used  with  Beibe,   I)allJ,  fo,  folc^cr,  irle,   and  ^n,  the 
article  comes  first;  as, 
2)!e  Innben  5)lener  blleben  einen  f)ah    Both  the  servants  remained  half 

ben  Xa(^.  a  (a  half)  day. 

^in  unc  alter  SWann  ifi  er  ?  How  old  a  man  is  he  ? 

2.  The  definite  article  is  omitted  before  names  of  the  car- 
dinal points,  when  motion  from  or  towards  them  is  expressed, 
as  also  in  a  variety  of  phrases  where  it  is  employed  in  Eng- 
lish; as, 

3m  <Oerb|l:  jletjcn  bie  33oget  5?on  In  autumn  the  birds  migrate  from 
DZorben  nad)  ©uben.  the  north  to  the  south. 

Ueberbringer  btefe^  ill  ein  i^reunb  The  bearer  of  this  is  a  friend  of 
»on  mir.  mine. 

©a^  iji  nicl)t  S?lobe  (Sttte)  bci  iing.    That  is  not  the  fashion  (custom) 

with  us  (in  our  country). 

3.  In  legal  reports,  the  usage  of  the  two  languages  is 
similar ;  as, 

j^Idger  bcI)vinV'>tet,  ba^  u.  f.  \v.  Complainant  maintains  that,  &c. 

4.  The  indefinite  article  is  often  omitted  before  nouns  used 
as  the  predicate  of  fein,  or  trerbcn;   as, 

(Bx  h)urbe  evj^  ©olbat,  nad)I)er  ^6^  He  became  first  (a)  soldier, 
nig.  afterwards  (a)  king. 

6.  The  indeclinable  bergleid)en  (such,  such  like),  may  relate 

to  nouns  of  all  genders  and  both  numbers,  and  in  any  case ;  as, 

2!)ergteid)en  Sffiein  i|l  tfieuer.  Such  wine  is  dear. 

S^rinfen  @ie  je  bergleid)en  ?  Do  you  ever  drink  the  like  ? 

Exercise  92.  Jlufflabe  92. 

1.  2)ic  Strniutf)  ifl  oft  ber  yerbiente  Mjn  ber  gauUjeit.  2.  Sie  ^cf* 
nung  ij^  ber  treuejle  %xo\ttt  ber  SOlenfAen.  3.  3m  3uti  ij^  ba<S  Setter 
fe()r  t)eip.  4.  2)er  ^akx  ifl  am  «§of,  bie  2)'iutter  in  ber  Jlivd;e,  ber  @of)tt 
anf  ber  Uninerfitdt,  ber  ^ncd)t  anf  bem  TlaxU  unb  baS  J^inb  in  ber 
<Sdmte.  5.  @age  bem  3of)ann,  ev  foU  i^on  je^t  an  iiievmal  bie  9Bodie 
anf  ben  SD^arft  gel)en.  6.  (5rfl  fegettcn  irir  nad)  Often  nnb  bann  nad) 
©iibcn.  7.  3n  ^eutfd)Ianb  ifl  c5  ®itte,  ba^  man  ben  <^nt  abnimmt,  trenn 
man  ^reunben  begegnet.  8.  (fin  fotdier  3Wann  n>urbc  ein  foldieg  93erbrc? 
dien  geUM^  niAt  begef)en.  9.  (Sr  ift  ein  jn  alter  Warn  ©clbat  jn  iverben. 
10.  jlennen  @ie  ncd)  eine  fjalbe  (Stnnbe  ivarten?  11.  2Bie!  nennft  bu 
fin  fo  elenbeg  @efd)6^f  beincggleid)en  ?  (L.  25.  4.)  12.  5)er  §reie  liebt 
getoo^nlid)  ben  iVvieben 


PROPER  AND  COMMCN  NAMES.  121 

Exercise  93.  <3lttf0abe93. 

1.  Indolence  is  an  unpardonable  vice.  2.  To  so  miserable  a 
ife  as  this,  I  would  prefer  death.  3.  This  is  too  large  a  stove  for 
60  small  a  room.  4.  The  eloquence  and  patriotism  of  Demosthenes 
saved  his  country.  5.  March  is  a  very  windy  unpleasant  month, 
the  Germans  sometimes  call  it  (Vrutjling^monat,  because  it  is  the 
first  month  of  spring.  6.  Why  do  you  wear  such  a  hat  ?  7.  We  go 
to  town  three  times  a  year.  8.  This  cloth  cost  six  florins  an  ell. 
9.  In  France  it  is  the  custom  for  people  to  take  off  their  hats  when 
a  funeral  procession  passes  by.  10.  I  will  wait  half  a  day  longer 
if  you  will  go  with  me.  12.  How  long  an  exercise  have  you 
written  to-day  ?  13.  The  servant  has  gone  to  market  to  buy 
beef,  eggs,  potatoes  and  the  like. 

LESSON  XLVII.  gtciian  XLVII. 

PROPER  AND  COMMON  NAMES. 

1.  The  proper  and  common  names  of  places  and  countries, 
as  also  of  months,  are  placed  in  apposition;  as, 

S)ie  (Stabt  Berlin  i|l  in  bent  Mf    The  city  (of)  Berlin  is  in  the 

nigreid)  ^reu^en.  Kingdom  (of)  Prussia. 

®ev  SJlonat  2)Jai  ijl  fc^on.  The  month  (of)  May  is  fine. 

2.  The  date  (without  a  preposition  intervening)  precedes 
the  name  of  the  month ;  as, 

•iBom  funften  SDlai  Bl^  jum  t>ter  unb    From  the  fifth  (of)  May  till  the 
jwaujigfien  Slugujl.  twenty-fourth  (of)  August. 

3.  Nouns  denoting  weight,  measure  and  quantity,  stand  in 
the  same  case  as  those  they  limit  and  (feminines  excepted) 
are  not  declined ;  as, 

S)ret  ^aar  (see  5.)  ^anbfd^ulje.        Three  pairs  (of)  gloves. 
3iDei  ^Bfunb  ^afee.  Two  pounds  (of)  coffee. 

Qt  fiat  a<i)t  @tucf  9Sie^.  He  has  eight  head  (of)  cattle. 

2)ret  mm  Xni),  Three  eUs  (of)  cloth. 

Obs.  When  the  latter  noun,  however,  is  qualified  by  some 
other  word,  it  is  put  in  the  genitive  ;  as, 
S)rei  ^^funb  biefe^  ^affeeg.  Three  pounds  of  this  coffee. 

3wei  33uct)  be^  beften  5papierg.  Two  quires  of  the  best  paper. 

4.  Like  nouns  of  weight,  &c.,  (see  3.)  is  used  the  word 
Q(rt  (kind  or  sort) ;  as, 

(5r  t)at  eine  neue  2trt  ^a^icr.  He  has  a  new  kind  (of)  paper. 

Qx  fvvid)t  »on  einer  befonbercn  Slrt    He  is  speaking  of  a  particular 
^unbe.  kind  (of)  dogs. 

5.  (Sin  ^aoT  {literally  a  pair)  often  answers  to  "a  few*' 
and  is  used  undeclined,  before  nouns  in  any  case ;  as, 

6 


122       PREPOSITIONS  AND  ADJECTIVES    WITH  THE  GENITIVE, 

(5r  i}at  ciii  ^viav  j^i-cuube  hci  fid;-       He  has  ^few  friends  with  him 
{£i-  fommt  111  dn  ^4>aav  Jlai]^!,  He  is  coming  in  Sifew  days. 

6.  SJiann,  referring  to  organized  bodies  of  men,  retains  the 
singular  form;  as, 

(Sill  Sicgiment  i^on  taufcub  SJlami.       A  regiment  of  a  thousand  men. 
Exercise  94.  ^Ufflttbc  94. 

1.  ?(m  cvftni  5Jlai  wirb  tie  5trmee  in  ble  ^taU  ikijcn.  2.  2)cr  aik 
^^ic(i()aiitU'r  {)at  (juubcvt  StficE  il3iet)  gcfauft.  3.  (S'v  triiift  jeben  S)icrcien 
jUH'l  ®la0  Saffer.  4.  SScKeii  Sie  mii-  ciu  Stiicf  S3vcb  gebenV  5.  3* 
aMll  3l)iu'ii  JUHM  (gtiiff  ^leiftri  gcben.  6.  ai^ir  ful)vcii  am  fiinf  uub  jwciir 
jlc^ftcii  .'^aiuiar  lu-'ii  ber  (^tait  dhw-^cxt  ah,  nub  famcn  am  aclUjcl)ntcn 
^clnuar  in  bcr  Stabt  ^Bicmen  ai;.  7.  ®cv  SDZonat  ^ifai  ift  *jiel  angenel)* 
mcv  altj  bcr  Q)icnat  i?lpril.  8.  2)ie  (Stabt  iBtvIin  ift  bie  •g)anptftatt  be< 
JiO:;ivivdcl}e  ^^^vcnfuMi.  9.  -£)a!^  ift  cine  ^^lit  ^'nuiit,  bie  id)  nic  y^efeljen  ()abt\ 
10.  (S'i-'l)at  jUHM  ^4>^i^iv  «S»antfiinil)e  unb  fcdi^  (SUcn  ilnd)  gcfanft.  11. 1'er 
©om  in  bev  ^taht  iDiavibcbnvg  ift  fc()v  fri^cn.  12.  ©at^  Jloni^veid)  (£ad^; 
feu  ift  fe[)r  ficin.  13.  ^'v  Ijat  nodi  ein  ircni^  ®elb,  benn  eiu  ^utcv  ^^veunb 
t;at  II;m  neulicli  ciu  ^^aar  2;i;aler  cjcfdiidl 

Exercise  95.  |lufjjal)e  95. 

1.  Here  is  a  little  piece  of  paper  for  you.  2.  Our  friends  live 
in  the  city  of  Vienna.  3.  The  shoemaker  has  sent  you  a  pair  of 
shoes.  4.  I  have  bought  three  barrels  of  tlour  and  a  hundred 
pounds  of  coffee.  5.  The  kingdom  of  Prussia  is  larger  than  the 
kingdoms  of  Saxony  and  Bavaria.  6.  We  were  in  the  city  ol 
Dresden  in  the  month  o'". Tune.  7.  The  city  of  Hamburg  is  rich  and 
very  beautiful.  8.  This  man  says  he  has  a  new  kind  of  paper. 
9.  Will  you  give  me  a  glass  of  water?  10.  Will  you  not  take  a 
glass  of  wine  1  11.  I  have  already  drank  a  glass  of  wine.  12.  We 
remained  only  a  few  days  and  did  not  see  much.  13.  On  the 
sixteenth  of  August  we  were  in  the  city  of  Cologne. 

LESSON  XLVIII.  §tcl\o\\  XLVIII. 

PREPOSITIONS  AND  ADJECTIVES  WITH  THE  GENITIVB. 

1.  The  following  prepositions  are  construed  with  the  geni- 
tive; viz,  anftatt  or  fta;t,  instead;  an^cifjalb.  outside,  without ;  bied? 
fcit(g),  on  this  side  ;  i)ali\  Ijalben  or  I)albcv,  on  account  (of;  ;  inner.-' 
I)alb,  inside,  within  ;  jcnfcit  (ei),  on  that  (the  other)  side,  beyond: 
fvaft,  by  virtue  of;  lang^,  along  ;  laut,  according  to  ;  cbevt^alb,  above  ; 
tro^.  in  spite  of;  urn  — iviUcn,  for  the  sake  of;  ungcad)tct,  notwith- 
standing ;  unter()alb,  below ;  unfcrii.  iiuwcit,  near,  not  fir  from ; 
i:ptmittclft,  mitteliX  by  means  of;  ttermoi^e,  by  dint  of  ira^vcub, 
during  ;  lucgcn,  on  account  of;  jufolge,  according  to. 


PPtEPOSITIONS  AND  ADJECTIVES  WITH    THE  GENITIVE.       123 

2.  ^ro^  and  lancjg  may  be  used  with  the  dative;  as, 
?dng^  bem  SBegc  (or  beg  SBege^).      Along  .he  road  (the  way). 
%xci^  nieineni  @uct)eu    (or  meineg    In  spite  of  my  search  (seekinfr). 

©udieug). 

3.  Bi^Ms^/  when  preceding  its  noun,  requires  the  genitive; 
when  following  it,  the  dative ;  as, 

Sufclge  beg  ^cvid)tg,  or  bem  ®e;    According  to  the  report, 
tid)t  sufolge. 

4.  ^alB,  ^alber  or  :^aI13ett,  always  follows  its  noun ;  unges 
flc^tet  and  tregen  may  precede  or  folic w  it;  as, 

Slftevg  f^alber.  On  account  of  age. 

^an  fcbd^t  i^n  ttjegen  feiiieg  j^teipeg    He  is  esteemed  on  account  of 
unb  liebt  ii)n  feiner  S^ugeub  wegen.        his    industry,    and  loved   on 

account  of  his  virtue. 

5.  In  urn — Iritten  the  genitive  always  stands  between  imi 
and  trillcn;  as. 

Urn  beg  greunbeg  toillen.  For  the  friend's  sake. 

6."  ^alBen,  irecjen  and  iridcn,  are  often  compounded  with 
the  genitive  case  of  pronouns,  in  which  use  t  is  substituted 
for  the  final  r ;  and  sometimes  with  the  relative  pronoun,  in 
which  t  is  added  to  the  genitive ;  as, 

SJ?eliiett»egen ;  (for  my  sake)  instead  of    meincm'^egen. 

SfjrehtMneii ;  (for  your  sake)  instead  of   3()revtTtiUen. 

Um  belTenltvUlen ;       (for  whose  sake)        instead  of  urn  beffeuwiUen. 

7.  ^(nflatt  (compounded  of  art  and  <^tatt)  may  be  divided* 
<Btatt  taking  its  original  character  as  a  noun ;  as, 

9(n  feineg  Sviiberg  ^tatt,  or  awftatt    In  his  brother's  stead,  or  instead 
feineg  S3vuberg.  of  his  brother. 

8.  The  following  adjectives  are  construed  with  and  usually 
f«)llow  the  genitive : 

bcburftig,  in  want ;  Ben5t()igt,  necessitated,  in  want;  ht'con^t,  con- 
scious, aware  ;  eingebeiif,  mindful ;  fdl}ig,  capable  ;  frcft,  glad  ;  ge? 
tndvtig,  in  expectation,  waiting ;  geivip,  certain,  sure;  fiiubig,  hav- 
ing- a  knowledge,  skilled  ;  Icoig.  free,  single  ;  leer,  void,  empty  ; 
mdditig,  powerful,  (master  of) ;  fct)ubig,*  guilty  ;  t(}ei{()aft  (ig),  par- 
ticipant, sharing;  uberbei'i^ig,  tired,  disgusted  ;  serbditUig,  suspect- 
ed, suspicious  ;  yerluftig,  deprived  (of)  ;  iviirDig,  worthy,  geiual)V, 
aware  ;  geivot)ut,  accustomed  to  ;  log,  free,  rid  ;  miibe,  tired,  weary ; 
[att,  satiated  ;  i)cU,  full ;  xvati),  worthy,  worth. 

*  „3c^ulfcicj  fclu,"  with  the  accusative  answers  to  ''to  owe",  "le  indebt- 
ed" ;  as,  et  ift  mir  j€§ii  ©ulteu  fdjulcig,  he  owes  me  ten  florins. 


124  EXERCISES  ON  PREPOSITIONS  AND  ADJECTIVES. 

2)e^  bRUOd^cn  SBinfer^  ungetoo^nt.    Unaccustomed  to   the  Gennaa 

winter. 
2)ie  (Srbe  i|i  soil  ber  ®\iU  btS  Jgtxxn,    The  earth  is  full  of  the  goodness 

of  the  Lord.    Ps.  33,  5. 
Bk  timrben  bcr  inneren  ^raft  jid^    They  became  conscious  of  their 
beujupt.  inherent  strength. 

9.  The  last  seven  adjectives  of  the  above  list  are  more 
commonly  used  with  the  accusative  ;  as, 

3d)  Inn  biefen  2ln6Ii(f  geiDcI;ut.  I  am  accustomed  to  this  sight. 

iB6  ill  eineu  ©utben  wert(;.  It  is  worth*  a  florin. 

(Sin  Stoxb  »cU  5le)3fel.  A  basket  full  of  apples. 

In  this  use  iooU  often  takes  the  ending  cr ;  as, 
BcUer  ©nabe  unb  fS^ai)xl}nt  Full  of  grace  and  truth. 

10.  ©oiuif ,  Iccr  and  ijoU  are  often  followed  by  ton,  fat;ig  by 
ju,  and  frof)  by  iiljcr ;  as, 

(Ir  i|l  ju  SlUem  fdf)ig.  He  is  capable  of  anything. 

93oU  yon  gelnbcn  ifi  bie  2Belt.  Full  of  foes  is  the  world. 

2)ein  ^erj  fei  nid)t  frol^  hbn  fein    Let  not  thy  heart  be  glad  when 
Uughldf.  he    stumbleth    (lit.   over  his 

misfortune). 

Exercise  96.  ^ttfgabt  96. 

L  2Beun  ta6  5|3fetb  fciner  ©tcirfe  ktruf  t  tvtdre,  fonnte  9iiemanb  e^Bdn* 
bigen.  2.  3di  bin  ml  ®elb  fd)ulbig,  aber  id)  bin  feine^  S3erbred)cng  \dmh 
big.  3.  (Sv  iinirbe  biefc  ?trbcit,  beren  er  gan§  ungetnotjnt  ift,  utd)t  tijuit, 
irenn  er  nid)t  be^  ©clbeg  benbtl)igt  tt»dve.  4.  ^\t  bein  53vuber  betuer  ^nlh 
bebiirftig,  fo  fvvige  nidit,  ob  er  berfclbcn  triirbig  ifl.  5.  9}iand)er  2Jlenfd) 
tievbringt  fein  'ithcn  imeingebeiif  fciner  etnigen  58eftimmung.  6.  ^ic  met* 
ften  aScrlufte  finb  eine^  (Svfa^eg  fdf)tg.  7.  .^ein  ©cijiger  fann  feine^  Se; 
ben^  frcl)  tverben.  8.  (Bx  ift  feiner  Uebereilung  ge)i>at}r  getrcrben.  9.  3d) 
bin  be<?  Sebenj^  unb  ^ciTfd)ene!  nmbe.  10.  2)er  ta^fere  Zdi  ift  frei  iinb 
feincg  5lrmc^  mdd)tig.  11.  3nner{)alb  bev  (Stabt  unttl)ete  bie  ^pefl,  unb 
au^erfjalb  berfelben  ber  ^elnb.  12.  Qx  Ijai  nieinen  «§nt  anftatt  beg  fei^ 
nigen  gencmnien.  13.  SQ)d()venb  nieineg  2Uifent()aUg  in  2).  tvurbe  id)  be3 
(gtabtiebend  ganj  iibevbru§ig.  14.  ,^raft  felneg  Stmteg  »crl)aftcte  er  aUe, 
bie  cr  hcS  a^erratf)^  ycrbdditig  tjicU.  15.  Urn  feine^  93aterg  9BiUen  blelbt 
ix  In  biefer  (Etellc,  cbgleidi  er  cinev  bcffern  im'itbig  Ift.  16.  „!Der  .^cnlg 
unb  bie  ^alferln,  hc6  Uingen  ^aberj^  niube,  ertv»eld)ten  iljten  Ijartcn  (Sinn 
unb  nmditen  enblid)  ?^rlebc".  17.  2)lefer  S^ag  tvar  eg,  urn  beffcntolUen 
ix  ilrcne  unb  ichcn  bem  untrcueu  ©lucfe  anyertraute. 

Exercise  97.  ^ufgabc  97. 

1.  We  live  on  the  other  side  of  the  river  not  far  from  the  bridge. 
2.  On  account  of  the  cold  weather  we  remained  at  home.  3.  He  has 

*  In  referring  to  llie  amount  of  one's  wealth,  "worUi"  is  rendered  by  ,,  1°  e  t  d)  ';  an 
it  ifi  jebn  taufenb  ©Ulbeu  reic^,  be  is  worth  ten  thousand  florins 


VERBS  GOVERNING  THE  GENITIVE.  125 

taken  your  hat  instead  of  his  cap.  4.  Those  people  are  destitute 
of  money  and  in  want  of  help.  5.  They  are  not  tired  of  walking 
bat  tney  are  not  acquainted  with  the  road.  6.  This  is  a  labor  to 
which  I  am  entirely  unaccustomed,  and  I  do  it  only  because  I  am 
in  want  of  money.  7.  Men  often  become  guilty  of  a  crime  because 
they  owe  much  money.  8.  I  am  sure  of  his  innocence  for  I  know 
that  he  is  not  capable  of  such  an  action.  9.  He  who  is  always 
mindful  of  his  destiny  does  not  become  tired  of  his  life.  10.  Our 
friends  live  on  this  side  of  the  river  below  the  bridge  11.  During 
our  stay  in  Berlin  my  friend  became  master  of  the  language. 
12.  For  his  friend's  sake  he  remains  here  although  he  is  tired  of 
city  life.  13.  He  is  conscious  of  his  strength,  sure  of  his  aim,  and 
certain  of  his  cause.  14.  By  means  of  good  books  and  great 
industry  one  can  learn  rapidly. 


LESSON  XLIX.  ^tciUn  XLIX 

VERBS  GOVERNING    THE  GENITIVE. 

1 .  The  following  verbs  govern  the  genitive ;  namely,  a^s 
icn,  cntrat{;en,  ermangedt,  gcbenfcn,  getrat;ren,  I;arren,  lac^cn, 
fpottcn,  iraltcn,  irarteu,  tebiirfen,  UQcijxm,  Brauc(;m,  entBc(;rcn, 
mt?dl)ncn,  genie^en,  )^\icQm,  fd}onen,  uerfcl;len,  oergcffen,  trat;^ 
rcn,  waijxndjmm. 

The  last  twelve  more  frequently  govern  the  accusative: 
ad}kn,  I^arrett  and  waxtcn  are  followed  by  auf ;  and  lac^cn, 
f:potten  and  traltcn,  by  iibcr  with  the  accusative ;  as, 
3d)  bvaud^e  nid)t  beg  ^elnie^,  or    I  do  not  need  (am  not  in  want 

ben  ^etm.  of)  the  helmet. 

@ie  fpctteu  meinet  (or  liber  mtc^).     You  mock  (deride)  me. 
SBir  J^arreu  betne^  WinM  (or,  auf    We  wait  thy  beck. 

beiiien  SBiuf). 

2.  Verbs  governing  the  genitive,  when  used  passively, 
take  the  impersonal  form ;  as, 

(SS  iuivb  metner  (or  meinec  tulrb       1  am  mocked. 

L.  44.  2)  gefpottet. 
S)einer  it)irb    (or  c^  ii^irb  beuier)       You  are  thought  of. 

gebacl)t, 

3.  The  following  reflexives,  also,  require  the  genitive  after 
<he  accusative  (or  dative)  which  they  govern;  anmni^cn,  aiu 
ncfimcu,  Ih^dicucu,  fccflciHon  or  bcf(oi]l(gon,  (hnioOch,  (nTaad;tigcn, 
oemctftcrn,  Oefd^cibcu,  bcftuum,  cutauj^crn,  ciuHotcii,  cntbvcd;cn, 
tntf^altcu,  entfd;lagou,  eutfmuen,  cr'^armcn,  crfred;cn,  crtuncrn, 
txtixl)nm,  ertue^ren,  freuen,  getrojleii;   rii(;men,  fd;anien,  iiBer^cs 


126  VERBS  GOVERNING  THE  GENITIVE. 

ben,  untcrfangen,  untmDinbcn,  bcrmeffen,  ux\d)m,  mXjxcn,  mU 
cjcrn,  anmt)crn:  cnt(,mltm  is  often  followed  by  ^ow,  erbarmert^ 
[reucn,  fct}dmcn  and  njimbcrn,  by  iiber;  and  bcjinnen  and  frcuen^ 
by  auf;  as,  • 
3d)  fdidnie  mid)  ber  dloUe  tie  id)    I  shame  me  of  the  part  I  played. 

fvielte.  {W.  Scott). 

a3ebien'  hid)  fdinell  beiner  Tla6^t        Avail  yourself  quickly  of  your 

power. 
@r  eriiinert*  <icl)  ber  -^Briefe.  He  remembers  tiie  letters. 

(S'v  wuiibevte  fid)  iiidit  wenig  uUx    He  wondered  not  a  little  at  my 

mciu  (2d)t»abroiuren.  swaggering. 

4.  The  verbs,  eg  gclujiet  (or  liiflct),  eg  jammert,  eg  reuet,  eg 
lol}nt  ftct),  also  take  a  genitive  after  the  accusative ;  as, 

e^  iamniert  mic^  be^  jtinbeg.  I  pity  the  child  (am  grieved  on 

account  of  it). 
2)u  Idffejl  bid)  beg  lUBcl^  teuen.         Thou  repentest  thee  of  the  evil. 
Q^  lo()nt  jid)  ber  9JiiU;e  iiid)t.  It  is  not  worth  the  trouble. 

(Sg  gcliiftct  is  sometimes  followed  by  nad;;  as, 
2)tid)  (L.  44.  2.)  geh"iftet  nid)t  wai)    I  do  not  covet  the  dear  (rich) 
£>em  t()eucru  Sc(;ii.  reward. 

5.  The  transitive  verbs  anflagcn,  tclc()ren,  tcraut^en,  '6cfrf)ul= 
bigcn,  cntf)cbcn,  cnttc"Digcn,  mal)ncu,  u6crl)c6cn,  i?crtroftcn,  iDiir= 
bigcn,  5ci{)cn,  enttnnben,  entOlojjen,  enttabcn,  entfleibcu,  entlaffen, 
entfcl^cn,  entti^i3l^nen,  logi>red;en,  ubcrfiit)vcn,  iibcrjeugen,  tn= 
fid;crn,  govern  the  genitive  of  a  thing,  and  the  accusative  of 
a  person ;  as, 

D^atut  Id^t  fid)  beg  @d)Ielerg  nid)t  Nature  permits  not  herself  to  be 

iH'vaubeu.  robbed  of  the  veil. 

<2ic  fUigeu  i()it  bel  2)ie6flai;lg  an.  They  accuse  him  of  (the)  theft. 

Sr  tinib  beg  2)iebftal)lg  angeflagt.  He  is  accused  of  theft. 

iSx  ijiit  fid)  feineg  geiiibeg  eiitlaben.  He  has  rid  himself  of  his  enemy. 

G.  The  last  eleven  are  frequently  folio wod  by  uon;  mai)s 
nen,  by  an;  and  bertrojlen  by  auf;  as, 
3d)  fii()Ic  mid)  \)on  alter  SlotI;  ii\U    I  feel  relieved  from  all  distress. 

labeii. 
SBavum  a  n  feiiier  «&ev!unft  ©dimad)    Why  remind  him  so  rudely  of  the 

fc  rau()  H)\\  mal)ueu  1  disgrace  of  his  origin  1 

7.  Often  the  genitive  of  a  pronoun  under  t'le  government 
of  a  numeral,  does  not  require  translation;  as, 

*  ill  i('reriin<j  to  n  thing  learnt^d,  the  worJ  bcbalteU,  " tu  ieep",  ^' to  retain" 
answers  to  our  "  remember" ;  as,  ic^  failll  bic  SBovtci'  lltc^t  bc^aUeU,  I  can  ool 
remember  the  words. 


EXERCISES  ON  VERBS  GOVERNING  THE  GENITIVE.  127 

Gt  Tjat  »ler  ^ceunbe,  unb  id)  l^abe  He  has  four  friends,  and  I  have 

\l)Ut  nur  ^ret,  only  three, 

3(b  f)a6v»  mv  funf  ^fevbe,  unb  er  I  have  only  five  horses,  and  he 

i)at  bcieii  neuii.  has  nme  (of  them). 

Qv  Ijat  mi  fCelu,  unb  id)  Ijabe  bef;  He  has  a  great  deal  of  wine,  and 

feu  nur  iv.nic^.  I  have  but  little  (of  it). 

2Str  Ijabcn  (o    hex    guten  ^^reunbe  We  have  so,  few  good  friends 

wenlg.  (of  the  good  friends  few). 

8.  The  genitive  is  often  used  adverbially ;  as, 
iiimS  ^agi-d  tranbeltc  er  u.f.iv.  One  day  he  was  walking,  &c. 

^c6  Tlcxi^mS  lieft  ev.  In  the  morning  he  reads. 

Exercise  98.  ^Uf^dbc  98 

(§^  (L.  24.  17.)  fcbout  bcv  Jlrieg  and)  (L.  63.  5.)  uid)t  beg  ^lubtemS 
in  ber  SBiege.  2.  2)er  j^raufe  lun-ga^  fetner  ©dimevjen,  ber  Ilraucvube 
fetneg  Jlumuievg,  tie  Strmutf;  if)rer  (gcrgen,  3.  ^Jiandier  iUleufdi  pf  egt 
fo  fcrgfdUt'g  feiueg  ,^6i:pevd,  ba^  er  fcinev  (£ee(e  Faum  gcbenft.  4.  iji)r 
furdUct  ber  (gpfuire  ju  yerfe(}lcn,  bie  (Suveg  ©eifteg  unnbig  ill  5.  ®ei 
nit§e  beg  Sebeng  —  aber  gebcnfe  and',  beg  S^cbeg.  6.  2)ie  ^reubni  ber 
@rbe  bebiirfen  ber  Si'irje  beg  ijeximi  iBedifelg  ^u  ifjrer  @il)alti.ng  unb 
93evebhing.  7.  3Cev  btg  Ungliirflid)en  nid;t  fdicnt,  fontern  bcffeU'en  fpcts 
ten  fvtnn,  ber  verbient,  bap  man  audi  feiuer  ini  Ungli'icf  ttcrgt-ffe.  8.  3l)reg 
i^rcunbeg  tuartet  nod)  eiu  fdiwcrev  itampf.  9.  5)eg  ^ouf'jg  \x)urbe  l;eute 
gar  nidit  ervrdfint. 

Exercise  99.  ^llf0a(ie  99. 

1.  He  often  thinks  of  thee  but  them  he  has  forgotten.  2.  Among 
others  he  mentioned  his  cousin.  3.  Do  not  forget  the  poor,  while 
you  are  enjoying  so  many  pleasures.  4.  He  who  ridicules  the 
poor  shows  a  bad  heart.  5.  Never  forget  the  sufferings  and 
sacrifices  of  those  who  achieved  the  freedom  which  you  now 
enjoy.  6.  Your  friend  does  not  need  your  assistance.  7.  We 
should  forget  our  sorrows  and  remember  our  joys.  8.  Threaten 
as  thou  wilt,  I  laugh  at  thy  threats.  9.  The  matter  was  mentioned 
in  my  presence.     10.  He  has  taken  care  of  his  sick  friend. 

Exercise  100.  Jlufoabc  100. 

1.  @ie  erinnern  ficf)  troI)l  (L.67.6 )  ncdi  beg  juiigeu  Sianneg,  ber  im 
?crigen  3al)ve  beg  OZaubeg  angcflagt  wax.  2.  (Sx  wax  befdmlbigt  eineu 
cei*en  a3ie()()dnb(er  auf  ber  Sanbftra^e  fcineg  ®c(bcg  bevaubt  ju  ()abei:. 
3.  Wlan  fcnnte  ii)u  jobcdi  biefcg  93erbve*eug  nidU  iibei-fiiijveu.  4.  (Sr 
{jatk  fidi  bereitg  alter  ^offuung  cincr  ^vtifvrcd;ung  begcben  uiib  fidi  beg 
^jebaufcag  cntfdUagen,  atg  unfdMilbig  evfldrt  ^u  iiierbeu.  5.  ©cr  9llcbter 
febcd)  ent{}ob  ibn  aller  ©cvge.  6.  9tadibem  cr  ben  ?hu]cf(agtcu  aufgefcr; 
bcvt  batte.  guteg  y3tntbeg  ju  fein  unb  fidi  alleg  ilnmmevg  ^u  cutfdilagen, 
cvflartc  er:  .Vb  bin  beu  itollen  a)lcinung.  ba^  man  tioKu  jnngen  S}iann 
nidu  beg  5iaubeg  bejiubtigen  fann.  7.  ©cnu  r.id't  Scbev,  ber  fid;  beg 
93ettelng  f*dmt  unb  aller  Wlitkl  entblopt  ift,  iuirb  ein  Diduber.  8.  3d) 
toii'  feineg  guteu  53etrageng  gefc^n3eigeu,  Unn  er  ijat  fidi  immer  eine3 


128  USE  AND  GOVERJJMENT  OF  THE  DATIVE. 

orbentlicl)en  gebenS  beflllTen.  9.  3d)  ertnnere  eud)  abn  ber  ^ijaUn  im 
le^ten  ^riegc,  beren  er  fid)  mit  9ied)t  rii^meii  fanu.  10.  §reuet  eud)  fc-U 
Iter  ^reifpred)ung  unb  h>urbiget  i^u  enter  Sreunbj"diaft.  11.  ©pottet  fei» 
ner  nid)t  hjeil  er  im  ^erfer  twar,  fonberii  erbavmet  eud)  »ielmel)r  feinet 
unb  gebenfet  feiner  Seiben.  12.  Seber,  ber  feiner  Iadit,  fd)dme  fid)  [eineg 
cigenen  Setragen^.  13.  StUe  Slnwefeuben  freuten  fid)  biefer  0tebe,  unb 
man  entlebigte  augenblirflid)  ben  5lngefd)ulbigten  feiner  i^effeln.  14.  3d) 
fann  mid)  biefer  Seute  erinnern,  aber  id)  !ann  il)re  Xiamen  nid)t  bef)aUen. 
15.  (Sr  freute  fid)  be^  flugen  0iat^3  unb  ging  ^^inau^  unb  begab  fid)  an 
bie  Strbeit. 

Exercise  101.  ^ttfgabf  101. 

1.  The  old  soldier  boasts  of  the  deeds  that  he  has  performed. 
2.  Do  you  remember  the  promise  that  you  gave  me?  3.  I  do  not 
remember  that  I  gave  you  any  promise.  4.  Can  you  remember 
all  the  long  words  that  you  have  found  in  this  book'?  .5.  Have 
you  accused  any  one  of  this  crime  ?  6.  Who  has  robbed  the 
tra^  eler  of  his  money  ?  7.  He  has  been  convinced  of  his  error, 
but  convicted  of  no  crime.  8.  The  tyrant  avails  himself  of  his 
power.  9.  An  honest  man  would  be  ashamed  of  such  an  action. 
10.  The  enemy  has  obtained  possession  (possessed  himself)  ol 
the  city.  11.  Do  you  remember  the  old  gentleman  with  whom 
we  traveled  from  Brunswick  to  Bremen?'  12.  Yes,  I  still  re- 
member hin  .  13.  It  is  difficult  for  those  who  have  a  bad  memory 
to  remember  the  rules  of  a  language.  14.  Are  you  of  the  opinion 
that  he  is  guilty  of  this  crime  ? 

LESSON  L.  Sttiitin  L. 

USE  AND  GOVERNMENT  OF  THE  DATIVE. 

1.  Verbs  of  giving,  taking  away,  and  the  like,  govern  the 
dative  and  accusative ;  as, 

(Sx  f)at  eg  mir  genomnten  unb  eg  bir  He  has  taken  it  from  me,  and 

gegeben.  given  it  to  you- 

3Bag  'ijat  er  S^nen  gemac^t?  What  has  he  made  for  you? 

SBir  fd)rieben  i^r  einen  S3rief.  We  wrote  (to)  her  a  letter. 

(Sie  fci)icfte  ung  bag  @elb.  She  sent  (to)  us  the  money. 

2.  Many  verbs  govern  the  dative,  while  the  corresponding 
ones,  in  English,  govern  the  objective  ;  as, 

(Sx  r^itft  mir  (not   midi)   unb   id)  He  helps  me,  and  I  thank  him. 

banfe  i^m  (not  i^n). 

€eine  Tlu^t  \ia^t  i§m,  abev  fie  jle^t  His  cap  fits  him,  but  it  does  not 

i^m  nid)t  gut.  become  him. 

dx  toiU  mir  nici)t  »erjei()en,  iaf  id)  He  will  not  pardon  me  that  I 

i^m  toiberfprod^en  l^abe  have  contradicted  him. 


USE  AND  GOVERNMExNfT  OF    THE  DATIVE.  129 

9Ba6  fef)tt  bem  5Kaniie  ?  What  ails  the  man  1 

2)ag  gefdUt  ii)x  *  uiclit.  That  does  not  please  her. 

1>.  The  dative  is  used  with  such  expressions  as,  leib,  funb, 
tvei)  tl;un,  ^^opx  [^red^en,  SBort  I)a(tcn,  311  ^(;eil  irerben,  &c.;  as 
also  with  the   impersonal  verbs,  ai)mt,  baud;t,  biinft,   efelt, 
grauet/  fct;annbelt,  and  traumt;  as, 
S)ir  liat  you  bicfeu  X(;atcn  b(cg  ge;    You  have  only  dreamed  of  these 

trdumt.  deeds. 

SWir  grauet,  tueiter  fcrtjufat)ren.  I  dread  to  continue  (go  farther). 

5)e^    Sebeng     ungemifcbte     ^^veube    Life's  unmixed  joys  were   (be- 

\raib  fcinem  ©terblidien  ju  'ilijni.        came)  the  lot  of  no  mortal. 
SWIr  inirb  fo  ircl)l,  mir  itih'b  fo  wl).    I  feel  so  well,  I  feel  so  ill. 
Q^  ti)nt  mir  im  ^erjen  xocij.  It  pains  me  to  the  heart. 

4.  When  verbs  governing  the  dative,  are  used  passively, 
they  take  the  impersonal  form ;  as, 

^i}m  irirb  gcl)clfen  unb  mir  tuivb  ge^    He  is  helped  and  I  am  thanked. 

banft. 
3f)uen  wurbe  tiMberjlanben.  They  were  resisted  (it  was  re- 

sisted to  them). 

Similar  to  this  is  the  phrase,  bem  fci  \t?ic  i^m  tvollc,  instead 
of  ba§  fei  \vk  e§  iroUe;  be  that  as  it  may  (will). 

5.  Some  verbs  govern  either  the  dative  or  accusative  ac 
cording  to  their  signification  ;  as, 

Set)  lief  if;m,   aber  zx  l;orte  mid)  I  called  to  him,  but  he  did  nc>' 

nidjt.  hear  me. 

3d)  tief  it)n  in  has  Simmer.  I  called  him  into  the  room. 

Qx  hat  feiii  ®elb  befcmmen.  He  has  got  (obtained)  liis  money. 

JDiefe  (Speife  bcfommt  mir  iiidit.  This  food  does  not  agree  with  me. 

6.  The  dative  ohen.  precedes  the  adjectives  by  which  it  is 
governed ;  as, 

®er  .^omet  ift  m\e  nid)t  iid)tbar.         The  comet  is  not  visible  to  us. 
3)ie  <2adie  ift  i(}m  unbcgreifiid).  The  affair  is  incomprehensible 

to  him. 
aSag  i^n  eud)  yerf)af  t  mad)t,  madit   What  makes  him  hateful  to  you, 
il)n  mir  tocvt^,  makes  him  estimable  to  me. 

*  ©efallen,  with  its  dative,  is  often  the  equivalent  of  the  Enghsh  verb  "•£»  like"; 
ss,  biefe^  3:ucb  j^efallt  mtr,  I  hl<e  this  cloih;  liierally.  this  cloth  suits,  or  pleases  ine. 

©efflUen  laffiii  =  "to  submit  to";  a?,  fte  laffeii  ftc^  alleS  gefalleii;  tiiey  submit 
to  everything  (they  let  everything;  please  them). 

The  adverb  gevu  (comparative  Heber),  fain,  gladly,  v-=th  an  appropriate  verb,  often 
answers  to  "«oVi7«-'_\  to  be  fond  of":  as,  er  Vaiirt)t  g?ni ;  he  lilies  to  smoke  (is  fond  of 
Bmoking):  fle()eu  Ste  C{ixn  iu8  ^b^ater?  do  you  like  to  go  (are  you  fond  of  going) 

to  the  theater?  id)  |)abe  ibii  gem;  i  like  him:  er  moc^te  Uebci-  ge^en  aU  bleiben; 

he  would  rather  go  than  stay. 

6* 


130  USE   A.ND  GOVERNMENT  OF  THE  DATIVE- 

(5 vgpben  bent  ^rcunbe,  or  bcm  ^rcuu;    Devoted  to  the  friend,  or  to  the 
be  evgebcu.  friend  devoted. 

7.  The  dative  is  often  employed  instead  of  a  possessive  pro- 
noun, or  the  genitive  of  a  noun  ;  as, 

(5"udi  ivctjiit  ein  (Sngcl  an  bev  (Seite    An  angel  dwells  at  your  side. 

(titcliut  an  eurev  @eite). 
5)em  itcnig  n.>ivb  bev  linfe  9(vm  jer;    The  king's  left  arm  is  shattered. 

fcbmcttevt  (beg  ^onig^  linfer  5(rm). 
jteineni  2)lanne  fann  id)  ©attin  fein.    I  can  be  no  man's  wife  (I  can  be 

wife  to  no  man). 

y.  The  dative  is  sometimes  idiomatically  employed,  where 
remote  reference  only  is  had  to  the  speaker,  or  to  the  person 
addressed ;  in  which  use  it  is  seldom  regarded  in  translat- 
ing;  as, 

(B^  ftiib  @ud)  gar  trc^tgc  Camera-    They  are  right  insolent  fellows 

ben.  (for  you). 

®c(je  mlv  nidit  anf^  d'xi.  (Pray)  don't  go  on  the  ice. 

9,  When  the  dative  and  accusative  are  under  the  govern- 
ment of  the  same  verb,  the  accusative,  except  when  it  is  a 
personal  pronoun,  comes  last ;  as, 

3*  gebe  it}m  bag  ^n6.  I  give  him  the  book. 

3di  gebe  eg  if)m.  I  give  it  to  him. 

@v  fd)icft  i()r  bie  ^ebcr.  He  sends  her  the  pen. 

(Bx  fdiicft  fte  ifjr.  He  sends  it  to  her. 

10.  The  dative  with  Bei,  ton,  ^u,  answers  in  various  phra- 
ses, to  our  possessive,  preceded  by  at,  from,  of,  and  to ;  as, 
@r  tnotjnt  bcl  bem  (gdineiber.  He  lives  at  the  tailor's. 

®el!))i  bn  ju  bcincm  33etter  ?  Are  you  going  to  your  cousin's  ? 

©ic  fcmmen  ebeu  »on  i(;rem  ^veunb.      They  are  just  coming  from  their 

friend's. 
3jl  er  ein  aScrtnanbter  i?on  S^ncn  ?      Is  he  a  relative  of  yours  ? 

For  prepositions  governing  the  dative*,  and  the  dative  or 
accusative  f,  see  L.  15. 

Exercise  102.  ^Vi^^([\it  102. 

1.  3di  banfe  3f}ncn,  ba^  (£ie  miv  geT)cIfcn  baben.  2.  (Er  un'irbe  mfr 
getiM§  fdniben,  uhmui  er  mir  bcifommeu  fonnte.  3.  ©iefer  S}wi  x,:^'^i  mir, 
abcr  ct  fte()t  mir  nidit  gnt.  4.  QCag  fe(;lt  3f)nen  nub  3f)rem  §rcunbc? 
5.  ©g  feljlt  mir  niditg;  ob  \i)\\\  etiuag  fefjien  mag,  ireip  ict)  nidit.     6.  3)et 

*  „!Scl)reib  mit,  naob.  niicbft,  nebfi,  fammt,  bei,  fcif,  t)on,  \\\,  jinuibcr,  enfgegen, 
anfier,  nM,  flct§  mitbcm  'Datio  nicbcv!" 
t  „"?lii,  auf,  biiitcv,  ncbiit,  in,  9[Benn  man  fraacn  faint:  uipl;tu? 

ilebei',  untcr,  uov  \\\\^  jiuifc^eu  8:kt  bem  ^atii>  flcf>ii  fie  \t>, 

©tebi^  ^t\  bem  5lccufatt»/  3!)aj5  man  nuv  faun  fraflen:  too? ■ 


EXERCISES  ON  THE  GOVERNMENT  OF  THE  DATIVE.         131 

StnaU  ijat  fidi  in  ben  %iuQ,n  gcfdinitten.  7.  ®aitj  Defterreirf)  lag  bem 
ebetmiUC;tgcn  Uiigarii  ju  j^ii^en.  8.  5)tefnn  eigeufiiinigen  3)leufd)en  lit  gar 
md)t  ju  l)elfeu.  9.  ©g  tljut  miv  Icib,  bap  cr  jid)  \vci)  get()an  C;at.  10.  Xem 
.Rionig,  lueldier  fid)  iiber  bicfe  ^einbfeligfelt  beflagte,  tuurbe  geantiuortet, 
„ber  ^aifer  I)abe  ber  ©clbaten  ju  yicl :  er  inujje  feinen  gutni  greunbeit 
bamit  l)d]m."  11.  S'liblid)  gelaug  eg  bem  SOIIniftcr,  bem  touig  fiber  feiu 
iuat)ve*3  Sntereffc  bte  5(ugeu  ju  cffneii.  12.  ffienn  in  alien  Seiten  ein  3Jiad); 
tiger  bem  anbern  feinb  irar,  fo  fagte  cr  bemfelben  ah.  13.  Slug  alien  Dr? 
ten,  bte  Ujm  ange()6tten,  fammeltc  biefer  maditige  ^err  hk  SJidnner,  bie 
ii)m  an(;iiigen.  14,  91ad)bcin  fie  feinem  SScrt^aben  beigejlimmt  I)atten, 
t?er^^p[i*teten  fie    fid%   ilnn   beijuftef^cn,   nnb    bent    jlriege  beijutucfjuen. 

15,  <BolA)  cin  mdd;tiger  <§crr  luar  J^cinrid)  ber  Some,  ^erjcg  x>cn  58aiern, 
tvetd^cm  gvcpe  Sdnber  jugel)crten  unb  S;anfenbe  ten  ^riegern  geljorditcn. 

16.  ^c&)  bie  Jlrcnc  eineg  ^aifcvg  fdiwebte  i()m  immer  »cr  5lugen.  17.  2)er 
^erjcgg()nt  gcniigte  iljm  nid)t.  18.  (Bx  traute  feiner  eigenen  jlrnft  unb 
trc^te  bem  >^aifer.  19.  2)er  Jlaifcr  forberte  ibn  auf,  fid)  fetucn  58cfet}len 
ju  fiigen,  unb  brcljte  il)m  mit  ber  Sldit,  20.  ^cd)  bem -ipcrsoge,  ber  eiiiem 
l*ciuen  glidi,  gaU  ir^ebcr  23ernunft,  ncd)  guter  dlati).  21.  3t;m  gejtel  nur 
feine  cigeue  2)ieinung.  unb  cr  badUe  ber  i^raft,  bie  i^m  gebrad).  22.  (St 
ii^iberftrebte  bem  93crlangen,  bem  Jlaifer  cine  @l;re  ju  criveifen,  bie  bemfel; 
ben  gebu()rte.  23.  2)er  ^aifcr,  ber  bem  -^crscge  fdicn  feit  tanger  3eit  ubel 
trcUte  uub  if)m,  n^egen  feincg  ©teljeg  jiirnte,  fam  i()m  juycr,  unb  iiberj;og 
i()n  mit  .Kricg.  24.  2)er  itrieggjug  miplaug  bem  .flaifcr  nid)t.  25.  2)er 
^erjcg  fcnnte  ber  feinblidien  2}iad)tnidU  tt>iberftel;cn  uub  cvlag  bem  Jlaifer 
in  ber  @d)lad)t.  26.  (5r  mu§tc  nad)  ©nglanb  fttel)cn  luxh  nur  feine  %v 
milie  unb  eintge  greuubc  fotgten  iijm.  27.  '^kx  entfagte  er  jeber  -^cffj 
nung  unb  jlud)te  bem  (Stol^e,  aU  ber  Urfad)c  fcinetS  @teubg. 

Exercise  103.  Jlufjjatit  103. 

1.  I  will  assist  him  because  he  has  assisted  me.  2.  Tlireaten 
me  as  thou  wilt,  I  defy  thee  and  thy  pov/er,  3.  His  enemies  can- 
not injure  him  for  they  cannot  get  at  him.  4.  So  great  an  honor 
is  due  to  no  man.  5.  This  hat  fits  me  but  it  does  not  please  me. 
6.  Those  who  flatter  you  are  not  true  friends.  7.  He  struggled  against 
the  demand  but  could  not  resist  his  powerful  enemy.  8.  It  is  not 
my  duty  to  obey  such  men  as  these.  9.  Your  advice  is  of  no  value 
to  him,  for  he  cannot  renounce  his  evil  company.  10.  Have  you 
met  your  friends  to-day?  11.  These  children  resemble  their  pa- 
rents. 12.  Do  you  know  what  ails  these  people  1  13.  I  will  not 
contradict  you,  though  I  think  you  are  wrong.  14.  Nearly  all  his 
adherents  remained  true  to  him  and  followed  him  into  exile.  15.  I 
have  written  them  several  letters,  but  they  have  not  yet  answered 
me.  16.  The  prince  says,  the  land,  the  sea,  the  rivers,  and  even 
the  m(5n  belong  to  him.  17.  My  horse  has  got  away  froii  me  and 
1  have  not  yet  been  able  to  find  him. 

Exercise   104,  ^Ufjjabc  104. 

1.  ©in  guteg  ilinb  ift  fctncu  (Sltcrn  gc()crfa;u  uitb  baiifbar.  2  2)a« 
Stauc^en  ift  beneu  fet}r  uuangeuet;m    bie  eg  nid;t  gewot;nt  finb.    3.  ^M-'m 


132  NUMERALS. 

iji  e3  ItcB,  ha^  id)  bit  in  biefer  @ad)c  nii|lid)  fein  fann.  4.  5)a3  SBettet 
Jtjar  ung  gefiern  fe^r  giiiijiig.  abev  ^eute  iji  eg  ganj  bag  @(gentf;eil.  5.  ®ut 
ju  iverben  ijl  bem  gviilerjafteu  fd)ircr,  benu  er  bleibt  getwo^nlid)  feincn 
S'leigungen  treu.  6.  ©em  ^onigreid)  ©panien  ijl  ^ranfreid)  iiberlegen. 
7.  2Bag  ifin  eud)  totbrig  mad)t,  madit  i§n  mir  tuert§.  8.  3(;r  feib 
biefer  ^onigiti  nid)t  untertf)an.  9.  aSieleg,  toaS  ung  ntd)t  gefd^tlid)  ifi,  iji 
ung  bod)  fe^r  Idftig.  10.  3m  S^lange  ift  er  fetnem  ^ruber  gleicf),  im  ^^a^ 
rafter  feinem  33ater  dt^nlirf).  11.  9fiid)t3  ijl  mir  fo  »er^a^t,  alg  i^alfd)l)eit 
unb  «§eud)elei.  12.  !Du  bifl  beg  Seibeg  lebtg,  ®ott  fei  ber  <SeeIe  gndbig. 
13.  2)iefeg  S3uc^  ij^  mir  lieb ;  \vn  eg  j^ie^lt,  ber  iji  eiu  iDteb.  14.  @g  ift 
mir  unyergeflid),  vwie  fe^r  id)  bir  »erbunben  bin.  15.  2)en  ©olbaten  tt»ar 
cag  Sob  ibreg  i^ere:^rten  ^etb^errn  fefjr  [d)meid)eH;aft.  16.  S5iefer  5luf? 
ent^lt  ijl  i^m  fail  unertrdglid)  geioorben.  17.  Xa'bd  unb  Sob  finb  tem  ®e* 
miit^e  beg  5nJenf(i)en,  it)ag  @turm  unb  @onnenfd)ein  bem  3Sad)gtt;um  finb. 
18,  2)ie  (Sfjre  folUe  bem  SJlenf d)en  t^^cuerer  alg  bag  Seben  fein. 

Exercise  105«  JlufflObe  105. 

1.  These  things  may  be  useful  and  agreeable  to  you,  but  they 
are  very  unpleasant  to  me,  and  injurious  to  my  friends.  2.  Every 
good  man  is  grateful  to  his  benefactors.  3.  This  weather  is  very 
unfavorable  for  us.  4.  It  is  very  unpleasant  to  me  that  I  am 
obliged  to  remain  here  so  long.  5.  Every  good  citizen  is  obedient 
to  the  just  laws  of  his  country.  6.  Will  this  happy  country  ever 
■be  subject  to  a  king  ?  7.  What  is  more  hateful  to  a  good  man  than 
hypocrisy?  8.  I  am  much  obliged  to  you  that  you  have  been  use- 
ful to  my  friends  in  this  ftiatter.  9.  The  soldiers  were  with  blind 
obedience  devoted  to  their  leader.  10.  This  house  is  very  similar 
to  the  one  in  which  you  live.  11.  No  country  in  the  world  is  su- 
perior to  ours.  12.  The  few  friends  that  this  man  has  are  very 
dear  to  him.  13.  Many  things  are  burdensome  which  are  not 
dangerous  to  us.  14.  Those  are  to  be  called  good,  who  remain 
true  to  their  principles.  15.  The  praise  of  a  good  man  is  very 
flattering  to  us.  16.  He  is  gracious  to  those  who  are  obedient 
to  him. 


LESSON  LI.  §tct\on  LI. 

NUMERALS. 

1.  The  declension  of  cin  has  already  been  given  (L.  9. 
4.  &;  25.  3).     Qwd  and  brci   when  not  accompanied  by  any 
word  that  makes  their  case  evident,  are  inflected  in  the  ge 
nitive  and  dative  like  adjectives  of  the  old  declension  ;  as, 
IDic  Stugfagc  gtueicr  3eugen.  The  assertion  of  two  witnesses 

3d)  ^be  eg  ;^reien  (bici  ^erfonen)    ]  have  told  it    to  three  (thret 

crjdt|lt.  persons). 

Instead  of  jtrei,  jtofcn  and  jtro  sometimes  occur:  in  som* 


NUMERALS.  133 

compounds  the  form  jtoic   ippears ;  as,  3'aiidi(i)t,  twiliglit ; 
3tcietrac{)t,  discord. 

2.  From  bier  to  jtrolf,  inclisive  (except  fleB en)  the  cardinal 
numbers,  when  not  followed  by  a  noun  nor  referring  to  one 
previously  expressed,  take  en  in  the  dative,  and  c  in  the  other 
cases ;  as. 

3*  'i)aU  c0  ^iinfcn  (funf  5)}erfcnen)  T  have  told  it  to  five  (five  per- 

gefagt.  sons). 

Qx  fdl)it  mit  ©ect)fen  (or  fed)3  ^fer-  He  drives  six  (six  horses). 

ben). 

3.  When  the  cardinal  numbers  are  used  substantively,  thev 
are  feminine:  (except  I;unbert  and  taufenb,  which  are  neu- 
ter) ;  as, 

aBarum  nennt   i^r  bte  Sunfe  eine    Why  call  ye  (the)  five  a  sacred 

fjeiltge  3a:^l  ?  number  V 

Qs  toareit  i()rer  ^unberte.  There  were  hundreds  of  them. 

4.  When  :^unbert  and  taufenb  are  followed  by  a  noun,  the 
article  is  omitted  ;  as, 

@r  \)at  l^unbert  $fcrbe  unb  taufenb    He  has  (a)  hundred  horses  and 
@ct)afe.  (a)  thousand  sheep. 

5.  From  the  cardinal  numbers  and  the  syllable  tel  (or  jiel) 
are  formed  the  fractional  numbers  (except  i^al6,  half) ;  as, 
g-in  ©rittel,  a  third ;  93ter  pnftet,  four-fifths ; 

SfJeun  3e(}ntel,  nine-tenths;  9^eunjef|n  Btttanjtgj^el,  nineteen-twentieths. 

6.  «§alb,  (as  also  ganj)  before  the  neuter  names  of  coun- 
tries, is  not  declined ;  otherwise  it  is  regularly  inflected  as 
an  adjective;  as, 

^alb  ^ranfreid)  iji  in  §einbe^  ^^anb.    Half  France  is  in  (the)  enemy's 

hand. 
@anj  S)eutfd)tanb  tag  if)m  ju  giif  en.    All  Germany  lay  at  his  feet. 
@t  f)at  einen  l^atben  5(^fel.  He  has  half  an  apple. 

(Bx  ijat  fetn  ganje^  SSetmogen  tter*    He  has  lost  his  whole  (entire) 
Icren.  fortune. 

7.  In  connecting  halves  with  whole  numbers,  the  word 
f)alh  is  suflixed  to  the  ordinals  ;  as, 

®rtttel)alb,  third  a  half;    that  is,  two  wholes  and  a  half  =2i. 
^kxki^alh,  fourth  a  half;  that  is,  three  wholes  and  a  half  =  3i,  &c. 
Instead  of  5tt)eitel;alb,  the  form  anbert^alb,   one  and  a  halfy 
IS  commonly  used. 

8.  Another  class  of  nouns  is  formed  from  the  cardinal  num» 
bers,  by  the  addition  of  er,  and  ling ;  as, 


184  NUMERALS. 

(Sin  S^M^tincj,  a  twin;  em  §lc&tjiger,  an  octogenarian  (a  map 
eighty  vears  old) ;  eiii  ©reicr,  a  coin  of  the  value  of  three  ^pfennlge. 

The  former  is  often  applied  to  wine;  as,  blti  UPb  Jtxianjls 
gcr;  wins  of  the  vintage  of  1823. 

9.  3^ac^  or  faltig  suffixed  to  cardinal  numbers  answers  to 
"  fold"  in  the  same  position ;  as, 

2)ie  ©Infdltlijeu  befjutet  bcr  ^err.        The  Lord  preserveth  the  simple 

Ps.  116.  6. 
@o  id)  Semanb  betrogen  ^abe,  ba^    If  I  have  taken  anything  from 
gebe  id)  Dtevfditig  tDi'ebev.  any  man  by  false  accusation, 

I  restore   him  fourfold. 
iDle  @adie  ifi  ganj  cinfad).  The  thing  is  perfectly  simj^le. 

C^infdltig  is  often  used  in  the  sense   of  "silly"   (ignorantly 
simple)  ;  as, 
©eiii  ^Betrageix  voax  i)od)^  eiiifdtttg.  His  behavior  was  extremely  simple. 

10.  (ginmal,  jtrehual,  anwers  to,  once,  twice:  compounded 
with  other  cardinal  numbers,  STial,  answers  to  "times",  in 
the  same  position;  as, 

3di  f)abe  i()u  Dleimal  gcfel}cn  unb    I  have  seen  him  four  times,  and 
jinelmal  gefprtHteii.  spoken  to  him  twice. 

9)JaI,  when  separated  from  the  numeral,  is  regularly  declined 

as  a  noun  ;  as, 

3di  ijiibc  lf;n  nuv  cin  cinjige^  Wlai    I  have  seen  him  only  once  (one 
gefel;en.  single  time). 

11.  ,,(Sn§"  suffixed  to  the  ordinals  answers  to  "ly"  in  the 
same  position;  as, 

^xitkv.e,  thirdly  ;         neunteufS,  ninthly,  &c. 

12.  Sci  (an  obsolete  noun,  meaning  kind  or  sort)  com- 
pounded with  numerals,  is  variously  translated  ;  as, 

Qx  \vei9  aUevlei  (or  aUci1;aub)  ijxib^    He   knows   all  sorts   of  pretty 

fdie  ^t'fdnditduMi.  stories. 

@ie  ()abcii  eiiieu  ©traiip  au^  mlm    They  have  a  bouquet  of  many 

lel  ^(iimen.  kinds  of  flowers. 

S'^  ill  mil-  ciucvici,  \x\vi  ex  beuft.  It  is  all  one  (a  matter  of  indiffer- 

ence) to  me  what  he  thinks 

13.  The  interrogative  ordinal,  bcr,  t>ic,  ba^  iiHet>icIfle,  (from 
mt  iMcl,  how  much,  how  many)  is  usually  rendered  "what" 
or  "which";  as, 

3)ev  n>icyielfte  ift  t)cute  ?  What  day  of  the  month  is  to-day? 

5)en  ^uiciMclfteii  (jabeii  irit  bcu.^e  ?  What  date  have  we  to-day? 

©ag  tineyieljtc  2)ial  ifl  biefe^    ba«  Which  time  is  this,  the  fourth  or 
»ievtc  cber  bag  fiinfte?  the  fifth? 


CARDINAL  AND  ORDINAL  NUMBERS. 


135 


14.    CARDINAL  AND  ORDINAL  NUMBEBS. 


Cardinals. 

(Sing  (ein,  eine,  cin)  1. 

l\X)d  2. 

bret  3. 

»ier  4. 

fiiiif  6. 

fe*g  6. 

jleben  7. 

a^t  8. 

neun  9. 

jeljn  10. 

elf  11. 

jtoolf  12. 

breije^n  13. 

ytcqeljn  14. 

fiinfje()it  15. 

fedije{)n  16. 

jtebeuje^n  or  jieBjel^n  17. 

aditjel)u  18. 

ncuiije^n  19. 

jtvanjig  20. 

cin  unb  jtoanjlg  21. 

j\ret  unb  jtoanjig,  &c.  22. 

breifig  30. 

ein  unb  breifig  31. 

jtoei  unb  bveipig,  &c.  32. 

^ierj^ig  40. 

fiinfjtg  50. 

fcdijig  (not  fe*gyg)  60. 

jtebenjig  or  fiebjig  70. 

aditjig  80. 

neui^ig  90. 

r^unbert  100. 

tjunbert  unb  eing  101. 

I)unbert  unb  jiDei  102. 

l^uubcrt  unb  bvei,  &c>  103. 

jn?ei  I)unbert  200. 

brei£)unbevt  300. 

iaufeub  1000. 

j\rei  taufenb  2000. 

brci  taufenb  3000. 
jel^n  taufenb  10,000. 
t;unbert  taufenb              100,000. 


Ordinals, 

ber  erjie,  the  first. 

„  iwmk,  the  second. 

„  bvitte,  (not  breite),  the  third. 

„  tt ter tc,  the  fourth. 

„  finifte,  the  fifth. 

„  fed)gtc,  the  sixth. 

„  fiebente,  the  seventh. 

„  adUe,(not  ad)tte),  the  eighth. 

„  neunte,  the  ninth. 

„  §e^nte,  the  tenth. 

„  elfte,  the  eleventh. 

„  jwolfte,  the  twelfth. 

„  bveije()ntc,  the  thirteenth. 

„  toierjetjnte,  the  fourteenth. 

„  fiinfjefjute,  the  fifteenth. 

„  fedi^jetinte,  the  sixteenth. 

„  fieben5e()ntc  or  ficbjei;nte,  17th. 

„  aditjeljnte,  18th. 

„  neunjef;nte,  19th. 

„  jujanjigjle,  20th. 

„  ein  nnh  jruanjigite,  2lst. 

„  jvr»ci  unb  jit)an;5igfte,  22d.,  &c. 

„  breipigfte,  30th. 

„  ein  imb  brei§igfte,  31st. 

„  jtuci  unb  bveipigfte,  32d.,  «fec. 

„  yievjigfte,  40th. 

„  fiiufjigile,  50th. 

„  fedijigfte,  60th. 

„  fiebenjigfte  or  fiebjigjle,  70th, 

„  acl)tjigfte,  80th. 

„  neunjitjUe,  90th. 

„  {)unbert|"te,  100th. 

„  I)unbert  unb  crjle,  101st. 

„  t}unbert  unb  jtreite,  102d. 

„  l^unbcrt  unb  britte,  103d.,  &c. 

„  jweil}unbei-tfte,  200th. 

„  brei()unbcftfte,  300th. 

„  taufenbftf,  1000th. 

„  j\ceitaufcnbfte,  2000th. 

„  bveitaufenbfte,  3000th. 

„  jc^ntaufenbfte,  10,000th. 

„  i^unbevttiiufenbfte,  100,000th 


136        filler,  ^Inbcr,  Sinanbct,  S3elbe,  &c. 

Exercise  106.  S^nf^dht  106. 

1.  ©g  ftnb  taufenb  SlZeufcbcn  aitf  biefem  ©d)ife.  2.  <§unberte  »on 
©dnreben,  OZorwegern  itnb  2)dnen,  nnb  lliaufeube  »on  25cutfcben  iranbern 
nach  SImevifa  aiig.  3.  3*  (^ebe  iiidn  me()r  al^  aiibertljalb  X(;aler  fur  bies 
fe^  33ud).  4.  (Sieben  $ld)l:ei  feineg  ganjeii  «§eeveg  beftanb  au^  (Solbncvu. 
5.  @lnb  (Sie  ni*t  fd)on  bveimcil  ()iev  gclvefeii  ?  6.  Oiein,  bieg  ift  ba3 
erfte  SJiat,  ia^  id)  ^ier  bin.  7.  ©er  trleaielfte  ift  (;eiite  ?  8.  Wix  ijahen 
fieute  ben  jtranjigften,  nidit  xoal)x  ?  (L.  16.  4.)  9.  ^lan  fagt,  biefcr 
©drtner  Ijabe  allerlei  fd)onc  53lumen  ju  serfaufcn.  10.  (Jg  i)l  mir  gaitj 
einevlei,  tt-ia^  er  fagt,  cber  bcnft,  ober  h)ic  er  f)anbelt.  11.  ©imnal  be^ 
Safjrc^  ge^e  id)  nai)  Sien,  unb  jweimat  nad)  SSertin.  12.  ^annji  bn  mic 
beii  Uutei'fd)ieb  fagen  jtrifdien  j\vicfadi  imb  bc^jpclt?  13.  ©rftcinS  ijat  er 
93erm6gen,  jlvciteng  beftlpt  er  grcf  e  XaUnk,  britten^  ^Cit  er  einen  i)ci)m 

Exercise  107.  <3lltfflabf  107. 

I.  Thousands  of  the  citizens  of  the  United  States  are  English- 
men, Frenchmen,  Germans  and  other  Europeans.  2.  What  day 
of  the  month  is  to-day  ?  3.  What  day  of  the  month  have  we  to- 
day, the  ninth  or  the  tenth  ?  4.  It  is  all  the  same  to  me  whether 
such  a  man  loves  or  hates,  praises  or  blames  me.  5.  I  have  heard 
that  twenty  times.  6.  He  gave  them  three  and  a  half  florins  for 
their  book.  7.  This  is  the  first  time  that  you  have  visited  us. 
8.  That  old  peasant  says  he  has  a  hundred  horses  and  a  thousand 
sheep.     9.  All  Europe  trembled  before  its  irresistible  conqueror. 

10.  I  have  to-day  for  the  first  time  been  in  the  palace  of  a  king. 

11.  In  the  third  battle,  a  third  of  the  whole  army  fell. 


LESSON  LII.  gtciion  LII. 

5(ner,   5tnbct,  ^inanber,  S3ctbe,   QHte,  ©intgcr, 

(gtlicf;er,    ©ttrag,   (SoetmaS,  3rgcnb,  3eber, 

Seglid^cr,   <SoIc(;er,  Reiner,  ^ein,  SSlel. 

1.  fitter,  when  followed  by  a  pronoun,  often  drops  the  final 
syllable ;  as, 
3d)  l}abt  all  meiu  ®db  unb  all  meine    I  have  lost  all  my  money  and  all 

greuube  sertoren.  my  friends. 

a.  The  neuter  singular  is  often  used  in  the  sense  of 
'■^  everything^\  ''^  everybody^'' \  as, 

^elii  SJlenfd)  faun  SKlcg  lertien.  No  man  can  learn  everything. 

8tUc«,i»aglol)enfann,  lobe  ben  ^erru.    Let  all  that  can  praise,  praise 

the  Lord. 

b.  Otder,  as  applied  to  divisions  of  time,  is  used  in  the 
plural  only  and  answers  to,  "  every" ;  "  alV\  in  such 
phrases  as,  all  day^  &c.,  being  expressed  by  ganj;  as, 


5tner,  5lnbcr,  (Stnanbcr,  95etbc,  &c.       137 

Tii)  )((}<  !f)u  aiic  S^age.  I  see  him  every  day, 

(Sr  torn  nt  alle  jwei  Stunben.  He  comes  every  two  hours. 

©ie  blieo  ben  13011,501  Xa^.  She  staid  all  (the  whole)  day. 

c.  Q((Ie,  in  connection  with   fieCDC,   is,  of  course,  omitted  in 
translating;  as, 

3d^  fjabe  a((e  belbe  gejetjen.  I  have  seen  (all)  both. 

d.  5ille  is  sometimes  equivalent  to,  "  all  gone" ;  as, 
©ptii  @elb  ift  allc.  His  money  is  all  gone. 

2.  Qlnber  is  often  used  to  signify  "nea:i",  but  never  like 
other,  as  in  the  phrase  "the  other  day",  to  denote  indefinite 
past  time ;  as, 

2Jlcrgcn  gc(}t  er  nad)  53evltn,  unb  ben  To-morrow  he  goes  to  Berlin  and 
aubeni  ^ag  nad)  l^efipjig.  the  next  day  to  Leipsic. 

3.  When  the  English  word  "other"  implies  something  ad- 
ditional, it  is  translated  by  the  adverb  noc{? ;  as, 

Sfficlien  ©ie  nod)  etncn  SDlantcl  l^a?  Will  you  have  another  cloak  1 
ben  ?  (besides  this  1) 

SSoUen  ©ie  einen  anbnn  Tlanid  Will  you  have  another  cloak- 
i}ahcn  ?  (instead  of  this  ?) 

<§aft  bu  nid)tg  5lnbereg  gef)6vt  ?  Have  you  heard  nothing  else  ? 

2)a^  ift  etita^  Stnbere^.  That  is  another  thing. 

@r  get}t,  tvenn  er  anbevg  3eit  fjat.  He  will  go,  that  is,  if  he  has  time. 

3d)  mnp  mid)  anber(3\ro  erfunbigen.  I  must  inquire  elsewhere. 

4.  (Sittanber  (L.  24.  5)  is  often  compounded  with  preposi- 
tions, and  used  as  a  (separable)  prefix  to  verbs ;  as, 

5Iu6einanbertrei6en;     to  disper-se.  (drive  from  each  other). 
2lu^einanberge{)en ;      to  disperse,  disunite,  part. 
2)urd)einanbevit)erfen;  to  mix,  scatter  confusedly. 

5.  93eibc  (both,  two),  may  refer  to  objects  taken  sepa- 
rately; as, 

9Bctd)eg  son  ben  beiben  S3ud)ern  Which  of  the  two  books  has  he  1 
l)at  er? 

In  referring  to  two  things,  different  in  kind,  the  form  of 
the  neuter  singular,  fjeibe^,  is  often  employed ;   as, 

3di  f)atte    einen  SSleiftift  xtnb  etne  I  had  a  pencil  and  a  pen,  but  I 

Seber,  aber  id)  Ijabi  beibeg  »ev;  have  lost  both, 
loren. 

<Sie  irven  jtc^,  benu  beibe^  liegt  auf  You  mistake  (your-self)  for  both 

bent  i£i[(^.  are  (each  is)  lying  on  the  table. 


138  ©iniger,  ^tiva$,  Srgcnb,  Scbct,  Reiner;  &c 

o.  ©inigcr  ^Atl  etlid^fr  signify,  in  the  singular,  "a  Zz^^Zc", 
'^some^\  and  in  the  plural,  ^' a  few'\  "  6ome"  ;*  as, 

@liU(]e  bet^auptcn  baS  ®cgent()cl(.        Some  maintain  the  contrary, 
©itiicjc  Seit  barauf  fam  ev.  A  little  time  afterwards  he  came 

7.  ^tlDaS  is  often  used  before  nouns  and  adjectives  in  the 
sense  of  "  a  little"  "  somewhat" ;  as, 

gdnrfVii  Sie  i()m  chvag  QBeiit,  Send  him  a  little  wine. 

iDag  ^Better  ift  ctroa^  falter.  The  weather  is  somewhat  colder. 

@D  ^iXi^a^  signifies  "  such  a  thing"  ;  etira^  ant>ere^,  ^'-onothe 
thing"    "  something  else". 

8.  Urgent)  marks  great  indefiniteness,  and  is  generally 
rendered  "  any"^  "  whatever",   "  some  other" ;  as, 

^enncn  ©ie  tuqenb  ctneit  2Jlenfd)en,    Do  you  know  any  man  (what- 

ber  c^  t^un  fann  ?  ever)  that  can  do  it  ? 

SSenn  e^  irgeno  mi3glid)  ifl.  If  it  is  in  any  way  possible. 

9.  Se'Dcr  and  }egltcf;cr  are  sometimes  preceded  by  the  in- 
definite article  (which,  of  course,  is  omitted  in  translating), 
and  are  inflected,  as  is  also,  folcl;er  in  like  position,  according 
to  the  mixed  declension  ;  as, 

2)ei-  2;cb  eiiic^  jebcn  2Jlenfd)e:i  ift  The    death    of    every    man    is 

gtnvip.  certain. 

Sag  33eifpiel  eine^  fc(d)en  SDlanne^  The  example  of  such  a  man  was 

luar  eut[d)eibenb.  decisive. 

10.  Reiner,  feinc,  feinea,  with  Ijeiben,  answers  to  the  pronoun 

"  neither" ;  as, 

3cl)  (^laiibte,  er  f)a&e  mein  S9ud;  uni  I  thought  he  had  my  book  and 
bag3l;vigc;  abcr  er  fagte,  er  t)abe  yours,  but  he  said  he  had 
h'meS  yon  beiben.  neither  (of  them). 

11.  ^citt  is  often  employed  where,  in  Englisn,  the  inde- 
finite article,  or  the  word  "any",  with  a  negative  is  used  ;  as, 

Qx  ift  fctii  ^'^ranjcfc,  m&\t  ivaljr?         He  is  not  a  Frenchman,  is  he  ? 
(S'v  ()at  mir  ftincii  3?vicf  gcfdiricbcn.    He  has  not  written  me  a  letter. 
(St  I;at  feiiic  Sunuibc  inel;r.  (L.  22.  N.)  He  has  no  longer  any  friends. 

12.  ^^eiii  and  cin,  like  the  possessive  pronouns,  are  fre- 
quently followed  by  ,,cigcu"  (own);  as, 

*  Some  and  any  lu'fore  a  noun,  except  in  the  signification  of  "  afczo'",  or  "n  little", 
are  not  generally  tranKlated  in  ('.eriiiar. ;  as,  have  you  some  good  pets'?  ^abcil  @ic 
|UtC  Scbevu?    I  liave  some  new  books ;  id)  l)abe  ucuc  53iid)ei:. 


aSiet,  Sentg,  &c.  139 

(Bt  tDo'^nte  fvuTjer  fn  feinem  elgeuen  He  formerly  lived  in  his  own 
.^aufe,  |e|,t  abcv  l)ixt  ev  fclii  et^ne^  house  ;  but  now  he  has  no 
^au6.  house    of    his  own   (no  own 

house). 
<§afi  hn  cin  etgiiesJ  ^fcvb  ?  Have  you  a  horse  of  your  own? 

(an  own  horse  ?) 

13.  3S[cI  and  irenig,  when  referring  to  a  quantity,  or  to  a 
number  taken  collectively,  are  not  generally  inflected,  except 
when  preceded  by  the  definite  article,  or  an  adjective  pro- 
noun ;  as, 

(Sr  l)ixt  t)iel  @elb  uub  »tcl  ^reunbe.      He  has  much  money  and  many 

friends. 
2)ocl)  inel  ij^  mir  '^etwupt.  But  much  is  known  to  me. 

fDa  toar  \m\UQ  @f;re  ju  eriuerBen.      There   was    little  honor  to  be 

gained  there. 
(Bv  hat  fcitt  yieleS  ®elb  unh  feme    He    has  lost  his   much   (large 
mcUn  ^reuiibe  yevtcven.  amount   of)   money,   and  his 

many  friends. 
93tet  SD'lenfdien  trinfcn  im\}X  aU  tue?    Many  men  drink  more  than  a 
nig  S)Zeufd)en.  few  men. 

14.  33icl  and  trentg  are  also  declined,  when  they  refer  to  a 
number  taken  as  individuals ;  also,  when  referring  substan- 
tively to  persons ;  and,  often,  when  preceded  in  the  singular 
by  prepositions ;  as, 

93iele  Slicnfdien  tviufen  feiuen  5Bein.  Many  men  drink  no  wine. 

^cnigc  SO'Jcnfcbcn  jinb  ganj  ^ufvteben.  Few  men  are  perfectly  contented. 

23iele  [tub  berufeu,  aber  2Beutge  ftub  Many  are  called,  but  few  are 

augi'tu'dtjlt.  chosen. 

15.  When  declined  in  the  singidar,  except  as  above  spe- 
cified, biel  and  iucnig  have  the  signification  many,  or  few 
kinds;  as, 

dx  trinft  yiel  SSeht,  aBer  nidlt  loieleu  He  drinks  much  wine,  but  not 
SBeiii.  many  kinds  of  wine. 

2crnc  yiet,  after  nid)t  33ieteg  auf  ein*  Learn  much,  but  not  many  things 
mat.  at  once. 

16.  The  superlative  of  bid  (meifl)  is  often  preceded  by  the 
definite  article,  or  a  possessive  pronoun  ;  as, 

£)ie  metfien  SRenfdien  beurtjeitcn  (The)  most  men  judge  others 
3lubcre  ftvcnger  al^  fid)  fclbf .  more  severely  than  themselves. 

Unfeve  meij^en  Seiben  ftnb  bif  ^otge  The  most  of  our  suflferings  are 
unfeier  etgenen  Seljlev.  the  consequence  of  our  own 

errors. 


140  EXAMPLES  ON  THE  USE  OF    51 IX. 

Exercise  108.  JVufflabf  108. 

1.  (Sx  l^eift  aiUs  ^eiube  unb  @mi3i3ver,  n)ag  ni4)t  mit  i§m  ill  2.  33er» 
fiefjfi  bu  5lUe^,  wa^  id)  bir  [age  ?  3.  aCir  alle  tuoUen  mit  btr  gef)en. 
4.  (Sx  fe^te  iin^  ben  aUerbcften  SBein  t)or.  5.  S3rtnge  mir  nod)  5le^fel 
unb  cine  anbere  Slafd)e  Sffiein.  6.  2Bol(eu  @ie  ^M)n  faufen?  7.  3d) 
Ijahc  fduni  tueldie  gefauft,  abet  id)  triit  nod)  cinigc  faufen.  8.  S3eibe^  er> 
cignctc  fid)  unb  bie  fd)limmen  i^clgen  »on  Seibeni  fteUten  fid;  ein.  9.  5)ag 
aiictter  ift  fd^on  ettr»a6  (or  ein  ivenig)  falter  gelrorben.  9.  SSer  t;dtte  fo 
dV0i\S  geglaubt  ?  10.  Jtennj^  hn  irgenb  Semanb,  ber  fo  dtoa^  ti)nn  ifurbe  ? 
11.  (Sin  Seber  son  feincn  ^^ueunbcn  f)at  if)n  yerlaffen.  12.  @r  f)at  siel 
QBein  getrunfen  unb  »iel  @elb  bafiir  au^gegeben.  13. 3)ag  »iele  @elb,  ba^ 
ex  erbte,  ^at  cv  au^gcgebcn  fiir  htn  Bielen  SBein,  htn  tx  getrunfen  f)at. 
M.  Scrne  nid)t  auf  einmal  SSiete^,  fonberu  yiel.  15.  Seben  ilag,  ben 
©ie  ju  unj?  fommeu  ttjollen,  tooUeu  U)ir  alie  mit  3()nen  f^ajiren  gef)cn. 
(L.  35.  Note). 

Exercise  109.  <?lllfgilbe  109. 

1.  This  overcoat  is  too  small,  take  it  away  and  bring  me  an- 
other. 2.  The  weather  is  so  cold  that  I  must  have  two  overcoats, 
bring  me  another  one.  3.  As  soon  as  my  money  was  all  gone  I 
had  no  longer  any  friends.  4.  Which  of  these  carriages  shall  you 
buy  V  5.  I  shall  not  buy  either  of  them,  for  neither  of  them  pleases 
me.  6.  If  you  will  wait  another  day  we  will  ail  go  with  you. 
7.  Do  you  wish  to  buy  anything  more  ?  8.  I  have  a  little  money 
and  he  lias  a  great  deal.  9.  Many  of  my  acquaintances  reside  in 
this  city.  10.  The  few  friends  that  he  has  are  more  powerful 
than  his  many  enemies.  11.  Who  has  more  enemies  and  fewer 
friends,  more  trouble  and  less  pleasure  than  the  miser  ?  12.  I  un- 
derstand all  that  you  say  and  can  read  all  the  letters  that  you  have 
written.  13.  I  would  like  to  buy  a  few  pears,  and  a  few  more 
apples.  14.  To-morrow  I  shall  go  to  Mannheim,  and  the  nex* 
day  to  Mayence.  15.  Every  book  that  I  have  is  in  this  room. 
16.  Do  you  wish  to  buy  some  mc  re  horses  ?  17.  The  weather  is 
becoming  somewhat  warmer. 


LESSON  LIII.  faction  LIII. 

51  n,    EXAMPLES  OF  ITS  USE. 

X)er  2)Zann  ftl^t  an  bent  X\id)e.  The  man  is  sitting  at  the  table. 

3)cr  43uiib  licgt  an  bcr  Sictk.  The  dog  hes  at  (is  fastened  by) 

the  chain. 
(St  te()nte  fid)  an  Vk  2Banb.  He  leaned  (himself)  against  the 

wall. 
(Ste  Ijl  an  funfjig  3al)re  alt.  She  is  about  (towards)  fifty  years 

old. 
@ic  tocrbcn  iirc  an  bir.  They  are  becoming  perplexed 

about  you. 


EXERCISES  ON  THE  USE  OF  ^Itt. 


141 


ICiiv  tiegt  gar  md)U  an  bee  @a(i)e. 

SDlan  Ifennt  bcii  33ogel  an  ben  ^ebern. 

@r  Itcgt  am  §teBer  barniebcr,  unb 
leibet  fet}r  an  J?o^f»et). 

Scb  tt3iU  eg  an  feincr  (Statt  tf)un. 
9h*m  an  §reuben,  teid)  an  ^offnnng. 
@o  i)tel  an  miv  ift,  Will  id}  t(;m  fjel^ 

fen. 
(§S  ifi  nid)t5  al^  ^ant  unb  ^nod^en 

an  i()m. 
@ie  it>o(;nen  in  ^ranffurt  am  Tlain. 

@ie  fcf)reiljt  an  i^ren  S3ruber. 

(Sv  ift  an  ben  93ettctilab  gefommen. 

3)ic  <Sadie  i)l  an  ben  S^ag  gefommen. 

©ie  ©diulb  (iegt  nur  on  i^m. 

dx  ^at  (Std  an  5(Uem,  \va^  ev  jte^t. 

(5r  ijl  cben  an  unb  id)  bin  unten  an. 

(Sie  ivolinen  nebcn  an. 

(Bx  l}at  feine  Saave  an  ben  ayiann 

gcbrad)t. 
SBir  \ooUen  i[)m  an  bie  «§anb  get)en. 
Sin  bcv  (Sad)e  iji  nid^tg. 

Sin  iDem  ifi  bie  dizii)?  ? 

S)ie  dhii^e  ju  lefen  ift  an  mir. 

2)ie  Oieil;e  lommt  morgen  an  hid). 

Exercise  110. 

1.  S)er  Jlnabe  faf  an  bem  !£ifdie  unb  fd)rieb  einen  S3vief  an  feinen  aSet^ 
ter,  ber  in  §ranffurt  an  bev  Dt>n  wdjnt.  %  „5{rm  am  58eutel,  fvaitf  am 
'^crjen."  3.  3d)  erfannte  i()n  an  ber  ©timme.  4.  @r  f)at  e«3  an  meiner 
©tatt  gett)an.  5.  3cl)  t)abe  fdion  ein  tjalbe^  3al)r  an  biefem  33udie  gear? 
beitet,  unb  eg  fe()lte  mir  an  ©ebutb,  Idngcr  baran  ju  arbeiten.  6.  „3)a 
§ing  ber  58ed)er  an  fpi^en  Jtcrallen."  7.  2)ie  Sadie  an  unb  fiir  ftd)  bes 
traditet  fdieint  nidit  uerwerftid)  ju  fein.  8.  (5r  erinnerte  mid)  an  mein 
aSerfpredien.  9.  3ft  bie  9{ei()e  an  mir?  10.  5Ber  nid)t  ircif,  iDann  bie 
3?eif)e  an  if)m  ift  ju  tefen,  ift  ein  nad)ld^tger  ©diiiler.  11.  ©ie  atetl^e  bet 
bem  jl'ranfen  ju  nnidien,  unrb  morgen  Slbeub  an  bid)  fommen.  13.  !I5er 
^ut  ()dngt  an  bem  92age(;  ber  9legeufd)irm  ftefjt  an  ber  3Sanb.  14.  SSon 
\i%i  an  loerbe  i^  fieipig  ftubiren.    16.  3d)  bad)te  gar  nid)t  baran,  fonft 


I  care  nothing  at  all  about  the 
matter. 

One  knows  the  bird  hy  the  feath- 
ers. 

He  is  lying  sick  of  a  fever,  ana 
suffers  very  much /row  head- 
ache. 

I  will  do  it  in  his  stead. 

Poor  in  joys,  rich  in  hope. 

As  far  as  in  me  lies,  I  will  help 
him. 

There  is  nothing  of  him  but  skin 
and  bones. 

They  live  in  Frankfort  on  the 
Maine. 

She  is  writing  to  her  brother. 

He  has  become  a  beggar  (come 
to  the  beggar's  staff j. 

The  affair  has  come  to  light. 

The  fault  is  (lies)  only  with  him. 

He  is  disgusted  with  {at)  all  thai 
he  sees. 

He  is  at  the  head,  and  I  am  at 
the  foot. 

They  Kve  next  door,  (in  the  next 
house). 

He  has  found  a  customer. 

We  will  assist  him. 

The  affair  is  of  no  consequence, 

or.,  it  is  unfounded. 
Whose  turn  is  it  ? 
It  is  my  turn  to  read. 
Your  turn  comes  (it  comes  your 

turn)  to-morrow. 

Ilitfpbc  110. 


142 


EXAMPLES  ON  THE  USE  OF    %  U  f,    AND    ^  U  0. 


iruvbc  i-ii  i()m  (jffchricbcn  I^aben.     16.  (Bx  fe^te  jid;  an  ben  ilifd)  unb  fing 
an,  eliien  S3rief  an  ben  ^auptmann  ju  fd)veiben. 

Exercise  111.  ^ufflobe  111* 

1.  Frankfort  on  the  Maine  is  a  larger  city  than  Fiankfort  on  the 
Oder.  2.  Why  do  you  not  read  ?  it  is  your  turn,  is  it  not  ?  3.  No, 
it  is  my  brother's,  I  always  read  as  soon  as  my  turn  comes.  4.  He 
seated  himself  at  a  desk  which  stood  against  the  wall,  and  began  to 
copy  a  letter  which  had  been  written  to  him.  6.  The  young  sol- 
dier wished  to  suffer  in  his  father's  stead.  6.  My  friend  recognized 
me  by  my  voice.  7.  He  is  rich  in  joys,  although  he  is  poor  in 
purse.  8.  More  people  suffer  from  headache  than  from  toothache. 
9.  Thousands  of  people  die  every  year  of  consumption.  10.  There 
hangs  your  hat  on  the  bough  of  a  tree.  11.  Has  it  come  to  light 
who  committed  this  deed  ?  12.  I  shall  take  no  part  in  this  affair. 
13.  I  would  have  done  it  if  I  had  thought  of  it.  14.  From  this 
time  on  I  shall  be  more  careful. 


LESSON   LIV. 


ffftionLIV. 


Qhtf,  and  51  us.     examples  of  their  use. 


1.  S)ie  ^inber  finb  anf  bcmSD^atffe, 

unb  ber  JDienev  ift  anf  bcr  ^ojl. 
SBavum  finb  <Bii  bofe  anf  ben  3)?ann  ? 
(ix  fleibct  fid)  auf  franjofifd^e  Slrt. 

(Se  fcjlete  anf  Ijunbert  ©ulben. 

.^onnen  <£ic  auf  \i\\6  irarten  7 

@r  ift  anf  hm\  dia{i)l)an\t  cbcr  auf 

bem  (£dilc^e. 
5luf  biefc  ffieifc  iretbcn  iuir  h^enig 

au«vlditen  fonnen. 
2Ble  \)d^t  bag  auf  S^eutfd)  ? 
(Bx  uui^Tit  fdion  ein  3a()v  int  Saiibe 

uiib  ift  ned)  nid)t  anf  bem  Sanbe 

gettjefen. 

JDcr  93ancr  ift  frficn  auf  bent  ^etbe. 
2)iefe  Scute  fmb  ftclj  auf  i(;r  @elb. 

3d)  tjalk  nid)t  »iel  auf  foId)e  ficute. 

©ie  gel^en  fd)Dn  auf  ben  93erg. 

(Bs  fommf  baranf  an,  wk  man  e« 

anfdngt. 
©r  (;at  c(J  auf  9lbfd)lag  beja(;lt. 


The  children  are  at  market,  and 
the  servant  is  at  the  post-office. 

Why  are  you  angry  at  the  man  ? 

He  dresses  (himself)  after  the 
French  fashion. 

It  cost  about  a  hundred  florins. 

Can  you  wait /or  us? 

He  is  in  the  city-hall  (council- 
house),  or  in  the  castle. 

In  this  way  we  shall  be  able  to 
accomplish  but  little. 

What  is  that  called  m  German  1 

He  has  already  lived  a  year  in 
the  (this)  country,  and  has  not 
yet  been  zn  the  country  (out 
of  the  city). 

The  peasant  is  already  in  the  field. 

These  people  are  proud  o/ their 
money. 

I  do  not  think  much  of  such 
people. 

They  are  already  going  on  the 
mountain. 

It  depends  on  how  one  attempts 
it. 

He  has  paid  it  on  account 


EXERCISES    ON    THE    USE  OF    5luf  AND    Q(u0» 


143 


They  charged  it  to  my  accouiit. 

Why  is  the  door  open  ? 

Is  he  going  to  market,  or  to  the 

post-office  ? 
She  is  going  to  the  wedding,  and 

he  is  going  to  the  ball. 
In  order  that  the  world  may  soon 

forget  it. 
One  goes  down  hill  easif"  than 

up  hill. 
It  is  nine  o'clock,  and  he  is  not 

np  yet. 
Wnat  time  (what  o'clock)  is  it  i 
It  is  three  o'  (of  the)  clock. 
Do  you  suspect  him "? 

I  know  it  b]/  experience. 
I  care  nothing  about  the  matter 
For  this  reason  I  do  not  go. 
These  people  dire  from  Berlin. 
He  wrote  to  \13from  Leipsic. 
What  has  become  of  him  ? 
Out  of  sight,  out  of  mind. 
It  is  out  (all  over)  with  him. 
He  did  it  of  his  own  accord. 
He  cried  with  all  his  might. 
Friends  often  become  enemies. 
He  is  entirely  at  a  loss  what  to  do. 
They  have  run  away ;  "  they  axe 

among  the  missing" 
She  was  beside  herself. 

JVttfpbe  112. 

1.  3cli  fe^fe  midi  auf  cine  23anf  unb  toaxkU  auf  ik  33oten,  bie  idb  auf 
ben  ^laxtt,  bie  $cjl  unb  ba^  9iatl)f)aug  0cf(t)icft  l)atte.  2.  2Ber  auf  fetn 
®dh  i^clj   \\t,  Ijat  gettjofinlicb  fcnft  nid)t5,  tvorauf  er  ftolj  fein  fcnnte. 

3.  (5r  ift  bofe  auf  \mS,  tveil  n^ir  fa^jten,  i>a^  irtir  nid)t  »let  auf  \l)n  Ijalten. 

4.  aOIr  tverben  auf  btcfc  SBeife  gar  nidU^  au^rid^tcn  fijunen.  6.  „3ct)  be; 
ftcfie  barauf,  ba^  fidi  ber  Serb  cnlferne."  6.  2Biffcn  (gie,  ^ie  biefeS  auf 
2)eutfd)  t)ei^t?  7.  2)a3  biirfen  @ie  ntd^t  auf  melne  ^tedinung  fel^cn. 
8.  Srt)  qlaubc  nldit,  ba^  id)  laufje  lebcn  trurbe,  u^enn  id)  auf  bem  8aube 
leben  muf  te.      9.    ^iidit  Seber,  ber  in  bem  Sanbe  wcijnt,  trc(;ut  aud)  auf 


»£ic  fe^t.'u  eg  auf  meine  9iied}uung. 

28arum  ift  bie  S,l)uve  auf? 

®i'f)t  cr  auf  hm  Maxtt  ober  auf  bie 

^'cft  ? 
•Ste  gefjt  auf  bie  «§odijeit,  unb  er 

cief)t  anf  ben  33at(. 
Sluf  bap  bie  2Bett  e^  balb  sergeffe. 

Tlcin  geT)t  leid)ter  Serg  ab  aU  58erg 

auf. 
(5g  ift  ncuu  U()r,  unb  er  i]!  ncd)  nid)t 

auf. 
2i^icuit'(  auf  ber  U()r  ijl  eg  ?* 
©g  ift  brei  auf  ber  Ui)r.* 
^aben  ©ie  33erbad)t  auf  iOn? 

2.  3d)  )t^eip  eg  aug  difafjvung. 
3d)  mad)e  mir  nid)tg  aug  ber  (Sad)e. 
Shig  biefem  ®runbc  gefte  id)  nid)t. 
IDicfe  ^mU  ftnb  aug  Serlin. 
(Sr  fdivieb  ung  »on  Seipjig  aug. 
2Bag  ift  aug  if)m  geworben  ? 
5hig  ben  5lugen,  aug  bem  (Sinne. 
@g  ift  aug  mit  iijm. 
(Sr  t()at  eg  aug  freien  (Stiicfen. 
@r  fdirie  aug  yoKem  -^alfe. 
5tug  (^veunben  tt»erben  eft  ^^einbc. 
@r  \reif  n^ebcr  aug  nod)  ein. 
(gie  tjaben  fid)  aug  bem  (gtaubc  ge? 

mad)t. 
€ie  ttJai  auper  fid). 

Exercise  112. 


*  These  forms  are  usually  abbreviated  by  omission  of  the  article  and  preposition  ; 
as,  IVtettiel  Ubv  ift  e5l   what  time  is  it?  iS  ift  brei  Uhv,  it  is  three  o'clock. 

Portions  of  an  hour  may  be  r(!ci<oned  from  a  past  hour,  or  Cfoliovved  by  auf),  from 
a  future  one;  as.  eg  ifi  etn  33iertel  nad)  trd,  or  cS  ift  etn  2JievteI  auf  bier;  it  is  a 
quarter  after  tiiree.  or  a  quarter  on  (or  towards)  four:  (S^  fe^Uetll  33teVteI  atl  (orbil) 
OCbf,  or  e§  ftllb  brei  Btertel  nuf  nd)t;  it  lacks  a  quarter  of  cipht ;  or  it  is  three 
quarters  on  (or  towards  eight).  After  l)alb,  flUf  is  omitted;  as,  C8  ffl  ^dib  ac\}t,  it  im 
half  past  seven. 


144  EXAMPLES  ON  THE  USE  OF  33  Cl,    ^UX^  ,    ^UX* 

bcm  Sanbe.  10.  (Sle  famen  urn  Ijalb  brei  an,  unb  bltcben  bw  bvei  33i.'tta 
aufjc(}n.  11.  S)ie  ©cunc  ift  aufgegangen,  inib  er  ift  nodi  iuci}t  aiifc^e; 
ftanben.  12.  2Barum  I;vift  bu  aSerbacbt  auf  biefen  alien  SDZann  ?  13.  ^ajl 
bu  beine  Sfjiive  aufgcniad)t  ?  14.  3Sag  trirb  aug  biv  tuevben,  ii^enn  bn 
\\ii)t  titelpiiier  wtrft?  15.  ?Iu0  biefem  ©rnnbe  ijahe  id^  mid)  entfdiIojTen, 
mein  S3aterlanb  ju  serlafTen.  16.  5)ag  gelbe  ^icbev  ift  au6  Slmcrifa  jn 
un0  gcfcmmen.  17.  2Jlan  fcllte  nidit  nur  bie  (gd^e,  fcnbcrn  audi  bic 
einjelnen  Sorter  au^iuenbig  (erncn.  18.  2)iefer  3mvel:nt)dnblcr  i\t  ein 
^uhe  ane  <5uinffurt  an  bcr  Ober.  19.  aCie  oft  getjen  ©ie  anf  bae  Sau^  1 
Exercise  113.  Jlnfgab**  113. 

1.  I  do  not  think  much  of  a  man  who  is  projid  of  his  wealth. 
2.  He  still  insists  upon  it  that  he  saw  us  last  evening  at  the  wed- 
ding. 3.  I  have  never  in  my  life  been  at  a  ball.  4.  Why  are  those 
men  angry  at  you?  5.  Do  you  believe  you  will  be  able  to  accom- 
plish anything  in  this  way  1  6.  It  is  only  a  quarter  past  four,  and 
the  peasant  is  already  in  the  field.  7.  We  have  sent  our  servants 
to  market  and  are  waiting  for  them.  8.  Do  you  live  in  the  country  1 
9  No,  but  I  often  go  to  the  country.  10.  Do  you  know  what 
that  is  called  in  French  1  11.  It  is  not  late,  the  sun  is  not  up  yet. 
12.  All  this  you  can  charge  to  my  account.  13.  Whom  do  you 
suspect  ?  14.  I  do  not  suspect  anybody.  15.  These  people  are 
from  England,  and  those,  from  Ameiica.  16.  For  this  reason  I 
shall  not  go  out  to-day.  17.  They  have  done  it  out  of  fear. 
18.  He  was  completely  beside  himself  19.  There  will  be  nobody 
nere  but  my  brothers.  20.  Have  you  learned  all  those  words  by 
neart?  21.  Do  you  know  what  has  become  of  that  man  who  was 
nere  yesterday  ?  22.  How  do  you  say  in  German,  "  out  of  sight, 
out  of  mind  ?" 


LESSON  LV  §tci\on  L\. 

^  e  t,  2)  u  r  d),  ?^  u  t.  —  examples  of  their  use. 

1.  ©ie  fagten,  fie  flatten  fein  ®elb    They  said  they  had  no  money 

bet  fid).  about  (with)  them. 

©g  iDarcn  bei  neint  S^aufenb.  There  were  about  nine  thousand 

(Sx  fa^te  i()n  bei  bet  >§anb.  He  grasped  him  iy  the  hand. 

(Sle  bleibt  bei  xljx^x  Slu^fagc.  She  abides  hj  her  assertion. 

(Bx  ft>ar  nid)t  bei  (Sinnen.  He  was  not  in  his  senses. 

(5r  n)ar  in  ber  ®d)Iad)t  Ui  $rag.       He  was  in  the  battle   of  (at) 

Prague. 
a3ei  bem  Jgau^  \]t  ein  ©artcn.  Near  (by)  the  house  is  a  garden. 

2Bir  werbcn  bet  ifjm  einfpred)en.         We  shall  call  07i  him. 
<SS  tcurbc  hn  £eben«|irafe  yerboten.    It  was  forbidden  on  (under)  pain 

of  death. 
JDa«  ifl  nid)t  <Sitte  bei  m\6.  That  is  not  (the)  custom  among 

(with)  us. 
Gr  ttjad)tc  mit  mir  bei  bcm  ^ranf en.    He    watched  with  me  with  the 

sick  (man). 


EXERCISES  ON  THE  USE  OF    95  C  t,    2)  U  t  (!^,    ^  U  X»        14f 


2.  35et,  with  the  dative,  often  answers  to  at  before  the  pos 
sessive  ;  as, 
2)er  Stiefctiil  beim  ©dni'^madbcr. 


3)ag  CDidbcben  \\t  bet  i()ver  Siaiite 
fDie  ^inber  wof)neu  bei  beiii  (Scl)miebe. 

33ei  is  used  in  the  same  manner  with  pronouns  ;  as 


The  boot  is  at  the  shoemaker's. 

The  girl  is  at  her  aunt's. 

The  children  live  at  the  smith's. 


(5v  \]t  auf  Sefud)  bci  feiiicm  C^eim, 
abcr  er  tno^nt  nid}t  bei  ii)m. 

93ci  h)em  lucljueu  @le  ? 

(Sr  ijl  je^t  M  un6. 

3.  (Bie  befd)dmen  mid)  burd)  bicfc 

(5-f)re. 
(5r  fdnuamm  burd)  ben  (Strom. 
(2ie  branj^en  mitten  burd)  bie5{tmee. 


2)urd)  @elb,  ^ffegt  man  ju  fagen, 
fann  man  5lUe0  au^rid)ten. 

3)ag  ^ferb  ging  mtt  mtr  burd^. 
©g  foil  burdiau^  nidit  fo  fein. 
Qs  ift  buvd)aug  unentbcljrlid). 

4.  Sic  arbcitcn  Zaq  fiir  Sag. 
3di,  fiir  meiuen  2;(>eil,  liebe  fo  dvoa^ 

uidit. 
Qx  l)at  e6  fur  fein  Scben  gem. 
<£ic  l)at  fiir  einen  ©ulben  Sfjec  ge? 

fauft. 
Qx  i)alt  cd  fiir  feine  q3flid)t. 
Qx  i)idt  ii{d)t  bafur,  htn  Sunb  ju 

fd^lie^en. 
Sa^  a)liir)(rab  yon  ber  glut  gerafft, 

umwdljt  fid)  fiir  unh  fiir. 

Exercise  114, 


He  is  on  a  visit  at  his  uncle's, 
but  he  does  not  live  with  him 
(at  his  house). 

With  whom  {at  whose  house)  do 
you  live  ? 

He  is  now  at  our  house. 

You  confuse  (embarrass)  me  by 

this  honor. 
He  swam  across  the  stream. 
They    penetrated    through  the 

midst  of  the  army. 
With  money,  one  is  accustomed 

to  say  (it  is  accustomed  to  be 

said),  anything  can  be  done. 
The  horse  ran  away  with  me. 
It  shall  by  no  means  be  so. 
It  is  absolutely  indispensable. 

They  labor  day  by  (after)  day. 

I,  for  my  part,  do  not  like  such 
things. 

He  is  extravagantly  fond  of  it. 

She  has  bought  a  florin's  worth 
of  tea. 

Pie  considers  it  his  duty. 

He  was  not  in  favor  of  conclu- 
ding the  treaty. 

The  water  wheel  seized  by  the 
flood  revolves  unceasingly. 

|lufjjobcll4. 


1.  ®ufiat>  Stbol^)^  gen^ann  mit  feinem  Seben  bk  (B<iila6^t  bei  Sii^en. 
2.^®ie  f oniglidien  ©di'loffer  bei  ^ot^bam  ftnb  fc^v  fd)ijne  ©cbdube.  3. 2)er 
liebenbe  Q3ater  feine^  ^clfc^,  n>ie  ber  .^bnig  ftdi  nennt,  f(()icft  feine  ^inber 
bei  5;anfenben  jur  ©dUad^tbanf.  4.  2)icfe  ©rdueltfjat  ift  bei  l^ellem  (Sons 
nenfdiein  gefdie()en.  5.  ^ei  allcr  feiner  ^iug()cit  ld§t  er  ftd)  pr  2;^or^eit 
verleiten.  6.  (ir  geberbet  fid),  at^  ob  er  nidit  bei  ©innen  wixxe.  7.  3d) 
faun  3f)nen  nidit  fagcn,  tv>ie«iel  U^r  e^  ift,  benn  id)  f)abe  feine  U^v  M  mix. 
8.  aScr  iit  fener  2)lauu.  ber  je^t  bei  Sljnen  ift  ?  9.  @r  ift  ein  atter  2Rann, 
bei  bem  id)  in  id^ioi  inc^nte.  10.  SSiele^,  \vaS  bei  ung  fiir  -^oftidiFcit 
^ilt,  gilt  h(i  ben  (Sl)iiiefeu  fur  ©rcb^eit.  11.  3d)  fagc  unb  bleibc  babei, 
ha^  id)  iijn  bei  unferm  ^ladibar  g^fc^cn  :^abe.     12.  2)u  bift  unfere  3uWi 


140     EXAMPLES  ON  THE  USE  OF  ©eg  en,  ©egcnilB   r,  <kc 

ffir  iinb  fur.  Psalms  90.  1,  3  3.  3*  bin  ben  gaiip  iDinrnt  bia-di  ini 
Joanii  i\eHicbcn.  14.  2)nvdi  fciiie  ^•aulljcit  t)vit  cv  \ui)  in  (Sleub  ^efii'iqt 
15.  (S'v  l)at  baei  ®.b  ijeftoijdMi  luib  ift  biivdn^^jatu^eii.  16.  'i)cr  SXoA)  l)cii 
fill-  i^wci  ©iilDcii  jlviiffe  ijcLuift.  17.  (Sr  Ijdlt  ce  fiir  feiue  ^flldit.  bei  [l-'j 
iiciu  (Vrcuiibe  ju  bldbjii. 

Exercise  115.  ^Aufjjnbc   115. 

1.  Does  your  friend  live  at  your  house  or  at  your  uncles? 

2.  This  man  is  very  rich,  but  he  never  has  any  monev  with  him. 

3.  The  battle  of  Leipsic  freed  Germany  from  French  ruxO.  4.  What 
ails  the  man  V  he  acts  as  though  he  were  not  in  his  senses.  5.  Oelper 
is  a  small  village  near  Brunswick.  6.  He  took  me  by  the  hand 
and  called  me  by  name.  7.  By  my  honor  said  he,  I  have  nevei 
been  at  their  house  8.  Is  this  the  custom  in  your  country  :■  9.  The 
sun  shines  by  day,  and  the  moon  by  night.  10.  With  all  our  pru- 
dence we  are  often  deceived.  11.  Are  the  strangers  still  at  your 
house  V  12.  Did  your  horse  run  away  with  you  V  13.  Do  you 
consider  it  your  duty  to  work  for  your  friend  V  14.  Why  do  you 
consider  that  man  your  enemy  ?  15.  He  has  offended  them  by 
his  rude  behavior.   IC.  I  wish  to  buy  three  florins'  worth  of  sugar 


LESSON  LVI.  Section  LVI. 

®  e  u  0  n,  ©  c  g  c  n  i'l  6  e  r,    (S  n  t  g  c  g  e  n,  5  n.  —  examples  of 

THEIR   USE. 

1.    Ur   fcii^t,  cr    ()vibe    eiiic  Slrsnci  He  says  he  has  a  remedy  o^am^/ 

ge.^en  ^al^  i\clbs  %[cbcv.  (for)  the  yellow  fever. 

©jiKu  bni  (Btrcm  fviiui  man  nld)t  Against  the  stream  one  can  not 

c\\\{  fdviiMinnuMi.  swim  well. 

2)eli'.  ednnevj  ift  nidUiS  gcgcu  'i^iw  Your  pain  is  nothing,  in  compa- 

meinii^iin.  rison  with  mine. 

JDev  c|efAiu]ene  .^ouij^  univbe  i]e9eu  The  captive  king  was  exchanged 

bvfi  (SjnuTviIe  aiigi^civedifclt.  for  three  generals. 

@ie  u\ivcn  \d)x  (}o^idi  i]t\^eii  iiii^.  They  were  very  polite  to  us. 

Sie  \\X  ijegeii  jcljii  'jal)ve  alt.  She  is  towards  (about)  ten  years 

old. 

(5r  l^ob  feinc  5luv}cn  geu  .^immcl.  He    raised    his    eyes     towards 

Heaven. 

2.  ©cgcuiiOcr  usually  follows  its  object,  bv.t  is  sometimes 
resolved  into  its  component  parts,  and  takes  the  dative  be- 
tween them ;  as, 

3)ie  birdie  fti'()t  bcm  (SdUo§e  fleiien;    The  chui  '\\  stands  opposite  to 
fiber,  (or  gcvuen  bem  (Sdilc^e  iibcr).       the  castle. 

3.  ©ntgcgni  usually  denotes  motion  or  direction  towards  an 
object;  as 


C^ntgc^Ctt,  3tt»  —  exercises,  &c. 


147 


(Sic  !vimen  unS  eutgegeu. 

@te  jle§en  bem  g-eiube  eittgcgeii. 

3)le  i^vud)te  relfen  uiis?  entgegeu. 

4.  (Sle  toaren  im  33egriff  abjuveifen. 

(Bx  111  in  ber  ©cl)ule,  unb  jic  ijl  in 

ber  ^ivdhe. 
<Bk  l)abeu  in  3Soraui5  Bejaljlt. 
3ii  biefem  Sanbe  luofjneu  t>ic(e  teidie 

Scute  auf  (L.  54.  1.)  bem  Sanbe. 
iDviiS  ift  mir  ntc  in  ben  ©iun  gefcm^ 

men. 
(Sx  ijcit  [ic  im  (Stid)  gctviffen. 
@r  ift  ing  ©ebrdnge  gefommen. 
@ef)en  fic  iug  !j:(;eatev,  ing  Soucert, 

cber  in  bie  £)per? 
2)a^  ^inb  fprang  in  bic  «0of;c,  unb 

Uatfdjk  in  bie  >^dnbc. 
(Bx  i)CLt  jie  in  @ci)u^  gegen  un^  gc^ 

ncmmen. 
(Sr  rebetc  in  (Sinem  fort. 

3!)u  biil'in  ber  Ic^fcn  ^dt  nidit  mcT;v 

fo  offeu  gegen  mtdi  xok  fi-ii()cr. 
2Bir  wierben  in  ben  erfien  S^agen  ab- 

reifcn. 
SSarum  f)a|l  bu  if)n  in  93erbadit  ? 
2)ijfer  ®ecf  fagt,  jcue*3  Sraueujim; 

mer  l^abc  fid)  in  i()n  werliebt. 
@r  bvang  in  ben  Jlonig  fid)  ju  er* 

!ldren. 
(5^  tf)ut  mir  leib,  5t)re  ^iitfe  in  5tn? 

fprud)  nel;meu  ju  miiffen. 

Exercise  116. 


They  came  toiuards  (to  meet)  us. 
They  march  against  (to  meet) 

the  enemy. 
The  fruits  are  ripening  to  meet 

us,  {i.  e.  our  wants). 

They  were  about  to  start  (on  the 
point  of  starting) . 

He  is  at  school  and  she  is  a1 
church. 

They  have  paid  in  advance. 

In  this  country  a  great  many  rich 
people  live  in  the  country. 

That  never  came  into  my  mind. 

He  has  left  them  in  the  lurch. 

He  has  got  into  difficulty. 

Are  you  going  to  the  theater,  i  j 

the  concert,  or  to  the  opera  ? 
The  child  sprang  up  and  clapped 

its  hands. 
He  has  protected  them  (taken 

them  in  protection)  against  us. 
He  spok^    incessantly    {in  one 

strain). 
You  are,  of  late,  not  so  frank 

towards  me  as  formerly. 
We    shall   depart  within  a  few 

days. 
Why  do  you  suspect  him  ? 
This  coxcomb  says,   that  lady 

has  fallen  in  love  with  him. 
He  besought  the  king  to  explain 

(declare)  himself. 
I  am  sorry  to  be  obhged  to  claim 

your  assistance. 

^ufflabc  116. 

1.  9l(g  bie  Jliubev  uusS  fafjen,  eitten  fie  un^  cntgcgcn.     2.  (&ie  Umrfen 
fid)  bem  anriidfenben  ^^cinbe  cntgegen,  unb  jctgten  i()n  balb  in  bie  (^(ndit. 

3.  „©ann  fanufi  bu  ci)\\t  ?5utdit  unb  ©rau'n  bem  Xo'b  entgegcnge()en.'' 

4.  S)iefer  Sdiuter  ift  ein  gegen  ^ebermann  I)ofiidier  Rw^U.  5.  (S"r  ift 
^war  nidit  fef)v  grc^,  aber  gegen  bid)  ift  er  ein  Sftiefc.  6.  SBenn  bu  bid) 
enti'diloffen  l;aft,  gegen  beinen  jtiniig  ju  fed^ton,  fo  ()abe  idi  nidirg  bagegen 
ju  f.igen.  7.  ®egen  biefe  ^rauf()cit  gibt  c<S  feine  ?(i'viei.  8.  5l(^  vo\x  ^vl^ 
ber  rieinen  .^apelle  famen.  bie  fcem  @ri)lc^e  gegenuber  \id)i,  fieg  \\\\^  cine 
©taubivclfe  entgcgen.  9.  QKieiS  336fe,  un'td^e^^  ^vf)iliV''P  ber  Swcite  gegen 
bIc  .^cuigin  w\\  (Suglaub  befd}(c§,  tt>ar  9fiad)e,  bie  er  bafiir  nabm,  bap  fte 
feine  pvcteftantifdicn  Uuterttjaiien  in  ®d^u0  gcgcn  il)u  gencmmen  i)<i\tt. 
10.  3d)  bin  in  ber  le^tcn  3eit  fo  fel;r  bcfd)dftigt  gewefen,  bap  id)  weber  in$ 


148 


EXAMPLES  ON  THE  USE  OF     fSfl  it,    ^  a  (i). 


(Concert  nod)  In  ble  Oper  I}abe  gel^en  Fonnen.     1 1.  3jl  „id:)  |a6e  i^n  in 
^crbad)t",  gleiclibfbeutenb  mit:  „icl)  fjabe  SSerbadbt  anf  if)n?" 
Exercise  117.  Jlufgobf  117. 

1.  Those  soldiers  whom  we  saw  at  the  concert  were  very  polite 
to  us,  but  very  rude  to  the  strangers.  2,  He  who  fights  against 
his  fatherland  is  a  traitor,  but  there  are  kings  and  emperors  in 
Europe  again&t  whom  a  citizen  may  fight  without  being  a  traitor. 
3.  Why  do  you  not  go  to  school  ?  4.  I  have  been  at  school,  but 
it  is  out.  5.  I  was  on  the  point  of  going  to  the  opera  as  it  began 
to  rain.  6.  Why  do  you  suspect  him  of  having  committed  this 
crime "?  7.  The  hotel  in  which  we  stopped  stands  opposite  the 
church.  8.  As  soon  as  we  saw  them  we  went  to  meet  them. 
9.  For  this  disease  there  is  no  remedy.  10.  This  man  has  for  the 
last  few  days  been  very  rude  to  his  friends,  and  seems  deaf  to  all 
their  exhortations  to  become  otherwise.  11.  If  you  wish  to  go 
with  your  friends  to  the  concert  or  the  opera  I  have  no  objection 
to  it. 

LESSON  LVII.  ^ecttnn  LVII. 

Win,    dlad),    EXAMPLES   OF  THEIR  USE. 


1.  3d}  geT}e  mit  i()m,  tt^ic  getjen  mit 
ber  crftcn  ®c{ei^en{)eit. 

(Sincr  feiner  2)lltfdiuler  jing  mit. 

@r  tt>iU  e0  mit  i(;m  aufnef)men. 

JDag  gef)t  nidit  ju  mit  red)ten  iDlngen. 

@ie  madit  aik  5Kcben  mit. 

2Jiit  ntditen. 

(i^  fteijt  nidit  gnt  mit  il)ncn. 

aJlan  fagt,  unb  mit  dlci)t,  bap  ii.f.tD. 

2)iituiitcc  ift  ec  ein  ivenig  gvoO. 

2.  (Bx  ill  ber  erfte  nadi  mir. 
<£ie  fd)icften  nad)  bem  Slrjtc. 

SlKe  fd)cffen  nadi  bemfclbcn  SScgel. 

©ag  Sduff  ift  nari)  X'aiijig  befiimmt. 

@i-  j^eidMiet  nad)  bcv  9]atur. 

3*  [picle  nidU  nadi  dlckii. 

Qs  ijt  nad)  fdnem  ^^U\\\. 

iDiefcg  ift  nadi  meiiiem  ®efd)madf. 

(£ie  ftnb  nad)  9lmcriFa  gcreijt. 

*>i>ir  ffgolten  nad)  Dften. 

IDag  gU^ifcl)  fdMnccft  nad)  3»iebcln 

Kadj  unb  nad)  vcvfd)n)anb  ti. 


I  am  going  with  him  ;  we  go  by 

the  first  opportunity. 
One  of  his  fellow  scholars  went 

along  (with  him). 
He  will  try  it  with   him  (does 

not  fear  him). 
There  is  witchcraft  (something 

supernatural)  about  it. 
She  follows  all  the  fashions. 
By  no  means.    Not  so. 
It  goes  badly  with  them. 
It  is  said,  and  justly,  that,  &c. 
Besides  (moreover)  he  is  a  little 

rude. 
He  is  the  first  after  me. 
They  sent  after  (for)  the  physi- 
cian. 
All  shot  at  the  same  bird. 
The  ship  is  bound  for  Danzig. 
He  draws /rwn  nature. 
I  do  not  play  bi/  note. 
It  is  after  (according  to)  his  plan. 
This  is  according  to  my  taste. 
They  have  gone  to  America. 
We  sailed  towards  the  east. 
The  meat  tastes  of  onions. 
By  degrees   (little  by  little)    it 

disappeared. 


EXAMPLES  OX  THE  USE  OF    Df)  ,    DljXlt,    (Selt,  149 

^ad)  frequently  follows  its  object;  as, 
JDev  3?efdu-cibiuig  iiad)  mup  eg  fctjr    According  to  the  description,  it 

fd}on  feln.  must  be  very  beautiful.- 

3di  fennc  il;n  nuv  bem  Seamen  nadi.    I  know  him  only  bi/  name. 
Sl'leiner  SJichuing  iiad)  fiat  er  red)t.      In  (according  to)  my  opinion  he 

is  right. 

3.  0iacl;  ^aufc  (or  ^au0),  after  verbs  of  motion,  answers  to 
"  home"  in  like  position  ;  as, 

@le  gef>en  jc^t  iiadi  <§aufe.  They  are  now  going  home. 

Exercise   118.  <3lttfflal)f   118. 

1.  -JZad)  bem  %alW  (^axt{)ag^c6  gtng  baiJ  romifdie  Oleid)  fciner  5tufI6fitng 
immer  mdjx  eiifgcgeu.  2.  2}ieiu  i^^^funb  gebenft  in  ben  evlteu  Za^en  eiiie 
deife  iiadi  Oftiubteit  anjutreteu.  3.  (S6  mag  fein,  ba^  ber  died  gans 
nad)  ber  iicuefteu  2)?obe  tft,  aber  er  ift  burdiaug  nid}t  nad)  meiiiem  ©es 
fd)inacf.  4.  (i"g  HHiL  l)cute  SO^orgen  eiii  «§evr  Ijier,  ber  nad)  3f)nen  fragtc. 
5-  ^^ahc  id)  benn  Uiivcdit,  ba^  id)  nad)  meiner  eigenen  Uebevjeugnng 
tjanbte  ?  6.  (Scbalb  eg  im  SviibUng  anfdngt  luarrn  ju  wcrben,  jiiegen  bie 
tvilbcn  ©dnfe  nad)  9^crbcn.  7.  3d)  fdiicfte  nad)  bem  ^^irjte,  aber  bcv  Q3ctc 
fam  UMeber  nad)  <Oaufe  gnriirf,  ci)m  ii)n  gefnnben  ju  t)aben.  8.  g^n^^tMi 
(gie  nidit  nad)  ^ckn  ?  9.  DIadifcem  er  fcincn  58vicf  gelefcn  fjatte,  eilte  er 
nad)  ber  (gtabt.     10.  ©icfcg  aBajTer  fd)mecft  nad)  (Sifen. 

Exercise  119.  ^nfgabc  119. 

1.  Shall  you  go  home  this  afternoon?  2.  No,  I  shall  go  to  the 
city,  and  my  friend  will  go  to  the  village.  3.  Is  this  cloak  accord- 
ing to  your  taste  or  shall  I  show  you  another'?  4.  Have  you  sent 
for  a  physician '?  5.  I  shall  go  home  after  I  have  visited  m< 
friends.  6.  We  were  at  your  house  this  morning  and  asked  for  yon 
and  were  told  that  you  had  gone  to  the  woods.  7.  A  few  minute** 
after  six  o'clock  the  servant  came  home  without  having  found  tbi 
physician  for  which  we  had  sent.  8.  According  to  your  de- 
scription the  country  to  which  you  are  going  must  be  almost  « 
paradise.  9.  It  has  gradually  decreased  until  it  has  become  verj 
small.  10.  Why  did  the  old  sailor  strike  at  you  with  his  crutch^ 
11    Those  who  judge  a  man  by  his  exterior,  often  mistake. 


LESSON  LVIII.  Section  LVIII. 

£)  b  ,   D  f)  u  c ,  (S  c  i  t.  —  ex.\mples  of  their  use. 

1.  CO  (as  a  preposition)  is  mainly  used  in  poetry,  with  the 
dative,  sometimes  with  the  genitive;   as, 
„Cb  bem  5Ulav'  {;tiig  cine  y)hittcr    Over  (or  above)  the   altar  hung 

(i)ct  eg."  a  picture  of  li.e  virgin, 

©ntrfiftct  ftnb'  idi   fic  eb  bcin  ucuen    I  hud  them  provoked  at  the  new 

[JJi-gt;;  cut'.  government, 

5t)v  fell?   luniinmbcft  cb  beg  fcltfa^    You  are  surpri.-ed  at  the  strajige 

men  ®evat()g.  (curious)  implement. 


150        EXERCISES  AND  EXAMPLES  ON  THE  USE  OF    O  6  ,    &C. 


2.  As  a  conj miction,  olj  answers  to  whether,  if,  though;  as, 


(Bx  ]ui)i  axi^i  aB  cb  cv  fi\iiif  univc. 
3*  ^t>eip  nid^t,  cb  cv  fommt  cber 

nidit. 
Ob  er  (L.  39.  3.)  ijfei*  velc^  i|l,  fo 

ift  ix  lc6:i  ntrtit  vjeaditet 

3.  £)()iic  S^'^cifel  tvirb  cv  fcmmcn. 
Ofme  ©ic  trdre  id)  oevlcvcn  gewcfeu. 

„Unb  recjct  cf;n'  (Siibc 

2)ie  fieipti^en  ^dnbe/' 
3di  l)abc  cl)nc  bie^  (or  c'^nebtcg) 

cine  angcucl)mc  DiadividU  evljalteu. 
@^  ift  cl;ue^iii  fd^cii  fait  genug  I;icr. 

4.  (gcit  feineS  93atcvg  2!obe  tvcf;nt 
ev  bci  fcincm  D(}cim. 

<£cit  jencm  %(xo,^  Ijabe  id)  ifju  iud)t 

gcfc()cn. 
@v  ift  fcit  eincm  3al)vc  fvau!. 
©fit  UHiuii  ift  ev  I;iev  ? 


He  looks  as  though  he  were  sick. 
I  do  not    know  whether  he  is 

coming  or  not. 
Ahhough  he  is  rich,  nevertheless, 

he  is  n3t  respected. 

Without  doubt  he  will  come. 
But  for  you  I  should  have  been 

lost. 

And  ceaselessly  moves 

The  industrious  hands. 
I  have  besides  this  recei\  ed  (an) 

agreeable  (piece  of)  news. 
It  is  already  cold  enough  here 

without  that. 
Since  his  fathers  death  he  lives 

with  his  uncle. 
Since  that  day  I  have  not  seen 

him 
He  (is)  has  been  s  ck  for  a  year. 
How  long  (since  ivhen)  has  he 

been  here? 
I  have  not  seen  him  for  (since) 

a  year. 


Tnt  T)abc  \i)\\  fcit  eincm  Scitjve  nid)t 
9cff()cn. 

(Scit  is  sometimes  used  adverbially  ;  as, 
Scit  nnr  tOL  \iHivcn.  Since  we  were  there. 

Generally,  however,  bcm  is  suffixed  to  it;  as, 
Scilbem  id)  i(}n  faf;  u.  \.\\\  Since  I  saw  him,  &c. 

Exercise  120.  ^ufflaiJf  120. 

1.  „3Bie  cin  (S'ngelebilb  cb  einev  S'cbtcngvnft  Idpt  £)bevcn  fid)  jc^t  auf 
eincm  2lUUfdicn  fclien."     2.  3d)  mcdUc  iviffcn,  eb  cr  jnrucffcmmcn  >K'[x'i>. 

3.  JlOavnm  fe{)cn  (2ie  mi*  fc  diuiftlidi  an,  aU  cb  Sic  mid)  bcbancrten? 

4.  3d)  fii()lc  mifl)  nidit  unglftcflid),  cbgleid)  id)  fo  arm  unb  vevlaf[cn  bin. 
6.  CK^lcidi  bic  Snft  unfid^tbav  '\\i,  fo  ift  fic  bod)  cin  Jlovpcr.  6.  @r  ()at 
H  bcnnod)  gct()an,  cbi^lcid)  ba^  ^ixh^i  bagcgen  nmr.  7.  Db  id)  fd)ou 
ivanbevf  im  jiiiftcvm  %i)^\,  fnrd^tc  id)  fein  Uiuih^cf.  ^f.  23,  4.  8.  <5eit 
bcv  ?lbvcife  mcincv  S^cvivanbten  ffi()Ie  id)  mid)  fcf)v  cinfam,  cbgleid)  id) 
)?icle  ^rcnnbc  l)iev  Hh^.  9.  (geitbem  cv  tcid)  gcwovben  ift,  fd)cint  ev  \r>c* 
nigcv  ;;nfviebcn  ju  fein  aid  ivdfjvcnb  ev  arm  \i>ar.  10.  @v  ijl  fd)ou  feit 
t>lcv  2i>cd)en  fvanf. 

Exercise  121.  Jlofplic  121. 

1.  Do  you  know  whether  they  have  been  here  since  our  arrival? 
2.  Althouah  they  have  been  here  since  I  arrived  I  liave  not  seen 
tliem.  3.  I  have  not  seen  them,  although  they  have  been  here 
siuce  my  arrival,      4.  Since  they  have  become  industrious  they 


EXAMPLES  ON  THE  USE  OF    U  C  6  C  t- 


151 


are  much  more  contented  than  while  they  were  so  idle.  5.  I 
have  lived  for  five  years  in  this  house.  6,  These;  immigrants 
look  as  though  they  were  very  poor.  7.  For  three  days  past  I  have 
not  lelt  well.  8.  I  recognized  him  although  I  had  not  seen  him 
for  mo;e  than  five  years.  9.  It  is  all  the  same  to  me  whether  you 
go  or  stay. 


LESSON  LIX 


I'fftloii  LIX. 


U  C  tj  e  r. EXAMPLES  OF  ITS  USE. 


<Sdn  3inimcr  ift  fiber  bnn  mrinicien. 
5)ac(  g,ci}t  iibcv  mciiien  Jpcvijcut  (col- 

lo(^uial). 
Sie  ghicieu  iiber  bie  93vri(fe. 

2)a^  gcljt  i'l&er  2JJcufd)cu  SSevmcgen. 

2I?iv  veif'tcii  iioct  (gtvapuvt^. 
Ueber  biefcii  ^m\U  (}at  ev  iicd)  uidit 

cntfdii^bcu. 
.^cute  liber  ad't  ^ao^t  rcijl  cr  ah. 
Tlan  ijat  lijn  fiber  ber  Xljat  cri3vljifen. 
(gie  fiub  uber  Saiib  Qegaugeii. 

©r  flacit  fiba-  feine  Stvmuif). 

,,(Bt  i}cb  feine  ^lucjen  aiif  fiber  feiiie 

3fuicicv."(8  6.  20). 
(2ie   biiebeii    fiber    dlcicht  auf  ber 

etra^e. 
JJafTet  tie  (Sciuie  iiidU  iiber  euvcm 

3cviie  unteri^el^eii. 
Ueber  btefer  laiii]wcinv|eu  9lebe  fdjUef 

er  eiit. 
"^d}  f;cibe  fiber  btefe  Sad'.e  gcfdu'icben. 
©ie   3ufviebeid}eit   ge()t    fiber    ben 

9^eidU()itm. 
Qx  i)[clt  ftdi  fiber  iing  auf. 
®ctt  ift  libcvaK  gegcniudrdcj. 

Uc6or  sometimes  follows  its  object ;  as, 

©cu  (iLMnmev  iiber  ivcljnt  er  auf  bem    During  the  summer   (the  sum- 
Saiibe.  mer  over)  ho  lives  in  the  coun- 

try. 

Exercise  122.  ^ufj]flbc  122. 

1.  5tl3  \mx  iiber  bic  ©viirfe  (\h\c\en,  fa()en  iinr  gerabe  fiber  un^  cinen 
Suftballon.  2.  5)er  gaule  fiivbt  fiber  feineu  aiMiiifdien;  benn  feine  ^C^dnbe 
trcUeu  nidit^  tljun.     3.  ^i^crbeii  Sic  fiber  ^pambiirg  cber  33vemeu  wad) 


His  room  is  above  (over)  mine. 

That  is  (goes)  above  (beyond) 
my  comprehension. 

They  went  across  (over)  the 
Itidge. 

That  (goes)  is  beyond  human 
power. 

We  went  by  ivay  of  Strasburg. 

Concerning  (upon)  this  point  he 
has  not  yet  decided. 

A  week  from  to-day  he  departs. 

He  has  been  caught  in  the  act. 

They  have  walked  z;2/othe  coun- 
try. 

He  complains  of  his  poverty. 

He  lifted  up  his  eyes  on  his  dis- 
ciples. 

They  remained  over  night  in  the 
street. 

Let  not  the  sun  go  down  upon 
your  wrath. 

Under  (during)  this  tedious 
speech  he  fell  asleep. 

I  have  written  tipon  this  subject. 

Contentment  is  better  than 
(goes  beyond)  wealth. 

He  found  fault  ?^-i7A(ridiculed)us. 

God  is  everywhere  present. 


152 


EXAMPLES  ON  THE  USE  OF     U  m. 


dnglanb  reifen?  4.  Qx  \]i  gewi^  nid)t  itber  je^n  5af)re  alt.  6.  2>t 
©efaubte  I)ielt  eine  lange  ^zhi  uber  bie  ^flid)ten,  bie  ber  ^Burger  fei?iem 
S3aterlanbe  fd)ulblg  ift."  6.  @ie  twvir  uber  biefc  Slntwort  gai^  oerk^en. 
7.  @^  ge^t  nid)tg  iiber  bie  Ciu^e  ber  ^eele  iinb  \ia^  S3e»u^tfdn,  feiiif 
©diulbigfelt  get^an  ju  ^aben.  8.  Man  i)dU  nid)t  oiet  auf  einen,  Ux  fict) 
ubev  jebe  ^leinlgfeit  auffjdtt.  9.  «^eute  fiber  olerjefjn  S;age  toerben  ton 
uber  Berlin  nad)  grauffurt  an  ber  Ober  abreifen.  10.  2)eu  aBiirter  ubet 
toc^nen  tt?ir  in  ber  <Btatt     1 1.  2)ie  0let[euben  ubernad)teteit  in  brr  ©tabt. 

Exercise  123.  ^ufgnbf  123. 

1.  Two  weeks  from  to-day  we  start  by  way  of  Harburgfor  Ham- 
burg. 2.  Those  who  drink  wine  and  beer ;  or  those  who  smoke 
should  never  complain  of  their  poverty.  3.  We  were  over  three 
months  on  the  ship.  4.  Have  you  ever  meditated  much  on  this 
question?     5.  If  you  ridicule  others,  others    will  ridicale   you. 

6.  One  went  over  the  bridge  and  the  other  swam  across  the  river. 

7.  They  are  very  angry  at  your  conduct.  8.  We  staid  over  night 
in  the  city  of  Carlsruhe.  9.  This  kind  of  wine  one  finds  every- 
where.    10.  That  is  entirely  beyond  my  strength. 


LESSON  LX. 


gtciion  LX. 


Urn. 


EXAMPLES    OF  ITS  USE. 


@ie  gingen  urn  bie  'Btaht  l^ernm. 
<5ie  ftanben  wm  il)n  ^ernm. 
SBaS  Wiffen  <Sie  iim  bie  @adje? 

3*  ttjei^  nic^tg  barum. 

SBir  hjerben  urn  jnjei  U^r  fommen. 

93on  93raunfci)tt3eig  nad)  ^Jofen  uber 

Seipjig  unb  S)re5ben  ju  reifen,  iji 

ttiet  (fe{)r)  urn. 
©3  [^  urn  jnjei  %n^  ju  lang. 
2)er  93aum  ifi  umgcfaUen. 
©ie  laufen  urn  bie  2Bette. 

@0  tf)ut  niir  Wirflid)  leib  urn  il;n. 
Urn  StKeg  in  ber  3BeU  t(;ue  e3  nid)t. 
Um  meinettritten  brauc^t  ed  ni^t  ju 

gefd)et;en. 
SSerbiene  id)  biefeS  um  bid)  ? 
@r  fiel  feinem  33ater  um  i>m  ^ali. 
2)ic  3eit  ifl  fcfjon  um. 
Jfflie  tcurbc  e3  al^bann  um    mcin 

a3erfprcd)en  |iel)en  ? 
Um  fo  bejfer  fiir  nn&. 
Qt  ifl  JU  ungliirflid),  um  nid)t  be; 

bauert  gu  toerben. 


They  went  around  the  city. 

They  stood  round  about  him. 

What  do  you  know  about  the 
affair  ? 

I  know  nothing  about  it. 

Whe  shall  come  at  two  o'clock. 

To  go  from  Brunswick  to  Posen 
by  way  of  Leipsic  and  Dres- 
den, is  a  ^reat  way  around. 

It  is  too  long  by  two  feet. 

The  tree  has  fallen  down. 

They  are  running  for  a  (the) 
wager. 

I  am  really  sorry  for  him. 

For  all  (in)   the  world  do  it  not. 

It  needs  not  be  done/<>r  my  sake 
(on  my  account.) 

Do  I  deserve  this /r>7m  you? 

He  fell  upon  his  father's  neck. 

The  time  is  already  up. 

How  would  it  then  stand  (be) 
ivith  my  promise  1 

So  much  the  better  for  us. 

He  is  too  unfortunate  not  to  ba 
pitied. 


EXAMPLES   ON  THE  USE  OF    UntCt,    ^OU,    '-8or»         153 

Itm  SSm^ebung.    Set)  bitte  (Sie  urn    Your  pardon !    I  beg  your  pnr 

93ev^eii)ui!C5.  don. 

3cb  fc()e  i(}u  cinen  ^agum  ben  aubcvn.    I  see  him  every  other  day. 
(S"r  fprict)t,  wie  eg  iljin  umsS  J^evj  ift.    He  speaks  as  he  thinks  (as  it  is 

about  his  heart). 

Uni  often  marks  a  loss  or  privation  ;  as, 

£)ai^  Scbiff  ging  iintev,  iinb  bieganjc    The  ship  went  down,  and  the 
iPiviiiufitaft  fain  iim  (or  uin^  Se;;        whole  crew  perished. 
hen). 

2)te  3*()crf)ett  tringt  mdjx  2)Zenfdicn    Folly  destroys  more  men  than 
urn  ali^  bic  9(rbeit.  labor  (does). 

Exercise  124.  Jlnfflabf  124. 

I.  (Sic  fameii  in^  Simmer,  tro  tvir  urn  ben  S^ifct  fapcii,  imb  fe^tcn  fid) 
urn  ben  Dfen.  2.  Urn  beinetanUen  nnr  i^at  er  ha6  getf^an ;  yerbieut  er 
alfo  cine  folite  Seljanbhing  urn  bict)?  (»on  bir  ?)  3.  Um  fcit^  lU)r  gcl}t 
bie  (Sonne  nnter,  urn  neun  gc(}t  ber  SJlcnb  anf.  4.  Bergangene  Socl)e 
fani  ber  2U-^t  attc  Xa^e  jn  mir,  je^t  aber  fomnit  er  eincn  2:ag  nm  ben  am 
bevn.  5.  (E"r  glaubte,  man  n.ui(Uc  iljn  um  fcin  ®elb  bvingen,  be^t)alb  vief 
ev  um  -§iilfe.  6.  @v  ift  nm  fiinf  %\i)U  alter  aU  fte.  7.  S)cr  ^iiabe  jxct 
feinem  93ater  um  ben  ^aU  uiib  bat  i(}u  um  93ev5ei()nng.  8.  ''^liaii  t()ut 
man  nidbt  um  ®e(b.  9.  iiiaufeube  'i:>cn  ben  fi-anjoftfcl)en  Sclbatcn  !amen 
anf  bem  S^lficfjug  an«5  9tu|5lanb  nm.  10.  Jlonige  bringen  eft  etucn  S)icu; 
fcbcn  nm  felne  ^vei(;eit.  fogar  nm  feiu  Scben,  uhmI  er  fo  fpvicbt,  \vk  c^  il)m 
umj?  -^cvj  ill.  11.  !l)ev  (Sngd  hei  «§evvn  lagcvt  fidi  nm  bie  l}cr,  bic  t[)u 
fiirditen.  12.  Um fonft  ndtjer tc  fid^  itilli)  mtit  fcincv  5lrmce  anf  cincn  ^Ivi^ 
ncneiifd)u^  \vdt  bent  Sagev  be^  ^onigj^,  um  i()m  eine  Sd^tadU  anjubieten; 
©nftay,  um  bie  ^dlfte  fdnrdd^ev  aU  ili(h),  ycrmieb  fie  mit  ffieii3t}cit;  fein 
Sager  ivar  gu  feft,  um  bem  ^einbe  einen  gcwaltfamcn  Stngriff  ju  cvlauben. 

Exercise  125.  <?laf|]abe  125. 

1.  At  what  time  will  you  come  to  me  ?  2.  Shall  we  go  around 
ihe  field  or  through  the  woods '?  3.  He  is  older  by  five  years  than 
his  cousin.  4.  As  we  were  sitting  around  the  table  we  heard 
some  one  call  for  help.  5.  You  can  see  them  only  every  other 
day.  0.  We  shall  be  obliged  to  start  at  three  o'clock,  for  we  must 
go  a  great  way  around.  7.  For  his  sake  they  will  remain  liere 
till  this  evening.  8.  The  time  that  we  were  to  remain  here  is  out. 
9.  If  you  can  come  at  nine  o'clock,  so  much  the  better.  10.  In 
this  battle  more  than  three  thousand  men  perished.  11.  Tiiey 
deprived  him  of  his  money  and  his  watch. 

LESSON  LXI.  ffctiDit  LXI. 

U  It  t  c  r,  93  0  n,  33  o  r.  —  examples  of  their  use, 

1.  3d)redineSienntcrmeinc5vcunbe.  I  reckon  you  rtwoTz^  my  friends. 
Unter  anbcrn  gefrf)-af|  and)  biefpg.        Among  other   things,  tliis  too, 

happened 
7^^ 


154  EXAMPLES  ON  THE  USE  OF    U  It  t  e  t,    S5  0  H,    93  0  t. 


(5i;  ift  untcv  bev  3lrkU  eiiu^cfdiLifen. 

(Sv  |a§  untcv  miv  am  3lifdi. 

(gie  ift  iiiiter  bicfnn  Oianieii  befamit. 

.^cnim  iiur  iiie  iuieber  unter  bie  9lu* 

<]Cll. 

©ag  58udi  itl  unter  ber  ?|5rcffe. 
■)Zuv  untev  bicfcr  33ebmgung  Will  er 

eg  t()un. 
(Sx  ij^  untev  bic  (£oIbatcn  gcgangen. 

5)ev  ba  tvanbctt  mitten  untev  ben  fie# 
ben  Scuditcvn.  Rev.  2.  1. 

(5^  ift  unnuS^Iidi,  alle  jlopfe  unter 
cinen  J^ut  ju  brnu]pn. 

(5v  hilt  C£(  niir  untev  iner  Slugen  gc^ 

(S'g  Itegt  5(((cg  unter  cinanbcv. 

2.  ©d  nnivbe  »cn  einem  23linben  gc* 
fdu*  etuMi. 

©ie  leben  yon  if)ver  Shbeit  unb  er 

iHMi  fcinen  (S'infi'uiften- 
3ft  er  cin  ^^reunb  V'cn  3()nen? 
(Sv  t()at  eg  yen  freien  "Stucfcn. 

@g  ging  gut  won  Statten. 

3.  5Blr  fd)u^ten  ifju  yor  ifjuen. 

3)ag  <Sdiiff  liegt  ycr  5Cnfer. 

®ie  travcn  ycr  ,trtel  3Bcdien  l;iev. 

(2ie  tveinteu  ycv  ^reubc. 

(£c  und  id)  mic^  nid)t  ycr  bir  ycr? 

bergen. 
(5'r  fd^ojj  ben  33drcn  ycr  i^n  ^cv*f. 
€ie  I}aben  ben  33crtl)eil  ycr  mtr. 
©r  tvar  faft  aujjer  fidi  ycr  Bern. 

(§S  tvirb  balb  ycr  fid)  gcl;en. 

Exercise  126. 


He  has  fallen  asleep  at  the  work. 

He  sat  Z^e/ozy  me  at  the  table. 

She  is  known  by  (under)  this 
name. 

Never  come  before  my  eyes 
again. 

The  book  is  in  (the)  press. 

Only  on  this  condition  will  he 
do  it. 

He  has  become  a  soldier,  (gone 
among  the  soldiers). 

Who  walketh  in  the  midst  of  the 
seven     golden    candlesticks. 

It  is  impossible  to  make  all  men 
think  alike. 

He  has  told  it  to  me  in  confi- 
dence (beneath  four  eyes). 

Everything  is  lying  in  confu- 
sion. 

It  was  written  bij  a  blind  man. 

They  live  by  (from)  their  labor 
and  he  upon,  his  income. 

Is  he  a  friend  of  yours  1 

He  did  it  voluntarily  (of  his  own 
accord). 

It  went  off  (succeeded)  well. 

We  protected  him  against  (from) 

them. 
The  ship  lies  at  anchor. 
They  were  here  two  weeks  ago. 
They  wept /or  joy. 
Then  will  I  not  hide  myself  from 

thee.   (Job  13,20.). 
He  shot  the  bear  in  the  head. 
You  have  the  advantage  of  me. 
He  was  almost  beside  himself 

loiih  rage. 
It  will  soon  take  place. 


^Ufpbf  126. 

1.  2Bir  fa§en  auf  ^aufcu  urn  einen  '^i^A^  unter  bem  33aumc  in  bem 
©arten.  2.  5*  glaube,  bag  5Bcfte,  UHig  bu  unter  biefen  Uniftdnben  tbun 
fcnnteft,  )ydre,  unter  bie  <&clbaten  j^u  gcf)en.  3.  "Cm^  benn  feiner  unter  ung, 
ber  biefe  (Sdmiadi  vdd^e?  4.  Tsd^  fenne  ibn  nidit,  weniyiUiMig  nidit  unter 
bicfem  OJamcn.  5.  T^er  ©aft  bat  ben  ^il'ivtb  um  eine  Untcrreb^'.ng  nnret 
yiev  9(ugen.  6.  !Dag  U3ud)  i«t  fd^cn  unter  ber  ^rcffe,  unb  lyirb  in  ben  er-- 
ftcn  Hagen  erfd)eincn.     7.  SJleine  ^aarc  fmb  unter  jsreubcu  grau  getr^cr.- 


EXAMPLES  ON  THE  USE  OF   3  U,  155 

ben,  U^c\U  ber  bau!&are  ®x:l3,  aU  cv  nut:r  bcm  (gdjattni  bcr  33aumc  fag, 
bie  er  abS  Siingliiui  iiepf^aii^t  t)vitte.  8.  2)Jitteii  ii:'.t?i-  33eviiniutctcii  uub 
S^ebteu  irarf  er  fitdf  iiiebcv  unb  bdete.  9.  5lUe  fiber  adUjcfjii  iinb  itiitct 
iMervfl  mit^teu  iiutcr  bie  ©olbateu  cjeljen.  10.  2)u  I)aft  eiiieii  c^rcfjeii  33er; 
tlieil  ycv  mir.  11.  5)iefe  ^eiite  0<-it"?  iiii  f^iH^u  ycr  fimf  3al}reii  in  Slhuidjeii 
fenneii  gclerut.  12.  5)er  Jlaifer  fiiiete  vcr  bem  ^evjcg  unb  bat  \i)i\  urn 
Selftanb.  13.  „-6err",  faijte  ber  33aucr,  „3f)r  mnjjt  fdjnetler  Iciufen,  wenii 
^i)x  ijcr  bem  gvo|cu  i2dnueben.'Jloiiu]  autn-ei§t."  14.  2:i(li)  brannte  yor 
Uiu^ebulb,  bie'SdMna*  feiner  O^iebcrtage  bnrdi  einen  cjldnjenben  (Siej]  aui^- 
juUM'dien.  15.  9JZcin  fcmmt  yon  eincm  Drt,  \Dorauf,  unb  ai\6  einem  Drt, 
ivcrin  man  fid)  bifiiibet. 

Exercise  V27,  aufpbc  127. 

I.  Among  the  inhabitants  of  this  village  are  some  who  are  very 
rich.  2.  The  ship  is  already  under  sail.  3.  On  these  terms,  and 
on  no  others,  I  will  assist  you.  4.  Do  not  forget  that  this  is  to  re- 
main a  secret  between  us.  5.  What  did  that  man  tell  you  with 
whom  you  were  sitting  under  the  tree  1  6.  What  w^ould  you  do 
under  such  circumstances?  7.  It  is  beneath  the  dignity  of  any 
man  thus  to  act.  8.  The  youngest  is  not  under  twenty,  and  the 
oldest  is  not  over  fifty  years  old.  9.  That  is  much  below  the 
value  of  the  book,  I  can  not  sell  it  under  five  florins.  10.  Is  the 
new  history  of  Germany  already  in  press?  11.  The  strangers  sat 
below  us  at  the  table.  12.  One  year  ago  we  were  among  our 
friends  and  our  ship  was  lying  at  anchor  in  the  harbor.  13.  I  shall 
see  you  again  before  your  departure.  14.  The  soldiers  almost 
perished  from  thirst  and  fatigue.  15.  We  were  in  Munich  a  few 
days  ago. 


LESSON  LXII.  |:cction  LXII. 

3  U.  EXAMPLES  OF  ITS  USE. 

I.  (Sr  fcmmt  immevjur  vcdjten  3cit.    He  always  comes  at  the  right 

time. 
„3d)  UnU  bir  juv  (Scitc  fttfjcu."  I  will  aid  thee,   (stand    at  thy 

side). 
(Ss  ftctjt  3[)nen  ^UkS,  was  id)  i}<\bc,    All  that  I  have,  is  at  your  ser- 

i^u  2)  i  en  ft  en.  vice. 

Ste  fi':ten  ju  ^.lufniben.  They  fell  bij  thousands. 

21'ie  ift  er  j^u  biefem  @c(be  (]c-f  cmmcn  ?    How  did  he  come  />i/  this  money  1 
JReifeu  8iejn  ai^ajfer  cter  jn  Svinbe?    Do   you   travel   bi/  water  or  Oj/ 

land  ? 
Sd)  i)abe  it}U  {)eiite  jum  cvften  State    I  have  seen  him  to-day  for  the 

gcfetien.  first  lime. 

Qfv  fanft  Ji'udi  ^u  einem  9?ccfe.  He  is  buying  cloth  for  a  coat. 

3uni  Sweiteu  fcUt  i(;v  miv  beved)ueu    For  the  second  (secondly)  j/ou 


156 


EXAMPLES  ON  THE  USE  OF    3  ^' 


unb  fagcn,  trie  Balb  16)  511  Dtcffe 
bie  SBett  mag  umjagen. 

@r  reif  t  ju  §u^e,  id)  ju  ^ferbe. 

(5r  jog  iT)n  gitr  SSeranttvortung. 
C^c  ftcUte  ii)u  pr  Stebe. 
2Biv  ()aben  2lbra()am  jum  S3ater. 
3)ag  gereicbt  if)m  juv  (l^re. 
3c()  viifc  ii)n  jum  3engeii  an. 
2)ad  fvinn  j^um  Seweife  bienen. 
®ir  ju  ©efviUen  tt)iii  ic^  eg  ttjun. 

3d)  m6d)te  get^en,  aBer  eg  ijl  ju  fatt. 

5)u  :^ai!  if)!!  jum  ^einbe  gemad)t. 
^lan  i)at  bid)  jum  58eften. 

(Si-  Bat  feine  ©efunbl^eit  gu  ©vunbe 

geriditet. 
<Sie  IjaUn  eg  enblic^  ju  <Stanbe  ge^ 

hxad}t 
JDie  «§aare  ftanben  i^m  ju  93erge. 
3d)  BciBe  i()u  nie  ju  ®ejid)te  befom? 

men. 
@r   fonnte   oor    2ad)eu  faum    ju 

9(t(;em  fcmmen. 
©g  fam  i^m  fet)r  ju  ©tatten. 
(§x  iDiU  jur  5tber  lajTen. 
(Bx  pit  bag  Seine  ju  0latl). 


2Bir  logirteu  im  SBirtfjgtjaufe  jum 

5{bler. 
3cl)  fcnnte  nid)t  p  SBorte  fcmmen. 
Sfiarum  ij^  bie  Stjiire  jii  ? 
(5r  ging  auf  fie  jii. 
3Biv  fegclten  nad)  <Siiben  311. 
25ag  i|l  n)irflid)  jum  toll  njcrben. 


shall  calculate  and  tell  me  how 

soon  I  can  ride  (chase)  round 

the  world  on  horseback. 
He  travels  on  foot,  I  on  horse 

back. 
He  called  him  to  account. 
He  demanded  an  expHnation. 
We  have  Abraham  to  our  father. 
That  redounds  to  his  honor. 
I  call  him  to  witness. 
That  may  serve  as  (for)  a  proof. 
For  your  sake  (to  please  you)  I 

will  do  it. 
I  would  like  to  go,  but  it  is  too 

cold. 
You  have  made  an  enemy  of  him. 
They    are    making  a  laughing 

stock  of  you. 
He  has  destroyed  his  health. 

They    have    finally    brought  it 

about. 
His  hair  stood  on  end. 
I  have  never  got  a  sight  of  him. 

He  could  scarcely  catch  (come 
to)  breath  for  laughing. 

It  was  very  fortunate  for  him. 

He  wishes  to  be  bled. 

He  takes  care  of  his  own  (what 
he  has). 

We  stopped  at  the  Eagle  Hotel. 


I  could  not  make  myself  heard. 

Why  is  the  door  shut  ? 

He  went  up  to  them. 

We  sailed  towards  the  south. 

That .  is  really  enough  to  make 

one  mad. 
He  profited  by  the  circumstance. 
There     is      some       witchcraft 
about  it. 

2.  The  dative  with  ju  after  verbs  of  motion  (like  Bei  with 
those  of  rest)  often  answers  to  our  possessive  preceded  by 
"io";  as, 
(Bx  gel)t  JU  bem  ®d)u^mari;er.        He  is  going  to  the  shoemaker's 

3u  is  used  in  the  same  manner  with  pronouns  ;  as, 
(Jc  fommt  oft  gu  uug.         He  often  comes  to  us  (i.  e.  to  our  house). 


(Bx  niad)tc  fi*  ben  Umj^anb  ju  QfJn^e, 
^ci$  gel)t  nid)t  mit  rediten  !Dingen  ju 


EXAMPLES  ON  THE  USE  OF   -^  ^6  C  r,    QI  U  C  i  It,    QH  §♦         li 

3  ^n  «§aufe,  after  verbs  of  rest,  answers  to  "aif  home" ;  .  i, 
(Sc  bl'ieb  ben  gaiijen  %(x<^  jii  ^aufe.  He  remained  all  day  at  home 
Exercise  128.  c|l«fOtt^e  128. 

1.  ^twk  ^um  erfienmat  in  biefer  SBodie  bift  bn  jnr  xz6)k\\  3ett  gefom* 
men.  2.  Sd)  teife  lieber  ju  SSafer  aU  ju  Sanbe,  unb  ju  ^ferbe  al^  ju 
^n§.  3.  Bur  3eit  ber  ^reujji'ige  I)ervf^teu  ganj  anbere  @itten  unb 
©ebviiudie  alg  ju  unferer  3eit.  4.  3Bte  ift  ein  fo  armev  ^<x\m  ju  fo  sie* 
lent  ®e(be  gcfcmmen  ?    5.  2Bte  »let  ^^ud)  6raud)e  id)  ju  etnem  QRantel  ? 

6.  2ltg  id)  bie  2;f>iire  jumad^te,  fprang  ber  5)ieb  jum  i^eniler  filnau^. 

7.  2)ir  gereidit  e^  jur  @()re,  i^m  pr  ^d)anbe.  8.  3d)  m6d)te  gem  ju 
meincn  ^veunben  ge^en,  aber  ber  2Beg  iji  ju  tt»eitunb  ^Oi^  Setter  ju  frf)Ied)t. 
9.  @cbatb  er  mid)  fa^,  fam  er  auf  mid)  ju.  10.  (Sr  ift  nod)  nid)t  ju  «^aufe, 
aber  er  njirb  hai'i)  nad)  «§aufe  fommen.  11.  SO^an  gefit  gu  einem  ^reunbe, 
unb  Wihi  bei  einem  i^reunbe;  man  ge(}t  nad)  ^aufe  unb  hU\hi  gu  ^$avi\z. 

Exercise  129»  JlufgallC  129, 

1.  Shall  you  remain  at  home,  or  go  to  your  friend's  to-day?  2. 1 
would  rather  travel  on  foot  than  on  horseback.  3.  He  was  your 
true  friend  and  you  have  made  a  bitter  enemy  of  him.  4.  The  boy 
threw  the  ball  out  of  the  window.  5.  How  came  you  by  all  this 
money  ?  6.  The  tailor  who  came  to  our  house  yesterday,  has  been 
buying  cloth  for  a  coat  and  a  vest.  7.  The  Europeans  emigrate 
by  thousands  to  America  and  Australia.  8.  I  will  come  to  your 
house  to-morrow  if  I  have  not  too  much  to  do  at  home  and  the 
weather  is  not  too  cold.  9.  To  have  acted  thus,  redounds  to  his 
honor.  10.  I  have,  to-day,  for  the  first  time  seen  your  friend  who 
was  in  Paris  at  the  time  of  the  revolution.  11.  The  boy  thinks  he 
has  already  worked  too  long,  and  that  it  is  time  to  go  to  bed. 


LESSON  LXIII.  StiiUxi  LXIII. 

mtx,  ^rirein,  %U,  QHfo,  5(uc^.  —  examples  of 

THEIR  USE. 

1.  (Sr  !ann  e^  i\)\\n,  h)i((  er  aber?  He  can  do  it,  will  he  though  ? 
S)er  ^onig  aber  yerjief;  i{)m.  The  Idng  however  pardoned  him 
Unb  aber  fd}o^  ein  (Straljl  ^cxcA.  And  again  a  ray  shot  down. 
S3ei  ber  (Sad)e  ifl  ein  abet  There  is  a  but  (difficulty)  in  the 

matter. 

2.  Sfliemanb  aU  er  fann  e^  tt;un.        Nobody  but  him  (than  he)  can 

do  it. 
<Bk  finb  »iel  reid)er  aU  h)ir.  They  are  much  richer  than  we. 

(Sr  Uttdt  Iteber,  aU  ba^  er  arbeitet.    He  begs  rather  than  to  work. 
3d)  erfenne  feinen  S?lenfd)en  aU  mei?    I  acknowledge  no  human  being 

nen  <§errn.  as  my  master. 

@ie  \\i  eben  fo  liebea^tourbig  aU    She  is  just  as  amiable  as  beauti 


fc^on.  ful. 


158  EXAMPLES  OX  THE  USE  OF    5(  I  5  ,    51  I  f  0  ,    5luct). 

5U«3  cr  ha6  l)cxie  ftanh  ev  aitf.  As  (when)   he    heard  that,    hs 

got  up. 
Sr  fommt  fc  bvilb  aU  er  fviiin.  He  comes  as  soon  as  he  can. 

3.  After   fo,  aU  is  often  omitted,   and  must  be  supplied  in 
translating  ;  as, 

^r  lief  fo  fibneU  ev  fonnte.  He  ran  as  fast  as  he  could. 

<Bo  balb  er  mid)  faf;,  fvim  er  auf  mid)    As  soon  as  he  saw  me,  he  came 
ju.  up  to  me. 

4.  3d)  mu6tc  alfo  l)anbeln.  I  was  obliged  so  to  act. 
^d)  barf  bid)  alfo  enrtarteu?  I  may  expect  you  the7i? 

(5v  (jat  r^  vei-fpvoduMi,  atfo  nut^  er  He  has  promised  it,  hence  (there- 
e^  tljun.  fore)  he  must  do  it. 

5.  "Ji^enben  Sie  fidi  \ihc6  S)ia(  an  Apply  to  me  every  time,  Aou'^i'^r 
inidi,  fc  eft  cd  and)  fciit  mag.  often  it  may  be. 

Sft  niid)  itid^t^  babei  ju  geiinauen,    Eve?i  if  there  is  nothing  to  be 
fc  unll  id;  eo  bed)  t(;uu.  gained    by    it,  I  will  never- 

theless do  it. 
jffitdft  bit  aiiA)  gcf)en  ?  Will  you  go  too  ? 

2Biift  bit  abcr  audi  l)alten,  wag  bu    But  will  you  perform  too  (keep), 

vcrfprcd^eu  Ijvift?  what  you  have  promised? 

(5r  fpielt  nicbl,  aud)  fingt  cr  uid}t.        He  does  not  play,  nor  does  he 

sing. 
3di  and)  nidit.  Nor  I  either. 

Exercise  130.  .Slufpbf  130. 

1 .  (Bx  \)atk  incle  j^ffunbe  aBcr  in  ber  dlctl).  in  bcr  cr  fidi  jc^t  bcfanb, 
bVicb  i()m  Otiemaub  aU  ciii  alter  ^nedit  gctvcu,  2.  Siebcr  a(tJ  bap  er  jum 
a^crrdtber  tinivbe,  licp  er  fidi  auf  bie  graiifamfte  2Beifc  umbringen.  3.  (St 
fagte,  er  luerbc  fc  balb  aU  mcglidi  ;;urucffcmmen.  4.  (Be  lange  S3Zariniij 
lian  Icbte,  gencffcn  ftc  einer  ticUfcmmeiien  2)ulbung  and)  in  i(;rer  iieucn 
©eftalt,  itnter  feinem  DIadifol.ier  aber  duberte  ft'di  bie  Scene.  5.  @r 
felbft  ift  (gdnilb  baran,  fann  alfo  nid)t  flagen.  6.  (5r  ift  nidit  allciii  cin 
grower,  fcnbevn  aiid^  cin  guter  SDianu.  7.  9Sie  alfo  and)  bcr  (Sxich}  fein 
mcd'te,  fo  (ianb  cii  glcid)  fdUimm  urn  bie  ffievbi'iiibeten.  8.  (SrUMllcjJ 
nidit  (inm,  nub  id)  and)  nidit.  9.  9Ber  cr  and)  fein  mag,  ober  tvaii  er 
and)  fagen  mag,  id)  fitvd)tc  mid)  nid)t  vcr  il)m.  10.  5)er  beflagt  fid)  nidU 
feinesJ  Unyerftanbci?  nub  feiner  Umuijfentjcit,  ivcnn  er  nur  fiel)t,  i>a^  fciu 
9kd)bar  and)  uid)t  yicl  faun. 

Exercise  131.  ^uffiabf  131. 

He  is  a  true  friend  but  he  is  poor  and  has  nothing  but  good 
advice  to  give  you.  2.  Shall  you  go  to  the  city  alone  ?  3.  A 
man  who  is  guilty  of  no  crime  should  recognize  no  human  being 
as  liis  master.  4.  As  soon  as  we  had  read  your  books  we  sent 
the  n   back  to  you.     5.  Rather  than  to  become   a  slave  he  died. 

6.  I  regard  him  as  a  true  friend  whatever  you  may  say  of  him. 

7.  Even  if  he  is  your  enemy  you  can  nevertheless  say  nothing 
against  him.     8.  If  thou  hast  a  true  friend  thou  art  not  poor,  how- 


EXAMPLES  ON  THE  USE  OF    35  a  I  b^    '^  XS,    2)  a. 


159 


ever  great  thy  poverty  may  be.  9.  However  bad  he  may  be,  he 
is  still  a  man,  and  we  as  Christians  must  help  him.  10.  It  is  your 
wish,  then,  that  they  should  remain  here.  11.  He  who  loves  no- 
thing but  the  beautiful  becomes  a  spendthrift  and  he  who  loves 
nothing  but  the  useful  is  in  danger  of  becoming  a  miser. 


LESSON  LXIV. 

1.  (Sic  UH'vben  balb  Ijin  fein. 
(Sv  ift  balb  jiifviebeii  Qtikiit 
Set)  itjdve  balb  gefaUen. 

©alb  ifl  er  fro!;,  balb  tvauvig. 

2.  (§x  ivirb  bid  ubcrmorgen  bleibeu. 

3n  ndit  U6  ^djn  !lagen  foil  cd  fevttg 

fclu. 
3di  bcgtcitcte  if^ii    bis?  SBcvliu  unb 

blieb  bid  Oftcvn. 
Q3t!S  tvcl;iu  finb  fie  gcfat;reu? 

(3Bie  \mt  ftnb  (Sie  gefcibtcn?) 


ffctton  LXIV. 

—      EXAMPLES  OF  THEIR  USE. 

They  will  soon  be  here. 

He  is  easily  (soon)  satisfied. 

I  almost  fell  (was  on  the  point 
of  falling). 

Sometimes  he  is  glad,  sometimes 
sad. 

He  will  remain  till  day  after 
to-morrow. 

In  (from)  eight  to  ten  days  it 
shall  be  ready. 

I  accompanied  him  as  far  as  Ber- 
lin, and  remained  till  Easter. 

How  far  (as  far  as  to  what 
place)  did  you  ride '? 

( How  far  did  you  ride  *?) 


a.  Before  nouns,  bi§  is   usually  followed  by    a  preposition, 
which  is  generally  omitted  in  translating ;  as. 


Sleibe  hi^  jum  yibcnb. 

Qx  ftieg  bid  auf  bic  (joAf^e  (S^i|e 

bed  iiBevged. 
2Bir  gingpu  bid  nai)  2)redben. 
©ie  iievfclgteii  iijn  bid  iibev  bie  ®ven? 

jcn. 
9Ille  bid  auf  <Sie  jtiib  jufviebcn. 
@r  ift  fa  ft  bid  jum  ^^a()ufiuu  eittjiirft. 

ffiir  tvevbcu  feiKCit  ^vicbcii  Ijabcii, 
el)ev,  aid  bid  unv  tt»erbcu  bcnyt'iub 
gefdilagen  Ijabeu. 

3.  2)aiiccti  ailed  lag  in  njcitcr^etu', 
ba  r^atteft  bu  (Sntfcblit^  unb  a^httt); 
unb  je^t,  ba  ber  (Svfelg  gefid)cvt 
ift,  ba  fdngft  bu  an  ju  jageu. 


!ta  er  franf  \\t,  fo  gcl}t  cr  nidit. 
Unb  ba  fap  cr  eined  iDicrjeud. 
2Bie!  ij^erfd^onba? 


Remain  till  (to  the)  evening. 

He  asceflded  up  to  (as  far  as]  the 
highest  point  of  the  mountain. 

We  went  as  far  as  Dresden. 

They  followed  him  (as  far  as) 
across  the  borders. 

All  except  you  are  satisfied. 

He  is  delighted  almost  to  de- 
lirium. 

We  shall  have  no  peace  (soonei 
than)  till  we  shall  have  de- 
feated the  enemy. 

As  (when)  all  yet  lay  in  the  (far) 
distance  (then)  thou  hadst  de- 
termination and  courage  — 
and  now,  that  the  result  is 
secured  ( now)  thou  beginncsl 
to  despair. 

As  he  is  sick  he  does  not  go. 

And  there  he  sat  one  morning. 

How  !  is  he  already  here  I 


160    EXAMPLES  ON  THE  USE  OF  2)  a,    T)  a^. EXERCISES,  AC. 

'Cr,  After  a  relative  ba  is  frequently  omitted  in  translating ;  as, 
5>cr  ba  ift,  bev  ba  wax,  iinb  ber  ba    Which  is,  and  which  was,  and 
felii  luivb.  which  is  to  come. 

4.  2Bir  \rijTen,  baf  er  fcmmt.     _,  We  know  that  he  is  corning. 

2Bie  lauge  ift  eg,  bap  <Sle  i(;n  gcfp;  How  long  (is  it)  since  you  have 

|eu  ^aben.  seen  him? 

Sd^rciib  bap  er  ha  blleb.  While  {that)  he  remained  there. 

Exercise  132.  ^ufgabf  132. 

1.  ©uftau  ?tbctpf)-  an  ber  (S^i^e  eincv  fiegreidien  5trmee,  ^dtfe  'ocn 
Seipi^icj  big  ^vac],  SDien  unb  ^prepbuvg  loenii^  SBiberftanb  gefiiuben. 
2.  Ueb'  tmmer  itreue  inib  Ole&Itcbfeit  big  an  bein  fiil;teg  ®rab.  unb  tocicbe 
tt'iuen  i^inger  breit  i)on  @otteg  SGBegen  ab.  3.  2)ie  ganje  (Sbene  ijon  Sfu 
^en  big  an  ben  glcpgraben  n^ar  niit  SSertrunbeten,  niit  ©terbenben,  mil 
Scbten  bebecft.  4.  3)ag  5rof)locfen  n^ar  oljne  ©renjen,  bie  ^reube  an  bem 
neuen  ^cnig  ging  big  gur  Slnbetung.  5.  ®raf  XiUr)  fclgtc  bem  linfen 
lifer  beg  SBeferftromg,  wnb  bemdci)tigte  fidi  alter  ^^a^e  big  SJZinben. 
6.  SaUenftein  fam  cbcn  aug  Ungarn  jurncf,  big  lucbin  cr  bem  ©rafen 
SDIanngfelb  gefclgt  n?ar,  ctine  aber  feine  93ereinigung  mit  ^etl^cln  ©abcrn 
yer(}inbern  ju  fcnnen.  7.  (Seine  (jrlprejfungen  waren  big  jum  Unertrdg? 
lidien  gegangen.  8.  2)a  id)  nidit  auf  bem  2)Zavfte  getrefen  bin,  fo  ii^eip 
id)  ni*t,  cb  er  ia  toax  ober  nidit.  9.  2)u  fpridift  mcin  Urt^eil  aug,  ba 
bu  mid)  trofteft.  10.  ®a  i()v  bie  ^Ifiat  gefd^etjen  liept,  xoaxt  ii)x  nid)t  il)X 
felbfi.  11.  3)enn  u>er  ba  hittd,  ber  empfdngt;  unb  n?er  ba  fudiet,  ber 
ftubct;  unb  tocx  \ia  aufb^jft,  bem  \Dirb  aufgetf)an.  2)Zatt().  7,  8.  12.  ds 
fcUte  fein  S^ag  ttevgef)en  ba  man  nidit  etn?ag  9'lii|»Iid)eg  tf)ne.  13.  ©g  mag 
fein,  bap  er  big  jnm  jel}nten  2)Zai  I;ier  blcibeniuirb. 

Exercise  133.  <2lnf()abe  133. 

1.  We  were  in  the  city  yesterday,  and  as  the  weather  was  bad 
we  remained  there  till  this  morning.  2.  If  you  will  remain  here 
till  I  can  answer  the  letter  that  I  have  just  received  I  will  go  with 
you  as  far  as  Meissen.  3.  In  three  to  four  weeks  you  will  have 
read  as  far  as  the  three  hundredth  page.  4.  I  shall  not  get  up 
from  this  table  until  I  shall  have  written  two  more  letters.  5.  The 
water  was  so  deep  where  we  rode  through  the  river,  that  it  came 
up  to  the  saddles.  6.  How  far  will  you  go  with  us,  if  we  remain 
here  till  to-morrow  ?  7.  We  will  go  as  far  as  your  uncle's  with 
you.  8.  We  had  gone  as  far  as  the  village,  and  as  it  began  to  rain 
we  were  obliged  to  remain  till  three  o'clock.  9.  All  except  him 
are  perfectly  satisfied.  10.  Since  you  wish  it,  I  will  remain  here 
till  you  return.  11.  They  only  went  as  far  as  the  bridge. 
12.  Thinking  you  had  already  seen  our  books  we  did  not  send 
y^ou  any. 


EXAMPLES  ON  THE  USE  Of    2)  a  H  H,    JDctin,    2)  0  C^,    &C.       161 


LESSON  LXV. 


I'cction  LXV. 


2)ann,  5)enn,  5)  o  cf),  (SB en,  (S^e,   Srft,   ^twa,   (Bav, 
3  miner,  3  a,  3  e*  —  examples  of  their  use.. 

First,  one  cares  for  one's  self, 


1.  (§x\i  fcrgt  man  fur  jid},  iann  fur 
Slnbere. 

(5v  fcnimt  bann  iinb  ivann  ju  un^. 

2.  3d^  faint  ifjn  iild}t  tabein,  beun 
icb  weip,  bap  er  c^  gut  meinte. 

Sa^  ift  benu  bag  ? 

2Bag  tiaft  bu  bcnu  tinebcr  scr? 

3di  fdid^e  iljn  ()of}er  al^  Setb^crr, 

benn  al^  (gtaat^maun. 
(5r  UMrb  fommeu,  eg  fct  bcnu,  bap  er 

frauf  ift. 

(St  irirb  eg  ui*t  tf)un,  pg  fei  beun, 
ba§  <Sie  mit  ifjm  fpredien. 

3.  Oh  ex  gtcidi  iintpte,  ba§  id)  aUeiu 
feiu  tvciite,  fo  blicb  er  bed). 

3*  bat  iijii,  ju  ijeOen,  bed)  er  ivcHtc 

uidU. 
3d)  med)te  bod)  unffen,  tt>o  er  \% 

2)ag  ift  bed)  fcmifd)  (fettfam). 
^ecl)  ift  cr  and)  flciu,  fe  ift  er  uid^t 
faui  ju  trc^igem,  ftcljem  Sefel)le. 

@ef)en  ^ie  bedi  mit  ung. 
£),  bap  id)  bed)  bei  cud)  tuare. 


and  then,  for  others. 
He  comes,  now  and  then,  to  our 
house. 

I  can  not  blame  him,  fc  1 1  know 

that  he  meant  it  well. 
Why?  what  is  that? 
Well !  what  are  you  at  again  ? 
I  esteem  him  more  highly  as  a 

general,  than  as  a  statesman. 
He  will  come  unless  (be  it  then, 

—  if  he  does  not,  —  that)  he  is 

sick. 
He  will  not  do  it,   unless  you 

speak  to  him. 

Although  he  knew  I  wished  to 
be  alone,  he,  nevertheless  re- 
mained. 

I  besought  him  to  go,  but  he 
would  not. 

I  should  really  like  to  know 
where  he  is. 

That  is  curious  (comical)  though. 

But  though  (even  if)  he  is  small, 
he  is  not  idle  in  (giving) 
proud  haughty  commands. 

Do  go  with  us. 

O,  that  I  were  only  with  you ! 


a.  3)dc^  is  sometimes  used  as  a  gentle  contradiction ;  as, 


@ie  ()akn  mir  uidU  gefd)rieben. 
2)cd)  I  or  D  bed) ! 

4.  (£ic  jiugt  Q^m  fo  gut,  irte  er. 
©v  I)at  eg  fo  eben  gcttjau. 
Qben  fo  foil  eg  5lnberu  ergefjeu. 

(SUn  barum  eitte  er  fo  fel)r. 

6,  3cli  irerbe  (£ie  fer}en,  eT)<;  <Bk  ah' 

reifcn. 
3e  ef)ev  je  liebcr. 
3d)  mod)te  e(/er  |levben. 


You  have  not  written  to  me. 
O,  yes,  I  have. 

She  sings  just  as  well  as  he. 

He  has  just  done  it. 

Even  so  shall  it  be  done  to 
others. 

For  that  very  reason  he  has- 
tened so. 

I  will  see  you  before  1  depart. 
The     sooner    the     better    (lh« 

rather) . 
I  would  soorer  (rather)  die. 


162 


EXAMPLES  OX  THE  USE  OF     ®  a  t,    3  C,    &C. 


@r  ill  djn  ju  Bebaucvn,  aU  ju  be? 
iieiben. 

6.  (S"vft  tiH'Ute  er  e^  t(}ini,  baiiii  be- 
fanii  er  fid)  ah:x  aufcev^. 

<gle  1)1  evft  brclgef}u  Saf)ve  alt. 
SBir  werbeii  cvft  movgeii  abrcifi;n. 
•I)anu  evft  gebe  id)  e^  juviicf. 


He  is  rather  to  be  pitied  than  to 
be  envied. 

At  first  he  was  going  to  do  it 
(but)  then  he  decided  other- 
wise. 

She  is  only  thirteen  years  old. 

We  shall  not  start  till  to-morrow. 

Not  till  then  will  I  return  it. 


7.  (S6  finb  cttra  adit  aSccben,  ba^ 

idi  bvi  wax. 
3Benu  >^t\va  ciu  fctdiev  vicrf)aubeu  ill. 


It  is  about  eight  weeks  since  I 

was  there. 
If  (perchance)  such  a  one  is  in 

existence. 

8.  @ar  as  an  adjective,  answers  to  "done",  "finished";  as, 
2)ag  Svcb  ift  gav.  The  bread  is  done  (thoroughly 

baked). 
^ag  Scbcr  ijl  gar.  The  leather  is  thoroughly  tanned. 

5»  As  an  adverb,  c^ax,  before  the  word  nic^t,  answers  to  "a^ 
a/Z";  and  in  other  positions,  to  "?;ery",  "ever",  ^^ extreme- 
ly ^\  6fC.;  as, 

(Sr  ift  gar  iitdit  bier  getrefen. 
(£ie  ift  gar  ju  ftclj. 
^'v  fpvict)t  gar  juyerfiditlidi. 
(Su  ift  nidit  gar  ju  crbenttid). 


(53  ifl  fd^dblid%  wciin  nid)t  gav  gc; 
fa!)rlidi. 

9.  (Sr  ift  immer  fr6t)Iid). 

©r  wirb  tl)iui,  n^ag  id)   mir  immer 

yevlangcii  mag. 
Sie  ift  nodi  immer  unjjufriebcn. 
Sie  \uevbeu  immer  ficljcr. 

10.  !Denu  bcr  Z\x%  tjl  nafje,  ja  besJ 
^ervii  S:ag  ill  iiaf). 

3d)  \)ahz  Sic  |a  langc  nidit  gcfebcn. 

?Idi,  gutcv  ^ang  53cubir,  ba^  ifl  ja 

vedU  (gdmbc. 
®cf)en  (£ie  |a  iiidit. 
53lei&cii  (Eie  ja  ju  <Oaufe. 

11.  ^aben  (Sie  if;n  jc  gcfcf)en? 
^sdi  ()abe  bidi  {e  unb  je  gelicbt. 
^k  gingnt  [t  j)r»ci  unb  jivei. 


Pie  has  not  been  here  at  all. 

She  is  entirely  too  proud. 

He  speaks  very  confidently. 

He  is  not  very  (entirely  too)  re- 
gular. 

It  is  injurious,  if  not  even  dan- 
gerous. 

He  is  always  cheerful. 

He  will  do  whatever  I  may  re- 
quire. 

She  is  still  (ever)  discontented. 

Thoy  are  getting  prouder  and 
prouder. 

For  the  day  is  near,  even  the 
day  of  the  Lord  is  near. 

(Why  ! )  I  have  not  seen  you  for 
a  long  time. 

Alas,  good  Hans  Bendix,  that  is 
(indeed)  really  a  pity. 

Do  not,  by  any  means,  go. 

Remain,  by  all  means,  at  home. 

Have  you  ever  seen  him  ? 
I  have  always  loved  thee. 
They  went  b}-  two  and  two  (two 
by  two). 


EXAMPLES  ON  THE  USE  OF    9^  l  Cl)  t.  163 

5D11  Fannj^  eg    tijun  cber  laffen,  je    You  can  do  it  or  leave  it,  ac- 
nvidjbcm  eg  bir  gut  i)iuift.  cording  as  it  seems  good  to 

you. 
3e  Idiigev  (jlev,  je  fpdtcv  bovt.  The  longer  here,  the  later  there. 

Exercise  134.  ^ufgabc  134. 

1.  ®te  ivirb  bic  %c\te  benu  fid)  nemien,  hk  \mx  ha  baiicu  ?  2.  Tuii 
n^cdte  gevii  ben  Siebevmann  evretten  ;  bcit  eu  ift  vein  umncv]lidv  i()v  ]d}t 
felbft.  3.  2)cm  OZdcbften  itiup  man  I;elfen;  eg  fvinu  ung  ?U(eu  ©leidiig  \a 
beijeipien.  4.  (£o  I}crc  benu  uub  adit'  aiif  nieiiie  Oicbe !  benn,  UMg  bid> 
jjvcjjU',  jief),  bag  irupt'  id)  Idngft.  5.  (2ie  wevbcn  enblid)  bod)  «cu  feU-ft  er^ 
miibeii,  wmm  fie  bie  Saube  nitjii]  hUihm  \d}\\.  6.  3)u  tilt  (jelnniben.  —  3a, 
Uiu^h'iffltdjer,  bu  feift'g  ;  bed)  nicht  burd)  ifficvt  uub  ©dnvuv.  7.  ©cnn  big  an 
biefe  lelptc  ©rdnje  felbft  belebter  @dicpfuiuv  wo  bcr  ftavvc  iBcbcii  aufliovl 
jii  (^ebeu,  raubt  ber  a3cv]<e  @ei^.  8.  3)em  ".taifev  felbft  ycriafltcii  unr  i^a 
i)c\]am,  ha  er  bag  Dicd^'t  i^u  ©unj^  ber  ^faffen  hc<i.  9.  DK^leidi  fte  erft 
fuiif,^el)n  %\iy:c  alt  ift,  fo  faiui  fie  bed)  f*cii  englifd),  fvanjcfifd)  iinb  ita? 
lieiiifdi.  10.  (Sv  wivh  er|l  mcrgeii  fommeu  fcuiien.  11.  91lditg  warcu 
jc^t  aiU  feine  sergangenen  Siege,  ba  i(;m  ber  einjige  cntging,  bcr  jeiieu 
alien  erft  bie  ^rcne  auffe^en  folUe. 

Exercise  135.  ^tif^abt  135. 

1.  First,  came  the  general,  then  the  colonel.  2,  We  must  wait 
tor  them,  for  we  have  promised  to  do  it.  3.  You  are  rich,  and  heaUhy, 
why  then  are  you  so  discontented  ?  4.  He  is  greater  as  a  states- 
man than  as  a  soldier.  5.  They  are  very  rich  but  yet  they  are  not 
contented.  6.  He  is  very  poor,  and  yet  he  seems  to  be  perfectly 
contented.  7.  The  longer  we  live  the  shorter  time  have  we  still 
to  live,  and  according  as  our  actions  have  been  good  or  bad  will 
our  future  hfe  be  happy  or  miserable  8.  Do  not  by  any  means 
trust  those  who  flatter  you.  9.  Do  let  me  go  with  you.  10.  We 
shall  not  go  until  this  afternoon.  11.  If  you  should  come  to  the 
cAy  again  do  not  by  any  means  fail  to  visit  us.  12.  I  must  respect 
him,  for  he  is  a  good  man,  but  I  am  angry  at  him  because  he  pun- 
ished me. 


LESSON  LXVI.  ^fctirJit  LXVI. 

fflidji,  0Zocf;,  S^uti,  (Bd)on,  (So. 

1.  (Bx  tl)ut  oft,  wag  er  nidit  fell.    He  often  does  what  he  should 

not. 
(5r  iijnt  nid)t  oft,  wa^  er  foil.  He  does  not  often  do  what  he 

should. 
(Sx  tfjut  oft  nidit,  ti^ag  er  foil.  He  often  does  not  do  what  he 

should. 
3di  fann  nid^t  Idnger  warten.  I  can  wait  no  (not)  longer. 

2lMe  unglucflid)  Hi  nid)t  ber  SKenfd)    How  unfortunate    is   (not)  tho 
of)ue  -Ocfnung !  man  without  hope ! 


104       EXAMPLES  ON  THE  USE  OP     SRtcfet,    0ZOC^,    01 C  n,    &C. 


a.  ^\(i)\  (as  also  It'm)  sometimes  occurs  with  negative  word* 
and  is  not  translated  ;  as, 

S^M  [i)x  nid)t3  ©Igene^  ni*t  ?  Have  you  (not)  nothing  of  youi 

own  ? 
Unb  nivgenb^  fein  S)auf.  And  nowhere  (no)  any  gratitude. 

SBasJ  ()liibert  mid),  baf  ic^  e5  md)t  What  hinders  me  from  (not)  doing 

t(;ue?  it? 

2.  5)a3  ijl  nod)  bejfer  al^  bag  an?    That  is  still  better  than  the  other 

berc. 
3d)  faun  tDebcr  lefcn  nod)  fd)rei6en. 
3d}  faun  ja  nid)t  (efen,  nod)  red)nen 

uiib  fdivelben. 
9lod)  @tanb,  nod)  5tlter  ivarb  ge; 

fd)ont. 
3Bfrben  \Dir  in  2)eutfditanb  beflegt, 

fo  ift  e^  albann  nod)  3cit  curen 

^lati  5u  befolijeu. 

b.  Used  with  negative  words,  nod}  precedes  them ;  as, 


I  can  neither  read  nor  write. 
(But)  I  can  not  read,  nor  ciphei 

nor  write. 
Nor  rank  nor  age  was  spared. 

If  we  are  conquered  in  Germany 
then  there  will  yet  be  time  to 
follow  your  plan. 


3di  t)abe  if)n  nod)  nid)t  gefcljcn. 
(giiib  @ie  nod)  nie  ba  geivefen? 

c.  0ioc()  often  marks  addition, 
3.);  as, 

9l:0men  <Bk  nod)  cinen  SO'lantet. 
(S"c  l)at  nod)  cinmat  fo  m'el  alsJ  id). 
(Siiu-jeu  (£i:  ci5  nodi  einmat. 
2)iau  fei  nod)  fo  vovfid)!!^,  man  fcljlet 
bod). 

3.  S3on  nun  an  )ri((  id)  ficipig  fein. 
IJiun  !  U'»ae(  fcijlt  fd)on  ivicbcr. 

aBt"lc{)en  @iitfdiln§  nnn  jte  fajlten,  fo 
l;atte  cr  fciiien  3wecf  erveid)t. 

4.  <2ie  |inb  \A\c\\  angefommen. 
@v  luirb  fd)on  fommen. 

!Damit  bin  id)  fdion  jnfrieben. 
2)a«S  fann  Id)  fd)ou  ancsfiiiben. 

5.  Saviim  f\)n\ten  (2ie  fo  fd)nc(l? 
3di  fpved'f  iiid^t  fo  fduicll  une  ^ie. 
^v  fomint,  fobalb  cv  faun. 

So  ei;i  U3ncb  ()abi*  id>  nie  i^'f^'bcn. 
@o  I  ift  er  I'duMi  aiu^'fommeu  V 
@v  l)at  fo  ijaiij  nuredU  nid't. 
S"0  vjel)t  il)m  nut  fo  fo  (colloquial). 


I  have  not  yet  (yet  not)  seen  him 
Have  you  never  yet  been  there  1 

increase  or    intensity  (L.  52. 

Take  another  cloak. 
He  has  twice  as  much  as  1  have. 
Sing  it  again. 

Let  one  be  never  so  careful  one 
errs  notwithstanding. 

From  now  on  I  will  be  diligent. 

Well !  what  is  the  matter  again 
already  ? 

Whatever  resolution  they  adopt- 
ed, he  had  accomplished  his 
purpose. 

They  have  already  arrived. 
He  will  certainly  come  (or  come 

in  time). 
With  that  I  am  perfectly  satisfied. 
That  I  can  easily  find  out. 

Why  do  you  cpeak  so  fast  ? 
1  do  not  speak  as  fast  as  you  do. 
He  is  coming  as  soon  as  he  can. 
►Such  a  book  I  have  never  seen. 
Indeed!  has  he  aheady  arrived^ 
He  is  not  altogether  wrong. 
He  gets  along  only  so  so. 


EXAMPLES   ON    THE    USE  OF    ^OUJIaND    Uttt*  165 

<So  if;r  fctciben  trerbet  an  ineir.fr  If  ye  continue  in  my  word,  then 
9tebe,  fo  feib  ifjr  meiue  ted}(e:i  are  ye  my  disciples  indeed. 
Sungev.  John  8,  31. 

9Jlitt  [o  balb  wax  bcv  ^^lau  entwor*  No  sooner  was  the  plan  drawn 
feu,  al^  er  feiiien  9)Zar)cl)   antrat.        up,  than  he  set  out  upon  hi^ 

march. 

Urn  fo  befl'er  fur  un^.  So  much  the  better  for  us. 

Exercise  136.  ,?lufjJQbe  136. 

1.  55le  ©vbtlviateu  9fiuboI)}()g,  fo  aufefintid)  iu  audi  uuiven,  befauben  fid) 
in  ciner  Sa^e,  bk  ben  9fiegeuteu  iu  bic  duperfte  5Bevlej-}en{)eit  fe^te.  2.  (£o 
eft  unb  iu  fo  bvol;cnber  ^^radie  aud)  bie  ©tdube  il)ve  iCovftelluugeu  er? 
neueiteu,  er  fcel^arrtc  auf  ber  erfteu  ©rftdrung.  3.  ^BoUtu  (£ie  mic  ben 
©efalleu  t()u.u,  ba^  Sieb  uodi  eiumal  ju  nn^nx  ?  4.  3d)  I)abe  ll)u  uodi  nidil 
gefe(}cu,  bnxn  er  ift  uod)  uie  ^ier  gewefeu.  5.  @r  ift  ucdi  eiumal  fo  alt  aU 
idi.  6.  2)eu  5}erbvedier  nnrb  bie  vevbieute  Strafe  fduMi  ercllcu.  7.  @o 
bu  ©ereditigfeit  vom  <!^immel  (joffeft,  fo  erjcig'  fie  uue.  8.  33iingcu  (Sic 
mir  uodi  ciueu  SJiautel ;  eiuer  ift  uict;t  i}^nnci,.  9.  fringe  mir  ciucu  au^; 
bcru  2)lantel,  birfer  i|^  ju  buuu.  10.  fDafj  eiu  beutfdier  ^ieidiefiirft  fo 
ctwasS  you  eiuem  fdwebifdieu  (Sbelmauu  begei)rte,  tuirb  mau  nie  ijergeffen. 
11.  5)er  D^eibifd^e  ift  fdiou  jufriebeu  mit  feiuer  5lrmut(;,  weuu  er  uur  fie(;t, 
ba^  ftiu  Dlddifter  uid)t  reid)  luirb. 

^  Exercise  137.  Jlufortbc   137. 

I.  Are  your  brother  and  your  cousin  still  here  ?  2.  Neither  my 
brother  nor  my  cousin  is  here,  nor  have  they  been  here.  3.  Have 
you  not  yet  become  acquainted  with  those  officers  ?  4.  Have  you 
then  never  yet  seen  a  better  painting  than  this?  5.  Who  has  ever 
heard  such  a  thing  ?  6.  Will  you  do  us  the  favor  to  play  that  piece 
again  V  7,  This  man  is  at  least  twice  as  old.  as  the  other  one. 
8.  I  will  take  another  pair  of  gloves,  these  are  too  heavy.  9  The 
weather  is  so  cold  that  I  will  take  another  cloak,  I  do  not  believe 
one  will  be  enough.  10.  He  has  not  much  courage,  if  he  submits 
to  such  a  thing  as  that. 


LESSON  LXVII.  fectioitLXVII. 

<©onji,  Unb,  SSierteic^t,  Sie,  93}o:^L 

1.  2Bag  fcnfi  fjaft  bu  get^ort,  unb    What  else  have  you  heard,  and 

mn  fonfl  gefeljeu  ?  whom  else  (have  you)  seen? 

5*  l}abe  fouft  nid^t^  gel)6rt.  I  have  heard  nothing  else, 

^iitc  bid)  bay  or,  fouft  njirjl  bu  fd)toer    Be  on  your  guard  against  it,  other- 
Icibeu.  wise  you  will  suffer  severely. 

3d)fouuteivo'^t,Wennid)fonflh3of(fe.    I  could,  perhaps,   that  is,  if  I 

would. 
@on|l  njar  te  gauj  auber^.  Formerly  it  was  entirely  other- 

wise. 


166     EXAMPLES  ON  THE  USE  OF  SSlcIIci^t,  2Bic,  SOSot;!. 


2.  Unb  tt>dr'^  metn  eigner  93ruber, 
e^  fanii  iildU  fcin. 

3.  @r  tinrb  v-;eUcidbt  iicd)  !ommen. 
2BoUni  @ie  ijlelleidit  mitgel)eu? 

4.  3Bifj'*'^<Sieyiel(eicl;th)tcalt  erijl? 
©c  fpridit  ganj  n.ne  er  beiift. 

<2te  ift  ebcn  [o  fieipig  u>ie  er. 
2Ste  er  gelt'bt  ()atte,  fc  ftarb  er. 


Even  if  it  were  my  own  brother, 

it  can  not  be. 
He  will  perhaps  come  yet. 
Will  you  (perhaps)  go  with  us  1 

Do  you  know  how  old  he  is? 
He  speaks  just  as  he  thinks. 
She  is  just  as  industrious  as  he 
As  he  had  lived,  so  he  died. 


5.  2Btc  is  often  followed  by  a  subject  with  a  verb  understood 
where  the  English  word  corresponding  to  the  subject,  stands 
in  the  objective  after  "like";  as. 


(5r  f}anbelt  i»ie  eiu  2BaI;njinnlgev. 
@g  glanjt  wie  ®clb. 

©cerate^  Uuijk  aU  Sungting  \vk 
eiiie  dio^c,  Ii:f)rte  al^  Wlann  ttJi'e 
eiii  (S'ngel,  unb  ftarb  aU  ®rei^ 
tuie  cin  5i3erbred}er. 


6.  2Bann  tnirb  er  it)ol)l  fommen  ? 
2Bo{)l  Idpt  bcr  spfeil  fid)  aug  bcm 

«^evjeii  jle()en. 
2)a6  faun  wo(;l  tt>a^r  feiit. 
Jloniien  (Sie  mir  ivot)l  fagen,  tuo  er 

iro()ut? 
3a  n)ol)l!  ha6  fann  idi. 
SCa^  !onnte  id)  \VQl)i  [onjl  fagen  ? 


He  acts  (as)  like  a  maniac. 

It  glitters  like   gold  (as  gold 
glitters). 

Socrates  bloomed  as  (a)  youth, 
like  a  rose,  (as  arose  blooms), 
taught  when  he  was  a  man, 
like  an  angel,  and  died  when 
he  was  an  old  man  like  a  cri- 
minal (as  a  criminal  dies). 

When  will  he  probably  come  ? 
The  arrow  may  indeed  be  drawn 

out  of  the  heart. 
That  may  perhaps  be  true. 
Can  you  (perhaps)  tell  me  where 

he  lives  ? 
Yes  indeed,  that  I  can. 
What  else  then  could  I  say  ? 


Exercise  138.  ^nf^dbt  138, 

1.  ©iefeg  i|l  mein  ganjer  9flciditf)um,  fcni^  f)aU  id)  gar  iiiiHe.  2.  3)1 
iiid)t  [oiift  Semanb  Ui  3l)rem  v^errn  D{)eim  ?  3.  ©ciift  erfrcutc  niidi  fo 
etmaei,  jc^t  aber  i)l  e^  mir  gleidigiiUig.  4.  «&aben  ®ie  inclleic()t  eiu  ^aar 
(L.  47.)  Xl)aler,  bie  @ie  mir  auf  eiuige  ^iage  Icifjcu  fouutcu  ?  5.  5Bie 
faun  man  aufrid)tig  fein,  tvcunmau  uidU  fpricf)t  wie  mau  benft?  *6.  Wic 
ber  5iiifang  fo  baiS  (fubc,  cbcr,  wie  mau  (6  anfdugt,  fo  (rcibt  mau  ci. 

7.  2)t)rt    Icbt  eiu  ©aflfrcuub  mir,  ber  iibcr  bicfc  Bciteu  beuft  tvie  id\ 

8.  Unb  fo  flie()eu  uufre  3:agc,  wie  bie  Cuelle,  raftlo^  ()iu!  9.  @ud) 
h'lftet'^  ivel)l  irie  SBabiugtcu  ju  cubeu  ?  10.  Qe  fiub  woljl  {)uubert  Sabre 
bcr,  ba  Ifbte  I)ier  cin  3)lauu,  ber  burd)  gefd)dftigeu  93er!el)r  yiel  ^^ah'  nub 
®ut  geuMun. 

Exercise  139.  ^ttfgabf  139. 

1.  Have  you  anything  else  to  say  to  me?  2.  They  were 
formerly  much  more  contented  than  now.  3.  You  must  come  to 
me,  otherwise  I  shall  not  visit  you.  4.  He  who  is  proud  of  his 
birth,  generally  has  nothing  else  of  which  he  could  be  proud. 


USE  OF  THE  WORDS  ^nx,  ?sxav  AND  (^rauteiit.    167 

6.  Ho  talks  like  a  wise  man,  but  he  acts  like  a  fool.  6.  When 
shall  we  probably  see  you  again  ?  7.  Perhaps  we  .-:hall  be  here 
again  next  week.  8.  His  cousin  is  just  as  old  and  just  as  rich 
as  he.  9.  How  do  you  know  how  old  or  how  rich  they  are  V 
10.  With  you,  but  with  nobody  else,  he  speaks  as  he  thinks. 


LESSON  LXYIII.  §tcUo\\  LXVIII. 

1.  The  words  ^err,  Strait  and  S^rdulcin,  placed  before  proper 
names,  answer  to  Mr.,  Mrs.,  and  Miss.  In  address,  when 
the  name  is  omitted,  J^crr  and  <yrauletn,  preceded  by  the 
possessive  pronoun,  answer  in  the  singular  to  Sir,  Miss,  and 
in  the  plural  to  Gentlemen,  Ladies.  The  form  of  address 
to  married  ladies,  when  the  name  is  omitted,  is,  in  the  singu- 
lar, 2)^tbam' ;  in  the  plural,  ^^iiu  2)auien. 

2.  These  words  are  also  placed  before  designations  of 
relationship  (when  the  reference  is  not  to  one's  own  relatives), 
and  the  first  two,  before  titles ;  as,  3f)r  ^§crr  SSatcr,  your 
father  ;  3t)re  B'rau  2)Jutter,  your  mother  ;  [cine  5rau  (Bd;irofter, 
his  (married)  sister  ;  feine  5'fiiuletn  (5d)tufftcr,  his  (unmarried) 
sister ;  bie  «§erren  Dbcrften,  the  colonels  ;  bie  t^rau  ^rajit)cu= 
tin,  the  president's  wife. 

Set)  ijabt  i)enU  <§erru  9^. ,  ^xan  ^.  I  have  to  day  seen  Mr.  N.,  Mrs. 

uiib  ^rdiitein  ^.  c\(\d)m.  N.  and  Miss.  N. 

©uteii  S)2Ln\]en,  mciii  •iQnx,  \vk  be;  Good  morning  Sir,  how  is  your 

finbet  jich  ^t)r  .^err  93ateL-  ?  father  V 

3()r  <§evv  (5)eniaf)t  unb  3f)ve  ?^rdn;  Your  husband  and  your  daughter 

leiii  ^od)ter  fiiib  bei  3ljvcm  Jperrn  are  at  your  uncle's. 

£)()cim. 

©uteii  2(benb,m£ln  j^rdiitcin,  trie  be;  Good  evening   Miss,  how    are 

fiiibeu  ftch  3t)te  %vau  abutter  unb  your  mother  and  your  sisters  ? 

3f)ve  grduleiit  ©ctm^efterii? 

3)ev  -Oerr  ©efaiibte  uiib  felsie  j^rau  The  ambassador    and  his  lady 

@ema()liii   wareix   gefteni  9lbeub  were  at  the  Concert  last  even- 

im  (Scuccvte.  ing. 

jtouneu  (2le  mir  fac^en,  \vo  ber  ^evr  Can  you  tell    me    where    Mr 

©ecvetdr  S.  wc()nt?  Secretary  L.  resides  V 

3d)  babe  3bve  ^erieii  53 ruber  unb  I  have  seen  your  brothers  and 

3()re  grdutein  ©cbwefteru  gcfe()en.  your  sisters, 

©uten  3lbenb  meine  ^evren,  trie  be;  Good  evening  Gentlemen,  bow 

fiubcn  <Bk  ftd)  ?  do  you  do  ? 

3)1  ber  "^erv  ^rofeJTcr  ju  .§aufe  ?  Is  thf.  professor  at  home  ? 


DIALOGUES 

WITH  REFERENCE  TO  GRAMMATICAL  FORMS. 


®utcu  2)icr9en !  (Sd)on  fo  frul;  auf  ? 

SBic  gct)t  e«  3f|iieu  ?    2Sic  fcefiabeu 

fie  iicti  ? 
@ai^  uic()l,  bem  6immol  fei  2>anf ! 
SSelch'  fofltidieg  QBctter! 
2)}clc()'  till  I}enlictier  Xao,. 
©og  ajlcvijeug  ift  eg  ehvd^  !uf)(. 
3di  bin  beg  3Jiitta{]g  immer  ju  ^aufe. 
2)eiS  5lbenbg  geijt  fie  gett>otjnlid)  in 

©efellfdiaft. 
(Sr  Vflfflte  nieinen  SSater  beg  3Jlonj 

(agg  ju  bcfud^en. 
3fl  er  nadi  >^aufe  jurfidfgefetjrt  ? 
(£ie  tt»ot)nt  in  unferm  «Jpaiife. 
JDiefe  >^aufer  foUen  yevfauft  werben. 
3n  adcu  ^dufevu  trurben  9flacl}fud); 

ungen  ant^eftedt. 
Unfeve  93dter  xcaxm  rndpiger  aU  \mx. 

fSiik,  reid)eu  (Sie  mir  jenen  Seller. 

©iefc  Seller  |inb  rein. 

2Bag  {)at  bie  SDlagb  mit  ben  anbern 

Sellprn  c^enividit  ? 
JDieg  ift  fdioneg  58rcb. 
Saffen  ©ie  einige  33rcbe  l;olen. 
©g  liegt  Guf  bem  (£tut)le. 
(Sinb  Die  nenen  @tiil)le  fdicn  bejat)U  ? 
5awol)l,  unb  bie  Sifdic  cbenfallg. 
2Bann  geljen  ©ie  ju  ^dWi 
®en,tcl)nlidi  urn  l)alb  elf. 
Si^  bag  S3ett  f*on  gcma*t  ? 
^ier  finb  jwei  33etten,  \T)eld)cg  \ucllen 

(5ie? 
93leiue  U^r  i|l  abgclaufen. 
^ie  Uljren  gct)en  alle  unriditig. 
®(Un  (Sie  mir  bie  iUleffer  bcvt. 
JDiefeg  9)le{fer  i|i  nidU  jn  gebraudieu. 
®ie  mi^trauen  etnanbev. 
QCir  t)aben  eg  iljnen  gefagt. 
<Sie  \)at  uug  gcwarnt. 


Good  morning !    Are  you  up  so 

early? 
How  are  you?  How  ioyoudo? 

Quite  well,  thank  heaven  ! 
What  delightful  weather ! 
What  a  fine  day. 
In  the  morning  it  is  rather  cool. 
At  noon  I  am  always  at  home. 
In  the  evening  she  usually  goes 

to  a  party. 
He  used  to  visit  my   father  on 

Mondays. 
Is  he  returned  home  1 
She  lives  at  our  house. 
These  houses  are  to  be  sold. 
Researches  were  made  in  every 

house. 
Our  fathers  were  more  temperate 

than  we  are. 
Hand    me    that   plate,   if   you 

please. 
These  plates  are  clean. 
What  has  the  maid  done  with  the 

other  plates  ^ 
This  is  excellent  bread. 
Send  for  some  loaves  (rolls). 
It  is  lying  on  the  chair. 
Are  the  new  chairs  paid  for  ? 
Yes  :  and  the  tables  likewise. 
When  do  you  go  to  bed  ? 
Usually  at  half  past  ten. 
Is  the  bed  made  ? 
Here  are  two  beds,  which  will 

you  have  1 
My  watch  is  run  down. 
All  the  clocks  go  wrong. 
Give  me  the  knives  yonder. 
This  knife  is  useless. 
They  district  each  oth«y. 
We  told  th«>.ii  so. 
She  warnea'  oj. 


168 


DIALOGUES  WITH    REFERENCE  TO  GilAMMATICAL  FORMS. 


169 


(Ste  (ee)  ijl  jiemlid)  gerdumig. 

©tfdtlt  fie  (eg)  S^uen  ? 

SSem  gefiovt  biefe  (blefeS)  ? 

Unferer  Soufine. 

@t  fiat  fein  ^fcrb  ijerfauft. 

2)lit  bem  nieinigen  bin  id)  nicit)t  ju^ 

frieben. 
2)er  (bie,  ta^)  f einige  tcdre  beflfec  ge# 

tuefen. 
3Bag  ^abcn  @ie  (jie)  mit  ben  3^ru 

gen  (tf;rigen)  gemac^t  ? 
2Bef[en    @d)retbfeber    ^at   jte   ge? 

brau(i)t  ? 
Sle  meinige :  fDarum  lei^cn  @ie  mtr 

bie  S^rige. 
2)ie  @urigen  (plur.)  finb  ben  feinigen 

ttorjujieljen. 
2Bo  ift  ber  (bie,  bag)  unfrtgc  ? 
2Beip  jie,  ttietct)en  S3anb  toir  genoms 

men  fiaben  ? 
^reilid)  tweip  fte  e«. 
3d)  modite  benjenigcn  l^aben,  h)etd)en 

(ben)  er  nid)t  brandit. 
(Sel)en  <Bie,  lueld)'  cin  fd)onc3  5Pferb. 
2Beid}eg  meinen  <Sie,  ben  S3raunen 

ober  ben  @d)immel? 
iDagjenige  (bag),tr»eld)eg  gefattelt  iji. 
iDerjenlge,  n?eld)er  efir(t%  ijl  (i»er 

e^rlid)  tfi). 
3Ber  eg  and)  fein  mod)te. 
5luf  twen  ijl  bie  2Ba^l  gefatlen? 
2(uf  weffen  93efel;l  njurbe  er  fejlges 

nontmen  ? 
3n  <^initd)t  beffen,  ioag  hjir  ijorge^ 

brad)t  f;aben. 
!Dag,  iuag  er  fagt,  ifi  ntd^t  ol^ne 

®runb. 
2sem,  \vai  er  bel^auptete,  fe^fe  man 

93ieleg  entgegen . 
^ennen  ©ie  jenen  SJlann  bort? 
2)iefem  bin  i6:j  oft  begegnet 
3eue  ^xaxi  ift  bie  ©djweilet:  metneg 

^angteirt^eg. 
(Sx  fiat  beren  ^^tnei. 
Sener  ^nabe  ijt  fef;r  j!eiptg. 
5tuf  jener  @eite 
iSJeben  <s6k  niir  biejenige^mittoelc^er 

<^ii  fertig  ftnb. 
8 


Is  this  your  room? 

It  is  pretty  spacious. 

Do  you  like  it  ? 

To  whom  does  this  one  belong  ? 

To  our  cousin. 

He  has  sold  his  horse. 

I  am  not  satisfied  with  mine. 

His  would  have  been  better. 

What  have  you  (they)  done  with 

yours  (theirs)? 
Whose  pen  has  she  used  ? 

Mine.     So  lend  me  yours. 

Yours  are  preferable  to  his. 

Where  is  ours  ? 

Does  she  know  which  volume 

we  have  taken  ? 
To  be  sure  she  does. 
I  should  like  to  have  the  one 

he  does  not  want. 
Look,  what  a  beautiful  horse. 
Which  do  you  mean,  the  brown 

one  or  the  grey  ? 
The  one  that  is  saddled 
He  that  is  honest. 

Whoever  it  might  be. 

Who  has  been  chosen  1 

At  whose  order  was  he  arrested? 

With  respect  to  what  we  hrve 

urged. 
What  he  says,  is  not  witixout 

reason. 
To  what  he  affirmed,  much  was 

opposed. 
Do  you  know  that  man  yonder  ? 
I  have  often  met  this  one. 
That  woman  is  my  landlord's 

sister. 
He  has  two  (of  them). 
That  boy  is  very  diUgent. 
On  that  side  (page,  hand). 
Give  me  the  one  you  have  done 

with  (have  finished). 


no 


DIALOGUES  WITH  REFERENCE 


^ai  er  benjcniqeit  (ben)  gefauft,  wch 

dhenid)  auafucbte? 
ij^teieut^e,  tueldie  man  fiir  tie  ^lugjie 

I;dU. 
2)111  benjenigen  (benen)  t»iU  id)  nid)t3 

ju  fdiaffen  r;aben. 
©a^  fann  3f)nen  Sebermann  fagen. 
3di   fte^e   ju  jeber  Beit  ju  3()ten 

S)ienften. 
Sebeg  2)lal,  tuenn  et  !cmmt. 
3Sie  V)iele  SJ^ale  ift  feiue  @vit»artung 

getdn[cf)t  wcrben  ? 
(Sine  anbere  3eit  todre  mir  gclegener 

gewefcn. 
(gdiicfen  @ie  mir  bie  anberen  33fi*er. 
aSvi^  umK  er  mit  hm  aubevn  madien  ? 
Seber  Stnbere  touvbe  iljm  gcl)clfen 

©vi^  anbere  ^ferb  ift  Derfauftn^orben. 
(Seine  anberen  ^reunbe  finb  berfeU 

ben  SJlcinung. 
(S6  fmb  biefelben  Scute. 
3d)  bin  bemfelben  SDlannc  begegnet. 
(Se  ift  baffelbe. 
!Die  SSevfammtung  fxnbet  in  bemfcl? 

ben  ©aale  ftatt. 
(Bx  ging  buret)  biefetbe  Xijux. 
(Bx  ift  ber  JBruber  bef[en,  ber  nci6:) 

Slmerifa  ging. 
.Dag  (5'igentt)um  Derer,  bie  it)re  3lb; 

gaben  bejat)lt  t)atten,  inurbe  ge* 

fdicnt. 
!Dergleidien  ?^dlte  gibt  eg  iMcle. 
@in  (5'reignip  ber  5trt  fcmmt  nur 

fel ten  »er. 
Qs  gibt  nur  @incu  gall. 

33ieleg  yen  bem,  h»ag  er  fagte. 
aOie  \)icl  bin  id;)  3t)neu  fdintbig  ? 
2)lan  fiagte  nad)  ber  SJleinung  mkx 

Seute. 
SWit  wieyielcn  ^ferbcn  rcif'te  er  ah  ? 

(Seine  yielcn  3'iat()gcber  fonntcn  fcin 

S3erberbcn  nidU  abwenben. 
aCie  mU  SDiale  fagten  ©ie '? 
a)land)nial. 
9)laud)ct  t)at  fid)  getdufd)t  gefe{)en. 


Has  he  bought  the  one  I  chose  1 

She  who  is  thought   to  bo  the 

cleverest. 
I  will  have  nothing  to  do  with 

those. 
Any  one  can  tell  you  that. 
I  am  always  at  your  service. 

Every  time  he  comes. 

How  many  times  has  he   been 

disappointed  1 
Some   other  time   would   have 

suited  me  better. 
Send  me  the  other  books. 
What  will  he  do  with  the  others  1 
Any  other  person    would  have 

aided  him. 
The  other  horse  has  been  sold. 
His  other  friends  are  of  the  same 

opinion. 
They  are  the  same  people. 
I  met  the  same  man. 
It  is  the  same  thing. 
The  meeting  takes  place  in  the 

very  same  hall. 
He  went  through  the  same  door. 
He  is  the  brother  of  him  that 

went  to  America. 
The  property  of  those  who  had 

paid  their  taxes,  was  spared. 

There  are  many  such  instances. 
Such  an  event  occurs  but  rarely. 

There     is     but     one    instance 

(case). 
Much  of  what  he  said. 
How  much  do  I  owe  you  ? 
The  opinions  of  many  persona 

were  consulted. 
With  how  many  horses  did  he 

set  out  ? 
His  numerous  advisers  could  not 

avert  his  ruin. 
How  many  times  did  you  say? 
Many  a  time. 
Many  a  one   hes    been  disaj^ 

pointed 


TO  GRAMMATICAL   FORMS. 


171 


SDlandhe  53tuini:  Uhijt  utifjefe^eu. 

SKan  fpricbt  »on  ^riebeiu 

SOfJan  ijat  fettbem  ntcl)t^  ton  il;m  ge^ 

^ort. 
Tlan  faun  nid)t  jtoei  ^erren  bienen. 
SD^an  tceif  nict)t,  n)cm  man  trauen 

foil. 
3Benn  man  f^rid^t  fo  tac^en  fie. 
28a^  toill  man  me^r  ? 
(5r  Ijat  ehoa^  (einigeg)  ®elb  geerbt. 
©eftern  berietl;  fie  fid)  mit  einigen 

^reunben. 
de  mav  »or  einiger  3eit. 
■§dttc  id)  nur  einige  ^cfnung  i^n 

tt)ieberjufel;en. 
fURit  etnigem  §lei§  unb  einiger  93e; 

t)arrlid)feit  it»irb  ce  i^m  gelingen. 
©ie  fagten  irgenb  it\x>ae. 
aSerf^jrid)  nie  ettwa^,  toa^  iu  nid)t 

crfiillen  fannjl. 
©te  gab  bem  ^Bettter  dtoaS  93rob. 
S)a^  tDoUte  id)  tt)ol)C  ^w^-nn  id)  etwa^ 

aSar  irgenb  Semanb  ba  ? 

a3eibe    >§dufer    irurben    nieberge? 

brannt. 
SSir  Seibe  finb  »on  einem  Sitter. 
3ene  53ciben  finb  biefen  33eiben  Bor# 

jujietjen. 
©eine  beiben  SSriiber  finb  auf  ber 

Unioerfitdt. 
SOBetdier  Don  SSeiben  iji  ber  ijerjldn- 

bigfie  ? 
(Sine  won  meinen  beiben  ©d^ltjejlern 

Wixb  m\6  rufen  laffen. 
2Ba^  er  aud^  fagen  mod)te,  toax  urns 

fonft. 
3Beldie^  SBnd)  ©ie  and)  meinen. 
3d)  bin  mit  5lllem  jnfrieben. 
^[[k  feini'  Slu^fiditen  finb  »ernid)tet. 
9lUen  feinen  S3eftrebungen  jum  Sivc^e. 
SlUer  5lugen  loaren  anf  ii)n  gerid)tet. 

(Sr  i)at  SiUeg,  voae  er  branc^t. 

5c^  fef}e  if)n  alle  Jlage. 

©ie  modite  alle  2BoAe,  ja,  allt  5lbenbe 

ing  ©dianfpicl  gcl)en. 
3Bir  alle  mellen  auf  ha^  £anb  ge^en. 


Many  a  flower  blooms  unseen. 

Peace  is  spoken  of. 

He  has  not  been  heard  of  since. 

One  cannot  serve  two  masters. 

One  does  not  know  whom  to 
trust. 

When  one  speaks,  they  laugh. 

What  more  can  one  expect  1 

He  has  inherited  some  money. 

Yesterday  she  consulted  some 
friends. 

Tt  was  some  time  ago. 

Had  I  but  some  hopes  of  seeing 
him  again. 

With  a  little  diligence  and  per- 
severance he  will  succeed. 

They  said  something  or  other. 

Never  promise  what  you  are  un- 
able to  perform. 

She  gave  the  beggar  some  bread 

I  would,  if  I  had  any. 

Was  any  one  there  ? 

Both  houses  were  burnt  down. 

Both  of  use  are  of  the  same  age. 

Those  two  are  preferable  to  these 
two. 

His  two  brothers  are  at  the  uni- 
versity. 

Which  of  the  two  is  the  most 
sensible  ? 

One  of  my  two  sisters  will  have 
us  called. 

Whatsoever  he  said,  was  in 
vain. 

Whichever  book  you  mean. 

I  am  satisfied  with  every  thing. 

All  his  prospects  are  destroyed 

In  spite  of  all  his  endeavors. 

The  eyes  of  all  present  were  di- 
rected to  him. 

He  has  all  he  needs. 

I  see  him  every  day. 

She  would  Hke  to  go  to  the  play 
every  week,  nay,  every  evening. 

We  are  all  of  us  going  into  the 
country 


172 


DIALOGUES  WITH  REFERENCE 


Tlan  muf  yor  aften  ©ingeit  ein  reU 
neg  ©eirilfeu  ju  bea'ialjveu  fudjen. 

SKeljrcre  ©cf)ijfe  finb  angetcmmen. 
©efterii  brad}te  id)  ben  5l6enb  mit 

ineljreren  §reunben  ju. 
Oliemanb  tceip  iua^  batau^  getwor? 

ben  ift. 
@^  irar  Oilenianb  gegentt^drtlg. 
^at  feiner  »on   ben  SDtdunevn  ben 

SOlutf)  ge{)abt,  i{)n  ju  ergrcifen? 
^6  n>ar  gav    feine  ^offnnng  baju 

»cr{}anben. 
^abcn  (£le  @elb  Bel  jid)?   3)enn  id) 

I;abe  feing. 
(5r  h)iU  jleinen  (D^iemanb)  gefpro; 

dien  Ifiaben. 
(Sie  gef)en  mit  S^iemanb  (^einem) 

al^  mit  itjxcn  33evn:»anbten  um. 
(Be  gibt  feinevlei  SBaaven,  bie  bort 

nid)t  ju  t)aben  tt»dren. 
(5r  Ijdt  ^Bietevlei  mitgebradit 

3d)  {)abe  mand)crlei  anjufd;afen. 

5)a^  i|l  mir  einertei,  [age  id)  Sfjnen. 

1)a^  ift  \a  ju  ivenig. 

(S^  ift  ntdit  treniger  aU  man  ge^ 

tnofjulid)  bejat}lt. 
aJJan  mup  fid;   mit   SSenigem  be? 

gniigcn. 
aSenige  Seute  twerbcn  it)m  ©tauben 

fd)enten. 
aSie  tvenig  lie^  id)  mir  »on  einem 

feld)en  ©liirfe  trdnmen. 
Sie  fommt  immer  bann,  tnenn  man 

jie  am  tr^enigiten  ertrartet. 
Sein  QfJadibav  ij^  njL^()U)abenb ;  id) 

giaube  ee  wenigj^eng. 
(2ie  n^aren  e^,  ber  mid)  barauf  auf-- 

merffam  mad)te. 
(Sie  ivaven  eg,  bie  unS  ju  (linterge? 

t)en  fud^ten. 
Qe  ift  fe()r  ju   ^o^tw,  bap  er  fid) 

nidit  irrt. 
(Bs  ]Ui)c\\  einigc  S3dumc  am  SBcge. 

^6  lourbe  M  getanjt. 


We  must  endeavor  above  aL 
things  to  keep  a  ckar  con- 
science. 

Several  ships  have  arrived. 

Yesterday  1  passed  the  evening 
with  several  friends. 

No  one  knows  what  became 
of  it. 

No  one  was  present. 

Had  none  of  the  men  courage 
enough  to  seize  him  ? 

There  were  no  hopes  at  all  of  it. 

Have  you  any  money  about  you? 

For  I  have  none. 
He    says   he  has  spoken  with 

no  one. 
They  associate  with  none  but 

their  relations. 
There  are  no  goods  of  any  kind, 

which  are  not  to  be  had  there. 
He  has   brought    a  variety   of 

things  with  him. 
I  must  procure  several  different 

articles. 
That  is  all  the  same  to  me,  I 

tell  you. 
Why,  that  is  too  little. 
It  is    not  less  than  is  usually 

paid. 
We  ought  to  be  content  with  a 

little. 
Few  persons  will  credit  him. 

How  little  did  I  dream  of  such 

a  happiness. 
She  always  comes  when  she  is 

least  expected. 
His  neighbor  is  opulent ;  at  least 

I  believe  so. 
It  was  you  that  pointed  it  out 

to  me. 
It  was  they  who  strove  to  de- 
ceive us. 
It  is  much  to  be  hoped  that  he 

is  not  mistaken. 
There  are  some  trees  standing 

by  the  road-side. 
There  was  much  dancing. 


TO  GRAMMATICAL  FORMS. 


U3 


di  gifet  mefirere  Strten. 

Qe  ^nben  fid)  uur  ivenige  Seute  bcijii 

geneigt. 
@^  ragf  etu  2;{}urm  au^  bem  SBatbe 

@r  fagte  e^,  aBer  id)  giaiibe  e^  faum. 

3d)  will  eg,  aber  fie  ivolteu  eg  uid)t. 

Su  fo  feni  alg  eg  ung  betvifft. 

(Sg  gtbt  nur  cineu  %ail, 

2Bag  gibt  eg  ? 

(Sg  tvareu  yiele  (Sd)iffe  in  h^n  <§a* 

fen  etiigetaufen. 
©iub  (Ste  eg  ? 
3d)  bin  eg. 
3u  bebauern  toar  eg,  baf  eg  fo  iue^ 

nig  ju  tl)un  gab. 
@g  fanben  fid)  S3iete  ju  reciter  3eit 

ein. 
0Cie  »iel  T)aben  @ie  bafitr  gegeben  ? 
©ie  trurbe  uminllig  bariibec. 
ilBag  l)at  3l}r  (Sompagnon  babei  ge^ 

wonnen  ? 
iDabuvd)  tjojfe  ic^  meinen  ©egner  ju 

befdnftigen. 
3d)  ^abe  nid)t  baran  gebadit. 
2)aju  fommt  nod),  bap  fie  fein  9Jlip? 

fallen  erregte. 
S)ayor  bel)iite  ung  ber  <§lmmel! 
9llg  wix  fo  fprad)en,  fam  ev  baju. 

(5g  gab  einlge  gute  barunter. 

^,\6  yevfie'^en  <Sic  barunter  ? 

©ie  n.Mffen  !aum,  \va6  fie  bamit  ma^ 

d)en  fclien. 
IDamit  jog  ev  ben  ^ut  unb  ging  fort. 

eic  tfjat  eU  fefbil. 

IReljmcn  ©ie  fid)  in  9td)t,  fonft  iuer; 

ben  @ie  fid)  @d)aben  tl)un. 
©ie  irren  fid)  fel)r,  tuenn  @ie  glau^ 

ben,  bai  id)  mid)  »or  if)nen  fiirdite. 
©er    93cget    befreite  fid)  »on    ber 

(gdilinge. 
@ie  Ijaben  jid)  yon  fciner  9'led)tfd)afs 

fcnl)cit  uberjeugt. 
©cin    S3ruber   i)at   fid^   amyerbeu 

laffen. 


There  are  several  kinds. 

But  few  people  are  inclined  to  it. 

A  tower  rises  from  the  forest. 

He  said  so,  but  I  hardly  believe  it. 

I  will,  but  they  will  not. 

As  far  as  regards  us. 

There  is  but  one  instance. 

What's  the  matter  ? 

Many  vessels  had  entered  the 

harbor. 
Is  it  you  ? 
It  is  I. 
It  was  to  be  regretted  that  there 

was  so  little  to  do. 
Many  persons  arrived  in  time. 

Ho  much  did  you  give  for  it  ? 
She  grew  angry  about  it. 
What  has  your  partner  gained 

in  it? 
By  this  means  I  hope  to  pacify 

my  opponent. 
I  did  not  think  of  it. 
Besides    that,    she   excited  his 

displeasure. 
Heaven  defend  us  from  it ! 
While    we    were   talking,     he 

joined  us. 
There    were  some    good   ones 

amongst  them. 
What  do  you  understand  by  it  ? 
They  hardly  know  what  to  do 

with  it  (them). 
With  that  he  raised  his  hat  and 

went  away. 
She  did  it  herself. 
Take  care  or  you  will  hi  .rt  your- 
self. 
They  are  much  mistaken  if  they 

think  I  fear  them. 
The  bird  freed  itself  from  the 

springe. 
They  have  satisfied  themselves 

of  his  probity. 
His  brother  has  enlisted. 


174 


DIALOGUES  WITH  REFERENCE 


2Bcnn  irf)  nilc^  iiidit  irre,  fo  ^abe  id) 

iljn  irgenbiro  getrcffen. 
©ie  hat  fid)  »er(}eirat^et. 
.9Btt  i^aben   un^    entfd}Icfycn,  feine 

^ebiitgungen  anjune(}men. 
^aft  5)u  !5)lr  tie  ©adie  ubcrtegt  ? 
Sd)  umU  mir  em  paat  (Stiefet  be? 

fie((en. 
man  tdufdit  fid)  fe^r  km, 
SD^an  fann  fid)  »cn  feiner  Sefiiir? 

jung  !eine  SSorf^ellung  madien. 
^^x  ^aU  (Sud)  »om  @d)eine  tdit; 

fdien  laffen. 
2)er  93ruber  unb  bie  @d)ttteflet:  lieben 

einanber  jdrtlid). 
<Sie  famen  einanber  gu  ^iitfe. 

©ie  n?agen    e6   nid)t  einanber  ju 

tranen. 
Sfi  3  em  an  b  ba? 
3d)  fef)e  OHemanb. 
<5eute  mcrgen  ifl  Semanb  »otgefoms 

men. 
3ebevmann  iil  bation  iibetgengt. 
^a6  ^attt  Sebermann  »or^erfe^en 

fonnen. 
(5in  guter  Dflame  ifl  beffer  al^  0teid); 

tl)  timer. 
@r  evfreut   fid)  eineS  gropen  S3er; 

niogcng. 
3)u  ttiobnfl    in  einem   angenel;men 

@tabtt()eite. 
(Sic  ^at  fid)  einen  griinen  <Sd)tefer 

gefauft. 
@in  avtigeg  jlinb  mac^t  feinen  ^U 

tern  ^reube. 
2)er  Sntjalt  be3  erflen  93anbcg  mip; 

fddt  mir. 
SWit  bcr  s.-flen  ©elegenTjeit. 
(fr  bat  feinen  tvcnen  «g)nnb  \)ertorcn. 
T^ie  arme  ffiaife  ifl  fc(;r  jn  bemit; 

Iciben. 
@ie  ijat  im  tjorigen  3af)re  gefdirie? 

ben. 
(§x  fa§  am  Of  en  tinb  lag. 
<Bk  vcif'tcn   am  in-rgangcnen  (Srei; 

U\c^  ah. 
3td)  lag  fdion  j^n  ^cik  (im  ^dk). 
Of^  h)dre  am  JBefien  \v>ix  gingen  Ijin. 


Ifl  am  not  mistaken,  I  have  met 

with  him  somewhere. 
She  has  got  married. 
We  have  determined  to  accept 

his  terms. 
Have  you  reflected  on  the  matter? 
I  intend  to  order  myself  a  pair 

of  boots. 
We  easily  deceive  ourselves. 
His  consternation  is  not  to  be 

imagined. 
You  have  suffered  yourselves  to 

be  deceived  by  appearances. 
The  brother  and  sister  are  very 

fond  of  each  other. 
They  came  to  each  other's  as- 
sistance. 
They  dare  not  trust  one  another. 

Is  any  one  there  ? 

I  see  nobody. 

Some  one  has  called  this  morn- 
ing. 

Every  body  is  convinced  of  it. 

Any  one  might  have  foreseen 
that. 

A  good  name  is  better  than 
riches. 

He  enjoys  a  large  fortune. 

You  live  in  a  pleasant  part  of 

the  town. 
She  has  bought  a  green  veil. 

A  good  child  gladdens  the  heart . 

of  its  parents. 
I  don't  hke  the  contents  of  the 

first  volume. 
With  the  first  opportunity. 
Pie  has  lost  his  faithful  dog. 
The  poor  orphan  is  greatly  to  be 

pitied. 
She  wrote  last  year. 

He  sat  reading  near  the  stove* 
They  set  out  on  Friday  last. 

I  already  lay  in  bed. 
We  had  better  go  there. 


TO  GRAMMATICAL  FORMS. 


175 


SDet  (Sd)u|e  |laub  bid)t  am  S3aume. 

3ll  er  im  «§aufe  ? 

Sie  traten  in  bag  ^aug. 

v5r  f)at  ling  (jeftevu  §um  le^ten  TlaU 

6e[ud]t. 
3um  gro^en  geibtocfen  feiucr3?J utter. 
I)cr  .^iiabe  gcl)t  fru^  jur  (Sct)ute  (in 

bie  @d)ule). 
Untevm  3)lonbe  t|l  nid)tg  Bejidnbig. 

a^lovgeii  icill  fie  jur  (in  bie)  Jtivd^c 

gel)en. 
2)ie  @elbaten  ftanben  untevm  ®e* 

n?  eft  re. 
3f)r  felb  faj^  ntc  ju  «§aufe. 
l^apt  ung  uad^  «&aufe  gefjcn. 
2)iein  ^ruber  ftet;t  &eini  erfien  dle^ 

giment. 
2Ser  wiirbe  fo  fjanbeln,  ber  nur  ixt 

genb  (Stjrgtfuf)!  l)at 
^at  er  3I)retn>egen  hen  aSertoeia  be- 

fcnnnen  ? 
Sfiein,  uufertincgen. 
Sfjretn^egen  mag  id)  feinen  UntDitten 

uid)t  erregen. 
@ie  tfjaten  eg  meinettwegen  (um  .met; 

netwiUen). 
3dj  bin  bereit  if^rettoitlen  Silted  §u 

erbulben. 
9Jleinetwegen  mogen  fte  e^  tterfud)en. 
3d)  bin  Si^nen  fel)r  serbunben. 
(Sage  mtr  wo  2)u  bij^. 
@r  ift  mein  befter  ^reunb. 
Sie  ifl  bei  il)xm  aSerivanbten. 
2Bir  fiub  ganj  anbercr  2tnfid)t. 

(S^ut;  3r)rfeibalfoentfd)IoiTeu? 

aBo  finb  fie  ju  finben  ? 

3di  ttjar  ^u  «§aufe. 

©u  utarft  gu  uoreltig. 

5Ber  n^eif,  ujd  er  war. 

5Str  waren  bariiber  ganj  erfrcut. 

5()r  waret  audi  eingelaben. 

<Sie  waren  mit  itjrem  Soofe  unju- 

friebeu. 
3d)  werbe  fruf)  auf  fein. 
"Du  wirft  fte  gewif  auf  i^re^  DnhU 

^tu^t  jtuben. 


The  marksman    stood  close  to 

the  tree. 
Is  he  in  the  house  ? 
They  entered  the  house. 
Yesterday  he  visited  us  for  the 

last  time. 
To  the  great  regret  of  his  mother. 
The  boy  goes  early  to  school. 

There's  nothing  constant  undei 

the  moon. 
To-morrow  she  will  go  to  church 

The  soldiers  were  under  arms. 

You  are  scarcely  ever  at  home 

Let  us  go  home. 

My  brother  is  in  the  first  legi- 
ment. 

Who  that  has  any  feeling  of 
honor  would  act  thus  ? 

Did  he  receive  the  rebuke  on 
your  account  ? 

No,  on  our  account. 

I  am  not  going  to  incur  his  dis- 
pleasure on  their  account. 

They  did  it  for  my  sake. 

For  her  sake  I  am  ready  to  suffer 

any  thing. 
They  may  try  it  for  all  I  care. 
I  am  much  obhged  to  you. 
Tell  me  where  you  are. 
He  is  my  best  friend. 
She  is  with  her  relations. 
We    are    of    quite    a  different 

opinion. 
Well,  you  are  determined  then? 
Where  are  they  to  be  found  ? 
I  was  at  home. 
Thou  wert  too  hasty. 
Who  knows  where  ho  ^vas. 
We  were  overjoyed  at  it. 
You  were  invited  too. 
They    were     dissatisfied    with 

their  lot. 
I  shall  be  up  early. 
Ihou  wilt  certainly  find  her  in 

her  uncle's  room. 


176 


DIALOGUES  WITH  REFERENCE 


IClan  toeif  nic^t,  tcami  er  t;ier  fein 

irirb. 
3Bir  tuerben  evfreut  fein,  (Sie  ju  fel;en. 
3^r  toerbet  abtoefenb  fein,  lt»enn  tt)ir 

fommen. 
iSic  iwerben  fd)on  ba»on  benad^ric^; 

tigt  fein. 
3d)  bin  lange  !van!  geioefen. 
^Dubiji  in  ^ranfrei^  gettjefen,  You 

id)  ^ore. 
@r  ifl  eine  3eit  tang  bamit  befd)af' 

tigt  geti?efen. 
SBif  finb  auf  bent  Sanbe  gcUjefen. 
Sd)  I;offe,  i>a^  3fjr  red)t  flei^ig  ge; 

toefen  feib. 
©tnb  fie  nid^t  bei  it)rem  SSetter  jum 

S3efud)  getocfen  ? 
3ci^  tear  mtr  einige  S^age  bort  getue^ 

fen. 
SBir  iraren  auf  S^ieifen  genjefen,  aU 

h)ir  bie  9'iad)vtct)t  er^ieUen. 
SBenn  @ie  h^ieber  ba  ftnb,  trerbe  id) 

bei  S^rem  S3ruber  geirefen  fein. 
(Seien  @ie  fo  gutig,  mir  ju  fagen,  an 

icen  id)  mid)  ju  ivenben  ()abe. 
Sflun  gut,  er  fei  jur  red)ten  3eit  l;ier. 

(Sei  bod)  nid)t  fo  unaufmerffani. 

©ie  fagten,  er  fei  franf. 

Senn  id)  twiiptc,  ba^  er  nod)  nid)t 

tuieber  genefen  tv>dre. 
SOfJan  »crmut()et,  ba^  er  in  ad)t  3^a? 

gen  l^ier  fein  toerbe. 
©laubt  man,  bap  er  oft  bort  getoefcn 

fei? 
@te  fagte  mir  gerabeju,  ta^  id)  ju 

offentierjig  getvefen  tndre. 
3d)  iDurbe  bamit  jufrieben  fein. 
SBiirbc  ein  Stnbercr  fo  unbiUig  ge* 

hjefen  fein  ? 
(Sic  tDdre  ju  gliicftid)  gemefen. 
@r  :^at  an  fte  gefdirieben. 
Sffiir  i^atten  fel)r  yiele  3)iu^cmit  ir;m. 

3d)  twerbe  l)offentnd)  v»iet  SSergniigen 

t)aben. 
Gr  tt)irb  fd^hjere  ^flid)teu  l^abcn. 
SBIr  toerbcn  ivenig  gu  t^un  ^aben. 


It  is  not  known  when  he  will  b« 

here. 
We  shall  be  glad  to  see  yon. 
You  will  be   absent    when  wa 

come. 
They  will  be  already  informed 

of  it. 
I  have  been  long  ill. 
Thou  hast  been  in  France,  I  am 

told. 
He  has  been   occupied  with  it 

for  some  time. 
We  have  been  in  the  country. 
I  hope  you  have  been  very  di- 
ligent. 
Have  they  not  been  visiting  their 

cousin  ? 
I  had  been  there  but  for  a  few 

days. 
We  had  been  travelling,  when 

we  received  the  intelligence. 
By  the  time  you  return  I  shall 

have  been  at  your  brother's. 
Be  so  kind  as  to  tell  me  whom 

to  apply  to. 
Well  then  let  him  be  here  in  the 

right  time. 
Don't  be  so  inattentive. 
They  said  he  was  ill. 
If  I  knew  he  was  not  yet  re- 
covered. 
It  is  supposed  he  will  be  here  in 

a  week's  time. 
Is  he  thought  to  have  been  there 

often? 
She  told  me  plainly  that  I  had 

been  too  candid. 
I  should  be  satisfied  with  it. 
Would  any  one  else  have  been 

so  unreasonable  ? 
She  would  have  been  too  happy. 
He  has  written  to  them. 
We  had  a  great  deal  of  trouble 

with  him. 
I  shall  have  much  pleasure,  I 

hope. 
He  will  have  severe  duties. 
We  shall  have  little  to  do 


TO  GRAMMA.TICAL  FORMS. 


177 


gragen  <Ste,  oB  fie  morgen  ®efel(? 

fdiaft  tiabcu  ir*evi:en. 
@ie  \)at  nod)  feinen  %i)te  gefiaBt. 
2)a  fie  feiiie  ^uft  g^fjaOt  Ijatteu,  in^ 

(Sct)aufplel  ju  gcjen. 
3e^t  tulrb  ec  feiu:n  SBillen  ge'^abt 

2)Zan  befiauptete  (eei  twurbe  be(}aup; 

tet),  baS  id)  i{;u  jum  9Zad)fDlger 

{|aben  raixrbe. 
Sie  n>ui'beii  ii)n  geru  jum  Scorer  ge? 

^abt  f)aben  (fie  tjdtteu  ii)n  gefu 

jum  Sel)rer  geijabt). 
aBir   glaubten,   er  I;abc  an  feinen 

3Bot)ltf)dtev  gefd)rieben. 
Sebeimann  meint,   cr  fjabe  Unved)t 

ge()abt. 
SQBdren  \mx  nid)t  gctoefen,  fo  Ijdtten 

fie  einen  bofen  Unfalt  geljabt. 
3d)  I)dtte  ii)n  getvarnt  (id)  ix^iirbe  i()n 

gewarnt  l)aben),  iwdre  e^  notljig 

gewefen. 
fatten  fie  fid;  bod)  nur  3eit  genom* 

men. 
3!)a^  <Sd)iff  luirb  morgen  anfommen. 
5)ie  Ueberfaljvt  irirb  eine  ftiirmifd)e 

fein  (or  irerben). 
@etne  ©d)nlbner  iuoUen  il)n  nid)t  be? 

fviebigen. 
2)lan  fagt,  ba^  fie  fid)  »er{)eirat§en 

tuirb. 
5)er  aSerbved)eirtt)oUte  nid)t  gej^e[)en 
3d)  toerbe  mid)  bemiit)en,  3t)r  ^ev? 

traucn  jn  »erbienen. 
3n  adit  S^agen  tcerben  w'lx  bie  ©iitev 

em^jfangen. 
®ag  -^au^  h)irb  je^t  gebaut. 
2)ie  ^tottc    tcurbe  bamals?   an^ge? 

tiiftet. 
2)ie  Sanbftvaf  en  werben  balb  au^- 

gebeffert  tvevben  (fein). 
3ft  mein   93rief   rid)tig    abgegeben 

trorben  ? 
lyiod)  niemalg  »ar  3emanb  fo  t)inter' 

gangen  trorben. 
31  ie  3eugen  foUen  anfgeforbert  )uor? 

ben  fein^  ijor  @erid)t  ju  erfd)einen. 


Enquire  whether  they  will  have 

company  to-morrow. 
She  has  not  had  any  tea  yet. 
As  they  had  not  had  a  mind  to  go 

to  the  play. 
By  this  time  he  will  have  had  his 

will. 
It  was  asserted,  that  I  should 

have  him  for  a  successor. 

They  would  gladly  have  had  him 
as  a  teacher. 

We  thought  he  had  written  to  his 

benefactor. 
Every  one  thinks  he  was  in  the 

wrong. 
But  for  us  they  would  have  met 

with  a  sad  accident. 
t  would  have  warned  him,  had 

it  been  necessary. 

Had  they  but  taken  time. 

The  ship  will  arrive  to-morrow. 
The  passage  will  be  a  rough  one. 

His  debtors  will  not  satisfy  him. 

They  say,  she  is  going  to  be 
married. 

The  criminal  would  not  confess. 

I  shall  endeavor,  to  merit  your 
confidence. 

We  shall  receive  the  goods  in  a 
week's  time. 

The  house  is  now  building. 

The  fleet  was  fitting  out  at  that 
time. 

The  roads  are  soon  to  be  re- 
paired (will  soon  be). 

Has  my  letter  been  properly  de- 
livered ? 

Never  had  any  one  been  so 
taken  in. 

The  witnesses  are  said  to  have 
been  summoned  to  appear  De- 
fore  the  court. 


8.  ALPHABETICaI.  list  OF  IRREGULAR  VERBS 


Note  that  in  the  following  list  many  compound  forms  are  not  set 
in  its  simple  form* 


INFINITIVE. 

PRESENT    INDICATIVE. 

IMP.    INDIC. 

83  a  cf  e  U  a)  to  bake, 

ic6  batfe,  bu  barffl,  er  IMt, 

icfe  buf 

SSebiligen  h),  to  bargain, 

id)  bcbitige,  jc. 

icb  bebung 

SBcbiiifen,  lo  need, 

i4)  bebar'f,  iviv  beburfen,  k. 

id)  bfbuifte 

S3ffet)leU,  to  command. 

id)  befeble  ,bu  befie^(ft,ec  befte^U, 

id)  bcfabl 

©efleigen  U"tc^)c),  to  attend  to, 

ic^  beflfi^e,  2c. 

ic^  beflig 

SBefliiuieit  d),  to  begin, 

id)  begiinie,  jc. 

id)  begaun 

83ei9cn,  to  bite, 

id)  bet^e,  bu  betgefl,  er  \iim, 

id)bi^ 

^^eflemmen  e),  to  grieve, 

id)  beflemme,  jc. 

id)  bcflemmtc 

©evrteii,  to  conceal, 

ic^  bcrnc*  fc"  bii'gfl,  er  birgt, 

ic|  bavg 

83ei-ftc»,  to  burst, 

ic^  berfte,  2c. 

icft  borft  or  barjl 

^cftiinen  (ftd)),  to  think  of, 

ic^  beftiinc,  ic. 

id)  befann 

SBeftfeen,  to  possess. 

id)  befi^e,  k. 

\d)  befa$ 

93tflU(3en,  to  deceive, 

(cb  betviige,  k. 

id)  betrog 

33ewei^en  /),  to  induce,  move, 

icfe  bewege,  :c. 

id)  bewog 

©tegeil,  to  bend. 

id)  biege,  jc. 

ic^  bog 

33tf  ten  g),  to  offer,  to  bid, 

ic^  bifte,  It. 

tci  bot' 

S3inbfU,  to  bind, 

ic^  btnbc,  2C. 

ic^  banb 

33ttten,  to  entreat,  to  beg, 

ic^  bitte,  K. 

i(^  bflt 

S3laffn,  to  blow. 

id)  blafe,  bu  blcifefl,  er  m% 

id)  blieS 

83(eiben,  to  remain. 

xScf  bleibe,  JC. 

id)  blieb 

©letd)en  a),  to  fade, 

i(*  bleif^f,  ic. 

td)  bltd) 

SBrateu,  to  roast, 

id)  brate,  bu  bratefi  or  bratfl,  er 
bratct  or  brcit. 

id)  brtct 

Svec^en,  to  break, 

[<fy  breeze,  "t^w  bric^fi,  er  bric^t, 

id)  brndb 

83remieti  /),  to  bum, 

id)  bveniie,  2C. 

ic^  bvaunte 

Scingen.  to  brinar. 

id)  bringe,  :c. 

id)  brad)te 

3)enf  en,  to  think, 

id)  beufe,  jc. 

id)  bad)tc 

!Dtngcn  k),  to  bargain. 

ic^  binge,  :c. 

icft  bung 

3)re|"c^en,  to  thresh. 

id;  bvefc^e,  bu  brifd)e{i,  er  brif^t. 

id)  brafc^  or 

brofd) 
id)  brving 

5)vtngen  /).  to  press,  to  urge, 

i&)  bvinge,  k. 

2)urfen,  to  be  able. 

icb  bavf,  bu  brtrffi ;  n.nr  biivfen,2C. 

ic^  burfte 

©  m  J)  f  a  n  8  e  n,  to  receive, 

id)  empfangc,  bu  cnipfangft^jc. 
i(^  empfebie,  t\x  empfiebl)t,  k. 

icfc  empftug 

©mpfet)len,  to  recommend. 

ic^  enipfa^l 

(SmpfttlbeU;  to  feel. 

id)  empfiube,  ic. 

id)  cmpfaub 

©iitriunen,  to  escape, 

icb  entrinne,  k. 

id)  entrann 

(§lUfd)lafen,  to  fail  asleep. 

id)  enttd)lafe,  k. 

id)  cntfd^lief 

(5:ntfvred)en,  to  answer, 

id)  eutfpred)e,  k. 

id)  entfprad) 

©rbleic^eii  wi),  to  turn  pale, 

id)  cvblcic^e,  Jc 

id)  erblic^ 

©rfviereti,  to  freeze, 

id)  crfrievc,  ic 

icfe  evfror 

©vgvctfcn,  to  seize,  to  catch. 

id)  crgreifc,  Jc. 

id)  ergriff 

(5rfiefen  71),  to  select. 

id)  erfiefe,  k. 

id)  cvfief'te 

Cfifiihren  0),  to  choose, 

ic^  erfubve  (erfiive),  Jc. 

id)  evfot)r,  (erfov 

^■rlL>fd)en  p),  to  extinguish. 

Grfailfcn,  to  be  drowned, 

id)  erfaufc,  bn  erfiiufefl,  er  erfauft 

id)  erfoff 

(lifd)allen,  loresoimd, 

id)  eifd)allc,  ic. 

id)  eifd)oU 

©rfd)etneil,  to  appear. 

id)  errd)eine,  ic. 

\d)  cvfc^ieit 

©rfc^rerfeily),  to  be  frightened. 

id)  eifd)recfe,  bu  erfc^rtrffi,  k. 

i(^  erfd)raf 

©rtrinlen,  to  be  drowned, 

id?  ertrinfe,  jc. 

id)  erlratif 

178 


OR    VERBS    OF    THE    OLD    CONJUGATION. 

down.    In  such  case,  the  student  has  only  to  look  for  the  verb 


IMP.    SUBJ. 

IMPERATIVE,  j 

PARTICIPLE. 

REMARKS. 

id)  biifc 

bacfe 

gebacfen. 

a)  Regular  when  active;  as,  ft 

tct)  bcbiin^e 

bfbiiige 

beMiiigeu 

badte  ^vob  ;  ^aS  sBvob  biif. 

id)  bcbiiittc 
id)  btfoble 

bcMivft. 

b)  Regular  when  it  means,  to  add 

beftc^l 

befoblfU. 

a  condition,  to  modify.     -53e5 

id)  befiiffe 

bef(ci9 

bcfltffeu. 

btltgt,  conditional,  is  regular. 

id^  beiv'iiiuc 

berttnne 

bcgoinieii. 

c)  ^eflei^igeu  (fid)),  to  apply 

id)  bufe 

bet^  or  bdjge 

gebiffen. 

one's  self,  is  regular. 

tc^  bcflcmmete 

beflcmme 

beflommcn. 

d)  In  tlie  Imperf.  subj.  bcgcUlie 

tc^  bdv^e 

birg 

geboi-gcu. 
gebovfteu. 

is  also  used. 

tc^  bdvite 

berfte  or  bivft 

e)  U3cflemnit  is  not  frequently 

id)  befdiuic 

beftiiiie 

befonneii. 

used,  and  is  employed,  only 

id)  befd§e 

befitse 

befeffeu. 

in  the  sense  of  compressed. 

id)  betvoge 

betviigc 

betvpgeu. 

id?  betuSfle 

bewegc 

betuogeu. 

/)  Irregular   when  it   means,  to 

id)  boge 

biege 

gebogen. 

induce;      regular     when    it 

tcl)  bote 

btetc 

geboten. 

means,  to  move  a  bodij  or  af- 

id) bdnbe 

binbe 

gebmibcn. 

fect  the  sensibilities. 

tct)  bate 

bttte 

gebfteu. 

g)  '^CUtft  and  beilt,  in  the  pre- 

id) bhefe 

blafe 

geblafcn. 

sent,  are  poetical. 

ut  btifbe 

bleibeor  bleib 

gebiieben. 

id)  bliitc 

bleicfee 

geblicfcen. 

h)  33lcic^cn,   to  bleach  in  the 

id)  bitete 

bvate 

gebraleii. 

sun,  active,  is  regular. 

id)  brdc^e 

htid) 

gebvoc^eu. 

id)  brennete 

bienne 

gebrannt. 

i)  Often   regular  when  active: 

tc^  brdvi)te 

bringe 

gebrad)t. 

3d)  brennte  ^olj,  toni 

id)  bdc^tc 

beiifc 

gebact)t. 

e«   beffec   brauute    al9 

ict)  biinge 

biiiQC 

gebuugen. 

Xovf. 

i^brdfc^eor 

brtjc^ 

gebiofdjeu. 

k)  2)tngte  is  sometimes  used  in 

briifc^c 

the  imperfect,  in  the  sense  of 

id)  brdnge 

bvinge    . 

gebnuigcn. 

to  hire. 

ic^  biivfte 

gebmft. 

/)  For  brang,  bVUUg  was  for- 

id) empftnoc 

empfange 

empfaugen. 

merly  in  use. 

,d)  empfiJble 

em})ftebl 

empfobleit. 

)d)  cmpfdnbe 

einvftnbe 

empfunbcn. 

id)  entvdtinc 

entviniie 

eiitvoniien. 

id)  cntfd)licfe 

cntfd)lafe,«ittf(^i"f 

entfd)Iafen. 

id)  entfprdc^e 

entfpri4) 

entfprod)en. 

id)  evblid)e 

erbtei4)e 

evbl;d)fn. 

m)  From  blet(t)en,  to  whiten,  ai 

id)  erfvove 

evfrifvc 

cvfvDven. 

in  tlie  sun,  which  is  regular. 

id)  evgriffe 

ergretfc  or  crgrcif 

cvgriffen. 

id)  ertiefete 

crflefc 

erfofcu. 

n^  Used  mostly  in  poetry. 

tc^eifu^ve{ttture) 

evfii{)ve,  (crfiire) 

CrfO^Ven  (crtcren). 

o]  This  verb  is  seldom  ussd. 
p)  Like    »evl6f(^cn    and   au8« 

id)  ei-fpffe 

erfaufc 

eifoffen. 

lofc^eil,  irregular  only  when 

id)  evfd)0lle 

evfc|)afle 

ei"fd)ollcn. 

intransitive.     ^i3fd)eu   is   al- 

id) evfd)iene 

crfd)etne 

cvfd)itnfn. 

ways  transitive  and  regular. 

i^  crfcfercife 
iti}  txtv'dnU 

ci-fd)ri(f 

evfcfevocfcit. 

q)  Irregular  as  intransitive,  but 

ertrinfc 

ertnmfen. 

regular  when  transitive. 

179 


180 


ALPHABETICAL  LIST  OF  IRREGULAR  VERBS 


INFINITIVE. 

PRESENT  INDICATIVE. 

IMP.  INDIC. 

©riOiigen  r),  to  consider, 

tc^  ertrcifle,  jc. 

id)  ernjog 

(Sffcn,  to  eat, 

tcfe  effe,  bu  iffefl,  cr  tffet  or  ijjt. 

ic^a^ 

Salens)  (obsolete,)  to  catch, 

\<i)  fat)e,  bu  fa^efl,  er  fa^ct. 

— 

^a^ren  t),  to  drive  a  carriage, 

tc^  fa'f)rc,  bu  fiifirft,  er  fafirt 

i(^  fubr 

fallen,  to  fall, 

ic^  fallc,  bu  fallfl,  ec  faUt 

ic^ftet 

?5aUen,  «),  to  fold, 

t4  falte  K. 

ic^  faltete 

f^angen,  »),  to  catch, 

ic^  fange,  't>\\  fdngjl,  er  fangt 

tc^  fing 

gec^'ten,  to  fight, 

ic6  fcc^te,  bu  ftc^tji,  er  ftc^t 

icb  foc^t 

^tnben,  to  find. 

i4)  finbe, «. 

id)  fanb 

Slcc^ten,  to  twist, 

ic^  fledjte,  bu  flt^tfl,  er  flt^t 

ic^  floc^t 

gUegcn  m),  to  fly, 

[^  fitege,  bu  flieflft;  er  fliegt 

id)  flog 

%\\i\)tu  x),  to  flee, 

ic^  flietje, «. 

ic^flo^ 

Slte^cn  y),  to  flow, 

id)  fftege,  k. 

ic^flo^ 

SraAen,  to  ask. 

i^  fraqe,  bu  frcigfl,  er  fragt 

id)  frug 

Sreffen,  to  devour, 

id)  fi-effc,  bu  friffefi  or  fri^t 

i(^  fra? 

Srieveil,  to  freeee. 

{{^  friere,  ic. 

ic^  fror 

®  ci  I)  V  e  It  2),  to  ferment, 

id)  ga^ve,  k. 

[^  gobi 

©ebaren,  to  bring  forth, 

icfe  gebiire/  bu  gebarfl  (gebierfl) 
er  flebiirt  (^ebicrt) 

id)  gcbar 

©ebcn  a),  to  give, 

ic^  gebe,  bu  gibfl,  er  ^\ki 

ic^gaB 

©ebieten  b),  to  command. 

x6)  gebiete,  k. 

i(^  gebof. 

®ebcif)en  c),  to  prosper, 

ic^  gebeibe,  ic. 

id)  gebie^ 

©efallen,  to  please, 

tc^  gefaUe,  bu  gefaUfl,  er  gcfaUt 

id)  gefiel 

®ef)en  d),  to  go, 

ic^  gebe,  ic. 

ic^  ging 

©elingeii,  to  succeed, 

e«  geltngt 

c«  gelaug 

©clteu  c),  to  be  worth,  valid. 

tcb  gelte,  bu  gtltfl,  er  gilt 

iit  gait 

©cnefen,  to  recover, 

icb  genefe,  n. 

icb  gcnag 

@enlc§en/),  to  enjoy. 

ic^  gente^e,  jc 

id)  genog 

©erat^en,  to  hit  upon. 

icb  gerat^c,  bu  gerat^fl,  er  gerati) 

id)  gcriet^ 

©efc^e^en,  to  happen. 

cs  gefc^ic^t 

eg  gefc^a^,  ge* 
fd)abc 

©eWinncn,  to  gain,  to  win. 

t^  gcminne,  jc. 

tc^  gemontt 

©iegen  g),  to  pour, 

tc^  giepe,  »c. 

ic^go^ 

OletC^cn  A),  to  resemble, 

tc^  gleic^e,  k. 

ic^  fllit^ 

©lettcn  1),  to  glide. 

{^  gleite,  jc. 

t(^  gittt 

©Itmmen  k),  to  shine, 

ic^  gltmmc,  jc. 

i^  glomm 

©raben,  to  dig, 

id)  grabe,  bu  griibfl,  er  grcibjl 

i(^  grub 

©reifen,  to  seize, 

[6:1  gveife,  ic. 

id)  griff 
\&i  batte 

>6a  ben  /),  to  have, 

id)  babe,  bu  b«ft.  er^at 

.paltcn,  to  hold. 

ic^  brtltc,  bu  biiltjl.  cr  f)alt 

id)  fctdt 

^auflcn  m),  to  hang, 

[^  ()auae,  bu  pngfl,  er  ^angt 

tc^  ^titg 

OR  VERBS  OF  THE  OLD  CONJUGATION. 


Igl 


IMP.  SUBJ. 

CMPERAT17E. 

PARTICIPLE. 

REMARKS. 

i6)  ertvoge 

enynge 

erroogen. 
gegcffeu. 

r)  Oftener  used  regularly. 

tc^  d§e 

t^ 

' — 

fa^c 

gefa^en. 

s)  Poetical  rarely  used :  and  in 
the  imperfect  not  at  all. 

tc^  fii^te 

fa^re 

gefn^ven. 

t)  Compounds    of  fabteu    are 

icto  fiele 

falle 

gefaUen. 

irregular,  except  tviUfabven. 

tc^  faltetc 

falte 

gefalten. 

u)  Irreg.  only  in  participle,  for 
which  gefaltet  is  often  used. 

tc^  ftngc 

fflnge 

gefangeu. 

v)  The  forms  ftettg  and  ftetigc 

ic^  f54)te 

ftci)t 

gcfoc^ten. 

are  absolete.      So  also  cm= 

td)  fdnbe 

ftnbc 

gefunbeu. 

Vfteng  and  cm))ftcHgc. 

tc^  floc^tc 

fli*t 

gcfloc^teii. 

i*  floge 

fliegc 

geflogen. 

w)  «5Ieugfl  and  fleugt  present 
and  fleug  in  the  imperative- 
are  used  only  in  poetry. 

tc^  fl5:^e 

flie^e  or  flie^ 

gefTo^en. 

x)  ^leuc^fl,  fleuc^t  and  flcuc^, 
poeticaJ. 

y)  Slcu^eft,  ffeuft  and  flcu^. 

t*  PBffe 

ffiefc 

geffoffcn. 
gefi-agt. 

tcfe  fviigf 

frage 
frif 

poetical. 

tc^  frd§e 

gcfreffen. 

tc6  fiove 

fvierc 

gefroven. 

ic^  go^ve 

gcibre 

gego^rcn. 
gcboren. 

z)  Sometimes  regular,  gci^rte. 

;c^  gebdre  (gc* 

bbre) 
t^  gdbe 

gebiive  (gebtcr) 

gib 

gcgeben. 

a)  Some  writers  prefer  gtcbj}. 

giebt,gtebtogibft,gibt,gib. 
b)  ©cbeutfl,  gebeut,  poetical. 

td)  gebotc, 

gebietc 

geboten. 

ic^gcbte^c 

gebeib 

gebiebcn. 

c)  ©ebiegcn  is  but  a  strength- 

id) geftele 

gefaUc 

gcfaUcn. 

ened  adj.  form  of  past  part. 

td)  gtngc 

gebe  or  ge^ 

gegangen. 

d)  @  ieug  for  gilig  is  antiquated. 

e8  geldiigc 

geltngc 

geluiigen. 

id)  gdltc 

gilt 

gcgolten. 

e)  Formerly  golt,  goltc,  were 

tcb  geuafc 

gcnefe 

gehcfen. 

used  in  imp.  indie,  and  subj. 

id)  genoffe 

geniegc 

genoffcn. 

/)  ©enenfejt,    gcneu^t,   and 

tc^  geviet&c 

geratbe 

geratbcn. 

imperative  gciieu^,  poetical, 

e«  gefc^a^c 

gcfc^e^e 

gcfcfee^cn. 

seldom  used. 

tci&  getoanne  (gc= 

gewiune 

getDonncn. 

ttjonnc) 

tc^  goffe 

giefc 

gegoffcn. 

g)  ©eil^efl,  gCU^t  and  impe- 
rative geu^.    See  geuic^crt; 

t4)  Qli^t 

glclc^e 

gegli4)cn. 

a)  Regular  as  active,  to  com- 
pare,&c.  93evglei4)en,  though 

active,  is  irregular. 

td)  glittc 

gleitc 

geglittett. 

i)  ©cletten  and  begleikn  are 

not  derived  from  gUitCll,  but 
from  leiten,  hence  regular. 

:c^  glommt 

glimme 

gegloinmen. 

k)  Now  more  frequently  regular. 

fc^  griibc 

gvttbe 

gegvnbeit. 

^d)  flvijfc 
td)  bdttc 

gvetfe 
babe 

gegviffen. 

ge^abf. 

I)  .g>anb^aben  is  regular. 

'd)  Ineltt 

l)(ilti^ 

gebalten. 

i(^  ^tngc 

^ange 

ge^angjn. 

m)  .^i^^fl'  ^teitgc  are  old  forms, 
This  verb  must  not  be  mis- 
taken for  pngen,  to  suspend 
which  is  active  and  regular 

182 


ALPHABETICAL  LIST  OF  IRREGUI^AR  VERBS 


INFINITIVE. 


tnueu  n),  to  hew, 
cben,  to  heave, 
^^CtOen,  to  be  named, 
^elfen,  to  help. 
^Ctf  en  o),  to  chide, 
^eiinen,  to  know, 
Jtltcben,  to  cleave, 
.^limmeit  p),  to  climb, 
,^lilic;eil,  to  sound, 
Jtneifeit,  or 
^iieipen  9),  to  pinch, 
Jtommeii,  to  come, 

^onneit,  to  be  able, 
J^rtec^eu  r),  to  creep, 

Jliil)ven  s),  to  choose, 
S  a  b  e  u ,  to  load, 

?affcn  t).  to  let, 

Saufcrt,  to  run, 
'iLixim  u),  to  suffer, 
^et^eil,  to  lend, 
Sefcil,  to  read, 
^icgen,  to  lie  down, 
iJiiiien,  to  lie, 
2)ia  ^leil  u),  to  grinj, 

9}?eifceii,  to  avoid, 
aJJcIfcn  w),  to  milk, 

aJZeffeu,  to  measure, 

3J?i^faHen,  to  displease, 

9Wi6(tngen,  to  go  amiss, 

2Jiogen,  to  be  able, 
SJJuffett,  to  be  obliged, 

9^  e  ^  m  e  n ,  to  take, 

S^flinen,  to  name, 
$  f  c  t  f  e  n ,  to  whistle, 
5|.?Pfflen  i),  to  cherish, 
$veifen,  to  praise. 

Due  lien  y),  to  gush, 
9{  (i  ^  C  n  2),  to  avenge, 
9fiatf)cn   to  advise, 
^ictbcn,  to  rub, 
9fici§cn,  to  tear, 
Stetten  a),  to  ride 


PRESENT    INDICATIVE. 


icfe  fcauc,  :c. 

tc^  t)cbe,  jc. 

id)  t)etBe,  bu  feel^efl,  er  Ui^t 

id)  belfe,  bu  t)ilfti,  ec  f)ilft 

ic^  fetfe,  }c. 

i(i)  fenne,  jc 

id)  fltebe,  jc, 

id)  flintme,  ic. 

icfe  flinge,  :c. 

lit)  hieifc,  or  fneive,  k. 

i^  fcinme,  bit  fommft,  ev  Eommt, 

or  bu  fiMiimft,  er  fommt 
id)  fann.  bu  taiinft,  er  Jaun 
id)  fmd)t,  JC. 

id)  h\i)u,  JC. 

ic^  Irtbc,  bu  labefl  or  labfl,  cr  la= 

bet  or  Kibt 
id)  laffe,  bu  laffefl,  er  laffet  (In^t) 
id)  laufe,  bu  liiufft,  er  liiuft 
id)  Icibe,  ic. 
ic^  lei^e,  jc. 

id)  lefe,  bu  licrcfi,  er  Itefet  (lie^t) 
id)  liei^e,  k. 
id)  Uige,  :c. 
id)  mat)lc,  bu  mat)[cfl  (maf)!)!), 

er  mat)lt  (mat)lt) 
iit  meibe,  ic. 
id)  melfe,  bu  ntelffl  or  mtlffl,  er 

melft  or  milft. 
id)  meffe,  bu  mtffefi,  er  miffet  or 

mi§t 
ic^  mi^faHe,  h\i  mi^fdUfl,  er  mip 

fallt. 
e8  nii^Iingt. 
id)  maij,  bu  magfl,  tc.  'mix  m6= 

gen,  ic. 
id)  mu6,  bu  mn^t,  er  iuu{5,  wtr 

miiffeu,  t^r  miiffet,  or  mii^t,  u. 
id)  ncl)me,  bu  ntmmfl,  er  ntmmt 
id)  nennc,  k. 
id)  vfeife,  tc. 
id)  vflcfle,  ,c. 
id)  pxiiU,  »c. 

id)  iyuelle,  on  qutCtfl,  er  quiHt 
id)  rad)e,  »«. 

id)  rat^e,  bu  rat^fl,  cr  rat^ 
icft  reibe  »«• 
id)  reifje,  »c. 
ic^  rcite,  »c. 


IMP.  INDIC. 


tc^  ^ieb 

tc^  bobort)ut> 

id)  |ie§ 

id)  fiff 
id)  faimte 
icfe  flob 
id)  flomm 
id)  Hang 
ic^fuijf  orfnij)! 

ic^  fant 

id)  fonntc 
ic^  froc^ 

id)  Fobr 
icb  lub 

i(^  Itf9 
id)  lief 
id)  lift 
tcb  lic^ 
id)  las 
ic6  lag 
icb  bg 
id)  mal)lte 
(nui()l) 
id)  niieD 
id)  niolC 

ic§  ma^ 

ic^  miifiel 

eg  miifang 
id)  mo4>te 

tc&  mu^te 

id)  nabm 
ic^  nnnnte 

id)  m 

id)  pflpg 
id)  VvteS 
id)  (luoll 
id)  racftre  (ro^ 
id)  rieto 
id)  rieb 
id)  ri5 
ic^  rift 


OR  VERBS  OF  THE   OLD   CONJUGATION 


183 


)  iP.   SUBJ. 

IMPERATIVE. 

PARTICIPLE. 

REMARKS. 

id)  i)iehz 

bauc  or  han 

ge^auen. 

n)  ■igaxik  (regular)  is  used  when 

tc^  bobc 

bebc 

geboben. 

cutting  wood,  carving  stone,  (J-c. 

id)  Me^c 

bet§e  or  ^etfi 

ge$et§en. 

are  meant. 

tdj^iilfcor^alfe 

t)itf 

gefiolfeu. 

<*  JIffc 

fetfe  or  !eif 

geftffen. 

o)  This  verb  is  sometimes  used 

id)  fennetc 

fcnnc 

gefannt. 

as  a  regular  verb. 

tc^  fl5be 

fitcbc 

getlobcn. 

i(^  flomme 

flimme 

geflommen. 

p)  Sometimes  regular,  f  limmte. 

idi  flaufle 

fltnc^c 

geflungen. 

tc6  tntflfc  or 

fneife  or  Imipt 

gefniffeit  or  gc^ 

q)  Jfnet^te,  gefneipt  is  more 

Intppc 

ftiippen. 

frequently  used. 

ic^  fame 

fomm 

gefommen. 

tcfc  fonnte 

gefonnt. 

id)  txbd)t 

fricc^c  or  fried^ 

gefrod)en. 

r)  ^reud)fl,  freu^t  freu(^, 
obsolete.  Only  poetically  used. 

idi  U^vt 

fitbrc 

ge!o^ren. 

s)  Jlubrett  is  antiquated,  WCil^s 

t($  Uibc 

labc 

gelabeit. 

I  en  having  taken  its  place. 

tci  Ite^c 

laffe  or  Ia§ 

gelafTen. 

t)  93eran(a|ifen  is  regular. 

tdj  liefe 

laufc  or  lauf 

gelaufen. 

idi  litte 

Icibc 

gelttten. 

m)  SSerleibeti/  to  disgust,  is  re 

t^  Ite^c 

lei^c 

gettet)eu. 

gular. 

id)  Idfe 

lies 

gelefen. 

tc^  Icige 

liege 

gc(egen. 

id)  lofle 

(Jige 

gclogen. 

idi  mahUtt 

ma^Ie 

gema^Ien. 

v)  Except  past  part.  gcma'^Ien, 

(mub(c) 

no  irregular  form  is  in  use. 

1^  miebc 

metbe 

gemieben. 

id)  molfc 

melfe 

gemolfen. 

w)  Sometimes  regular.  SKtlffl, 
&c.,  rarely  used. 

id)  miipc 

mifi 

gemefTen. 

td^  mifftele 

mi^faUe 

mi^faHen. 

tc^  nii^fange 

mi^Iinge 

mifiTungen. 

tc^  m5d)tc 

— 

gemocfet. 

t^  mii^tc 

— 

gemufit. 

id)  nci^mc 

nimm 

genommcn. 

ic^  nennelc 

ncnne 

genonut. 

id)  pfiffc 

pfeife  or  ^feif 

ge^ftffcn. 

x)  Signifying  to  wait  on,  or  H 

id)  vflogc 

Pflegc 
pretfe 

gepflogen. 

accustomed,  it  is  regular. 

id)  prterc 

gepriefen. 

y)  Ouellen,  to  swelljs  regular. 

id)  auollc 

ciuefle 

gcguoHen. 

z)  The  irregular  form  is  no  long- 

id) rad)te  (roc^c) 

xadit 

gercidJt  (geroc^.,,). 

er  used.    Where  it  occurs  in 

i(fe  itetbc 

ratbe 

geratben. 

former  writers  it  must  not  be 

t(^  viebc 

retbc 

gerieben. 

confounded    with  the   same 

id)  riffc 

rei9e 

geriffen. 

forms  from  riec^cn. 

ic^  ritte 

veite 

gevitten. 

a  Sm'eiten,  to  ride  to,  like  all 
compounds  of  reiteil,  is  irre- 
gular ;  but  bereiten,  to  make 
ready,  from  berett,  ready,  is 
regular,  like  all  derivatives. 

184 


ALPHABETICAL  LIST  OF   IRREGULAR  VERBS 


INFINPTIVE. 

PRESENT    INDICATIVE. 

IMP.  INDIC. 

fRmmn  i),  to  run, 

Ic^  rcnnc,  jc. 

id)  rannte  or 
reiintc 

0tiec^en,  to  smei; 

icfe  rtcdbe,  :c. 

it^rocb 

Sttngen,  to  wrestle. 

id)  rtnge,  jc. 

id)  rang 

9fiinnen,  to  run  (of  fluids), 

idi  rtniie,  jc. 

tc^  rann 

9iufeu  c),  to  call, 

i(^  rufe,  JC. 

id)  t;tef 

©  a  I J  e  n  d),  to  salt. 

i^  fafje,  K. 

id)  faljte 

©aufen,  to  drink,  to  tipple, 

ic^  faufc,  ^n  fiiuffl,  cr  fauft. 

©augcn  e),  to  suck, 

i^  frtugc,  JC. 

it^  foa 

(Sc^affen/),  to  create, 

t^  fc^affc,  JC. 

tc^  f*uf 

©(^etbcn  g),  to  separate, 

tc^  fc5cibe,jc. 

t(^  fcbt'cb 

©C^eilien,  to  appear, 

tc$  fc^ctne,  JC. 

tc^  fctiien 

©c^elteu,  to  scold, 

i(^  fc^elte,  bu  fc^ilfl/  tx 

fc^tlt 

id)  fc^alt  (f*oIlJ 

©C^ercn,  to  shear, 

tc6  fd)cre,  JC. 

id)  ft^or 

<Bci)kbtn,  to  shove, 

id)  fd)lebe,  jc. 

ic^  f4)ob 

©c^ie^eii,  to  fhoot, 

ic^  fd)tc9e,-  JC. 

Id)  fcfeo^ 

©cbinben,  to  flay, 

ic^  fd)tnbe,  jc. 

ic^  fc^uub 

©c^lafen,  to  sleep. 

id)  f*lafe,  bu  f^taffl,  cr  fc^Icift  | 

i(t  fiDIief 

(fccfclagettA),  to  beat, 

id)  fd)lnae,  bu  fc^liigjl, 

erfc^lcigt 

id)  fd)luq 

(&ci)let(^en,  to  sneak, 

ic^  fc^leic^e,  jc. 

ic^  fd;lici) 

©(tleifcu  i),  to  sharpen, 

id)  fd){etfe,  jc. 

i*  fdilif 

(gcblei^eii,  to  slit, 

id)  fd)lei^e,  jc. 

id)  fd)lig 

Sd)  lief  en,  to  slip, 

ic^  fd)liefe,  ic. 

id)  fd)loff 

©cblte^en,  to  shut, 

id)  fd)lle6e,  Jc 

id)  fd)(i)^ 

©c^Unaen,  to  siing, 

id)  fd)\ii\(\t.  JC. 

id)  fd)lang 
ic^  fd)iiuf 

©djmctfffii,  to  fling, 

id)  fd)mei^e,  :c. 

©c^meljen  A),  to  melt. 

id)  fd)melje,  bu  f(^melicfl(fcftmil= 
Heft),  pv  fci)melit  (fdjniilisU 

if^  fcf)moIS 

@d)naubcn,  to  snort, 

ic^  fd)iuf  be  or  fcfenaubc 

ic6  fcbnoB 

@d)neiben,  to  cut. 

id)  fd)ncibc,  it- 

icfe  fd)nttt 

©c^rauben  i),  to  screw 

id)  fc^taubc,  JC. 

id)  fcferaubte 
(fd)i-ob) 

©d)retben,  to  write. 

id)  fc^veibc,  ic 

id)  fd)rteb 

©c^rclen,  to  cry, 

id)  fd)iete,  Jc. 

icb  fd)dc 

©C^rcitcn,  to  stride. 

id)  fd)reite,  Jc. 

id)  fd)ritt 

©C^VOten,  to  bruise,  to  gnaw, 

id)  fc^rote,  ic. 

id)  f4)votete 

©d)TOarcu  w),  to  suppurate. 

id)  fd)njiive,  jc. 

tcft  fd)tt)or 

©djiveiflcn,  to  be  silent, 
Sc^weUeii  n).  to  swell, 

id^  fd)iueii^c.  Jc. 

id)  fdiwiea 
ic^  [(^wolT 

id)    fd)UH>lIc,   bu    fc^wiUfl,    cii 

fd)willt. 

©diwimmen,  to  Bwim, 

id)  fd)roiinmc,  jc. 

id)  id)wamm 

©^Willben,  to  vanish. 

ic^  ((^jtuiube,  JC. 

i^  fc^wanb 

OR  VERBS  OF  THE  OLD  CONJUGATION. 


185 


IMP.  SUBJ.         IMPERATIVE.       PARTICIPLE. 


tc^  reunetc 

venue 

gevaiint  or  0e= 
vetmr. 

iff)  roc^e 

ried)c  or  rtec^ 

geroc^en. 

tc^  range 

i-tnge 

geruiigen. 

i(b  ratiued'onre) 

rimie 

geroiuien. 

tc^  riefc 

rufe 

gevufen. 

t(^  fafjete 

falje 

gefdjen. 

id)  fbffe 

faufe 

aefoffen. 

t*  foge 

fauge 

gefogcn. 

tc^  fc^iife 

fc^affe 

gcf^affen. 

id)  fciiebe 

fc&eibe 

gefc^iebcn. 

vd)  fd)tcnc 

fd)et:ie 

gcfd)teiicu. 

tc^  fcftiiltc 

\d)\[t 

gefc^oltcii. 

(fcfciJltc) 

t^  fit  ore 

fd)ne  or  f^ier 

gefd)oren. 

icb  fct)bbe 

ftttcbe 

gefc^obeu. 

id)  ftbffe 

|d)te^c 

gefc^offen. 

i(t  fit  ii life 

fd)tubc 

gefcbuufeii. 

let)  f(tltefe 

fd)lafc 

gefd)lofen. 

id)  fd)liti3e 

fd)lage 

gefd)(agen. 

ic^  fdjliite 

fd)lcid)c 

gc[itltd;en. 

i*  fcfeliffe 

fd)(eife  or  fcblcif 

gefd)Iiffen. 

id)  fd)ltffe 

fctlei^e 

gefAUffen. 

tc^  fdjloffe 

fd)liofe 

gefd)loffen. 

id)  fd)lbffe 

fd)(ie§e 

gefd)loffen. 

tc^  fd)lange 

fd)linge 

gefd)luugen. 

id)  fd)miffc 

fd)met§e 

gcfd)miffen. 

tc^  fc^molje 

fd)mifj  or 
fc^melj 
fd)iiaubc 

gefc^niotjen. 

td)  fdjnobc 

gefc&noben. 

id)  f*nitte 

fd)iie{bc 

geicbuttten. 

icb  fdn-aubete 

fc^vaube 

gefctraubt. 

(Utrbbe) 

(gefd)roben). 

id)  fcbriebe 

fttreibe 

gefd)vteben. 

id)  fcfeviee 

fd)vcte 

gefcbrtccen. 

id)  fdjritte 

fcbrette 

qefd)rttten. 

tc^  fc^votete 

fc^rote 

gefc^votcn. 

id)  fd)tvbvc 

fc^wciye 

gefcfewpvcn. 

idi  fd)tuiege 

frbmctgc 

ge>"d)mtegen. 
gefd;n)ouen. 

id)  fc^iuoile 

fcfeiinll  or 

fd)tr»eUe 

fd)n)imme 

ic^  f<^tvammc 

gcfcftwommen. 

id)  fc^wdnbe 

f^mii:bc 

gefc^iuunben. 

REMARKS. 


b)  O^ennte  and  gevennt,  seidoiu 

used. 


c)  Regular  in  some  writers,  but 
improperly  so. 

d)  Irregular  only  in  the  parti- 
ciple, and  in  that  when  used 
adjectively  ;  as,  gefilljeiie  i^i- 
fdje;  ev  t)atfiEe  gefaljt. 

e)  ©ciugft  and  faugt  are  not 
supported  by  good  usage,  but 
faugen,  to  suckle,  is  regular. 

/)  In  the  signification  of  to  pro- 
cure, to  get.  it  is  regular,  as 
also  flUfc^affcn,  to  purchase, 
to  buy;  abf4>affen,  to  part 
with,  to  dismiss. 

0-)  The  active  verb  f(^eibeiV  to 
part,  divide,  is  regular 


A)  9?atbfd)Iagen   and  berat^« 

fc^lagen,  to  consult,  are  re- 
gular. 
)  Regular  in  all  other  significa- 
tions, as,  to  demolish,  or   ta 
draff. 


k)  As  an  active  verb  it  is  regular. 


I)  Commonly  regular,  fc^raubtC, 
gefctraubt. 


Regular  now  except  in  the  par- 
ticiple, and  this  is  frequently 
gefd)votet. 

m)  >5(tn)ierfi  :c.  in  the  present 
is  provincial. 

tt)  Regular,  when  active. 


186 


ALPHABETICAL  LIST  OF  IRREGULAR  VERBS 


INFINITIVE. 


(S^njtngen  o),  to  swing, 

Sc^tvoren,  to  swear, 

©e^en,  tosee, 
^eitt,  to  be, 
<Senl)Clt,  to  send, 

(Sieben  p),  to  boil, 
Singett,  to  sing, 
Stilfcil,  to  sink, 
i&iniieii,  to  tliink,  to  muse, 

®t^cn,  to  sit, 
go  Hen,  to  be  obliged, 
(5v>alteil  q),  to  split, 
Spetcu,  to  spir, 
(£ptuneii,  to  spin, 

^pUimi.  to  split, 

Ifepvrc^cn,  to  speak. 
©prteSfH  r),  to  sprorn, 
iSprtngeti,  to  spring, 
(Steepen,  to  sting,  to  prick, 
©recfen  s),  to  stick, 
(fcte^en,  to  stand, 

©te^Ifti,  to  steal, 

(Steven,  ascend, 
(Stevben,  to  die, 

©tlcben  t),  to  fly  (as  dust), 
'Bttnfen,  to  stink, 
3tO|3Cn,  to  push, 
Strett^en,  to  stroke, 
(fetieiten,  to  contend, 
X\)\xn.  to  do, 
iliragcn,  to  bear, 
Jlrcfreu,  to  hit, 
2;vftbcu,  to  drive, 
JTrcten,  to  tread, 
J^ricfcn,  to  drop,  to  trickle, 
JTlillfcn,  to  drink, 
S^n'if^eit,  to  deceive, 
iU  r  b  c  V  g  e  n,  to  conceal, 
5Berbiefen,  to  forbide, 
U^ei-bletbeil,  to  remain. 
5l<ei'blctcfeen,  to  grow  pale, 
^-Ueiberbcn  u),  ko  perish, 

ajerbrtogenu),  to  offend. 
!l>enjeffnt,  to  brget, 
JBcil)ei)lcu,  to  conceal, 

83crltercn,  to  loose, 


PRESENT    INDICATIVE. 


id)  fcftiviiige,  k. 

itij  fefie,  iu.  fte^fl,  tv  fte^t 
id)  bin,  ic. 
tc^  fenbe,  jc. 

id)  ftebc,  ic. 
id)  ftnge,  ic. 
Ic^  ftnfe,  :c. 
id)  ftiiiie,  K. 

id)  fifee,  :c. 

ic^  foil,  bu  follfl,  cr  foU 

id)  fpalte,  k. 

id)  fpcic,  K. 

id)  fvimie,  k. 

i(fy  fplet»j?,  «. 

id)  fpied)f,  bu  fpvidjfi,  er  fpxid)t 

id)  fprie§e,  »c. 

id)  fpvinge,  k. 

id)fttd)e,  bu  fttci)fl,  ev  fitci)t, 

id)  ftecfe,  k. 

id^  ftet)e,  ic 

id)  fief)Ic,  bu  ftte^lfl,  er  fiie^U 

id)  floige,  jc. 

id)  fterbe,  bu  jlirbfl,  er  flirbt 

id)  flicbe,  ic. 

ic^  fttnfe,  JC. 

id)  ftoiie,  bu  flof ejl,  er  ppt 

i^  ftveicte,  Jc 

id)  ftveite,  Jc. 

id)  thne,  bu  t^ufl,  er  tW 

id)  traqe,  bit  trciqfl,  er  M^t 

id)  treffc,  bu  trip,  cr  trifft 

id)  tveibe,  Jc 

id)  tvetc,  bu  trtttfl,  cr  tritt 

id)  tricfe,  jc 

id)  tvi nfe,  Jc 

id)  triiac,  bu  tvii^^.  cr  friiflt 

id)  ijevberge,  bu  tjcrbirgfi,  Jc 

id)  ocrbietc,  jc. 

id)  »erblcibe,  Jc. 

i(^  uerbletd)c,  jc 

id)  ocvberbe,  bu  bcrbtvb^  tc. 

ce  feerbvic^f,  Jc» 

id)  iH'irtcffe,  bu  ucrfliffefl,  Jc 

id)  i>evl)e^lc,  Jc 

id)  »erltere,  «• 


IMP.  INDIC. 

id)    fc^mang    oi 

fc^amug 

id)  fc^roor  or 

fc^iuur 

i*  fvi^ 

ic^  war,  K. 

id)  faiibtc  and 

feiibete 

id)  fott 

id)  fang 

ifb  fanf 

id)  faun 

id)  m 

\d)  f elite 

id)  fualtctc 

id)  f^ne 

id?  fpann 

id)  fplie9  or  fi>lt^ 

id)  fpiac^ 

icb  fpiog 

id)  fpraug 

id)  ftacf) 

ic&  ftccf tc  or  flaf 

ir|)  ftanb  (flunb) 

id)  fial)I 

t*  flieg 
id)  flarb 

id)  floB 

id)  ftan! 

id)  flieS 

icb  ftric^ 

id)  ftritt 

ic^  tbat 

id)  trug 

id)  traf 

t(^  trieb 

id)  tvat 

id)  tvpff 

id)  tranE 

id)  trog 

id)  uerbarg 

id)  sjcvbot 

id)  tierblteb 

id)  tjerbli<^ 

ic^  verbarb 

fS  ycrbro^ 

id)  oergag 

i(^  ocrl)e^(te 

id)  »erIor 


OR  VERBS  OF  THE  OLD  CONJUGATION. 


187 


IMP.  SUBJ. 

IMPERATIVE. 

PARTICIPLE. 

REMARKS. 

i(^  fc^iumig^ 

fc^juinge 

gefcfetvungen. 

o)  (Sc^tintng  is  less  in  use  than 
fc^ipaiig. 

Id)    fc^wore   or 

fc^moic 

gcfc^iroren. 

fd)ruiivc 

id)  fat)c 

fte§c 

gcfe^en. 

id}  ivcire 

f«i 

gewcfen. 

id)  feubcte 

feube 

flefoubt  and 
Qefenbet. 

\d)  foftc 

fttbc 

gefotten. 

p)  When  active  it  is  mostly  re- 

id) fa ngc 

tnac 
tiife 

gefuitgen. 
gefunten. 

gular. 

id)  ffinfc 

i4)  fcinne 

ftniie 

gefoiuien. 

(finme) 

idi  faBc 

m 

gefeffen. 

id)  follte 

gefollt. 

id)  fpaltcfe 

fvaltc 

gi-fpalten. 

q)  Irregular  only  in  the  parti- 

id) fpifc 

fpetc 

gcfplccn. 

ciple,  and  this  is  sometimes 

ic^  fpciunc 

fpiune 

gefpomien. 

gefpaltet  wlien  the  verb  la 

(fP^niie) 

active. 

id)  fvliffe 

fpki^c 

gcfvtiffcn. 

ic^  fprad)c 

fprid) 

gefprcdjen. 

idb  fprijffe 

fpiie^c 

gefproffen. 

r)  This  must  not  be  confounded 

id)  fvrdngc 

tprinac 

gefpruiigen. 

(in  the  imperfect)  with  the 

id)  ftad)c 

fttd) 

gei!od)en. 

regular  verb  fproffeu. 

icb  fiecf te  or  ilafe 

ftccfc 

geftedt. 

s)  This  verb  is  commonly  regu- 

id) fl'^nbe 

(fli'tnbe) 

ic^  ftiible 

ftefee 

geflvinben. 

lar  ;  when  active,  always  so. 

i^ie^l 

gcflo^Icn. 

(fiot)lc) 

i(ft  fiieqc 

fleige 

gefliegcn. 

ic^  llavbe 
(llitrbe) 
id)  jtobe 

ftivb 

gefiorbcn. 

jliebc 

gefloben. 

t)  So  3crfltebctt,  to  be  tcalteni 

i(^  ftanfe 

flinfc 

geftuufen. 

as  dust. 

id)  ftiefe 

i^ofec 

gefio^cn. 

id)  ftri4)e 

fiieic^e 

gcftric^en. 

td)  ftritte 

flveitc 

gcftvittcn. 

ic^  tbcitc 

tbue 

getban. 

t*  triifle 

trflflc 

getraaftt. 
getroffen. 

icfe  trafe 

triff 

id)  tvtcbe 

treibc 

gctriebett. 

id)  trcite 

tvitt 

getreten. 

id)  tvoffe 

tricfor  tvicfc 

getroffen. 

id)  tvanfc 

trinfe 

gctvunfett. 

{*  tvofle 

tvitflc 

getvogeii. 

ic^  tterbcirge 

»erbirg 

werbovgctt. 

id)  DevbiUe 

»erbie'te 

tJcvboteu. 

id)  oerbliebe 

»erbletbe 

yerbliebcn. 

ic^  »erb!id)e 

oevblei4)e 

»evblid)eH. 

ic^  tJcrbiirbc 

pcrbivb 

berborben. 

u)  SScrbcrbeit,    to  destroy  (ac- 

(ttcvbiivbe) 

tive),  is  regular. 

e8  verbvpffe 

»erbvtepc 

oerbrcffen. 

v)  33erbrcu^t.  ac,  nearly  obsoi 

td)  oevflagc 

oergi^ 

vergcffen. 

lete. 

i6)  »er|e^Icte 

oer§e^lc 

»evt)eb(t  or  bcr- 
^o^len. 

i(^  »erI6re 

oetliere 

»ei-Iot;en. 

188 


ALPHABETICAL  LIST  OF  IRREGULAR  VERBS 


INFINITIVE. 

PRESENT    INDICATIVE. 

IMP.   INDIC. 

Serlofi^en,  to  extinguish, 

9Serr(f)onen  w),  to  die  away, 
iBerfcfeiiniiben,  to  disappear, 
5Benuivren,  to  perplex. 

i^)  verlofd^e,  bu  oerlofc^eflor  »erj 
Itf4)efi,  cr  »evl6fc^t  or  uxlifd)t 
id)  \}nid)(i\k,  k. 
tc^  oerfcbiuinbe,  Jc. 
id)  cenuirve,  k. 

tc^  ccrlofd? 

id)  ccrfcfeoH 
ict)  oerfciroanb 
id;  »ern)irrtf 

SSerjeiben,  to  pardon, 
QLBar^f  en,  to  grow, 
SLiiiigeu  oriiilegenz),  to  weigh, 

id)  »evjei{)c,  jc. 

id)  wad)f(,  bu  rocic^fcfl,  cr  »a^fl 

id)  raciije  or  lutegc,  «. 

id)  bcrjtc^ 
tc^  wud)i 
id)  luog 

SBafc^en  y),  to  wash, 

id)  xoa\d)t,  tc 

i^  roufd^ 

gSebeU  z),  to  weave, 

tc^  luebe, «. 

tc^  topfe 

aSelcbeil  a),  to  yield, 
SBetfeti,  to  show, 
2Bcubeii  b),  to  turn, 

SSerBen,  to  sue  for, 
5Bevbeil,  to  become, 

aSeiferv  to  throw, 

tcf)  welcfee,  K. 
id)  iuetfe,  jc. 

id)  iuerbe,  bu  nstrbfl,  cr  trirbt 
id)  mcrbe,  bu  twiifl,  cr  wtrb 
id)  Jverfe,  bu  «)iif)%  cr  wirft 

•d)  tt){(^ 
i(^  tvicS 
ic^     wcnbcte    ei 

twanbtc 
id)  xoaxh 
see  L.  32.  4. 

id)  juarf 

SBtMben/  to  wind, 

9BijT?n/  to  know. 
OLBolleu,  to  will, 
^  f  t  ^  C  n,  to  accuse  of, 
Bte^eu  c)»  to  draw, 
aipingCU,  to  force, 

id)  iwtnbe,  Jc 

id)  wd^,  bu  ivieigt,  cr  tvctjj 

id)  will,  t^\i  mli\t,  cr  mil 

id)  geibc,  k. 

id)  jicbe,  K. 

ic^  itviujic,  «. 

tc^  wanb 
icfe  wufite 
id)  tt)oU(c 
ici)  iic^ 

OR  VERBS  OF  THE  OLD  CONJUGATION. 


189 


IMP.  SUBJ. 

IMPERATIVE. 

PARTICIPLE. 

REMARKS. 

\^  ocrlijfc^c 

»evl6f^e  or  »ers 

Itf* 
ver>d)aEe 

»erIof(^cn. 

tcb  oevfcfeollc 

yerfdiollen. 

w)  But  little  used,  except  in  tha 

tc^  verfcbiDaube 

ocrfd)n)inbc 

»erfcbwunben. 

imperfect  and  participle. 

id)  »ertvtivte 

ueviuirre 

Uermirrt  or  »ev= 
wovren. 

id)  ver^iflje 

berjei^e 

uevjieben. 

id)  wu6)ft 

wac^ifc 

fleiuac^fen. 

tcfe  njoije 

ivcige  or  atege 

(jeivogcn. 

z)  2B5gCtt  is  active,  and  has 
ttjcige  in  the  imperf.  subj.: 
tt)ifgen    is   neuter,    and   has 

twtegc.  SSiegen,  to  rock;  is 
regular. 
y)  aiinfc^ejl  and  Wcifcfet  are  also 

id)  tuiif^e 

njaf^c 

(jehjafc^en. 

used. 

icfc  tvoDe 

mtbt 

gcwobcn. 

z)  Regular  except  in  poetry,  oi 
when  used  figuratively. 

id)  n3id)c 

n>et^e 

Qcwicben. 

a)  SBeic^tH/  to  soften,  to  molify. 

td)  miefe 

iiH-tfc 

flettjiefen. 

is  regular. 

it;^  ivenbetc 

njcut)e 

geweubet  or  gcs 

b)  Regular  when  active. 

waubt. 

" 

id)  luiirbe 

wtrb 

gewoibeii. 

id)  wiirbe 

JVCVbC 

gcn)Dvben.L.45.2. 

ic^  wcivfc 

ivivf 

gcujotfen. 

(nnivfc) 

i6)  w'dnH 

wiube 

gcttjunben. 

id)  \m\\}tt 

wiffc 

gerouft. 

id)  woUte 

moUc 

gewoUt. 

tc^  jie^c 

jeibe 

gejiebcn. 

td5  ibge 

Jtebe 

gejogen. 

c)3e«^fl  K.,  artiquacJ,  cuid 

i(^  iwange 

jroinge 

gcsnjuugen. 

used  only  in  poutiy. 

VOCABULARY 

FOR    THE    EXERCISEa 


ABBREVIATIONS. 

adj. 

adjective. 

pi. 

plural. 

adv. 

adverb. 

pre. 

preposition. 

art. 

article. 

pm. 

pronoun. 

c. 

conjunction. 

V.  a. 

active  verb. 

conip. 

comparative. 

V.  a.  ($•  n. 

active  &  neuter  vert. 

f- 

feminine  gender 

V.  aux. 

auxiliary  verb. 

imp. 

imperfect  tense. 

V.  imp. 

impersonal  verb. 

int. 

interjection. 

V.  ir. 

irregular  verb. 

vu 

masculine  gender. 

V.  n. 

neuter  verb. 

n. 

neuter  gender. 

V.  r. 

reflexive  verb. 

P- 

participle. 

21. 

Stal,  m.  -eg,  pi.  -e,  eel. 

9l'benb,  m.  -6,  pi.  -e,  evening; 
eve  ;  v^^est ;  — xoti),  n. — rotf^e,/. 
evening-red,  evening-sky. 

Sl'benbg,  adv.  in  the  evening. 

51'ber,  conj.  but,  however,  L.  63. 

eib'fafjrcn,  see  fa(}ren,  P.  180;  v.  n. 
ir.  to  set  off,  set  out,  depart. 

2(6'matten,  v.  a.  to  harass,  weary. 

5lb'iiel)meu,  v.  a.  6f  n.  ir.  to  take 
off,  take  down ;  pluck ;  per- 
ceive, diminish,  decrease,  de- 
cline ;  see  netjinen  P.  182. 

Sib'ceife,/.  departure. 

Slb'reifeu,  v.  ii.  to  depart,  set  out. 

Slb'fai^en,  v.  a.  (Sf  n.  to  counter- 
mand; refuse,  resign;  renounce. 

Slb'fclicit,  m.  -eg,  abomination, 
aversion,  detestation. 

Slb'tcln-eibi'u,  v.  a.  see  fdireibcn 
P.    184,    to   copy,  transcribe. 

Slb'iteicieii,  v.  n.  ir.  to  descend, 
dismount,  put  up.    P.  186. 

5?lb'aHMclien,  v.  n.  ir.  to  deviate  ; 
digress ;  vary,  depart.  P.  188. 

9MU,  see  L.  51.  14 

Stcbt,  f.    care,    attention ;    ban, 

outlawry;  —  (jaben,  to  attend  to ; 

in  —  iie^meii,  to  take  care  of; 

fid)  in  —  net)mcii,  to  be  on  one's 

guard,  to  be  cautious 


^ti)t,  adj.  genuine,  authentic. 

5tct)t'bar,  adj.  respectable,  esti- 
mable. 

9ld)'tel,  n.  -g,  pi.-,  eighth.  L.  51.5. 

9ld)'ten,  v.  a.  to  regard,  attend  to ; 
value,  deem,  esteem ;  take  for 

9(d)t'jef)n,L.5l.  14.,  eighteen. 

5(dit'je^nte,  eighteenth. 

^ih'kx,  m.  -g,  pi.  — ,  eagle. 

5lb'clp^,  m.  Adolphus. 

Stpfe,  m.  -n,  pi.  -u,  monkey,  ape. 

5te(;n'Iid),  adj.  like,  similar. 

9l'l)orn,  m.  -eg,  maple. 

Stl'bern,  adj.  silly,  foolish. 

9ll'brcd)t,  proper  name. 

Sllleiu',  adv.  alone,  only.  L.  63. 

2aacr,  all,  L.  52. 

Stl'Ierlel,  L.  51.  7. 

9l(g,  conj.  than,  but,  when,  as, 
like ;  except,  besides ;  namely. 

?U'ic,  adv.  thus,  so,  in  this  man- 
ner, so  far;  consequentlv, 
therefore.  L.  63. 

Silt,  adj.  old,  ancient,  aged. 

9lel'tern,  pi.  parents. 

9lm'bc§,  m.  -eg,  pi.  -e,  anvil. 

Stmc'rifa,  n.  America. 

Stmcvifa'ner,  m.  American. 

9lmt  n.  -eg,  pi.  9lemter,  charge, 
office ;  employment,  business 

Slmt'mann,  -eg,  pi.  — mduiifr,  mar 
gistrate,  bailiff 


5Ctt 


5ruf 


191 


Sill,  pre.  at,  on,  by,  to,  unto,  with, 
up,  about,  against.  L.  53. 

?lu'betung,/.  -,pl.  -en,  adoration. 

Sliv'fcieten,  v.  a.  ir.  to  offer,  proffer. 

5lu''ber,  (ber,  bie,  ba^  Slubere),  adj. 
second  ;  other.    L.  52. 

SIcn'bern,  v.  a.  to  alter,  change. 

9(ubprt()alb',  adj.  one  and  a  half. 

5lu'fanc|  m.  -eg,  pi.  — fange,  be- 
ginning, element,  origin. 

'^(ii'fangcit,  V.  a.  ir.  df  n.  to  begin, 
do,  act;  open.  Seefangen,P.180. 

5ln'gel)6ven,  v.  n.  to  belong. 

5ln'gel}diig,  adj.  belonging  to ;  re- 
lated to ;  5lnget;orige,  relatives, 
relations. 

5tu^geflagte,  m.  -n,  pi.  -n,  accused. 

§lu'gene()m,  adj.  agreeable,  plea- 
sant. 

2(n'gefcbulbtgte,  see  StngeHagte. 

Stu'griff,  m.  -e^,   pi.  -e,    attack. 

StenglVlid),  adj.  anxious. 

3lu'l)aUeiib,  adj.  constant. 

5lu'(}angeu,  v.  n.  ir.  to  be  at- 
tached to,  adhere  to.    P.  180. 

§In'()diigeii,  v.  a.  to  hang  on ;  to 
adjoin,  join ;  v.  r.fig.  to  attach 
one's  self  to. 

Stn'llagen,  v.  a.  to  accuse. 

Sln'flopfen,  v.  a.  to  fasten  by  beat- 
ing ;  V.  n.  to  knock. 

9(n'fcmmen,  v.  n.  ir.  to  arrive,  e^ 
fommt  aiif  @ie  an,  it  depends 
upon  you.   P.  182. 

Stn'mutfj,  /.  pleasantness,  grace. 

5(n'rii(f  en,  v.  a.  Sf  n.  to  bring  near; 
approach. 

5lu'fel}eii,  V.  a.  ir.  to  look  at. 

5lu'fe()nlicb,  adj.  considerable,  im- 
portant, of  consequence. 

Stu'ftatt,/.  -,  pi.  -en,  preparation, 
institution ;  Stuj^alten  or  5lnftalt 
madien,  to  make  preparations, 
to  prepare. 

Stnftatt',  pre.  instead  of,  in  lieu. 

Sln'ftrengeub,  toilsome. 

^tn'tveten,  v.  a.  ir.  to  enter  upon; 
set  out.    P.  186. 

5lttt'wort//.  -,pl.  -en,  answer 


5(:it'ivorten,  v.  a.  to  answer. 

Sln'i»ertvancn,  v.  a.  to  entrust  to, 
confide  to. 

9tn'i»efenb,  adj.  present. 

Sin- jietjen,  v.  a.  ir.  to  draw,  put 
on,  attract ;   interest.    P.  188. 

5(p'fet,  m.  -g,  pi.  Slepfel,  apple. 

2lprtl',  m.  -g,  April. 

2tra'bev,  ra.  Arab. 

5lr'beit,/.  -,  pi.  -en,  work,  labor. 

Slr'beiten,  v.  n.  to  work,  labor. 

5trm,  adj.  poor,  indigent. 

9lrm,  m.  -eg,  pi.  -e,  arm. 

Stimee',/.  -,pl.  -n,  army. 

Slc'mntl),/.  -,  poverty,  want. 

^ixt,f.-,pl.  -en,  species,  kind, 
nature  ;  quality ;  propriety. 

Slvjcnei'./.  -,  pi.  -en,  medicine. 

5lrjt,  m.  -eg,  pi.  Slerjte,  physician 
doctor. 

5llX  m.  ^6,pl.  2tcjle,  bough,  branch. 

9(tincfpl)d're,  /.   atmosphere 

5lucb,  conj.  also,  too,  even.  L.  63. 

5iuf,  pre.  on,  upon;  in,  at,  to, 
up ;  —  einmal,  at  once,  all  at 
once;  -  ba^,  in  order  that.L.54. 

3tuf'cntt)alt,  m.  stay  ;  delay. 

Sluf'fcrbern,  v.  a.  to  summon,  chal- 
lenge ;  ask,  invite. 

9tuf'get)en,  v.  n.  to  rise  ;  open.  See 
ge^en,  P.  180. 

S(uf'()alten,  v.  a.  ir.  to  stop,  hin- 
der, delay  ;  support ;  v.  r.  ir. 
to  stay,  abide,  sojourn;  to  dwell 
upon ;  iid)  iiber  — ,  to  find  fauh 
with,  criticize. 

5tuf'()oren,  v.  n.  to  cease,  end. 

2tuf'lofnng,/.  -,jo/.-en,  dissolution. 

Slnf  madben,  v.  a.  to  open,  v.  r. 
to  get  up,  arise  ;  set  out. 

5tnf' merffam,  adj.  attentive. 

9luf'rid)f(g,  adj.  candid,  genuine. 

5tuf'fcbneiben,  v.  a.  ir.  to  cut  up, 
cut  open.     P.  184. 

Stuf'fe^en,  v.  a.  to  set  up,  put  up» 
put  down  in  writing. 

Sluf  fpeict)ern,  v  a.  to  store  up. 


192 


5rrt 


S5c5 


9tuf'{iel;en,    v.   a.     ir.  to    arise, 

get  up. 
Stuf'jteigen,    v.  n.  ir.   to  mount, 

ascend,  rise. 
Sluf  tf;iui,  V.  a.  ir.  to  open. 
2(u'9e,  n.  -g,  jpZ.   -n,  eye ;  bud ; 
— nhlxd,m.  twinkling;  moment; 
— nblidflld),  instantaneous;    in- 
stantly. 
§(ug,  pre.  out,  out  of,  from,  of; 
by ;  on,  upon  ;   in ;  adv.  over, 
out,  at  an  end,  finished.  L.  54. 
^\\xi'bxt[Xin,v.  a.  to  spread,  extend. 
%ui'Ui)\m\,  V.  a.  <Sf  r.  to  stretch, 

extend,  expand. 
5lug'fcrefdien,  v.  a.     See  brefdien, 

P.  178.  to  thrash  out. 
Stue'finben,  v. a.  See  fiuben,  P.  180. 

to  find  out. 
Stue'gcben,  v.  a.  ir.  to  give  out, 

distribute ;  disburse,  spend. 
9(u0'9ebreitet  adj.  extensive. 
V(ue!'ge{)en,  V.  n.  See  geljen  P.  180., 
to  go  out ;  go  abroad ;  proceed. 
^Jluoadiibev,  m.  -^,  pi.  -,  foreigner. 
Siue'lcfdieit,  v.   a.   to  extinguish, 

quench ;  expunge,  efface. 

5lu0'reipen,  v.  a.  ir.  to  pull  out, 

to  tear   out,  to  draw  out ;  v. 

n.  ir.  to  be  torn,  to  tear,  to 

burst ;  to  run  away. 

9tu6'rid)tcit,  v.  a.  to  do,  perform. 

§tu0'fd)tt)ei[en,  v.  n.  to  deviate,  to 

digress. 
Slu'pen,  adv  out,  on  the  outside, 

without,  abroad ; 
5tu'per,  pre.  <5f  conj.  out  of,  with- 
out ;  besides,  beside ;  except, 
unless,  save. 
5iu'^cr()alb,  pre.   <^  adv.  abroad, 

without,  out  of,  beyond. 
?teu'perft,  adj.  utmost,  extreme, 

exceeding,  last. 
Slu<^'|>rcd)en,  v.  a.  df  n.  ir.  to  pro- 
nounce, utter ;  express. 
9(ug'jr»anberu,  v.  n.  to  emigrate. 
S(u.g'uienbt(^,  adj.  outej:,  outward, 

exterior;    a<fy.  by  heart. 
^xt,  /.  — ,  pi.  ^ixU.  axe,  hatchet 


35. 

Sa'blngtcn,  m.  Babington. 
©a'cfen,?;.^.  tobake;  dry.   P.  178. 
S3d'cfet,  m.  -6.  pi.  — ,  baker. 
53ai'er,  m.  -n,  Bavarian, 
©ai'erii,  n.  Bavaria 
S3alb,  adv.  soon,  early,  nearly. 
SaU,  m.  -e^,  pi  mUe,  ball. 
93a(lon'  m.  -g,  pi.  -6,  balloon. 
Sanb'  n.  -e<?,  pi.  53duber,  ribbon, 

string,  {pi.  ^dnbe)  volume. 
53dii'bigeii,  v.  a.  to  tame,  break. 
maixt,/.  pi,  'MnU,  bench,  seat. 
Sidr,  m.  -en,  pi.  -en,  bear. 
23au'en,  v.  a-  to  b.  ild,  raise  ;  Jig. 

auf  etiien  — ,  to  rely  upon  one. 
©au^er,  m.  -e  {-n),pl.  -n,  peasant. 
Saum,  m.  -c^,  pi.  ^dume,  tree. 
S3dum'd)en,  di?n.  of  iBanm. 
^e'dicr,  m.  -g,  pi.  — ,  cup,  goblet 
33ebau'eru,  v-  a.  to  pity,  regret. 
33ebe(f'en,  v.  a.  to  cover,  shelter. 
53ebicn'te,  m.  -ii,  pi  n,  servant, 
©cbur'fen,  v.  n.  ir.  to  need,  want. 

See  biirfen,  P.  178. 
©ebiivf  tig,  adj.  wanting,  destitute. 
53efe()U,  m.  -eef,  pi  -o,  command. 
23efcl)'ieu,  v.  a.  P.  178;  to  command, 
^ejxii'beu,  V.  a.  ir-  to  find ;  think ; 

-,  V.  r.  ir.  to  be  ;  loie  —  (Sie  jic^  ? 

how  do  you  do? 
^efiei'^igen,    v.    r.  to  study,  en- 
deavor diligently* 
©efiei'pen,  v.  r.  to  be  studious  of, 

to  study. 
S3efiiPfcu,  see  Bcfleipen,    P.  178. 
JBege'ben,  v.  r.  ir.  to  betake  ;  fid) 

feineg  JKeditg  — ,  to  forego  one's 

right. 
53ege/^en,  v.  a.  see  gel^eu  P.  180., 

to  commit,  celebrate. 
93eae^'ren;  v.  a.  to  desire,  demand, 
^^ujlei'tcu,  V.  a.  to  accompany. 
JBeglei'ter,  m.  -^,  pi  — ,  attendant, 
JBcgra'ben,  v.  a.  ir.  to  bury. 
5i3el}al'ten,  v.  a.  see  i;alten,  P.180. 

to  keep,  retain. 
^e(;au'beln,  v.  a  to  treat,  manage. 


35cf 


f8U 


193 


iBefjanb'lung,  /.  management. 

*Be()ai:'ren,  v.  n.  to  continue,  per- 
sist, insist,  persevere. 

•5Sel)aup'tcii,  v.  a.  to  affirm;  main- 
tain ;  pretend. 

Q3ci,  pre.  at,  near,  beside,  by,  on, 
upon,  to,  in;     L.  55. 

9^eKDe,  adj.  both.    L.  52.  5. 

JBel'fcmmeu,  v.  n.  ir.  to  get  at. 

93ei'fptcl,  n.  -e^,  pL  -e,  example, 
instance  ;  pattern  ;  jum  — ,  for 
example,  for  instance. 

©ci'^eii,  V.   a.    P.   178.  to  bite. 

S3ci'ftanb,  m.  -eg,  assistance. 

93ei'rtef)cn,  v.  n.  ir.  to  assist. 

Q3ei'|timmen,  v.  n.  to  agree  with, 
assent  to. 

©ei'iDoljnen,  v.  n.  to  be  present 
at,  to  assist. 

Q3ef(a'cjen,  v.  a.  to  commiserate, 
lament ;  fid) — ,  to  complain, 

S3elebt',  adj,  animated,  living. 

93e(c()'neu,  v.  a.  to  reward. 

S3cmdd/tii.]en,  v.  r.  to  seize,  take 
possession  of ;  usurp. 

S3enHt'leiben,  v.  a.  to  commise- 
rate, pity. 

93eiuM'beii,  v.  a.  to  envy. 

S8en6't()i9t,  in  need,  in  want. 

93erau'beii,  v.  a.  to  rob,  plunder. 

?Berciti5',  adv.  already. 

©erg,  m.  -ci3,  pi.  -e,  mountain. 

^er'^en,  v.  a.  to  save  ;  to  conceal. 
P.  178. 

93evli'u,  n.  Berlin. 

Q3cfdidf' tigen,  v. a.  to  employ, busy. 

©efd^lie'pcn,  v.  a.  ir.  to  determine. 

IBefdirei'bcn,  v.  a.  ir.  to  describe. 

SSefdiuKDJgcn,  v.  a.  to  accuse. 

93efi'^en,  v.  a.  ir.  to  possess. 

Q3tf'icv,  see  L.  22.  3. 

©eftdu'big,ac?;'.  constant;  durable. 

^e'fte,  bcr,  ble,  bag,  arfj.  best.  L.22. 

Q3efte'f)en,  t;.  a.  6f  n.  ir.  to  suffer; 
to  be;  endure;  consist  of; 
insist  upon. 

93eftel'len,  v.  a.  to  order,  appoint. 

SBefthn'muug,  /.  — ,  pi.  -en,  deter- 
mination; destination;  destiny- 
9 


93cjira'fen,  v,  a.  to  punish. 

93efud)',  m.-e6,pl.  -e,  visit;  fie- 
quenting,  company. 

S5e[u'd:)en,  t.  a.  to  visit,  see;  fre- 
quent ;  to  go  to  see. 

S3e'ten,  v.  n.  to  say  a  prayer, 
to  pray. 

93ct^etn  @abor,  Betheln  Gabor, 
proper  name. 

S3etiad)'ten,  v.  a.  to  look  upon , 
contemplate  ;  consider. 

^Betra'gen,  v.  a.  ir.  to  amount  t© , 
V.  r.  ir.  to  behave  one's  self. 

93etvfibt',  adj.  afflicted,  sad. 

S3etrii'gcn,  v.  a.  P.  178.  to  cheat, 
deceive. 

^zii,  n.  -eg,  pi.  -en,  bed 

S3et'teln,  v.  n.  to  beg,  ask  alms. 

S3eu'tel,  m.  -g,  pi.  — ,  bag,  purse. 

ffieioe'gen,  v.  a.  to  move ;   excite. 

S3ewupt',  adj.  known;  conscious 
of;    — fcin,  n.  consciousness; 

Sejid/tigen,  v.  a.  to  charge,  ac- 
cuse, convict. 

Sejiid)'tigen,  see  bejiditlgen. 

93i'bei-,  m.  -g,  pi.  — ,  beaver. 

S3le'ber,  adj.  upright,  honest, 
brave  ;  —  maun,  m.  man  of  in- 
tegrity; gentleman. 

SSie'gen,  v.  a.  ir.  P.  178.  to  bend, 
bow,  curve  ;  decline. 

S3ie'ne,/.  — ,pl.  -n,  bee. 

93ler,  n.  -eg,  -g,  pi.  -e,  beer. 

S3il'ben,  v.  a.  to  form ;  cultivate, 
civilize,  improve. 

SIn'ben,  v.  a.  to  bind,  tie.  P.  178. 

93in'nen,  pre.  within. 

S3lr'ne,/.  — ,  pi.  -n,  pear. 

9!3ig,  adv.  <Sf  conj.  till.    L.  64.  2. 

Q3it'ten,t;.  a.  to  beg,  pray,  request, 
entreat,  invite.  P.  178. 

93tt'ter,  adj.  bitter  ;  sharp. 

^lanf,  «<;?;■.  blank,  bright,  polished. 

931a'fen  v  a.  to  blow.    P.  178. 

93lau,  adj.  blue  ;  -,  n.  -eg,  blue. 

Sled),  n.  -eg,  pi  -e,  tin. 

Stei,  n.  — ,  -eg,  lead. 

93tei'|lift,  m.  -eg,  pi  -e,  pencil. 


194 


(S^i 


2)au 


IBIci'Oeit,  V.  n.  P.  178.  to  remain; 
continue;  perish. 

53U'i  em,  adj.  leaden,  of  lead. 

S3Unb,  adj.  blind. 

53lu'me,  f.  — ,  pi.  -n,  flower. 

23liimM}eii.  L.  18. 

^liit,  n.  -ei3,  blood. 

5i3o'tpn,  m.  -^,  pi.  S5oben,  ground, 
soil ;  bottom  ;  loft,  garret. 

93i?l)nie,  m.  -u,  pi.  -u,  Bohemian. 

^c'fe,  adj.  <5f  adv.  bad,  ill,  wick- 
ed ;  hurtful ;  angry  ;  sore. 

336  fetriclU,  m.  -c^,  pi.  -n,  villain. 

23o't;',  m.  -n,  pi  -n,  messenger. 

536tt'dun",y.  ~^,  pi.  — ,  cooper. 

SSrviuMicn,  v.  a.  to  want,  need ;  use. 

53iMii'ov,  m.  -'i,pl.  — ,  brewer. 

53vau'i>n.  v.  n.  to  rush,  roar ;  buzz. 

^Vviy,  adj.  brave,  honest. 

93re'(()en,  v.  a.  P.  178,  to  break. 

33ifit,  adj.  broad ;  large,  wide. 

Sremeii,  n.  Bremen. 

S3vni'iien,  v.  a.  6f  n.  ir.  P.  178, 
to  burn  ;  scorch,  parch;  distil; 
cauterize ;  brand. 

53ve'ffl}e,/. — ,  pi.  -n,  breach,  gap. 

^xtii,  n.  -c^,  pi.   -ev,  board. 

33ricf,  m.  -zi,  pi.  -e,  letter  ;  -Vaster, 
L.  18. 

53iin'i]cn,  v.  a.  P.  178.  to  bring, 
carry,  convey ;  bear ;  vin  fid)  — , 
to  acquire,  get  possession. 

53veb,  n.  -00,  pi.  -i\  bread,  loaf. 

53iii'(fe,/.  — ,  pi.  -n,  bridge. 

53ru'ber,  m.  -^.pl.  ^rfibcv,  brother. 

33nV^crliuMl,  {dim.  o/'^rubcv). 

53viift.  /.  — .  pi.  ibvfifte,  breast. 

S3niftuabil./.  breastpin. 

55ud\  n.  -ii,  pi  *-budH'r,  book ; 
quir«  ;  — hdiiblov,  m.  book-sel- 
ler ,  stationer. 

iBfidi'lfiii,  1..  IS. 

U3uv'ijcr,  m.  -^,  pi.  — ,  citizen, 

Ciartlja'i^o,  n.  Carthage. 
(Sljaraf'tcr,  in.  -(?,  pi.  -to've,  cha- 
racter. 
tStjiue'fe,  III.  -n,  Chinese. 


G^i'cevc,  Cicero. 

Concert',  n.  -e^,  pi.  -e.  concert* 

(Soufine,/.  pi.  -en,  (ousin. 

^. 

5)vi,  adv.  4"  conj.  there,  present 
then,  at  that  time  ;  when,  as  , 
while,  because,  since. 

2)abin',  adv.  by  that,  thereby, 
therewith,  thereat,  near  it,  pre- 
sent.   L.  24.  14.  &  38.  6. 

!Dadi,  n.  -e^,  -5,  pi.  Sdd^ev,  roof. 

®ad^^,  m.  -fcjJ,  pi.  -fe,  badger. 

2)afiU',  adv.  for  it,  for  that,  in- 
stead of  that. 

5)ai:ie'v"!i'u,  adv.  <Sf  conj.  against 
this,  for  it,  to  it,  in  compa- 
rison :  in  return,  in  exchange. 

!i)al)cr',  adv.  Sf  adj.  thence,  from 
thence,  hence,  out  of  that ; 
therefore. 

5)a[)in',  adv.  thither,  there,  away, 
down  ;  gone,  past. 

5)a'me,/  — ,  pi.  -w,  lady. 

2)dne,  m.  -u,  Dane. 

5)amil',  adv.  4*  conj.  therewith 
with  it  (this,  that),  by  it,  b} 
that,  in  order. 

©ampf'  m.  -c^,;?/.  !DdmVfe,  steam, 
vapor,  smoke,  fume  ;  — boot,  m. 
steam-boat,  steamer. 

;Dauf'bar,  adj.  thankful,  grateful. 

JDau'ffii,  V.  a.  4-  n.  to  thank. 

IDami,  adv.  then  ;  thereupon. 

2)atar.',  adv.  thereon,  thereat,  on 
it.  at  it,  by  it,  near  it ;  iial)e  — , 
hard  by,  close  to ;  ii  luH]t  nirfjt^ 
— ,  it  is  no  matter. 

iDavanf.  adv.  thereon,  thereupon, 
on  that,  on  it,  upon  it,  at  that, 
to  that,  it,  after  that. 

2)aiane',  adv.  thereout,  out  0/ 
that,  therefrom,  thence,  from 
this,  of  thi.s. 

;2)aiiii',  adv.  therein,  in  that,  in 
this,  in  it,  wherein. 

5)a§,  conj.  that ;  —  nidit,  lest. 

S>au'cni,  V  n.  to  last,  continue , 
V.  a.  i!^  imp.  to  grievu,  regret 


2)ur 


mt 


195 


©e'cfen,  v.  a.  to  cover,  screen. 

3)e'gen,  m.  -£!,  jil.  — ,  sword. 

2)e'mutf),  /.  — ,  humility,  meek- 
ness. 

JDen'feii,  v.  a.  4"  n.  P.  178.  to  ima- 
gine, fancy ;  think. 

2)enn,  conj.  for,  then ;  than  ;  e^ 
fei  —  ba^,  unless,  if,  provided. 

JDen'ncd),  conj.  yet,  nevertheless. 

^iQ'ijalb,  adv.  therefore,  for  this 
reason,  on  that  account. 

5>epfcntK-ilbeii,  L.  48.  6. 

©c'flo,  adv.  the  ;  —  bcffer,  the  bet- 
ter ;  so  much  the  better. 

2)eiitf*,  adj.  German.  L.  23.  b. 

2)eutfcblanb,  n.  Germany. 

SDIamaiit,  m.  -6,  pi.  -en,  diamond. 

2)icf,  adj.  thick,  big,  large,  stout. 

2)lc6,  m.  -e^,  pi.  -c,  thief 

SDie'iier,   m.    -^,  pi.  — ,  servant. 

2)cit,  conj.  yet,  however,  never- 
theless ;  but.    L.  65. 

2)oldi,  m.  -e^,  jo/.  -e,  dagger. 

2)cm,  m.  -e^,  /?/.  -e,  dome,  cu- 
pola ;  cathedral. 

iDonaii,/.  Danube. 

©cn'uevu,  t?.  n.  to  thunder. 

JDo^j'pflt  adj.  double,  twofold  ; 
adv.  doubly,  twice. 

2)ovf,  n.  -e^,  pi.  2)6ifcr,  village. 

S)ort  ac?y.  there,  yonder  ;  l^oii  — 
au6,  from  thence,  thence ;  — l}cx, 
from  yonder,  thence. 

iDrei,  see  L.  51.  14. ;  — mat,  adv. 
three  times.   L.  51.  10. 

©ve'fdien,  v.  a.  P.  178,  to  thrash. 

2)rit'teng,  L.  51.  11. 

2)ro'[)cii  v.  n.  to  threat,  threaten, 
menace. 

S)rucf,  m.  -eg,  jjI.  -e,  pressure. 

5)itf tenb,  3)uf'tig,  adj.  vaporous, 
fragrant. 

!Diil'iMntc|,  f.  — ,  toleration,  tole- 
rance. 

©umm,  adj.  dull,  stupid. 

5)unn,  adj.  thin,*  slender. 

S)iuift,  m.  -c^.  pi.  3)uiifte,  vapor, 
steam. 

^ux6^,pre.  through ;  by  means  of. 


IDurd^aiis?',  adv.  throughout,  en- 
tirely. 

2)urct;\iet)cn,  see  9ef)eu,  P.  180,  to 
go  through ;   run  away  ;  pass. 

T)ui'fen,  L.  31.  &  P.  178. 

2)ur'ften,  fDiirftcii,  v.  n.  <5f  imp.  to 
thirst,  be  thirsty.    L.  44.  2. 

©ui-'ftitj,  adj.  thirsty ;  eager. 

5)u'^enb,  n.  (-es),  -&,pl.  -e,  dozen. 

®. 

@'6eu,  adj.  Sf  adv.  even,  level, 
plain  ;  even,  just,  exactly,  prfr- 
cisely. 

(S'beiie,/.  — ,pl.  -11,  plain. 

@'bel,  adj.  Sj-  adv.  noble,  precious; 
— maun,  m.  nobleman  ;  — im'is 
ii)\iy,,  adj.  noble,  magnanimous. 

@'I)e,  adv.  before. 

(S'l)er,  adv.  sooner,  rather. 

(Sl}'i'c,/.  — ,  pi.  -n,  honor. 

@^v'lidi,  adj.  honest,  faithful. 

@i'*e,/.  — ,  pi.  -11,  oak. 

(5id3'()cvndieii,  n.  -i,pl.  tt,  squirrel. 

(Si'geu.  adj.  own  ;  self,  proper,  pe- 
culiar ;  singular,  strange ;  ac- 
curate ;  — iuniig.  adj.  capri- 
cious, wilful,  obstinate. 

©i'i]eiil}eit,  f.-,pl.  -en,  pecuHarity. 

@i'v3Ciifdiaft,/.  — ,  pi.  -en,  quality. 

©i'cjentljum,  n.  -eg,  property. 

©i'leii,  V.  n.  to  hasten,  hurry. 

®in.  cincr,  cine,eincg,  eiiig.  L.  25.  3. 

(Sfi'brucf,  m.  -eg,  pi.  -bviicfe,  im- 
pression. 

©i'neilei,  L.  51.  12. 

©i'nii^er,  (Si'nige,  (Sinicjeg,  L.  52. 

(Sii'/mal,  diurnal',  time,  L.  51.  10. 

(5'iii'fam,  adj.  solitary,  lonely. 

(5'in'ramniehi,  v.  a.  to  gather. 

©iu'ftellen,  v.  a.  to  suspend  ;  stop  ; 
V.  r.\o  appear. 

(Sin'tradit,/  unanimity ;  harmony. 

(S'iu'jelii,  adj.  single  ;  isolated. 

@ig,  n.  -fee,  ice  ;  ice-cream. 

®i'feu,  n.  -g,  iron;  — bal)ii,/.  rail- 
road. 

©i'telfeit,/.  — ,  vanity,  conc«it. 

(Si'tevu,  V.  11.  to  fester. 


196 


(SrB 


@rf 


@'leiib,  adj.  miserable,  wretched. 
6(cvf)anl',"m.  -en,  ;?/.-en,  elephant. 

mnzxw,  f.  ?lettpni. 

dmpfan'cjen,  v.  a.  P.  178.  to  re- 
ceive, take,  accept. 

(imi}fc^nen,  v.  a.  P.  178,  to  re- 
commend. 

©mpfiii'ccu,  V.  a.  P.  178,  to  feel, 
perceive ;  experience. 

©mpc'rcv,  m.  -^,  pi.  — ,  rebel. 

(Sii'be,   n.  -^,  pi.  -n,    end;  aim. 

(Su'bcH,  V.  a.  <5f  n.  to  end,  finish. 

(Snb'Iidi,  adv.  at  last,  finally. 

(Sno,  or  (Sn'<\c,  adj.  narrow,  tight. 

(Sn'k}el  m.  -^,  pi.  -,  angel ;  — ^bib, 
n.  figure  or  image  of  an  angel. 

(5"n^'(duber,  m.  Englishman. 

(Sn^'Ufdi,  adj.  EngHsh. 

(Suc^'ianb,  n.  England. 

(Su'Kl,  m.  -^,  pi.  — ,  grandson. 

(^n'felin,  /,  granddaughter. 

©ntblopt',  adj.  destitute,  deprived. 

dn'k,/.  — ,  pi.  -n,  duck. 

'^-.t^cr^nen,  i;.  a,  to  remove. 

iS'jdcje'qen,  against,  opposite.  L,55. 

@nK^e'i)cu,  v.  n.  ir.  to  escape. 

(Entbe'ben,  v.  a  ir.  to  exempt  from. 

(S'ntlc'bigeii,  v.  a.  to  release. 

©ntriu'iien,  see  vinnen,  P.  186,  to 
run  away,  escape. 

(Siitfa'qcn, r . w.  to  renounce, resign. 

eutfitivVfeii,  see  fclUafeu,  P.  186, 
to  fall  asleep ;  fig.  to  expire. 

(Sntf'tla'cjeii,  v.  r.  ir.  to  get  rid  of, 
divest. 

@ntfdilii'Ben,  see  fcblie^en,  P.  186, 
to  resolve,  determine. 

©utfte'l)cu,  to  arise,  originate. 

©ntire'ber,  conj.  either. 

(S'nf^uH'i'iMi,  V.  a.  to  disunite,  set 
at  variance  w.r.  to  quarrel. 

(5rbv"ii'meii,  v.  r.  to  pity,  have 
mercy. 

(Sr'ben,  v.  a.  to  inherit ;  — ,  v.  n. 
to  devolve  by  inheritance. 

(Srblt'teiu,  v.  a.  to  exasperate. 

©rbit  teruiig,/.  animosity. 


(SrB'jlaat,  m.  -es?,  pi.  -en,  heredi 
tary  state. 

@r't)e,/.  — ,pl.  -It,  earth,  ground. 

^ueii^'iien,  v.  r.  to  happen,  chance. 

(Svci'Icn,  V.  a.  to  overtake,  befall. 

(Srftu'ben,  v.  a.  ir.  to  invent. 

(Srfofg',  m.  -z^,pl.  -e,  result,  issue 

(Srfveii'en,  v.  a.  to  gladden  ;  enjoy 

(Srfut'len,  v.  a.  to  fill ;  do,  fulfil. 

©rge'ben,  v.  r.  ir.  to  surrender, 
submit ;  — ,  adj.  devoted,  ad- 
dicted, given. 

(Sr^vei'fen,  v.  a.,  (see  greifcn,  P. 
180),  to  seize,  catch. 

(Erl)al'ten,  v.  a.  <5f  n.  ir.  to  keep, 
maintain,  save  ;  receive,  get. 

(5'rl)al'tuug,  /.  preservation. 

@rl}c'beu,  v.  a.  ir.  to  raise  ;  levy ; 
— ,  V.  r.  ir.  to  rise,  rebel. 

©rin'iiern,  v.  a.Xo  remind  ;  — ,  v. 
r.  to  remember,  recollect. 

©rfen'neu,  v.  a.  ir.  to  perceive  ; 
distinguish ;  recognise. 

(Etfld'ipu,  V.  a.  to  explain,  inter- 
pret ;  define,  declare. 

©rtld'nuig,/.  — ,  pi.  -en,  explana- 
tion, interpretation;  declaration. 

(Srflet'tern,  v.  a.,  (5 ifUm'men,  v.  a. 
ir.  to  chmb,  climb  up. 

(Srlau'ben,  v.  a.  to  permit,  allow. 

(Srlic'gcn,  v.  n.  ir.  to  succumb,  be 
subdued,  sink  under. 

©rmcv'bcn,  v.  a.  to  murder. 

(Srmii^ben,  v.  a.  <Sfn.  to  tire,  weary. 

^rncu'en,  v.  a.  to  renew,  renovate. 

©rneuern,  f.  @viienen. 

@rnft,  (SmtVIjaft,  adj.  earnest,  se- 
rious, grave,  stern. 

(Eru'te,/.  — ,pl.  -n,  harvest,  crop. 

@vV>vcf'fnng,/.  -,  pi.  -en,  extortion. 

(Jvret'tcn,  v.  a.  to  save,  rescue. 

(Srfa^,  m.  -ii,  compensation, 
amends,  restitution. 

©ifdiat'len,  v.  n.  (see  fdiallen),  to 
sound  ;  spread. 

(Sv|M)ci'iien,  v.  n.  to  appear. 

(SvfdMt'Oen,  V.  a.  ir  to  shoot. 

©ifd^rc'cfcn,  v.  a.  to  frigluen  ;  v,  n 
P.  160,  to  be  frightened. 


8fc« 


8for 


197 


S'rfl,  adj.  Sf  adv.  first ;  prime  ;  at 
first;  before;  only;  not  till.  L.GO. 

(Si'fteng,  adv.   L.  51.  11. 

(Srtvln'fcu,  (see  triiifen),  to  be 
drowned. 

S"vn?dl)'nen,  v.  a.  to  mention. 

(5'niHii'ten,  v.  a.  to  expect,  await. 

CSrire'cfcn,  v.  a.  to  awaken,  rouse. 

(Srwi'i'dien,  v.  a.  to  soften. 

©vwei'jen,  v.  a.  ir.  to  show,  evince ; 
do,  render. 

@vjd()'leu,  V.  a.  to  narrate,  tell. 

(Srjei'^cn,  v.  a.  to  do  ;  confer. 

(B\'m,  V.  a.  4*  n.  P.  180,  to  eat. 

@pfig,  m.  -eg,  -^,  vinegar. 

(St'iuaS,  pron.  something,  L.  52. 

(Sn'icf.  — ,  pi.  -u,  owl. 

@urc'pa,  n.  Europe. 

©iircpd'er,  m.  European. 

d'm^,  adj.  eternal,  everlasting. 

(^d'()ig,  adj,  able,  apt,  fit,  capable. 

Safj'vcii,  V.   a.  P.  ISO,  to  drive, 

carry,    convey ;    v.    n.   ir.  to 

<.ve  quickly,  run,  start,  rush ; 

go  in  a  carriage;   to  sail, 

riavigate. 

9iCi{{,  m.  -eg,  pi.  — ,  gd«e,  fall. 

gal'len,  v.  n.  P.  180,  to  fall ;  de- 
cline ;  fail. 

galfcb'()cit,/.  — ,pl.  -en,  falsehood. 

gaiui'lle,/  — ,  pi.  -n,  family. 

gan'oseu,  v.  a.  P.  180,  to  catcb, 
take,  seize. 

ga9.  n.  -ffeg,  pi  i^dffcr,  cask,  bar- 
rel, tub,  vessel. 

^aft,  adv.  almost,  nearly,  about. 

%a\d,  adj.  putrid,  lazy,  idle. 

t^auUjeit,/.  — ,  laziness,  idleness. 

^ebruar',  m.  -g,  (pi.  -e),  February. 

gcd^ncn,  P.  180,  to  fight,  to  fence. 

^i'iQX,  f.  — , pi.  -n,  feather;  j)en; 
spring. 

(^e'gen,  v.  a.  to  sweep  ;  cleanse. 

gct)'len,  V.  n.  to  fail,  miss;  err, 
mistake  ;  to  be  wanting,  want, 
to  be  deficient ;  wa^  fcl)lt  3l;> 
ncu  ?  what  ails  you  ? 


^cVter,  m.  -S,  pi  — ,  fault,  error. 

§ein,  adj.   fine,  delicate ;  pretty, 

geiitb'lldi,  adj.  hostile,  inimical. 

'^m\t)'\d'[o,h\t,f.-,pl.  -en,  hostility. 

gelt),  w.  -eg,  pi.  -er,  field,  plain; 
— frud)t,  /.  produce  of  the 
fields  ;  — Ijcrr,  m.  commander- 
in-chief,  general,  captain. 

%ds,  m.  -\i\\e,pl  -fen;  gel'fcn,  m. 
-g,  pi  — ,  rock,  cliff. 

gcn'ftev,  n.  -g,  pi  —  ,  window. 

%exftiq,adj.  ready;  done;  practised. 

gef'fcl,  f.  — ,  pi  -w,  fetter,  chain. 

gcpfeln,  V.  a.  to  fetter,  shackle, 
chain;  captivate. 

%Q\i,  adj.  Sfadv.  fast,  fixed,  firm. 

ge'ile,/.  -,pl.  -n,  fortress,  prison. 

?Veu'er,  n.  -g,  pi  — ,  fire. 

gic'ber,  n.  -g,  pi  — ,  fever. 

gin'ben,  v.a.  P.  180,  to  find;  think; 
@tatt  — ,  to  take  place. 

gin'gcv,  m.  -g,  pi  — ,  finger. 

gin'fter,  adj.  dark,  gloomy  ;  sad. 

?5i'fd)en,  v.  a.  to  fish. 

gla'fdie,/.  — ,  pi  -n,  flask,  bottle. 

%k6.)'k\\,  V.  a.  P.  180,  to  braid. 

^(cifdi,  n.  -eg,  flesh ;  meat. 

S'leip,  m.  -eg,  diligence,  industry  j 
mit  — ,  intentionally. 

glel'^li],  adj.  dihgent,  assiduous. 

glie'gen,  v.n.'P.  180,  to  fly  ;  l;od) 
— ,  to  soar- 

Stie'()cn,  P.  180,  to  flee,  shun. 

gUe'pen,  v,  n.  P.  180,  to  flow,  run. 

<5le§'gvaBen,  m.  canal. 

glct'te,/.  —rpl  -n,  fleet. 

^lu'd^en,  V.  n.  to  curse,  imprecate. 

g(u§,  m.  -ffeg,  pi  ^ixi^i,  river, 
stream;  -pfevb,  n. hippopotamus. 

%\\xi,  5lut(),  /.  — ,  pi  -en,  flood  ; 
deluge,  inundation  ;  tide. 

golge,  /.  — ,  pi.  -,  sequel,  se- 
quence, consequence. 

Sclgen,  V.  w.,  to  follow,  to  suc- 
ceed, obey. 

^•olg'Ud),  adv.  consequently. 

yyortcrn,  v.  a.  to  promote. 

§ov'bei*n,  to  demand,  i\sk  •  re- 
quirs;  summon. 


198 


^VLX 


®Cf 


f^crclle.  f.  — ,  pi  -n,  trout 

j^ort'fctjlewc",  V.  a.  to  drag  away. 

ivra'i.]cn,  v-  a.  c^  n.  to  ask,  ques- 
tion, interrogate. 

j^vaiif'furt,  n.  Frankfort. 

granf^reid),  n  France. 

gva  V.^ofc,  m.  -n,  Frenchman. 

graii^o'fifd),  adj.  French. 

%xa\h  f.  — ,  /)/.  -en,  woman ;  wife ; 
lady,  madam,  mistress. 

^vdiiaoin,  n.  -t,pL  — ,  Miss,  L.  68. 

^rci,  adj.  free,  exempt;  disen- 
gaged ;  vacant,  independent ; 
open,  pubhc. 

^rci^ebij].  adj.  liberal,  generous  ; 
— 1>redMint^./.  acquittal. 

?^rt>i'()cit,  /.  liberty,  freedom. 

^repfcii,  V.  a.  P.  180,  to  eat ;  de- 
vour ;  corrode. 

j^rcu'be,/  — ,  pi.  -n,  jcy,  pleasure. 

^reii'eu,  v.  r.  fiber  etiras?,  aitf  ctroa^, 
to  rejoice  in,  to  be  glad  ;  e3 
frcuct  mid)  fe(}r,  I  am  very  glad. 

^reunb,  m.  -H,  pi.  -e,  friend. 

^reuii'bin,  /.  -,  pL  -iien.  L.  18. 

j^reunb'ltdi,  adj.  friendly,  affable. 

i^reunb'fdiaft,/-,;?/.-en,  friendship. 

§rie'be,  m.  -ii^,  ("^vte'tcn,  m.  -0), 
peace. 

S'ricMidi,  adj.  peaceful,  peaceable. 

gvle'ren,  v.  n.  df  imp,  ir.  to  freeze, 
to  be  chilled  ;  e^  ffievt  mid),  I 
am  cold. 

%xci}.  adj.  glad,  joyful,  joyous. 

{Srolj'lodfen,  v.  n.  to  exult,  shout. 

^vudit,/  -.  pi.  %xM}ic,  fruit ;  corn. 

i^-nV()cr,  formerly. 

i^rul)'Uiu^,  m.  -cei,  pi.  -e,  spring. 

(\iuii^,  m.  -K^,  pi  S'udife,  fox. 

^i'l  ^eii,  V.  a  to  join,  to  unite  ;  v.  r. 
to  accommodate  one's  self  to, 
to  submit. 

giibrni,  v.  a.  to  carry,  convey; 
lead,  guide,  manage,  wear. 

%\\\\.  see  L.  51.  14. 

guv,  pre.  for  ;  instead  of;  —  uub 
— ,  for  ever  and  ever.   L.  55. 

(^iudit,  /  -,  fear. 

guvd)t'bav,  adj.  fearful,  dreadful. 


i^iirdb'tcn,  v.  to  fear,  to  be  afraid, 
V.  r.  to  be  afraid  of. 

(^urd)t'fam,  adj.  timid,  timorcvis. 

giirft,  w.  -en,  pi  -en,  prince. 

%\\%.  m.  -eg,  pi  gufje,  foot ;  bot- 
tom, base ;  standard. 

Sut'tern,  v.  a.  <^  n.  to  line,  feed. 

©. 

©a'Be,/  -,  pi  -w.  gift ;  alms,  cha- 
rity ;  dose ;  talent,  faculty. 

®a'bel,/.  -,  pi  -w,  fork. 

©alt,  f.  ©elten. 

@ang,/  -,  pi  ®aufe,  goose. 

®an^,  whole,  all,  entire,  tc  tal ; 
full,  perfect,  complete  ;  quite. 

®ar,  L.  05. 

©aftcn,  m.  -€,  pi  ©drten,  garden. 

©drt'uer,  m.  -g,  pi.  -,  gardener. 

©all,  m.  -eg,  pi.  ©dfte,  guest; 
-frennb,  m.  guest ;  host ;  -inal)l, 
n.  banquet,  entertainment. 

©cbdii'bc,  n.   -g,  pi  -,   building. 

©e'ben,  P.  180,  to  give  ;   confer. 

©ebei'ben,  v.  r.  to  make  gestures  ; 
behave. 

©ebie'tcu, V.  a.  (see  biiten),  to  com- 
mand, to  order. 

©eble  ter,  m.-g,  pi.  -,  ruler,  master. 

©ebir'ge,  n.  -ef,  pi.  -,  chain  ol 
mountains,  mountains,  pi. 

©ebct',  n.  -eg,  pi.  -c,  command- 
ment, precept,  order;  offer. 

©cbraiid)',  m.  -eg,  pi  —  bvdudie, 
use,  custom,  usage,  practice. 

©ebve'rf}en,  v.  n.  djf  imp.  ir.  to  be 
wanting,  be  in  want  of,  want. 

©ebul)'rcn,  v.  n.  cj-  r.  to  be  due, 
belong  to  ;  be  fit,  become. 

©ebau'fe,  771.  -ug,  ;;/.  -n,  thought, 
idea,  notion,  meaning;  purpose. 

©ebcn'feu,  v.  n.  ir.  to  think  of, 
remember,    mention,    intend. 

©ebnlb',/.-,  patience,  indulgence. 

©ebul  lijv  adj.  patient, indulgent. 

®c'\sx{)\:,f.  -, ;;/.  -en,  danger. 

©efdl)v'l;di,  adj.  dangerous. 

©efal'lcn,  (see  fviUeuj,  to  please  ; 
m.  -g,  liking,  pleasure ;  favor. 


er 


ore 


199 


©cfdnc^'i.i^.  n. -ffe^,  pL  -ffe, prison. 

®cfiU}i',  n.-({^,pL-e,  feeling,  touch, 
sensation ;  sensibility, 

®i'<.]i:n  pre.  towards,  to;  against ; 
for  ;  about,  near  ;  -tl)cil,  n.  con- 
trary; -iihiwpre.  opposite.  L.56. 

©t^'^cuc*,/.  -,  region,  country. 

©v'ljejt,  P.  180,  to  go,  walk,  fare, 
be  ;  \me  gel)t  ce  ?  how  are  you  V 
e^  (\c\)t  mix  lvc()l,  I  am  w^ell ; 
ber  iBtiib  <\ci}t,  the  wind  blows. 

®cf}Ln'dieu,  v.  n.  to  obey. 

®t'l)c'rtMi,  V.  n.  to  belong. 

®el)tn'iv-im,  adj.  obeuient,  dutiful ; 
m.  -^,  obedience,  duty. 

®eift,  m.  -ci^,  pi.  -ev,  ghost,  spi- 
rit ;  soul ;  genius. 

(^t\\,  m.  -ti,  avarice. 

©ei'ji^,  adj.  avaricious,  covetous. 

®iib,  adj.  yellow. 

@clb,  n.  -es,  pi.  -cv,  money,  coin  ; 
— bcutcl,  m.  money  purse. 

(S}dc()vi',  adj.  learned,  skilled. 

©eliii'v^cn,  P.180,  to  succeed.  L.44. 

©eiacii,  P.  180.  to  be  of  value. 

©diVftcii,  V.  n.  4"  imp.  to  desire, 
long  for,  lust  after,  covet. 

©undp',  adj.  dfadc.  conformable, 
suitable,  according  to. 

©em'fe,  /.  -,  pi.  -n,  chamois ; 
— iiid;]ev,  m.  chamois-hunter. 

©cmiitt)'',  n.  -t^.pl.  -ev,  mind,  soul, 
heart,  nature. 

©CHc'fen,  P.  180,  to  recover. 

©niic'peii,  P.  182,  v.  a.  ir.  to  en- 
joy, taste,  eat,  drink. 

©iMui.V,  adv.  sufficient,  enough. 

©cnii'i^en,  v.  n.  to  suffice,  be 
enough,  satisfy,  content. 

®ei\i'i)e,  adj-  straight,  right,  di- 
rect; upright,  plain,  honest 

©ei'bev,  771.  -S,  pi.  -,  tanner. 

@erecl)t',  adj.  just,  righteous. 

©cvedi'tigfeit,/.  -.justice. 

@creiMicn,  v-  n.  to  tend ;  redound. 

©cvidit,  n.  -C(?,  pi.  -e,  tribunal; 
court  of  justice;  sentence ;  dish- 

©ei'ii,  adv.  willingly,  gladly, 
cheerfully,  with  pleasure. 


®cx'\te,f.  -.  barley. 
©cfan'cte,  m.-w.pl-w,  ambassador, 
©cfcl'di'tiij,  adj.  busy;  active, 
©cfitc'iicii,   P.    182,    to  happen. 

chance  ;  to  be  done 
®efdiicl)'te,/.  -.pi.  -it,  history,  sto- 
ry; — fdueibcv,  m.  historian, 
©cfdiicfl',  adj.  fit,  apt,  skilful, 
©cfd^mact',  m.  -CsS,  taste. 
®efdl^^pf^  n.  -e^,  pi.  -e,  creature. 
©efduiu'i'ijcn,  V.  n.  ir.  to  pass  over 

in  silence- 
©t'fdMinii',  n.  -i6,pl.  -e,  sore,  ulcer. 
®i'ff^'.  n.  -i^S,  pi.  -e,  law,  decree, 
©oftcilt',/.  -rpl.  -en,  figure,  form 
©e'ftcvn,  adv.  yesterday  ;  — \xi\l), 

yesterday  morning ;  —  Slbcub, 

last  evening, 
©eiunb',  adj.  sound,  healthy. 
®ctvci'^e,  n.  -(^,  corn,  grain. 
®ctrcu',  adj.  faithful,  loyal,  trusty. 
®cum1;i',  adj.  perceiving ;  — U'>ei>- 

ten,  to  see,  perceive, 
©eivalt'./.  -7-pi.  -en.  power,  force. 
©civaU'fam,  adj.  violent,  forcible, 
©ewin'ncn,  P.  182,  to  win,  earn. 
©eiiMp',  adj.  certain,  sure ;  fixed. 
®eivlpi"eu.  n.  ~6,  conscience. 
®eivol)n'Ildi,  adj.  usual,  common 
®e\ticl}ni',adj.  used,  accustomed. 
®eivcKbe,  n.  -^,  pi.  -,  vault,  arch. 
®en.>uvj',  n.  -c^,  pi.  -t,  spice;  aro- 

matics. 
®  ie'peu,  P.  182,  to  pour;  spill;  cast. 
®if' tig  .a^y.poisonous,  venomous. 
©Idn'jcn,  V.  11.  to  glitter,  shine. 
®ldu'jenb,  adj.  bright,  glittering. 
®(v-i^,  n.  -feg,  pi.  ®ldfei-,  glass. 
@(a'fcr,  m.  -s3,  pi.  -,  glazier. 
©Ivitt,  adj.  smooth,  even,  plain. 
®Iai/beu,  V.  a.  to  believe  ;  think 
®(du'bigc,  m.  <Sj  f.  beUever. 
®leidi,  adj.   ^  adv.  like,' alike; 

equal;  level,  plain;   straight, 

just,  immediately,  presently; 

— be^cnteuD,  adj.  synonymous; 

-villtig,  or  i^leidH]iiltig,  adj,  equi  ■ 

valent,  indifferent. 


200 


®\xt 


«&el 


®Iei'd)en,  P.  182,  to  equal,  equa- 
lize, level ;  resemble. 

®Iucf',  n.  -e«,  luck,  fortune. 

©lurf'jict),  adj.  happy,   fortunate. 

©ud'bi^,  adj.  gracious,  merciful. 

@olb,  n.  -e3,  gold. 

®ol'ben,ac?;'.golden,  made  of  gold. 

@ott  m.  -z^,pl.  ©otter,  God. 

©ot'tin,/.  -,  pi.  -nen,  goddess. 

®XQh,  n.  -eg,  pi.  ©rdber,  grave, 
tomb,  sepulchre. 

©ra'ben,  m.  -^,  pi.  ©rdbeu,  ditch, 
trench;  canal. 

©ra'ben,  P.  182,  to  dig ;  cut. 

®raf,  m.  -en,  pi.  -en,  earl,  count. 

©rdn'je,  jc.,  f.  Ovenje  jc. 

©rag,  n.  -feg,  pi.  ©rdfer,  grass. 

©rau,  adj.  gray,  grizzled. 

©rdu'el,  m.  -e,  pi.  -,  horror, 
— ti)at,f.  atrocious  action. 

©rau^cn,  v.  n.  to  turn  gray;  dawn; 
V.  imp.  to  have  a  horror,  dread, 
to  be  afraid  of ;  n.  -o,  horror, 
abhorrence,  terror. 

©rau'fam,  «c?;'.  cruel,  barbarous. 

®relg,  adj.  gray,  hoary  ;  m.  -feg, 
pi.  -fe,  an  old  man. 

©ren'ge,/.  -,  pi.  -n,  limit,  border. 

©ren'jenlog,  adj.  boundless. 

©riect)e,  m.  -n,  Greek. 

©rled)ifct),  adj.  Grecian,  Greek. 

®rob,  adj.  coarse  ;  clumsy,  gross, 
rude;  —  fd)mieb,  m.  blacksmith. 

®rob't)elf,/.  -,  {pi.  -en),  coarse- 
ness, roughness,  rudeness. 

@rof,  adj.  great,  large,  vast, 
huge ;  high,  tall ;  eminent, 
grand;  — »atcr,wi.  grandfather. 

®run,  adj.  green,  verdant ;  fresh. 

®runb,  m.  -ee,pl.  ©runbe,  ground, 
bottom ;  foundation,  reason. 

©ul'ben,  m.  -6,  pi.  -,  florin. 

©unfi,/.  -,  favor,  grace,  kind- 
ness, affection;  permission; 
pi.  -en,  ju  — en,  in  favor  of. 

®un*jlig,    favorable,    propitious. 

©u'ftay,  m.  Gustavus. 

®ut,  adj.  <5f  adv.  good,  well,  suf- 
ficiently ;  good-natured,  kind; 


n.  eg,  pi.  ®uter,  good  ;  posse* 
sion,  estate,  commodity. 
®u'tig,  adj.  kmd,  benevolent. 

^. 

«§aar,  n.  -eg,  pi.  c,  hair ;  wool. 

<^a'be, /.  property,  goods,  effects 

•^a'ben,  v.  L.  26,  to  have,  possess. 

^a'bld)t,  m.  -eg,  pi.  -e,  hawk. 

•§a'ber,  m.  -g,  quarrel,  brawl. 

•^a'fer,  m.  -g,  oat,  oats. 

^alb,  adj.  half. 

.^dlf'te,/.  -,  pL  -n,  half,  moiety. 

«&alg,  m,  -feg,  pi.  ^dlfe,  neck; 
throat. 

'^al'ten,  P.  180,  to  hold ;  keep ; 
support ;  contain  ;  stop;  main- 
tain; manage;  value,  deem,  es- 
timate, think  ;  celebrate,  treat. 

^am'burg,  n.  Hamburg. 

<&anb,/.-,;j/.^dnbc,  hand;  — fd^uf^, 
m.  glove,  gauntlet. 

»§an'fcel,  m.  -g,  pi.  «&dnbel,  com 
merce,  trade,  traffic;  bargain; 
business,  affair,  action. 

•Jpan'tehi,  v.  n.  to  act ;  trade,  deal. 

"^anb^verfer,  m.  -^,pl.-,  mechanic. 

•5anf,  m.  -eg,  hemp. 

»^anno'iH%  Hanover. 

•^an'gcn,  P.  182,  to  hang,  dangle. 

•J^du'ijen,  to  hang,  suspend. 

•&arl,  adj.  hard;  severe,  rigorous. 

•^a'fe,  771.  -n,  pi.  -n,  hare. 

^apfen,  v.  a.  to  hate. 

•&df 'lidb,  adj.  ugly,  wicked. 

^aft,/.  -,  haste. 

tJpan'en,  v.  a.  P.  182,  to  hew,  cut, 
strike. 

<§aupt,  n.  -eg,  pi.  -^du^ter,  head; 
chief;  —  niann,  m.  captain  ; 
—  ftabt,/.  capital,  metropolis. 

.^aug,  n.  -feg,  pi.  J^dufer.  house  ; 
household,  family ;  — tl;ier,  n, 
domestic  animal. 

^dng'dien,  L.  18. 

«&e*ben,  P.  182,  to  lift,  elevate. 

•^cer,  n.  -eg,  pi.  -e,  army. 

'^cll,  adj.  healed;  sound,  unhurt; 
n.  -eg,    welfare,  health. 


«Oin 


3ta 


201 


^ci'ligen^  v.  f .  to  hallow. 

-ijpcin'vicli,  771.  Henry. 

^i\^,  adj.  hot,  ardent,  torrid. 

Jpoi'0.ii,  V.  a.  4"  w-  P-  182,  to  call, 
bid  ;  enjoin ;  to  be  called,  be 
said  ;  mean,  signify  ;  be  con- 
sidered ;  C3  f)eii5f,  it  is  said, 
they  say  ;  ba^s  I;eipt,  that  is  to 
say,  that  is  ;  tnic  (jeipcu  (gie? 
what  is  your  name  ? 

•^el'fen,  P.  182,  to  help,  assist. 

4)cll,  adj.  clear,  bright,  plain. 

4pev,  adv.  hither,  hitherward.L.38. 

^^craii,  adv.  on,  near,  near  to;  up, 
upwards.  Ij.  38. 

«§eiaiif',  adv.  up,  upwards. 

^cvaue',  adv.  out. 

^ixh,  Jpcr'be,  arfy.harsh,sour,bitter. 

J&crbci'futjven,  v.  a.  to  lead  near; 
bring  on. 

^evbft,  m.  -e^,  pi.  -e,  autumn; 
harvest. 

<&et'hnimu'u,  v.  n  ir.  to  come  here 
or  hither,  approach ;  to  proceed. 

«^ecv,  m.  -en, ;;/.  -m,  master;  gen- 
tleman ;  lord ;  sir. 

<§evi'|clu'n,  V.  n.  to  rule,  reign, 
govern,  prevail, 

^^evi'i  bev,  adv.  over,  across.  L.38. 

t^evuu'tcv,  adv.  down.  L.  38. 

Jperj,  n.-z\\i,pl.-n\.  heart;  courage. 

•^ei'^eg,  m.  -et%  pi.  -e,  duke. 

J^ei'jci]0l)ut,  m.  -c^,  ducal  hat. 

.&eucl}elei',  /.  -,  hypocrisy. 

^mi,  «C>eu'te,  adv.  to-day,  this 
day;  — ju  ilage,  now-a-days. 

«^te'bfu,  see  (}aueii,  P.  182. 

«&ier,  adv.  here  ;  in  this  world  ; 
— (jer,  adv.  hither,  here. 

^\\'U,f.  -,  pi.  -n.  aid,  help,  suc- 
cor, assistance,  relief. 

^ilf'lc^,  adj.  helpless. 

^Im'mel,  m.  -i,  pi.  -,  heaven,  hea- 
vens, pi..,  sky;  zone,  climate. 

^in,  adv.  thither,  away,  gone.h  38 

^iiuib',  adv.  down,  down  there 
(f.  l)oruutev,  l)imiuter).  L.  38. 

iQ'mOM]' ,  adv .  up,  up  there.  L.  38. 

<^inaug',  adv.  out,  out  there. 


<^tn'geT)cn,  v.  n.  ir.  to  go  to;  pass. 

.^tu'ter,  pre.  &  adv.  behind,  after, 
back,  backwards  ;  — fiube,  /. 
back-room ;  — tl)cil,  n.  hind- 
part  ;  stern. 

•i^iuii'bcr,  adv.  over,  across,  be- 
yond. L.  38. 

.^c'bel  m.  -6,  pi.  -,  plane. 

J^cdi,  adj.  high,  lofty;    sublime. 

^c],  m.  -z^,pl.  J^ofe,  yard,  court- 
yard ;  farm ;  manor,  court. 

^ef'fen,  v.  a.  to  hope,  expect. 

<^cff' luuuj,/.  -,  pi.  -en,  hope,  ex- 
pectation. 

•^ci'lidi,  adj.  polite. 

'i^cf'littfeit,  /.  -.  pi.  -en,  courte- 
ousness,  civility;  politeness. 

•^cl'ldnber,  m.  Dutchman. 

•^el;^,  n.  -cc,  /j/.-^ctjer  wood;  timber. 

•^c'ren,  v.  a.  4"  n.  to  hear,  give  ear. 

^iibfdi,  adj.  4"  adv.  pretty,  fair. 

4?nf'  m.  -e^,  pi.  -e,  hoof. 

4?u'viel,  m.  -i,  pi  -,  hillock,  hill. 

S^\\i)\\,  n.  -ti.pl.  '^iUjner,  fowl. 

^^i'lffo,  f.  J^llfe. 

Ji)ulpIo(?,  see  t)ilf(cg. 

JpiicjelM^en,  L.  18. 

Jpunb,  m.  -ii.  pi.  -e,  dog. 

J^un'tert,  see  L.  51.  14. 

Ji)iina5Mien,  L.  18. 

«^un\3erig,  adj.  hungry. 

J^uu'^cvu,  V.  n.  <Sf  imp.  to  hunger 
to  be  hungry ;  starve.  L.  42. 

<^ut,  m.  -ci,  pi.  <^ute,  hat,  bonnet 

«§l)d'ne,  /.  -,  pi.  -n,  hyena. 

3  (33ocaI). 
3m,  L.  15.  4. 

Sni'mer,  adv.  always,  ever. 
3n,  pre.  into,  in ;  at,  within,  to, 

of.   L- 56. 
Snbem',   while,  when,   because, 

since. 
3n'nerl)alb,  pre.  within. 
Sn'fcl,/.  -,  pi.  -n,  island,  isle. 
3nteveffant^  adj.  interesting. 
Sntcvei'fe,  n.  -es  pi-  -",  hiieresU 
Selanb,  n.  -c^,  Iceland. 
Stalle'nifd),  adj.  Italian 


202 


Stan 


Stxa 


3   .(Sonfonant), 
3a,  adu-  yes,  ay,  yea ;  L.  65. 
Sa'j^en,  v.  a.  ^  n.  to  chase,  hunt ; 

ill  bie  g-ludit  — ,  to  put  to  flight. 
Sd'^ev,  m.  -!^,  pi.  -,  hunter. 
3al)i%  n.  -Ci?,  pi.  -c,  year. 
3v"il/ice',^''i^/.  season. 
Sauuar',  m.  -i,  January. 
3e,  adv.  ever,  always  ;  — nad)bem, 

according  as. 
Se'bevmaun,  every  body. 
Sebod/,  how^ever,  nevertheless 
Si'^ig-  adj.  present,  now. 
3i'|t  adv.  now,  at  present. 
3cdi,  n.  -I'kJ,  pi.  -e,  yoke  ;  bow 
3c(}aun',  m.  John. 
Scfep^,  m.  Joseph. 
^w'^iiz.  m.  -n,  pi  -w,  jew, 
Su'ijcub,  /*  youtn. 
Su'ii,  Su'liut^,  m.  -,  July. 
3uiu],  adj.  young;  new,  recent. 
3uiu]liiig,  m-  -eg,  pi.  -e,  youth,  lad. 
3u'piter,  Jupiter. 
Su'wele,/-,  pi.  -w,  jewel;  -nt;diib; 

ler,  m.  jeweller. 

itaf'fcp,  m.  -(?,  coffee. 

Jlai'fer,  m.  -^,  pi.  -,  emperor. 

Jtai'fevin,/.  -,  pi  -iieii,  empress. 

^.\[h,  n.  -eg,  pi  jldlber,  calf. 

Malt,  adj.  cold,  chill,  frigid. 

.Jtameel',  n.  -eg,  pi  -e,  camel. 

.K\iinc^ab,  m.  -eii,  comrade  . 

^amm,  m.  -eg,  pi  Maxmm,  comb. 

Jlampf,  m.  -zi,pl.  jldm))fe,  combat. 

JlaninMien,  n.  -g,  pi.  -,  rabbit. 

M(x\v\n,f.  -r  pi.  -11,  can,  jug. 

Jtauc^ie,  /.  -,  pi.  ~\\,  cannon ; 
— nfduip,  m.  — iifdni^weite,  /. 
cannon-shot. 

Man'i,d.f.  -,  pi.  -ii,  pulpit,  chair. 

Jlapell'e  or  gapelle/  chapel. 

JTail,  771.  Charles. 

ild'i'e,  m.  -g,  pi  -,  cheese. 

ita'lje,/.  ^,  pi  -n,  cat. 

5tau  feu,  v.  a.  to  buy,  purchase 

Jlauf  maiui,  m.  -eg,  pi  -Icute,  mer- 
chant. 


itaum,  adv.  scarce,  scarcely. 

^ci'dkii,  V.  n.  to  pant,  gasp. 

Md'k.f.  -,pl  -11,  trowel. 

.S:cl'lev,  m.  -g,  pi  -,  cellar,  cave, 

^eii/nen,  v.  a.  P.  182,  to  know,  be 
acquainted  with :  —  leriien,  to 
become  acquainted  with. 

jlei'fei-,  m.  prison,  dungeon. 

Rci'te,f.  -,pl  -11,  chain. 

,Keu'd)eu,  f.  Jteidien. 

,Kiiib,  n.  -eg,  pi  -ev,  child;  mfanl. 

Jliub'lciu,  dim.  o/Jtinb. 

Jlii'cbe,/.  -,pl.  -11,  church. 

Jlh'fdK,/.  -,pl  -11,  cherry. 

,ftip|"eii,  n.  cushion,  pillow. 

■Kla'gcu,  V.  n.  to  complain,  lai  »ent. 

,^ieib,  n.  -rg,  pi  -n,  garment, 
dress,  garb,  gown. 

^Itiii,  adj.  little,  small,  trifling. 

mtJwi^Uxi.f.  -,pl.m,  trifle. 

Jllet'tein,  v.  n.  to  climb,  scramble, 

^hig,  adj.  prudent,  ingenious, 
wise,  judicious,  skilful. 

.KUtg'ijcif,  /.  -,  prudence,  judi- 
ciousness, wit,  wisdom. 

Jtua'be,  m.  -ii, ;;/.  -n,  boy,  lad. 

^ndb'd)en,  L.  18. 

.fluedit  m.-eg,  jo/.-e,  servant,  slave. 

i^iiie'en,  Jlni'eii,  v.  n.  to  kneel. 

jliicpf,  m.  -eg,  pi.  ^iiopfe,  button. 

Jliiog'pe,/.  -,  pi  -n,  bud,  eye. 

ilodi,  m.  -eg,  f)l.  ,Kdd)e,  cook. 

.Kef  fer,  m.  -g,  pi  -,  coffer,  trunk. 

Mciji,  m.  -eg,  cabbage. 

Jlol)'(e,/.  -.  ;;/.  -ii,  charcoal;  coaL 

Jtcm'mcn,  P.  182,  to  come;  get  to, 
arrive  at. 

ilo'iiig,  m.  -cg,^/.-e,  king ;  — vcid), 
n.  kingdom. 

Jlo'iiigiii,/.  -,  pi  -lien,  queen. 

Atc^iujUd),  adj.  royal,  kingly. 

Jieu'nen,  L.  31. 

.itoval'U',/.  -,  pi  -11,  coral. 

i^lcih,  m.  -eg,  pi  ilovbe,  basket 

Jioib'dHMi,  L.  18. 

Stoxw,  w.-eg,  pi  .itoriier,  grain;  cora 

vK'ei'pcr,  m.  -es,  pi  -,  body. 

Jtraft,  /.  -,  2 1  .«:vdftc,  strength, 
force,    vigor,  faculty,  power. 


S^an 


Sie 


203 


jlraft,  pre.  by  virtue  of,  L.  48. 

^vaiif,  adj.  sick,  ill,  diseased. 

v^rviu!'l)eit,  /.  -,  j:l.  -en,  disease, 
illness. 

itiaiij,  m.  -c^,  fl.  Jlrcin^e,  garland, 
wreath;  crown,  circle,  society. 

Jtia'^cu,  V.  a.  4"  n.  to  scratch. 

.Kvcn^,  71.  -i'5,  pi.  -c,  cross,  cruci- 
fix; — ,^iui,  m.  crusade. 

,^rie/ci)en,  P.  182,  to  creep,  crawl. 

.^Tricfl,  m.  -c^,  pi.  -c,  war. 

^lie'vjev,  m.  -^,  pi.  -,  warrior. 

Jti-ici]o'^ni},  m.  campaign. 

.^vcfcbil'  n.  -iS,  j:L  -e,   crocodile. 

^uc'iie,/. -,  ^7.-11,  crown,  coro- 
net;  head;  top  (of  a  tree). 

^iVd)e,/,  -,  jl.  -w,  kitchen. 

^\\{){,  adj.  cool,  fresh;  cold. 

.^ul)n,  adj.  bold,  hardy,  dauntless. 

.^um'mcv,  m.  -^,  sorrow,  grief. 

Jtun'be,  /.  -,  pi.  -11,  knowledge, 
information  ;  news,  notice  ;  m. 
-u,  il.  -11,  customer. 

Jluiift,  /.  -,  pi.  M\\\\U,  art,  arti- 
fice ;  skill. 

^iiiifl'ler,  m.  -S,  pi.  -,  artist. 

Sa'cbcln,  v.  n.  to  smile. 
£M'ilieii,  V.  n.  to  laugh,  smile. 
^d'clHnlid),  adj.  ridiculous. 
Sadi^,  m.  -fct^,  pi.  -fe,  salmon. 
Sa'ije,/.  -,  pi.  -u,  situation,  site  , 

position;  attitude, 
ga'j^er,  n.  -5,  pi.  -,  couch,  bed  ; 

camp, 
^a'gcru,  v.  a.  to  lay  down  ;  store  ; 

encamp  ;  to  lie  down. 
£vnl}ni,  adj.  lame  ;  halt,  halting, 
fiamm,  n.  -eg,  pi.  ^animev,  lamb. 
£cimmM)cu,  dim.  o/8amm.  L.  18. 
gaiu'vc/. -,  jo/.  -n,  lamp. 
Saiib,  n.  -ci5,  jo/.  Sdubev  (Saube), 

land  ;  ground,,  soil ;  country  ; 

— ftva|ie,y!  high-road,  highway. 
?anc|,    adj.    long,    tall ;    during ; 

-mutt)./,  long-sufferance;  -wei; 

lig,  ^(/j.  tedious,  tiresome, 
^an  ge,  adv.  long,  a  long  while. 


San^'fani,  adj.  slow,  dull,  heavy. 

Sdiigft,  ado.  long  ago,  long  since. 

l^ai'ieit,  L.  31.  &  P.  182. 

^aft,  f.  -,  pi.  -en,  load,  burden ; 
— tl;iev,  n.  beast  of  burden. 

2a'fta-t)aft,  adj.  vicious,  wicked. 

SdTtivi,  adj.  burdensome,  trouble- 
some. 

Saiif,  m.  -oi3,  pi.  Sdiife,  run.  course. 

Sau'fni,  P.  182,  to  run. 

I'aiit,  m.  -it),  pL  -e,  sound,  tone. 

Sc'beii,  V.  n.  to  live  ;  n.  -6,  life ; 
vivacity. 

Si'bev,  n.  -^,  pi.  -,  leather. 

So'Dcvii.  adj.  leathern. 

Cc'bivj,  adj.  empty,  void,  vacant ; 
free,  unmarried. 

2t 'v^cn,  V.  a.  to  lay,  to  put,  to  place. 

2d}i^cid),  adj.  instructive. 

Sct)'reu,  V.  a.Xo  teach,  instruct. 

Stiy'fcv,  m.  -i,  pi.  -,  teacher,  in- 
structor, professor,  master. 

2e()i'liiuv772.  -es?,  f/.-e,  apprentice 

Sdb,  m.  -c»?,  pi.  -ix,  body. 

!^eid}t  adj.  light ;  easy ;  fickle. 

£eib,  adj.  sorrowful,  troublesome ; 
e^  ijt  niir  — ,  c>3  tl;iit  mir  — ,  I 
am  sorry  for  it. 

Sei'bcii,  P.  182,  to  suffer,  endure, 
bear,  tolerate ;  —  iiu\]ni,  to 
like ;  n.  -i,  pi.  -e,  suffering ; 
misfortune. 

ScKI)en,  V.  a.  P.  182,  to  lend. 

i^civrjivj,  n.  Leipsic. 

Sei'cl)e,/.  -,  pi.  -n,  lark ;  larch-tree. 

Sei'iteii,  V.  a.  Sf  n.  to  learn ;  feu; 
lieu  — ,  to  become  acquainted 
with  ;  au^weiibuj  — ,  to  learn  by 
heart. 

Sc'feii,  V.  a.  4"  n.  P.  182,  to  read ; 
gather, 

Sc^t,  adj.  last,  ultimate,  final. 

iH'udi'tcr,  m.  -^.  pi.  -,  candlestick, 

^^^cu'te,  pi.  people,  persons. 

Std't,  adj.  light,  clear,  bright ;  s. 
light,  candle. 

Sicb,  ac?y.  dear,  beloved  ;  pleasing; 
meiiie  l*icbe,  my  dear ;  ciS  ift 
miv  >— ,  I  am  glad, 


204 


'.an 


mit 


fiicBe,/.  -,  love,  affection. 

Cle'ben,  v.  a.  c$-  n.  to  love. 

£le'6er,  adv.  rather,  sooner,  better. 

Sieb'llng,  m.  -e5,  pi.  -e,  favorite, 
darling. 

Steb,  n.  -^S,  pi.  -ev,  song,  air. 

8tc'gen,  P.  182,  to  lie ;  be  situated. 

£i'lte,/.  -,pl.  -n,  lily. 

Sin'be,y.  -,  pi.  -u,  linden-tree. 

i*in!,  adj.  left ;  left-handed. 

Sob,  w.-e^,  praise ;  commendation. 

So'ben,  r.  a.  to  praise,  commend. 

So*,  n.  -e^,  p/.  needier,  hole. 

£of;n,  m.  4-  n.  -eg, ;?/.  8o^nc,  re- 
ward, wages,  pi  hire  ;  pay,  sa- 
lary. 

Sorb,  m.  lord. 

So'we  m.  -n,  joZ.  -n,  lion. 

Suft,/.  -,  pZ.  Sufte;  air  ;  breeze  ; 
atmosphere. 

Suffballoii,  m.  air-balloon. 

Sii'gen,  P.  182,  to  lie,  tell  a  lie. 

Suft,  /.  -,  pi.  Siifte,  pleasure,  joy, 
enjoyment,  delight;  inclination, 
fancy,  desire. 

SiVften,  f.  ©emften.  L.  44.  4. 

Sii'^en,  n.  Lutzen. 

Wl. 

SJla'dien,  v.  a.  to  make,  do,  fabri- 
cate, produce  ;  represent ;  iva^ 
—  <Sie  I  how  do  you  do  1  how 
are  you  ? 

2Jiad)t,/.-,  pi.  3Jld*te,  might,  force. 

2)idcl)'tic|,  adj.  mighty,  powerful ; 
ciner  @v^ci*c  —  feiu  to  be  mas- 
ter of  a  language. 

Syiab'iten,  n.  -?,  pi.  -,  maiden,  girl. 

2)iaiibeburg,  n.  Magdeburg. 

SDZa'qer,  adj    meager,  lean ;  dry. 

3«at)'len,  P.  182,togrind. 

Tlal)\*  rfien,  n.  -(?,  pi.  -,  tale,  legend. 

SJlai,  m.  -eg.  May. 

3)Zat,  n.-eg,  pl.-(,  time,  bout  L.  51. 

2Ra'Ier,  m.  -^,  pi  -,  painter. 

mdta,  Malta. 

SOlan,  one,  they,  people.  L..30  3. 

2Jlau'd)er,  aDiau'd)e,  !i)ian'd)e<5,  pre. 
many  a,  many  a  one  ;  SKanc^e, 


pi  many,  some,  several ;  Tlant 
<i)i6,  many  things. 

SJlan'bel,  /.  -,  pi.  -n,  almond. 

SJlann,  m.  -eei,  pi  ilJldnner,  man; 
husband. 

SKann^'fetb,  m.  Mansfield. 

maw'td,  m.  -g,  pi.  ^ixntd,  cloak. 

SDZavia,  Maria,  Mary. 

TlaxH,  m.  -e^,  pi.  SDidrfte,  market, 
mart,  market-place. 

SWd'pig,  ac?;.  moderate,  temperate. 

Sdafl,  m.  -eg,  ;)Z.  -en,  mast. 

S^latro'fe,  m.  -n,  jpZ.  -n,  sailor. 

SJlau'rer,  m.  -i,  pi  -,  mason. 

2)laitmi'Ilan,  m.  Maximilian. 

SD^ecr,  n.  -eg,  pi.  -e,  sea,  ocean. 

3Jlec'regwoge,/.  wave,  billow. 

2JZe(}t,  n.  -eg,  flour^  meal ;  dust. 

SOic^r,  ac?;'.  4"  adv.  more.  L.  22,  3. 

2)leVreve,  ac?;".  pi.  several. 

SJlei'ben,  P.  182,  to  avoid ;  shun. 

SD'lei'nen,  v.  a.  4"  n.  to  think,  sup- 
pose. 

2.Tiei^iung,  /.  -,  pi  -en,  opinion, 
meaning ;  intention  ;  mind. 

2)lei-^el,  m.  -g,  pi  -,  chisel. 

2Jleifi,  5m;?.  most,  mostly.  L.  22, 3. 

SJlei'fter,  m.  -g,  pi.  -,  master. 

33ieHbcn,  v.  a.  to  announce,  notify. 

2)lenfdi,  m.  -en,  man ;  person. 

2Repfen,  P.  182,  to  measure ;  sur- 
vey; compare. 

SJlcpfev,  n.  -g,  pi  -,  knife. 

iOletall',  n.  -eg,  ;?/.  -e,  metal. 

Tl\id\f.  -r  milk. 

SOZin'bcn,  n.  Minden. 

jyiini'iler,  m.  -g,  />/.  -,  minister. 

2Jiip'lingcn,  9}iipliu'ijcn,  v.  n.  P. 
182,  to  go  amiss,  to  fail. 

SWip'ocrjlcl^en,  t^el^cu,  P.  184,  to 
misunderstand. 

Tilt,  pre.  with,  by,  at,  upon,  un- 
der, to. 

TlU'td,  n.  -6, pi  middle,  medium ; 
mean,  means,  expedient ;  re- 
medy. 

QJlit'teii,  adv.  ir.  the  midst,  in  the 
middle  oi".  in  the  heart  of 
amidst. 


^am 


^u^ 


205 


SWo'be,/.  -,  pi.  -n,  mode,  fashion. 

SJlo'geii,  L.  31.  &  P.  182. 

SWog'Ud),  adj.  possible,  visible; 
practicable. 

SD^lo'nat,  m.-e^,  pl.-^,  month;  moon. 

SJioub,  m.  -zi,pl.  -e,  (-en),  moon; 
month. 

*DZov';^en,  m.  -^,  pi.  -,  morning; 
morn ;  Orient,  East ;  adv.  to- 
morrow ;  —  friU),  to-morrow 
morning. 

Sftii'be,  adj.  weary,  tired,  fatigued. 

S^lul'Ier,  m.  -6,  pi.  -,  miller. 

SD'liiu'd^en,  n.  Munich. 

2Jluu'ter,  adj.  awake ;  brisk,  ac- 
tive. 

SJlufif',/.  -,  pi.  ^vi'[\U\\,  music. 

9Jlu0'fel,  m.  -g,  pi.  -n,  muscle. 

aauf'fen,  L.  31.  &  P.  182. 

2Jiutf>,  m.  -e^,  courage,  spirit ; 
mood. 

3)liit'tev,  /.  -,  pi.  3)lfitter,  mother. 

9laci),  pre.  after,  behind,  in,  at,  to, 
for,  towards  ;  upon  ;  accord- 
ing to.  L.  57. 

>JJacl)'bav,  m.  -g,  pi.  -n,  neighbor. 

SfJadibcm',  conj.  after,  when. 

9ia'c^en,  m.  -ei,  jo/.  -,  boat,  skiff. 

Siadi'fcl^er,  m.  -3,  />/.  -,  successor. 

S'ladi'ldffig,  adj.  negligent,  care- 
less, slovenly ;  inattentive. 

Sl^acb'iidU,  /.  -,  ;;/,  -en,  account, 
advice,  intelligence,  informa- 
tion, notice,  tidings. 

Sldd))!,  pre.  <5f  adv.  next,  next  to, 
closest ;  lately. 

9'idcl)'ftc,  L.  22,  3. ;  m.  -n,  pi.  -n, 
neighbor,  fellow-creature. 

9fia*t,  /.  -,  pi.  ^I6,i^iz,  night. 

9'iad)'tlgaa,  /.  -,  pi.  -en,  nightin- 
gale. 

OZa'gel,  m.  -6,  pi.  OMgel,  nail ;  pin , 
peg- 

^d'ljern,  v.  a.  <5f  r.  to  bring  near ; 
approach,  draw  near. 

Dfla'me,  m.  -n3,  pi.  -n,  name ;  title ; 
renown,  reputation. 


S'lag'^orn,  n.  rhinoceros. 

Option  ,/.  -,pl.  -en,  nation. 

D^e'bel,  m.  -^,pL  -,  mist;  fog. 

SfJe'ben,  pre.  by,  near,  beside,  be- 
sides, by  the  side  of,  next  to, 
close  to,  with. 

9^cbjl,  pre.  together  with,  with, 
besides,  including. 

D^effe,  m.  -n,  pi.  -n,  nephew. 

9^el)'men,  P.  182,  to  take  ;  receive 

^ieib,  m.  -H,  envy,  jealousy. 

9Jei'bifd),  adj.  envious  ;  grudging, 

Sfiei'gung,/  -,  pi.  -in,  inclination, 
proneness,  disposition. 

9^etn,  adv.  no, 

Oien'nen.  P.  182,  to  name,  deno- 
minate ;  call. 

9fievv,  m.  -en,  pi.  -en,  nerve ;  -cnfte* 
ber,  n.  nervous  fever. 

Sfieil,  n.  -ei3,  pi.  -er,  nest. 

S'ieu,  adj.  new ;  fresh ;  recent,  mo- 
dern ;  auf3  Selene,  son  JJieuem, 
anew,  afresh,  again. 

JJieuni*,  adj.  lately,  recently. 

O^enn,  L.  51.  14. 

Slcnn'jig,  see  L.  51.  14. 

9^id)t,  adv.  not.  L.  60. 

S'^ld^tg,  pr.  nothing,  naught. 

yt'xt,  adv.  never,  at  no  time. 

Sflie'bev,  adj.  low,  lower,  nethsi , 
inferior ;  mean ;  adv.  low, 
down,  downwards. 

Dlie'berlatje,  /.  -,  pi.  -en,  defeat, 
overthrow ;  depot,  warehouse. 

S'Jie'berldnber,  m.  Hollander. 

Oflie'bettwcrfen,  L.  188,  to  throw 
down,  prostrate. 

S^ie'manb,  pre.  nobody,  no  one 

S^icd),  L.  66. 

DIor'wegcr,  m.  Norwegian. 

9Jo'te,/.  -,pl.  -n,  note. 

S^otf),  adj.  needful,  necessary; 
e3  tl)ut  — ,  it  is  necessary ;  f.  -, 
pi.  92dtl)en,  need ;  distress  ;  ca- 
lamity. 

S'iur,  adv.  only,  solely,  l)ut,  ever 

^\\^.f.-,pl.  9Me.  nut. 

51ii^'lirf),  adj.  useful,  profitable. 


20(5 


mi 


maf 


Cb,  to)ij.  whether,  if;  L.  58,  aU 

— ,  as  if ;  pre.  on,  on  account 

of;  beyond. 
Cbevcn,  m.  Oberon, 
Cbi^loiit',  conj.  though,  although, 

notwithstanding. 
£)bft,  n.  -(S,  fruit,  fruits ;  fruitage. 
Oit<?,  Dci)'fe,  m.  -ftn,  pi.  -fen,  ox  ; 

bull. 
Dcftcvreiit,  n.  Austria. 
£'ter,  Oder,  (river). 
Cbev,  con;',  o:  ;  or  else ;  either,  or. 
Cu'ii,  m.  -6,  pi.  Dcfen,  stove. 
Don'iuMi,  V.  a.  4"  r.  to  open. 
Cft.  adv.  "oft,  often,  frequently. 
Ciiim,  m.  -c£*,  »/.  -c,  uncle. 
dym,  pre.  4"  «'^i'-  without. 
Cel,  «.  -e^,  )t>/.  -e,  oil. 
Cpcv,/.  -,/>/.  -n,  opera. 
Ci'i>cutlicl),  adj.  orderly,  regular. 
Dit,  ?n.-<:C\pl.  -c,  (Dertcv),  place. 
Oft,  m.  -e^,  East. 
C^'ten,  m.  -6,  East. 
£)fti./i)icn,  n.  East  India. 

^. 

%\a\\  7i.-e^,  ;)Z.  -c,  pair,  couple  ;  a 
few. 

!]3aXMcr',  n.  -e^, ;?/.  -c,  paper. 

^Hiraticaycj^cl,  m.  bird  of  paradise. 

^avte',  n.  Paris. 

^i>a§,  m.  -ffeJJ,  ;?/.  ^ciffe,  pass,  pas- 
sage, passport. 

?J.Hi['j"cn,  V.  n.  to  fit,  suit. 

^Hu'iiigcn,  V.  a.  to  torment,  rack. 

^cx'k.f-  -,  pi.  -11,  pearl. 

^eft,  /.  -,  pi.  -eu,  pestilence, 
plague. 

^faf'fe,  m.  -n,  pi.  -n,  priest,  par- 
son. 

^Pfcf'rcr,  m.  -^,  pepper. 

i'ifoi'feii,  P.  182,  to  pipe  ;  whistle. 

^icxh,  n.  -c  5,  pi  -e<  horse. 

C^^v/fifcl1c,/ -,;?/.  -II,  peach. 

^flau'jcii,  v.a.  to  plant,  set ;  n.  -£?, 
planting. 

^\ian'nK,f-,pl.-\\,  ^lum. 


?j3^e'fl[en,  tj.  a.  to  take  cire  o£ 
nurse  ;  attend  to  ;  v.  n.  to  be 
accustomed,  indulge. 

5pfllcl)t,/.  -,  pi.  -eii,  duty  ;  obliga- 
tion. 

^fiii'cfen,  z;.  a.  to  pluck,  pick. 

^4>fhifl,  m.  -eS,  7?Z.  ^-j^fliuje,  plough. 

$(}inipp,  m.  Philip. 

^j^in'Kl  m.  -g,;?/.  -,  paint-brush, 
pencil. 

^laii,  m.  -eg,  joZ.  ^(dne,  plan,  de- 
sign. 

5|5cli'icn,  V.  a.  to  polish. 

$cft,/.  -,  pi.  -en,  post,  post-office; 
stage ;  intelligence,  news. 

^otfii'Dam,  n.  Potsdam. 

^'vag-  n.  Prague. 

Cprai)'lcn,  v.  n.  to  boast,  brag. 

^praf'tifd),  practical. 

$i-elfen,  P.  182,  to  praise,  com 
mend;  call. 

^re^'buvfl,  n.  Presburg. 

^vef'fe,/.-,  pl.-w.  press ;  dilemma. 

^rcf  feu,  V.  a.  to  press  ;  oppress. 

^ veil' pen,  n.  Prussia. 

^rinj,  m.  -en,  pi.  -en,  prince. 

i^i-cnie't()euiJ,  m.  Prometheus. 

$vcteftant',  m.  -cu,  pi.  -en,  protes- 
tant. 

^roteftan'tifd),  adj.  protestant. 

^ntt,  n.  -eg,  pi.  -e,  desk. 

$u|'marf)erin,/  milliner. 

Si- 

•DucU,  m.  -g,  pi.  -en,  source ;  well, 

fountain. 
Duel'Ie,/.  -,;?;.  -n,  well  (f.  CueU), 

spring,  fountain. 

^. 

^\:i'i''t,  m.  -n,  pi.  -n.  raven. 
OiviMK,  /.  -,  vengeance,  revenge. 
Dld'cten,  v.  a.  to  revenge,  avenge  ; 

V.  r.  to  revenge  one's  self,  take 

vengeance. 
O^iuvv  m.  -eg,  rank,  order,  ratCj 

dignity,  quality  ;  row. 
9taft,  f.-,pl.-i\\,  rest,  repose  ;  -to3, 

adj.  restless. 


mei 


<Bax 


207 


fRo.t[),  m .  -eg,  counsel,  advice  ; 
means,  expedient;  consultation, 
deliberation ;  court,  council. 

9la'il)eu,  P.  182,  to  counsel,  ad- 
nce  ;  guess. 

9'iaubtl)ier,  ?^.  beast  of  prey- 

Dlviu'ben,  v.  a.  to  rob,  prey,  pillage. 

Otdu'ber,  m.  -s?,  pi.  -,  robber. 

Stau'itni,  V.  a.  4"  n.  to  smoke. 

9kiim,  m.  -z^,  pi.  DUume,  room, 
space. 

Oie^'auug,/.  -,  pi.  -en,  bill,  calcu- 
lation ;  account,  computation. 

Sftectit,  adj.  <Sf  adv.  right ;  just ; 
true,  real ;  in  right  condition, 
legitimate ;  rightly,  well,  very. 

JJied^t,  n.  -e?,  pi.  -e,  right;  claim, 
title;  privilege,  immunity;  law, 
justice. 

Dte'fce,  /.  -,  ph  -n,  speech ;  ha- 
rangue, oration ;  discourse  ; 
cine  -  (fatten,  fo  make  a  speech. 

Oieb'Uitfeit,/  honesty,  candor. 

Stefcvmatlou',  /.  -,  j[.l  -en,  refor- 
mation. 

Stt'^et,/.  -,pl.  -11,  rule,  principle. 

9ie'geii,  m.  -i,  pi.  -,  rain  ;  shower. 

9te}^ellt^  m.  -eii,  pi.  -eii.  regent. 

Sieglmeul',  n.  -6, pi.  -ev,  regiment; 
government,  power. 

Dlei'beu,  P.  182,  to  rub,  grate. 

JReiit,  adj.  rich,  wealthy,  opulent ; 
n.  -e^,  pi.  -c,  empire,  realm. 

0iei*0'fihft,  m.  prince  of  the  em- 
pire- 

9lei<.t't()um,  m.  -eg,  pi.  -tfjiimcr, 
riches,  pi.  wealth. 

9?iMf,  adj.  ripe,  mature. 

Dlci'fen,  v.  n.  to  grow  ripe,  ripen  ; 
V.  imp.  to  rime. 

tftcVi)Crf.  -,pl.  -11.  row  ;  rank,  file ; 
range ;  order,  series  ;  turn. 

D^ein,  adj.  clean  ;  pure  ;  clear ; 
innocent. 

dlc\H,f.  -.  pi.  -,  journey,  voyage. 

Oici'fen,  v.  n.  to  travel,  journey. 

eit'i'tcii,  P.  182,  to  ride,  go  on 
horseback. 

Dlci'ter,  m.  -g.  pi.  -,  horseman. 


OJei'jenb,  adj.  charming. 

Sieliijion',/.  -,  pi.  -en,  religion. 

9{euiitl)icr,  n.  rein-deer. 

S'telnibnE',/  -,  pi  -eu,  republic. 

9lid)'ter,  m.  g-,  pi.  -,  judge,  ma- 
gistrate. 

SSi\t'\t,  m.  -11,  pi.  -n,  giant- 

9?ie'fenfdilaiige,  see  (id)langc,  boa- 
constrictor. 

Oling,  m.  -eg,  pi.  -e,  ring. 

9iorf,  m.  -H,pl.  a^iccfe,  coat. 

9{om,  Rome. 

Sic'mifc^,  roman. 

Oic'fe,/.  -.pi.  -n,  rose. 

9Zot().  adj.  red. 

Siublu',  m.  -eg,  pi.  -e,  ruby. 

gtii'bol^f),  m.  Rudolph. 

9tucf'jug,  m.  -eg,  pi.  -\\\o,t,  retreat. 

Olu'feu,  P.  184,  to  call,  cry. 

9tu'l;e,  /.  -,  rest,  repose,  quiet; 
tranquillity,  peace ;  sleep. 

Stu'iiig,  adj.  quiet,  peacable. 

9iii()m,  m.-eg  glory,  renown,  fame. 

9iut)'mcu,  V.  a.  to  praise,  glorify, 
extol ;  V.  r.  to  glory  in,  boast  of. 

9luiib,  adj.  round,  rotund,  cir- 
cular. 

9luf/laiib,  n.  -g,  Russia. 

9iui'fe,  m.  -u,  Russian. 

(Sa'ite,/.  -,  pi.  -11,  thing,  matter,* 

affair,  concern ;  business, 
^adi'fe,  m.  -n,  Saxon. 
(SadVfeu,  n.  Saxony. 
(Sa'gen,  v.  a.  6^  n.  to  say,  tell ; 

speak, 
©alat',  m.  -eg,  pi.  -e,  salad. 
(2alj,  n.  -eg.  pi.  -e,  salt. 
(Sam'meln,  v.  a.  to  collect,  gather, 
©am'met,  m.  -eg,  velvet. 
(gammt,  pre.  together  with. 
@anb,  m.  -eg,  sand. 
(Saiit'faf,  n.  sand-box. 
©aiift,  adj.  soft,  gentle,  smooth, 

mild  ;  — nuitt),  — miit()icjfe[t,  / 

gentleness,  mildness, 
(gau'ger,  m.  -g,  pi.  -.  singer, 
(garbi'uien,  n.  Sardinia. 


208 


^^l 


<B(^t 


©at'tet,  m.-€,pL  battel,  saddle. 

©atl'ler,  m.  -^,  pi.  -,  saddler. 

@a|,  m.  -?S,  pi.  i£d|e,  leap,  jump ; 
sediment ;  position,  thesis ; 
point ;  sentence,  period ;  stake. 

©au'fen,  P.  184,  to  drink  (of 
beasts). 

<Bcc'm,f.  -,  pl.-n,  scene. 

©dia'bcn,  V.  n.  to  hurt,  harm,  da- 
mage, injure. 

(Sdiaf,  n.  -e'<s,  pi.  -e,  sheep. 

(Sdiaf'fcn,  P.  184,  to  create,  call 
into  existence,  make,  produce. 

©cbd'meti,  V.  r.  to  be  ashamed. 

<BA)an'he,  f.  -,  shame,  disgrace. 

©diarf,  adj.  sharp ;  severe,  strict. 

<BA}at'tm,  m.  -3,  pi.  -,  shadow, 
shade ;  phantom. 

%iiSQ^%,  m.  •CQ,pl.  Sd^d^e,  treasure. 

©did'^en,  i\  a.  to  value,  esteem. 

(Sdiau,/.  -  show,  view  ;  review. 

(Sdkiu'fel,/.  -,pl.  -n,  shovel. 

Sdidu'men,  v.  a.  to  skim  \  v.  n. 
to  foam,  froth. 

(2d)ee're,  f.  @dierc. 

(Sd)ei^icu,  P.  184,  to  shine  ;  ap- 
pear, seem. 

(2d)il'lcii,  P.  184,  to  scold,  chide. 

©d)eii'fen,  v.  a.  to  pour,  fill ;  give, 
make  a  present 

@d)c're,  /.  -,  pi.  -n,  scissors, 
shears. 

©die'ceu,  P.  184,  to  shave  (the 
beard);  shear. 

<Sd)i'rfen,  v.  a.  <^n.  to  send,  dis- 
patch. 

@*ie'pen,  P.  184,  to  shoot ;  dis- 
charge ;  dart,  rush. 

©diiff,  n.  -e(?,  pi  -t,  ship,  vessel ; 
navfe  (of  a  church). 

©d)llb,  m.  -c5,  pi.  -c,  shield,  coat 
of  arms ;  n.  -e5,  pi.  -ex,  sign- 
board, sign ;  — frotc,  /.  turtle, 
tortoise. 

©d^in'ten,  v.  a.  P.  184,  to  flay, 
skin. 

Sdiuidit'banf,  /.  slaughtering- 
bench  ;  shambles. 

©di)tad)'ten,t;.  a.  to  slaughter,  kill. 


(SAIadit'tljier,  n.  fattened  animal, 
animal  whose  flesh  is  used  for 
food. 

©dUa'feii,  V.  7i.  P.  184,  to  sleep, 
rest. 

!Sd)lacj',  m.  -ti,  pi.  ©dild^e,  blow, 
stroke ;  kind,  sort,  stamp ;  apo- 
plexy. 

(Sd^la'^en,  P.  184,  to  beat,  strike, 
slay ;  coin ;  warble. 

<Sdilangc,/-,  pi.  -u,  serpent,  snake. 

©dilviu,  adj.  sly,  crafty,  cunning. 

(Sdiledit,  adj.  bad,  base,  mean. 

(SdilciMien,  P.  184,  to  sneak,  slink; 
move  slowly. 

©dUei'fen,  P.  184,  to  grind,  polish, 
furbish. 

©diUc'pcu,  P.  184,  to  shut,  lock, 
close ;  conclude. 

(Sdilimm,  adj.  ill,  bad,  evil ;  sad ; 
arch  ;  sore ;  unwell. 

<Sd)lo^,  n.  -ffe^,  jo/.  ©d)lcflfer,  lock  i 
castle. 

(Sdih'ipfel,  m.  -&,  pi.  -,  key. 

@d)mad),  /.  ignominy,  disgrace, 
blemish,  outrage. 

iSd)mc'cfcn,  v.  a.  cf-  n.  to  taste. 

@d)mei'd)eU)aft,  adj.  flattering. 

(Sdimcl'jcu,  P.  184,  to  melt,  dis- 
solve. 

(2*merj,  m.  -e(?,  pl-tn,  pain,  ache; 
fig.  affliction,  grief. 

(Sdnnieb,  m.  -e^,  pi.  -e,  smith. 

©c^mie'Deu,  v.  a.  to  forge ;  fetter, 
chain. 

<Sd)nee,  m.  -§,  snow. 

(Sd)nci'ben,  P.  184,  to  cut 

©dMici^ber,  m.  -&,  pi.  -,  tailor. 

©dniell,  ad;,  quick,  swift,  suddeiu 

©d^cn,  adv.  already  ;  even. 

©dion,  adj.  beautiful,  fine,  fair. 

©dic'neii,  V.  a.  to  spare,  save. 

©dic^j'fuiig,/.  -,  pi.  -n,  creation. 

©direib'pavier,  n.  writing-paper. 

©dnei'bcii,  P.  184,  to  wrte. 

©direi'cu,  P.  184,  to  cry   scream. 

©du-in'ten,  P.  184,  to  stride,  step, 
stalk. 

©d)rlft,  /.  -,pl.  -eu,  writing;  writ 


@e^ 


<^on 


209 


©diuT),  m.  -t6,  pi.  -e,  shoe. 

@ctiult>,/.-,  pi.  -en,  guilt;  debt. 

<Scbul'i>l^,  adj.  guilty  ;  indebted. 

©cbiil'bii^feit,/  -,  pi-en,  duty,  due  ; 
obligation. 

©drn'le,/.  -,  pi.  -n,  school. 

©cbii'Ier,  w.  -^,  joZ.  -,  scholar. 

@*u|,  m.  -eg,  protection,  guard. 

©db»a'bcn,  n.  Suabia. 

©dnuadi,  adj.  weak,  feeble,  im- 
becile ;  faint. 

©dimaii,  m.  -eg,  pi.  (Sdhtudne,  swan. 

(Sdniiau'fen,  v.n.  to  stagger,  fluc- 
tuate, waver  ;  hesitate. 

©d)iuarj,  flc?;',  black ;  dark. 

(gdm^a'^en'  @dnr»d'^en,  v.  n.  to 
talk,  prattle,  prate,  chatter. 

(Sdnoe'iicn,  v.  n.  to  wave,  to  hang ; 
to  be  suspended. 

©dnye'be,  m.  -u,  Swede. 

©djwc'Den,  n.  Sweden. 

@dnvfbi[di,  Swedish. 

©dnwetii,  n.  -csJ,  pi.  -e,  swine,  hog, 

pig- 

(2d)ive('(en,  v.  a.  to  swell,  make 
swell,  raise ;  v.  n.  P.  184,  to 
swell,  rise  ;  heave. 

©d)wcr,  adj.  heavy;  difficult,  hard; 
— mutf),  /.  melancholy,  sad- 
ness. 

©d)Wer'Iid),  adv.  hardly,  scarcely. 

@d)wert,   n.  -eg,  pi.  cr,  sword. 

©dmie'ller,/.  -,  pi.  -n,  sister. 

©dmMe'rig,  adj.  hard,  difficult. 

@rf,nt)nnm'»ogct,  m.  swimming- 
bird. 

©dilviin'men,  P.  184,  to  swim. 

(Sdm^o'veu,  P.  186,  to  take  an  oath; 
swear ;  vow. 

©*n}ur,  n.  -eg,  pi.  ©d)iDiii  ^,  oath. 

©daye  jc,  f.  ©flayc. 

©edig,  see  L.  51.  14. 

(2e*'jtg,  see  L.  51,  14. 

(See'le,  /.  -,  pi.  -n,  soul. 

^Se'ijctn,  V.  a.  <3f  n.  to  sail. 

©egen,^.  -g,  pi.  -,  blessing,  be- 
nediction ;  bliss. 

%i'i)z\\,  P.  186,  to  see,  look,  view, 
behold. 


©e'^r,  adv.  very,  much,  greatly, 
extremely,  very  much. 

©ei'beu,  adj.  silken. 

(Sei'fe,/.  -,  pi.  -u,  soap, 

@eiu,  L.  32. 

(Sei'ne,  Seine  (river), 

©eit,  adv.  <Sf  pre.  since.  L.  58, 

©eitbem',  adv.  since. 

^t'x'ti, f.-.pl.  -11,  side;  page. 

©elbft,  pre.  &  adv-  se!^,  even. 
L.  29.  6. 

©el'len,  adj.  rare,  scarce,  seldom. 

®enf,  m.  -eg,  mustard. 

©e'^eii,  V.  a.  to  set,  put,  place  ; 
V.  n.  to  leap,  pass  over ;  v.  r. 
to  sit  down  ;  perch. 

(Scuf  jeu,  V.  n.  to  sigh,  groan. 

(Sic'ben,  see  L.  51.  14. 

©ieiv  m.  -eg,  pi.  -e,  victory  ;  -reic^, 
adj.  victorious,  triumphant. 

©iu'v^en,  P.  186,  to  sing,  chant. 

(B'm'tax,  P.  186,  to  sink. 

©Inii,  771.  -eg,  pi.  -e,  sense  ;  mind  ; 
intention;  meaning,  accepta- 
tion. 

<BWu,f.  -,  pi.  -n,  custom,  man- 
ner ;  ©itteii,  pi.  manners,  mo- 
rals. 

©i'^en,  P.  186,  to  sit ;  to  be  im- 
prisoned ;  fit. 

©fla'oe,  m.  -n,  pi.  -n,  slave. 

(Sniaratib',  m.  -ti,pl.  -en,  emerald. 

@o,  adv.  <Sf  conj.  so,  thus.  L.  66. 

@o'fa,  n.  -g,  pi.  -g,  sofa. 

(Sogar',  adv.  even  ;  so  much. 

©cl)n,  m.  -eg,  pi.  ©ol)ne,  son- 

©olbat',  m.  -en,  pi.  -en,  soldier. 

©olb'ner,  m.  -g,  pi.  -,  mercenary. 

©cKlen,  L.  31. 

(Scm'mer,  m.  -6,  pi.  -,  sunmier. 

(Son'ber,  pre.  without. 

©on'bern,  L.  16.  3. 

©on'ne,  /.-,  pi.  -n,  sun  ;  — fd)ein, 
m.  sunshine ;  — fd)irm,  m.  pa- 
rasol. 

©cn'nig,  adj.  sunny,  sun-shiny. 

(Sonn'tag,  m.  -eg,  pi.  -c,  Sunday. 

@onft,  adv.  else,  otherwise,  in 
other  respects ;  besides,  more- 


210 


eta 


(Siig 


C've  •;  at  other  limes,  formerly. 

L.  t>7. 
(£opi)a,  f.  8i-fa. 
^c\'i},i\f.  -.pi.  -n,  care,  concern, 

sorrow  ;  —  travioii,  to  take  care. 
v£in\/|dUig,rtf/;".  solicitous,  careful 
(^pvit'ceu,  V.  a.  cj-  n.  to  split. 
(Spa'aii'it,  adj.  Spanish. 
eVHi'iiicii,  n.  Spam, 
©pa'^it'von,  V.  n.  to  walk  ;  —  ge; 

l^eii,  to  take  a  walk.  L.  35. 
i^pajiev'ijaiuv  m.  walk. 
Spocr,  m.  -e^,  pi.  -e,  spear,  lance. 
(gpei'fc,  /.  -,  pL  -n,  food  ;  dish ; 

meal, 
^pei'ltiu],  m.  -ed,  pi.  -e,  sparrow. 
(£pl}d^e,/.  -,  pi.  -u,  sphere. 
<Sp;e'i^cl,  m.-(?,  pi.-,  looking-glass, 
(spiiaen.  V.  a.  <5f  n.  to  play;  act. 
(gpiii'ueu,  P.  186,  to  spin. 
Spi^,  fpit^ig,  adj.  pointed. 
(gp/^e,  f.  -,  pi.  -w,  point,  head. 
(Epi'^icj,  adj.  pointed,  sharp, 
(gpct'teii,  V.  a.  to  mock,  deride, 
viipia'cbe,/.  -,  il.  -n,  language. 
(2pvc'dieii,  P.  186,  to  speak,  talk. 
(2pvicl)'ivcvt,  n.   -c^,  pi.  — worter, 

proverb,  adage,  saying. 
(Spviu^c(cu,  P.  186,  to  leap,  spring, 
©taar,  m.  -ti,  pi.  -e,  starling. 
-S^taat,  m.  -ti,  pi.  -en,  state  ;  -sfe? 

cvctdr,  m.  secretary  of  state. 
Stabt,/.  -,  pi.  ©tdbte,  town,  city, 
etaijl,  n.  -z^,  pi.  ®td^(e,  steel, 
©tamm,  m.  -ti,  pi.  (£tdmme,  stock, 

trunk,  stem,  stalk;  race,  family, 
©taiib,  m.  -e^,  pi.  (Stdnbc,  stand, 

standing,  position;  state,  estate- 
(Stavf,  adj.  strong,  stout,  robust, 
(gtdi'fc,  /  -,   pi.  -cii,   strength, 

force, 
©taiv.a^/, stiff;  numb,benumbed; 

inflexible,  obstinate;  staring. 
8tatt,  /.  -,  place,  stead  ;  — jtiu 

bcii,  to  take  place  ;  pre  df  adv. 

instead  of. 
Btaub,  m.  -i't<.  dust,  powder  ;  fidi 

Qiwi  bem  — i  inadHMi,  to  run'away 

— ^luolfe,  f.  cloud  of  dust. 


(2te^i^en,  v.  a.  <Sf  n.  P.  l&O.  ta 
sting,  prick. 

(Stt't)i-n,  P.  186,  to  stand,  remain, 
stop;  e>5  \id)i  W\  :jI)iumi,  it  de- 
pends upon  you ;  ei3  ftel)t  i^m 
gut,  that  becomes  him  well. 

©td/lcn,  P.  186,  to  steal,  pilfer. 

©tci'ijea,  P.  186,  to  mount,  ascend, 
descend.    See  L.  38.  4. 

<Sttnt'  adj.  steep. 

©tciii,  m.  -e^,  pi.  -e,  stone,  rock ; 
chessman,  man,  pawn. 

Std'le,/.  -,  pi.  -u,  place,  stand 
spot ;  situation ;  office. 

(gtei'ben,  P.  186,  to  die,  decease. 

©teib'lldi,  a^y.  mortal;  desperate. 

@tiTU,  m.  -e0,  pi.  -e,  star. 

©tim^me,/.  -,  pi.  -n,  voice. 

@tocf,  m.-c6,pl.  iStoffe,  stick,  cane. 

©tol^.  a<f;".  proud,  haughty.  m.-f(5, 
pride,  haughtiness,  arrogance. 

(Stra'fe,/.  -,  pi  -n,  punishment, 
correction,  penalty,  fine. 

(Straup,  m,.-ti,pl.  Strdupc,  ostrich. 

(Streit,  m.  -e^,  combat,  fight; 
— mditig,  adj.  litigious,  conten- 
tious. 

Strei'teu,  P.  186,  to  fight,  con- 
tend, litigate 

(Stvciuj,  adj.  rough,  strict,  rigor- 
ous, severe,  rigid,  hard. 

(Btvoiii,  m.  -c6,pL  ©tromc,  stream, 
torrent ;  flood  ;  current. 

©tiicf,  n.  -eS,  pi  -e,  piece,  head. 

(Stubi'rcn,  v.  a.  to  study. 

(£(ul}l,  7?i.  -ei3,  pi.  <Stul;le,  chair, 
stool,  seat,  pew. 

^tim'bcf.  -,  pi.  -n.  hour,  lesson. 

@furm,  m.  -ees.  pi.  ©turme;  storm, 
alarm,  tumult ;  assault. 

©tfu'aCU,  V.  a.  4"  w.  to  throw, 
precipitate  ;  overthrow  ;  fall, 
rush. 

(gu'dHMi,  V.  a.  to  seek,  searcrij 
look  for ;  try. 

(£u^,  7n.  -ed,  south. 

(SiViMMt,  m.  -«!,  south. 
5,  adj.  sweet ;  fresh. 


%u 


ixth 


211 


Xa'tii  m.  -S,  fault,  blame. 

Sla^t'eln,  v.  a.  to  blame,  censure. 

Xviv],  m.  -ei3.  p/.  -e,  day  ;  — Ictjuec, 
m.  day-laborer. 

S:ay3'Iitt,  :5;ai]tai3/Iid),  adj.  daily. 

XaUnt',  n.  -zi,  pi.  -e,  talent. 

Sian'iie,  /.  -,  pi  -n,  fir,  llr-tree ; 
pine. 

%a\\'ii,f.  -,pl.  -n,  aunt. 

S!viu'^eii,  V.  a.  df  n.  to  dance. 

Sap'fer,  adj.  valiant,  brave,  gal- 
lant. 

Sa  fclie,/-,  pi.  -n,  pocket;  — ntudi, 
n.  pocket-handkerchief. 

%a\'\i,f.  -,  joZ.  -11,  cup,  saucer, 
dish. 

!Iaub,  a</;.  deaf;  fig.  empty. 

%^\u'bi,f.  -,  pi.  -u,  dove,  pigeon. 

2.au'*eii,  V.  a.  df  n.  to  dive,  duck, 
dip,  immerge,  plunge. 

SiviuMier,  m.  -^,  fl.  -,  diver. 

S^au'fcbcn,  v  a.  to  delude,  de- 
ceive, disappoint,  cheat. 

S;au'fciib,  L.  51.  14. 

S:eU,  m.  Tell. 

Sep'pidi,  m.  -eg,  ;?/.  -e,  carpet. 

2;cu'ftl,  m.  -g,  7?^.  -,  devil. 

%i)^\.  n.-^i,pl.  %i)'iyhx,  vale,  valley. 

3:{)a'(er,  m.  -g,  j»^.  -,  tnaler. 

Xi)^^,  f. -,  pi.  -en,  deed,  action, 
fact. 

5rf)ee,  m.  -g,  tea. 

^(/ercfia,/.  Therese. 

It^eu'er,  «</;*.  dear,  costly. 

%i)\ix.  n.  -H,pl.  -e,  animal,  beast. 

%{)cxi[)ni,f.  -,  pi.  -en,  folly. 

3:()o'rlcbt,  adj.  foolish,  silly. 

%i)m\.  P.  186,  to  do,  perform,  act; 
eg  \\)\\i  ni(t)tg,  it  is  no  matter, 
eg  i\)\\i  92oif|,  it  is  necessary ; 
eg  t()ut  mir  leib,  I  am  sorry; 
iret)  — ,  to  hurt. 

3:()iir,/.  ".pl,  -eii,  door. 

Si'bev,  Tiber. 

3:ief',  a^y.  deep,  low  ;  profound  ; 
high. 

Sie'Qer,  S^i'ger,  m.  -eg,  _p/.  -,  tiger. 


XxVV^  m.  -g,  Tilly. 

Xiu'tc,/'.  -,  pl.-n,  ink;  tint;  — ^iifa^, 

ink-stand. 
Ti)\i},  m.  -eg,  p/.  -e,  table;  board. 
Sifcl/ler,  m.   -g,  ^/.  -,    cabinet- 
maker. 
Jo'beii,  V.  n.  to  rage,  to  din. 
SodVier, /-,;?/.  S^odUev,  daughter. 
S!ob,  m.  -eg,  death,  disease. 
Sobt,  ac(;.  i,ead  ;  lifeless. 
Sofc'tenvjvu|t,/.  vault  for  the  dead. 
3^011, m.  -eg,  jc^.  %i)\\i,  sound,  tone; 

accent ;  stress  ,  fashion. 
iTrd'ge,  adj.  idle,  lazy,  slothful. 
S^ra'ijeu,  P.  186,  to  bear,  carry , 

wear ;  produce,  yield  ;  suffer; 

support. 
Strau'cu,  v-  n.  to  trust,  confide  in, 

have  confidence  in. 
^laii'eiii,  V.  n.  to  be  in  mourning; 

grieve,  to  be  afflicted- 
2;vau'dg,  adj.  sad,  sorrowful. 
3;ref'fen,  P.  186,  to  hit;  strike; 

hit  off";  befal,  meet. 
^rei'ben,  P.  186,  to  drive  ;  put  in 

motion  ;  perform  ;  float  along, 
^re'ten,  P.  186,  to  tread,  step; 

move. 
S^reu,  adj.  faithful,  trusty,  true. 
2:reu'e,/.  -,  fidelity,  faithfulness. 
Srin'feii,  P.  186,  to  drink. 
%xc'dt\\,  a</;".  dry,  arid ;  barren; 

cold. 
Sro'ja,  n.  Troy. 
iSrom-'met,  /.  -,  pi.  -n,  drum. 
S^ro'fteu,  V.  a.  to  comfort,  console, 
^rc'ftcr,  m.  -g.  pi.  -,  comforter. 
Sivo'^eu,  V.  n.  to  dare,  brave,  defy. 
Xnd),   n.   -eg,  pL    iiudiev,    cloth; 

handkerchief,  neckcloth. 
2;u^c\eiib,/.  -,  pi.  -en,  virtue. 
Xni'k,  m.  -n,  Turk. 

u. 

Ue'&el,  adj.  <Sf  adv.  evil,  ill,  bad, 
badly ;  wrong  ;  sick  sickly ; 
—  uu^leii,  to  bear  a  grudge. 

Ue'beii,  V.  a.  to  exercise,  practise; 
execute,  do. 

yXt'hiX,pre.  <Sfadv.  over,  above.  L.59. 


212 


Una 


Unt 


Ue'Setbrufftg,  adj.  tired,  wearied, 
satiated,  disgusted. 

Uebeiei'Iuiig,  /.  -,  -pi.  -en,  precipi- 
tation, hastiness;  error  com- 
mitted from  hurry. 

Ue'beiful)ven,  v.  a.  to  lead  over; 
transport ;  Uebcvfiil)'rcn,  v.  a, 
to  convict,  convince.  L.  40,  2. 

Uebcvi^t'den,  v.  a.  ir.  to  surrender, 
deliver;  v.  r.  to  surrender; 
retch,  vomit. 

Ueberlc'^eii,  adj.  superior. 

Ue'berniori^en,  adv.  day  after  to- 
morrow. 

Ue'ba-iiuitl;ig,  adj,  haughty,  inso- 
lent. 

Uebeviiacb'tiii,  v.  n.  to  pass,  or 
spend  the  night. 

Uebtniiet}'inen  (see  neC)men,  P.182), 
to  receive,  accept ;  undertake. 

ncbevjcu'i^eii,  v.  a.  to  convince. 

Ui'bnjai'guni],/.  -,  pi.  -en,  convic- 
tion. 

Ucba-j^ic'Ijen,  v.  a.  ir-  to  cover  ;Jig. 
to  invade. 

Ue'buiig,  /.  -,  pi.  -en,  exercise, 
exercising;  practising,  prac- 
tice. 

U'fev,  n.  -3,  pi.  -,  shore,  coast, 
bank. 

W^^V  /•  -'  P^'  -f"/  clock,  watch ; 
Mm  mi  —  ift  cS  ?  what  time  is 
it  I  L.  54,  Note. 

Um, pre. adv. <5f  conj.  about,  round, 
near  ;  at,  for,  by ;  past.  L.  60. 

Um  —  willen,  L.  48,  5. 

Um'bvingen,  v.  a.  to  kill,  murder. 

Um(}iu',  adv.  about ;  id)  fann  nidit 
— ,  I  cannot  forbear ;  I  cannot 
help.  L.  31. 

Uin'fommcn,  v.  n.  ir.  to  perish,  die. 

UmfcniV,  adv.  gratis,  without  pay, 
for  nothing  ;  in  vain,  vainly, 
to  no  purpose  ;  without  cause. 

Uni'ilanb,  m.  -ec*,  /;/.  -Udubc,  cir- 
cumstance ;  condition. 

llu'aiuieiiol^m,  adj.  unpleasant,  dis- 
agreeable. 

Un'aufmevffam,  adj,  inattentive. 


Un'banbtg,  adj.  indomitable,  un- 
manageable, intractable. 

llnb,  conj.  and. 

Un'baufbar,  adj.  ungrateful. 

Un'eingebenf,  adj.  unmindful. 

Uu'ermeBlirf),  adj.  immeasurable, 
immense,  vast. 

Uncrmub'Uch,  adj.  indefatigable. 

Uii'evtrdgliit,  Unertrdg'llcli,  adj.  in- 
tolerable, insufferable,  insup 
portable. 

Uu'gar,  m.  -n,  Hungarian. 

Un'ijarifd),  adj.  Hungarian. 

Un'garn,  n.  Hungary. 

Un^tjebulb,  /.  -,  impatience. 

Un'gemad),  n.  -H,  discomfort,  fa- 
tigue, adversity,  calamity. 

Un'gt'Wef^nt,  adj.  unaccustomed. 

Uu'gh'icf,  n.  -e^,  misfortune  ;  dis- 
aster; adversity,  calamity. 

Un'glucflidi,  adj.  unlucky,  un- 
happy,unfortunate;  disastrous. 

Uu'i}b]lidi,  adj.  uncivil,  impolite. 

Uniiierfitdt',  /.  -,  pi.  -en,  univer- 
sity. 

Un'fraut,  n.   -eg,  weed,  tare. 

Un'meglid),  adj.  impossible. 

Uu'vedit,  adj.  wrong  ;  unjust ;  n. 
-eg,  wrong ;  injustice. 

Un'fdnilbig,  adj.  innocent,  guilt- 
less. 

Un'fidier,  adj.  insecure,  unsafe; 
uncertain,  dubious. 

Un'fiditbar,  adj.  invisible. 

Unftctblidi,  adj.  immortal. 

Un'tcr,  pre.  under ;  below,  be- 
neath ;  among,  amongst,  be- 
tween, betwixt,  amid,  amidst. 
L.61. 

UntevbnVcfcn,  v  a.  to  oppress. 

Un'lcvijeljen,  v.  n.  ir.  to  go  down ; 
set ;  peiish. 

Unternel)'men,  v.  a.  to  undertake, 
attempt. 

Untevve'tnng,/.  -,  pi.  -en,  confer- 
ence, conversation,  discourse. 

Un'tcvfdneb  m.  -eg,  fl.  -c,  differ- 
ence, distinction. 

Un'tettt;an,  adj.   sul^ect  to,  de- 


SBet 


aScr 


213 


pendent;  m.  -en,  fl  -en,  sub- 
ject. 

Unterwer'fen,  v.  a.  ir.  to  submit, 
subdue. 

Un'treu,  adj.  unfaithful,  faithless. 

Un'wergt'^licb,  adj.  memorable  not 
capable  of  being  forgotten. 

Un'verftaiib,  m.  -e^,  want  of  judg- 
ment, want  of  sense,  want  of 
wit. 

Un'miffenfjeit,/  -,  ignorance. 

Ungdtjl'bar,  adj.  innumerable. 

Un^dl/ng,  see  Un;^dt)lbar. 

Un'^^ufricben,  adj.  discontent,  dis- 
contented, dissatisfied. 

Uv'fa*e,/.-,  p/.  -n,  cause,  reason. 

Ur'tfjeil,  n.  -eg,  fl  -e,  judgment, 
decision,  sentence,  verdict. 

93a'ter,  m.  -g,  fl.  SSdter,  father. 

SSene'btj^,  n.  Venice. 

93eracl)'ten,  v.  a  to  despise,  scorn. 

JBerdii'benuu],/.  -,pl.  -en,  change, 
alteration,  variation. 

93evbiu'bcn,  v.  a.  ir.  to  bind  up, 
tie  Up;  unite,  join;  oblige. 

93evbct',  n.  -zi,  pi-  -e,  prohibition. 

93erbre'dicn,  n.  -g//>/.  -,  crime- 

33crbre'clier,  m.  -3  pi.  -,  criminal. 

93erbrni'i^en,  v.  a.  ir.  to  spend, 
consume- 

SScvbun  txte,  m.  -n,  ally. 

a3erbaitt',  m.  -e^,  suspicion. 

93erbddi'tii3,  adj.  suspected,  sus- 
picious. 

aSerbcv'ben,  P.  186,  to  corrupt, 
render  unfit,  spoil. 

33erbie'nen,  v.  a-  to  gain  ;  earn  ; 
merit,  deserve. 

JDevbieiifi',  m.  -e^,  gain,  profit ;  n. 
-eg  pi.  -e,  merit,  desert. 

9Bcrbienft'»cU,  adj-  meritorious. 

93erbient',  adj.  merited,  deserved. 

SBerbrie'jjen,  v.  imp.  P.  186,  to 
grieve,  cause  disgust,  trouble. 

Q}eveb'lung,/.,;;/.-en,  improvement, 

33ere()Tt'n,  v.  a.  to  honor,  vene- 
rate ;  revere ;  adore. 


aScvet'nic^en,  v.  a.  to  unite. 

aSerci'nigt,  united. 

S3ei:ei'nigung,/.-,  ^^Z.-en,  union,  as- 
sociation, alliance,  agreement. 

aScrfab'ren,  v.  n.  ir.  to  deal,  pro- 
ceed. 

93eifel)'(en,  v.  a.  to  miss,  fail. 

SSerqan'gen,  adj.  gone,  past;  last. 

^cr^e'fien,  v.  n.  ir.  to  pass  away, 
vanish ;   decay ;   perish. 

aSergef'fju,  P.  186,  to  forget. 

SSerc^niigen,  n.  -3,  pL  -,  pleasure, 
diversion. 

33erf;af  ten,  v.  a.  to  arrest,  im- 
prison. 

S3ev()a§t ,  adj.  hated,  hateful. 

93erl)lu'bern,  v.  a.  to  hinder,  pre  • 
vent,  impede,  cross. 

93eifau'fcn,  v.  a.  to  sell,  vend. 

S3erfe()i',  m.  -eg,  intercourse,  com- 
merce, traffic,  communication. 

93erlan'oien,  v.  a.  Sf  n.  to  ask, 
demand ;  desire,  long  for ;  eg 
scrlautjt  mid)  ju  iviffen,  I  long  to 
know  ;    n.  -g,  desire,  demand. 

33erla['fen,  v.  a.  ir.  to  leave,  for- 
sake ;  V.  r.  ir.  auf  eiiien  — ,  to 
rely  upon,  depend  on  ;  adj.  de- 
stitute, abandoned. 

SSevle'^cn,  to  misplace;  to  publish; 
adj.  embarassed,  puzzled,  con- 
fused. 

aSerle'gen^elt,  /.  -,  pi.  -en,  embar- 
rassment, perplexity,  difficulty. 

93erlci'ten,  v.  a.  to  mislead,  mis- 
guide ;  seduce. 

SScrlie'ren,  P.  186,  to  lose. 

aSer'Iuft,  m.  -eg,  pi.  -c,  loss  ;  da- 
mage. 

SSermei'ben,  v.  a.  ir.  to  avoid,  shun. 

23crnio'gen,  v.  a.  4-  n.  ir.  to  be 
able,  to  have  the  power  ;  einen 
JU  etn?ag  — ,  to  prevail  upon 
one  to  do  ;  n.  -g,  ability,  power, 
faculty,  property,  wealth 

93crnuuft',/.  -,  reason  ;  sense. 

SBernunf'ti^,  adj.  rationa',  reason- 
able ;  sensible,  judiciOus,  dis- 
creet. 


214 


^h 


SSa^ 


a3erpfli*'ten,  v.  a.  to  bind  by  duty 
or  oath  ;  to  oblige. 

ffierratl)',  m.  -c^,  treason. 

Q3end'tt)er,  m.  -^.  pL  -,  traitor. 

33afci'i]cn,  v.  a.  Sf  n.  to  deny,  re- 
fuse ;  miss  fire,  fail. 

33cvfam'ineln,  v.  a.  r.  to  assemble, 
meet,  congregate. 

SSevfdial'lcu,  v.  n.  ir.  to  cease 
sounding,  die  away. 

93crfcbiveii'i)erifdi,  adj.  prodigal, 
lavish,  profuse,  wasteful. 

SSevfdninu' ben,  v.  n.  ir.  to  disap- 
pear, vanish. 

SSerfvvcM^eu,  v.  a.  ir.  to  promise. 

$l)erftdii/bit],  adj.  sensible,  intel- 
ligent, judicious. 

33evUe'l)eii,  v.  a.  cf-  n.  ir.  to  under- 
stand ;  apprehend,  mean. 

aSerftcl'tuug,  /.  -,  -^l.  -eii,  dissimu- 
lation. 

53erfiiMien,  v.  a.  to  try,  attenmt, 
experience  ;  taste  ;  tempt.  ^ 

fficrtt)ei'£tii]cn,  v.  a.  to  defend. 

33ertiei'beii.  v.  a.  ir.  to  drive  away, 
chase,  expel. 

93miH"iii'C!te,  m.  4-/.  -n,  pi.  -n,  re- 
lation, kin,  kinsman. 

JBtnnverfUcl),  adj.  blamable,  ob- 
jectionable, exceptionable. 

33eitrtuii'beu,  v.  a.  to'wound. 

J8erjct'f)eu,  (see  jeiljeu,  P.  188),  to 
pardon,  forgive,  excuse. 

3Ser,^ei'l)iuii3,/.  pardon. 

93et'ter,  m.  -i,  pi.  -w,  cousin. 

9Bic(),  n.  -Ci^,  beast,  brute,  cattle  ; 
— (}dnbIor,  m.  dealer  or  trader 
in  cattle. 

93 id,  ad.  4*  cidv.  much,  many,  a 
great  deal ;  -niel)v,  adv.  df  conj. 
moie,  much  more  ;  rather. 

5CidleidU',  adj.  perhaps,  possibly, 
may  be. 

S3ier,  L.  51,  14 ;  —mat,  L.  51,  10. 

95iei'lcl,  L.  51.  5. 

a^ievVf)".  L.  51,  14. 

SBier'v\v  L.  51,  14. 

JBo'ijel'm.  -el,  jo/.  iJoget,  bird,  fowl. 

©o'geld)eu,  L.  18. 


aScgt,  m.  -cS,  pi.  aSogte,  bailiff, 
steward  ;  prefect ;  constable, 
beadle. 

SSolf,  n.  -t^,pl.  33olfer,  people,  na- 
tion. 

33eU,  adj.  full,  whole ;  entire. 

33oUen'i)en,  v.  a.  to  end,  finish,  ac- 
complish ;  perfect. 

33cU'fcmmeu,  a^oUfom'meu,  adj. 
perfect,  accomplished ;  com- 
plete. 

33oii,  pre.  of,  from,  by,  on,  upon. 
L.  61. 

33cv,  pre.  before  ;  from,  of,  ago, 
since  ;  in  preference  to   L-  61. 

93cr'bei-'(}eil,  n.  forepart ;  head. 

SSov'i^eftevn,  adv.  day  before  yes- 
terday. 

SSoi'l^abeu,  v-  a.  ir.  to  design,  in- 
tend, purpose. 

3So'rig,  adj  former,  last. 

23or'munt),  m.-t^,pl.  -miiuber,  guar- 
dian. 

S3or'fe|en,  v.  a.  to  set  before 
place  or  put  before  ;  prefix. 

SScr'ftedung,  /.  -,  pi.  -en,  presen- 
tation :  representation ;  remon- 
strance. 

33cr't{)eil,  m.  -eg,  pi.  -e,  advantage, 
profit,  gain,  interest. 

SBaa'rc,  /.  -,  pi  -n,  ware,  mer- 
chandise, commodity,   goods, 

2Ba'dien,  v.  n.  to  be  awake,  watch, 
guard. 

2Bvicl)'fen,  P.  188,  to  grow,  in- 
crease. 

9Badis'tl)um,  m.  4-  n.  -ci?,  growth ; 
increase,  vegetation. 

SSaf'feu,  pi.  arms,  weapons. 

SBa'gen,  m.  -'5,  pi.  -,  wagon,  car- 
riage, chariot ;  coach. 

2Bag  ner,  m.-6,pl.-,  wagon-maker. 

2Bai)V,  adj.  true,  genuine. 

ai>dl)'rcnb,  pre.  <Sf  conj.  during, 
while. 

2Bv-il)v'l;cit,  /.  -,  pi.  -en,  truth,  ve- 
rity. 


Set 


2Btf 


215 


SBatb,  m.  -c3,  pi.  Sdlbei-,  forest, 

wooJ  ;  -ijcin,  n.  French-horn, 

biigle  horn. 
SQBaU'eiifteiu,  m.  Wallenstein. 
^Baiib,/.  -,pL  SBdiibe,  wall ;  side. 
ffOan'bevn,  v.  n.  to  wander. 
SBami,  adv.  when  ;   baim  imb  — , 

now  and  then,  some  times. 
SBvinii,  adj.  (Sf  adv.  warm,  hot 
Qijafclj'tifav  m.  washstand. 
SBv-ii'ten,  V.  a.  <Sf  n.  to  stay,  attend 

to ;  nurse  ;  wait. 
2I^antm^  adv.  why,  wherefore. 
QBa^,  pre.  what.  L.  10,  2. 
9Ba'iMien,  v.a.  <^n.  P.  188,  to  wash. 
SBaf'fer,  n.  -^,  pi.  3Bdffcr,  water, 
ai^e'ben,   v.  a.  P.  188,  to  weave  ; 

work. 
SBedi'i'tl.  m.  -5,  fl.  -,  vicissitude, 

change  ;  bill  of  exchange. 
3De'cfeii,  v.  a.  to  wake,  to  awake. 
SSe'Der,  conj.  neither. 
SBcjv  m.  -i6.  pi.  -c,  way,  passage, 

walk,  road  ;  manner,  means. 
SBc'i^eii,  pre.  because  of,  on  ac- 
count of,  for,  by  reason  of 
Sffiei^'fliccjen,  v.  n.  ir.  to  fly  away. 
QBei^'Uiufcn,  v.  n.  ir.  to  run  away. 
2Bot3'net)nien,  v.  a.  to  take  away. 
2Bel},  adj.  &  conj.  sore,  painful ; 

—  tljuii,  to  ache,  pain ;  hurt. 
SBeidi,  adj.  soft,  tender,  weak. 
SBci'be,/.  -,  pi.  -n,  willow. 
SBei'geru,  i;.a.  <^'r.  to  refuse,  deny, 

decline. 
SBeil,  adv.  (Sf  conj.  while,  during, 

as,  as  long  as,  when  ;  because, 

since. 
SBeiu,  m.  -eg,  pL  -e,  wine  ;  vine. 
SBei'neii,  v.  n.  to  weep,  cry. 
SBi'i'fc,  adj.  wise,  sage. 
SSei'fe,/'.  -.  pi.  -u,  mode,  manner, 

way,  fashion,  method ;  melody, 

tune. 
fS^m'\)di,f.  -,  wisdom,  prudence. 
®ciB/  adj.  white  ;  clean. 
SBeit,  adj.  df  adv.  distant,  remote, 

far,  far  off,  afar ;  wide,  large. 
2Bei  jeii,  m.  -^,  wheat. 


9Bcl'(;\  /.  -,  pi.  -11,  wave,  billov^r, 
®:It.  f.-,pl.  -ni,  world. 
aiU'ltbeviUjint,  adj.  far-famed. 
aScItmcer,  n.  ocean. 
QBe'iiicj,  adj.  6f  adv.  little,  few, 

some  ;  em  — ,  a  httle. 
SSe'niqfteng,  adv.  at  least,  at  the 

least. 
SCBeini,  adv.  Sf  conj.  if,  in  which 

case,  when,  whenever. 
SSei'Deu,  V.  n.  ir.  L.  32,  3,  to  be- 
come, grow,  turn,  be,  prove  ; 

happen. 
31>ei'feii,  P.  188,  to  throw,  cast, 
^erf,  n.  -e^,  pi.  ->,  work ;  action, 

deed  ;  workmanship ;  building. 
Se'fcv,/.  Weser. 
SBefer'itrom,  m.  Weser-river,  river 

Weser. 
Sffii'bcr,  pre.  against,  contrary  to, 

in  opposition  to. 
3Bi'bevttanb,  m.   -t^,  resistance. 
SBi'bcrftefjen,  v.  a.  n.  ir.  to  resist, 

withstand. 
SBiberftre'ben,     v.    n.     to    strive 

against,  struggle  against. 
SBi'Diiy^,  adj.  contrary,  adverse  ; 

repugnant,  loathsome, 
^'\t,adv.  4" con/,  how,  as.  L.67, 3. 
aBie'be(;ct»f,  m.-z^,pl.  -e,  lapwing. 
SBie'Dcvfcbeiu,  m.  reflection. 
2Blc'bcvfcf)en,t;.  a,,  ir.  to  see  again. 
SBic'^e,/.  -.  pi.  -u,  cradle. 
aiUcii,  n.  Vienna. 
SSie^fc,/  -,  pi.  -n,  meadow. 
SSieyielTte,  L.  51,  13. 
SBilb,  adj.  wild,  savage  ;  fierce. 
Sffiil'Ie,  m.  -w^,  will,  mind,  design. 

purpose. 
SBiiib,  m.  -eg,  pi.  -e,  wind,  air. 
SBIii'ten,  P.  188,  to  wind,  wring, 

twist ;  V.  r.  ir.  to  wmd,  writhe. 
3Biu'tev,  m.  -i,  pi.  -,  winter. 
SBut'ltdi,  adj.  actual,  real,  true. 
2Birt(),  m.  -eg,  pi.  -e,  host,  land- 
lord, innkeeper ;  master  of  the 

house. 
SSiffeu,  P.  188,  to  know,  have 

knowledge'of. 


216 


3ic 


Stoa 


2Bp,  odv.  where. 

aik^M^e,/.  ~,pl.  -w,  week. 

5IBc()iit',  adv.  whither,  what  way. 

Si5ct)l,  adv.  well ;  indeed ;  pro- 
bably ;  L.  67 ;  -t^dtii};  adj.  be- 
neficent, charitable. 

2i}Ct)'neii,  V.  n.  to  lodge,  dwell, 
abide,  reside. 

ffidf,  m.  -e^,jo/.  3S6l'fe,  wolf. 

Syd'fe,/.-,  ;;/. -It,  cloud. 

a9clf'i-[}eii,  dim.  o/OBolfe. 

aBcPlc,/.  -,  wool. 

&5cl'lni,  L.  31. 

aScnacti',  whereafter,  after  which. 

al^orauf^  adv.  whereon,  where- 
upon, on  which. 

SScrn/  adv.  wherein,  whereinto, 
in  which,  in  what. 

SSoniad)',  f.  aBoim*. 

SBcrt,  n.  -c^.  pi.  -e  (2Borter),  word; 
expression,  term,  parole. 

SSoi'terbud),  n.  -ed,  pi.  — budier, 
dictionary,  lexicon,vocabulary. 

QBunc'virjt,  m.  surgeon. 

SSfu'bii^,  adj.  worthy,  deserving. 

aiiur'bigen,  v.  a.  to  deign,  vouch- 
safe ;  value,  estimate. 

2Surm,  m.  -t^,  pi.  iB firmer,  worm. 

SBiir^c,/-,  pl.-w,  seasoning,  spice. 

aSiVfte./  -.pi.  -11,  desert. 

2Bu't()cu,  V.  n.  to  rage,  chafe,  foam, 
rave. 

3- 

Se'^^n,  see  je^n.  L.  51, 14. 

^ei'^en,  v.  a.  to  show,  point  out. 

S)iH,f.-,pl.-tn,  time,  season;  tide. 

3ei'hing,  f.  -.  pi.  -en,  news,  tid- 
ings, pi;  newspaper,  gazette. 

Setbre'djcii,  v.  a.  <Sf  n.  ir.  to  break 
to  pieces,  fracture  ;  fid)  t)Z\\ 
^cXi\  — ,  to  rack  one's  brains. 

3erfto'ren,  v.  a.  to  destroy;  de- 
molish. 

3ertre'ten,  v.  a.  tr.  to  crush  by 
treading  on,  tread  down. 

3ie'l)en,  v.  a.  &  7i.  tr-  to  draw  ; 
pull ;  cultivate  ;  to  go,  march, 
migrate. 


3iel,  n  -e5,  ;?/.-e,term,  limit ;  ainii, 
butt,  scope. 

3ieni'lid),  adj.  pretty,  tolerable, 
middling  ;  near. 

3im'iner,  n.  -^,  pi.  -,  room,  ap- 
partment ;  — maun,  w.  car- 
penter. 

Sit'tern,  v.  n.  to  tremble,  quake. 

3u,  pre.  Sf  adv.  at,  by,  to,  for,  in, 
on.  L.  62. 

3u'cfer,  m.  -g,  sugar- 

3u'p[ud)t,/.  -,  refuge,  shelter,  re- 
course. 

3ufrie'ben,  a<f;.content,  contented, 
satisfied. 

3u'ge(;6ren,  v.  n.  to  appertain,  be- 
long to. 

3itg'tt)iei-,  draught  animal. 

3u'fommen,  v.  n.  ir.  to  come  to, 
approach  ;  v.  imp.  to  belong  to; 
become. 

3ule^t',  adv.  at  last,  lastly,  after 
all,  finally. 

3u^nad)en,  v.  a-  to  shut,  close* 

3ur'nen,  v.  n.  to  be  angry. 

3uriicf',  adv.  back,  backward. 

3nfam'menjicljen,  v.  a.  ir.  to  draw 
together  ;  contract. 

3u'tragen,  v.  a.  ir.  to  carry  to,  to 
bring;  v.  r.  ir.  to  happen, 
chance,  come  to  pass. 

3uyor'{onimen,  v.  n.  ir.  to  antici- 
pate ;  prevent,  obviate. 

3utveilen,  adv.  sometimes. 

3u\vi'ber,  pre.  <5f  adv.  contrary  to, 
against ;  offensive. 

3tDau'ilg,  L.  51, 14. 

3wan'jtgjle,  L-  51,  14. 

3»tiar,  conj.  certainly,  it  is  true, 
to  be  sure,  indeed. 

3u>cl,  L.  51 ;  — mal,  adv.  twice. 

3wei'te,  L.  51,  14. 

3»t>ic'fad),  L.  51. 

3it>in'gen,  P.  188,  to  constrain, 
force,  compel. 

3un'ffl}cn,  pre.  p.  between,  be- 
twixt, among,  amongst. 

3wo,  f.  3»uci. 

3tu6lf,  see  L.  51,  14, 


AN 


BEA 


217 


A. 

Able,  fa'^ig^gcfc^ left  see  !onnen,L.3i. 
Above,  cben.  i'lber. 
Accompany,  begleiteii. 
Accomplish,  augfu(}rcn,  ausriditcn. 
According,   nad),  gemdf,  jufolge, 

—  as,  je  nad)bem. 
Account,  bte  SfJe^nung;  on  -of, 

iuegeii;  auf  5tbfct)Icig. 
Accuse,  anflagen,  befdbulbtgen. 
Achieve,  »oI(enbcn,  ertoerben. 
Acquaintance,  bic  S3efamttfd;aft; 

ber  53efannte. 
Acquainted,  hdannt,  »erfraut,  fun* 

big. 
Across,  frcujtoeife,  uBer,  queruber. 
Act,  fjanbeln,  fid)  bene^^mcn. 
Action,  bie  ^vinbhntg.     * 
Adapt,  |id)  fd)lcfen. 
Adherent,  an^angenb;  Sln'^dnger. 
Advice,  ber  diati)  j  9'iad)rtd)t 
Advise,  ratf)en. 
Affair,  bag  ®efd)aft,  ble  ^a6:ie. 
Afraid,  furd)tfam,  bange,  to  be  -, 

furd)ten. 
After,  nad),  nad)bem;  -noon,  ber 

Sfiadimlttag. 
Ago,  »or. 

Again,  iuieber,  noc^  einmat. 
Against,  VKtber,  gegen. 
Agreeable,  angeueljm. 
Ail,  fdnncrjen;   what  ails  you? 

voae  fet)lt  35nen '? 
Aim,  bag  3iel,   ber  3it)ecf,  bie  2tB? 

fid)t;  §ielen. 
All,  alleg,  ganj ;  uhexijaWj^t,  L.IO.  9. 
Allow,  erlauben,  geflatten,  lajfen. 
Almost,  faft,  beinaf;e. 
Alone,  alicin. 
Already,  bereitg,  fd)on. 
Also,  aud),  gleid)faU0. 
Although,  obgleid). 
Always,  immer,  fletg. 
America,  (bag)  Slmcrifa. 
American,  amerifanifd},5(mecifaner. 
Among,  untet;  jtt3ifd)en. 
Anchor,  ber  Stufer. 
Ancient,  alt. 
Angry,  jornig,  drgerlid^,  Bofe. 


Animal,  ia§  X^kx, 

Another,  einanberer;  nod)  cincr. 

Answer,  bie  Stnhtsort ;  autwovten. 

Anvil,  ber  Slmbcfi. 

Any,  — body,  Semanb,  L.  52.  &, 

— thing,  etroag. 
Any  one,  Semaub,  irgenb  Semanb. 
Ape,  ber  Stffe. 
Apple,  ber  Slpfel. 
Appear,  erfd)einen. 
Arab,  ber  Slraber. 
Arm,  ber  2lrm. 

Army,  bie  5lrmee,  bag  Jlriegg^eer. 
Around,  ^erum ;  urn,  um^er. 
Arrival,  bie  Sufunft. 
Arrive,  aiifcmmen. 
Artist,  ber  .S:iinftter. 
As,  ale',  ha,  tr>eit,  twie,  fo. 
Ashamed  (to  be),  fid)  fc^dmen. 
Asleep,  eingefd)lafen. 
Assist,  Beifterjen,  t)elfen. 
Assistance,  ber  S3eijianb,  bie  ^ilfe. 
At,  ju,  an,  Bei,  in,  auf,  iiBcr,  'oox, 

aug,  mit,  gegen ;  —  all,  L.  10,  9. 
Attendant,   ber  ^egleiter,  hii  ^^* 

gteiterin. 
Attentive,  aufmerffam. 
August,  ber  Stugujt. 
Aunt,  bie  ^nl}\m,  Xante, 
Austraha,  5lu|lralicn. 
Austria,  Oejlreicf)  or  Dcjletreid^. 
Autumn,  ber  •^erbjl. 
Avail,  l^elfen,  nii^en,  jid)  Bebieneiu 
Avoid,  meiben,  ijermeiben. 
Away,  treg,  fort. 
Axe,  bie  5lxt,  bag  Seit 

B. 
Bad,  fd)ted)t,  Bofe,  fd^dblid^. 
Baker,  ber  Sdcfer. 
Ball,  ber  fBall  bag  2;anjfejl. 
Barley,  bie  ©erjle. 
Barrel,  haS  ^a^,  bie  S;onne. 
Basket,  ber  ^orB. 
Battle,  bie  @d)lad)t. 
Bavaria,  33a5?ern. 
Bavarian,  ber  93ai)er,  Baicrifd). 
Bear,  beviBdr;  ertragen,  geBdren. 
Beast,  bag  2;(;ier ;  —  of  burden 

Sajlt^icr ;  —  of  prey,  OlauBt^iex 


218 


BOU 


CAU 


Beat,  fc&Iagen,  flo^fcn. 
Beautiful,  f*6n. 
Beaver,  bcv  iBiber. 
Because,  tveil,  bepwegen. 
Become,  toevbeu,  jict)  fc^irfcu,  ge* 

jiemeiu 
Bed,  has  53ctt. 
Bee,  bie  58ienc. 
Beef,  bag  Olinbflelfc^. 
Beer,  bag  Ster. 
Before,  i?cr,  be«or,  el^cj  SJorn,  Dor' 

t)cr,  bereitg,  friUjer. 
Beggar,  ber  Setller. 
Begin,  begiunen,  anfangen. 
Behavior,  bag  S3etragen. 
Behind,  ^inter,  ^inUn,  gutiirf. 
Being,  bag  5)afein,  SSefcu. 
Believe,  gtauben. 
Belong,  gefioren,  augel;6rcn. 
Below,  unter. 
Bench,  bie  93an!. 
Beneath,  unter. 
Benefactor,  ber  SBcl^Itpter. 
Benevolent,    tooijlwoUenb,    tooljh 

tl)dtlg. 
Beside,    Besides,    tteben,  auper; 

au^erbem ;  to  be  —  one's  self, 

au^er  fid)  fein. 
Besiege,  betagcrn. 
Between,  jtvifdien,  unter. 
Beyond,  iiberjenfeitg.aupcr,  'i)maui. 
Bird,  ber  93cgel. 
Birth,  bie  ©eburt,  ^erfunft. 
Bite,  beipeu. 
Bitter,  bitter. 
Black,  fd)trarj ;  bunfel  j  — smith, 

ber  ©robfdjmieb. 
Blame,  tabeln  j  ber  JlabcL 
Bleat,  bicfen. 
Blessing,  ber   ©egcn;  bie  Soljl^ 

U)at. 
Blind,  btinb. 
Blue,  blau. 
Boast,  gro^  tr;uu,  ^ral^Ien,  fid)  xnf)i 

men. 
Bohemian,  ber  SSol^me. 
Book,  bag  93u*. 
Boot,  ber  ©tiefcL 
Bough,  ber  %]i. 


Boundless,  grenjcn'oS;  unbjgre«it 
Boy,  ber  ^nabe. 
Braid,  fiediten,  ioeben. 
Branch,  ber  Swcig,  ^^\t 
Brave,  ta^fer,  braw  j  ebel. 
Bread,  ha6  Sdxch, 
Break,  bredien,  gcrbrec^en. 
Breastpin,  bie  ^rujinabeL 
Bremen,  S3remen. 
Brewer,  ber  S3rauer. 
Bridge,  bie  ^riidfc. 
Bring,  bringen. 
Broad,  brcit  )x>eit,  grcf. 
Brother,  ber  ^vuber  j  —  m  law, 

ber  @d)toager. 
Brunswick,  iBraunf(l)h)eig, 
Bud,  bie  ,^nog|)e,  bag  Sluge. 
Burdensome,  ld)lig. 
Burn,  brennen. 
Bury,  begvaben. 

But,  aber,  foubern,  au^er,  nur,  aid. 
Buy,  faufen. 
By,'  »on,  burd),  ju,  nad),  mit,  fiir, 

neben,  h^i,  auf. 


Cabinetmaker,  ber  !Iif(^Ier. 

Cage,  ber  .^dfig. 

Call,  tufen,  nennen. 

Camel,  bag  ^ameel. 

Can,  bie^annej  fonnen,  imSfanbe 

fein. 
Candle,  i>ai  2i&ji,  bie  J^erje  j  -stick, 

ber  8eud)ter. 
Cane,  ber  @tocf,  haS  fflc\)V. 
Cap,  bie  ^av^c,  Wi^e, 
Capable,  fd^ig,  tiiditig. 
Captain,  ber  «^au^tmann,  Jla^italn. 
Care,  bie  @crge,  <2crgfaU  ;  to  take 

— ,  ©orge  tvagcn ;  Vfiegcn. 
Careful,  i)crfid)tig,  beijutfam. 
Carlsruhe,  ^ailgrufic. 
Carpenter,  ber  Simmermann 
Carriage,  ber  2Bagcn. 
Cat,  bie  Jla^e. 
Catch,  fangen,  crgreifcn. 
Cattle,  bag  ffiief;. 
Cause,  bie  Urfad}c,  <Sa(^e;  »erttt» 

fadjen,  betcirfen. 


CON 


DEF 


219 


Certain,  gelol^,  jusectdfjig  j  Qitoip 

lid). 
Chain,  bie  ^dk ;  pf\dn. 
Chair,  bcr  ©tu()l,  Sept. 
Chamois,  bie  ®emfe. 
Charge,  iibertragen,  fe^en. 
Charm,  bejaukrn,  reijen. 
Charming,  reljenb. 
Cheat,  betvugcn. 
Cheese,  bev'ildfc. 
Child,  baiS  ^inb. 
Chisel,  bcr  2Jlei^et 
Christian,  ber  (S^rijl. 
Church,  bie  ^ird)c. 
Circumstance,  ber   Umjlanb,   hk 

Sage. 
Citizen,  bee  S3urger. 
City,  fcic  etabt 

Climb,  !limmen,  flettetn ;  crjieigcn. 
Cloak,  bet  manUl 
Clock,  bi€  aBanbuf)r. 
Cloth,  ba^  3eug,  2;ud). 
Cloud,  bie  aSolfe. 
Coat,  ber  Stocf. 
Coblenz,  (Scbtcnj. 
Cofiee,  ber  ^affee. 
Cold,  fait,  frojlig  j  bie  Stalti. 
Cologne,  ^6 hi. 
Colonel,  bcr  D&erji. 
Color,  §av&e. 

Come,  fommcn.  P.  182,  gclangen. 
Command,    ber  a3efel;l,  bcfc^len, 

gebieten. 
Commerce,  ber  .ganbel,  SScrfcI^r. 
Commit,  Begef;cn. 
Companion,  ber  ©efd^rtc,  Oefetl* 

fct)  after. 
Company,  bie  ®efeUf(J^oft  ber  SBc^ 

fucb. 
Compel,  not^tgcn,  jttjingcn. 
Complain,  fid)  beflagen. 
Complete,    ijolljidnbig ;    gdnjlid), 

gmij. 
Conceal,  uerBergen, 
Concei-t,  bag  Concert. 
Conduct,  bie  Sluffti^rung,  ba«  93c* 

tragen. 
Conqueror,  bcr  droBercr. 
Conscious,  betwu^t. 


Consequent,  folgenb  j  folglid^. 
Consider,  bebenfen,  aci^ten ;  ^alttn 
Consumption,  bie  5lue!je^rung. 
Contented,  jufriebcn. 
Contradict,  tt)iberfvrcd)cn. 
Convict,  uberfii^ren. 
Convince,  iiberjeugcn. 
Cook,  bcr  ^od),  hk  ^oc^in. 
Copy,  abfd)reiben. 
Cost,  foften. 
Count,  ®raf ;  jd^Tcn. 
Country,  bag  Sanb. 
Courage,  ber  Tlutf),  bte  ^^apfcrfeit. 
Course,  ber  Sauf ;  of — ,natiirli(^, 

o^M  3iveifet. 
Cousin,  ber  93ettcr,  btc  Soujine. 
Cover,  berfen,  bebetfcn. 
Cow,  bie  ^ul;. 
Crawl,  fried)en,  fd^lcid^cn. 
Creep,  Fried)en. 
Crime,  bag. SSerbred^cn. 
Crocodile,  bag  ^rofobiH 
Cruel,  graufam,  unmcnfd)(id^. 
Crutch,  bie  ^riirfe. 
Custom,  ber  ©cbraud),  bte  ©itfe. 
Cut,  ber  ©d)nitt,  fdjitcibcn,  l^auen. 

D. 

Dagger,  ber  S)otc^. 

Dane,  ber  JDdnc. 

Danger,  bie  ©cfal^r. 

Dangerous,  gefd^rlid^. 

Danube,  bie  5Donau. 

Daughter,  bie  S;od)tcr;  —  inlaw, 
bie  @d)tt3icgertod^tcr. 

Day,  ber  ISag;  to-day,  f)tuU;  —  bo- 
fore  yesterday,  tiorgcflcrn. 

Dead,  tobt. 

Deaf,  taub. 

Deal,  ber  Xf)zil',  a  great  -,  fcl^r  »fct 

Dear,  t^euer,  tocrt|. 

Death,  ber  Slob. 

Deceive,  bctriigen,  l^interge^en,  t&» 
fd)cn. 

Decrease,  abncl^men,  fd^toinben. 

Deed,  bie  Xf^at 

Deep,  ticf. 

Defeat,  iibcrtotnben,  [(i^Iageii. 

Defend,  ttcrt^eibigen. 


220 


DUT 


EXT 


Deficient. ma ngelTjaft;  he  is -in, 

fe(  mviiujcit  til  in  an.  L.  44. 
Defy,  2r:^  bidcu,    tvol^cii;     mv- 

Delibera',e,  I)erat[;fd)Ia3Cii,  fui)  Uf 
.  fiinicii. 
Demand,  bie  gorberimg;  ba3  93cr; 

IvllliJCU. 

Demosihenes,  JDemoilf^ene^. 
Departure,  bie  9tbttife. 
Dej3rive,  bevviubeu,  urn  . . .  briiigeu. 
Description,  bie  sBcfdu'eibung. 
Desert,  yevlaffeu,  luc^laufen. 
Deserve,  lHn•^ieueu. 
Desk,  has  '^nit. 
Destiny,  taS  ^-Berfjangnl^. 
Destitute,  cutblo§t,  (;iljlc>5. 
Determine,    bcftimmenj    fid)  iiiU 

fdUiepeii. 
Devoted,  cvvjcben. 
Diamond,  ber  -Diamaiit. 
Die,  bev  (Stempel ;  hk  2biirfel ;  j!er; 

hen ;  uinfcmmcn. 
Difficult,  fcl)wer,  fd^tuiciiij. 
Dig,  grabcn. 
Dignity,    bie  SBurbe,   ber    Dtang; 

ba'^  lUnit. 
Diligent,  fleifjig,  cmfloj. 
Discontented,  unjufvicbcn. 
Disease,  bie  jti-aufljeit. 
Ditch,  bcv  ©raben. 
Do,  tfjun,  madden ;    yenid^tcn;  fic^ 

bofiiibcu. 
Dog,  ber  JQimb. 
Domestic,   I;dngli(^ ;    —  animal, 

la^  4pait^t()ier. 
Door,  bie  :5!l;iire. 
Down,  uittcii,  uieber,  r;iuab,  f|iuuu; 

tcr,  l)cviiiiter. 
Dozen,  ^dS  ©uljcnb. 
Draught  animal,  ba5  Sugtf^ler. 
Draw,  jie(;en;  jeid)nen. 
Dresden,  2)regbeu. 
Drink,    ber  IJivciuf,    ba3  ©etrdiif; 

fai:fcu,  triuFeii. 
Drive,  tveibcn. 
Drum,  bie  Sivcmmcf. 
Duck,  bie  (Snk. 
Dutch.  IjoUdiibifd),  bl*  .^oUdnbcr. 


Due,  Qcbfi^renb,  angcmeffcn. 
Duke,"  bev  ^erjcg. 
During,  \yd()renb. 
Duty,  bie  *4>llid)t,  (Sd)ulbl3!eU. 

E. 
Eagle,  ber  5tbter. 
Earn,  iievbieueu,  geWlnnen. 
Earth,  bie  (Srbe. 
Easy,  -ily,  leid)t,  ruT^lg,  fre{. 
Eat,  ejfen,  fvejfeu. 
Eel,  ber  2laL 
Egg,  bci3  @i. 

Either,  einer  i)on  beiben ;  wttccbet, 
Elephant,  bev  (SIeVi)ant. 
Ell,  bie  (BlU. 

Eloquence,  bie  ^erebtfamfeit 
Else,  aiiber^,  foitft. 
Emerald,  ber  ©maragb. 
Emigrate,  ausJivanbevn. 
Emperor,  bev  jlaifcv. 
Encamp,  fid)  lagevn. 
Endeavor,  fid)  bcmuf;en,   fid^  be* 

ftvebeu;  ftrebcn. 
Enemy,  bev  gelub. 
Engage,  beftell cu,  mlctf;eii, 
England,  Qnglanb. 
English,  bie  (^ngldnber,  eiigtlfc^. 
Englishman,  bev  (Sngldnbev. 
Enjoy,  fid)  cvfrcuen,  gciiiepcu. 
Enough,  genitg,  (^inldnglic^. 
Entire,  gaiij,  yoUftdiibig. 
Envious,  neibifd). 
Envy,  bciieibcn. 
Error,  bev  Svvt^um,  i^ef^Ier. 
Escape,  entriuiiea,  cutfommcii. 
Europe,  (S:uvcvhi. 

P'.uropean,  bevl^urcVder;  eurcV^difd). 
Even,  eben  ;  gevabe ;  fogar  ;  fclbil. 
Evening,  bev  5tbenb,  hii  Slbenbjeit. 
Ever,  je,  icnuil^  ;  immer. 
Every,  L.  8.  &  52.  h. ;  — where, 

alleiit()ati)en,  ubevall. 
Evil,  libel,  bofe. 
Except,  aii^ev,  big  auf. 
Exhortation,  bie  ©rmaliiiung. 
Exile,  bie  Q3evbauuuug. 
Expect,  evuHirtcn. 
Experience,  evfvif;ven. 
Extensive,  audgebe^nt  audgebceii, . 


FOO 


GLA 


221 


:.xterior,  has  9(eit§crc. 
Eye,  ba3  ^luc^? ;  Dcfjv. 

F. 

Fail,  fef)ten ;  uuterlajfcn. 

Faithful,  trcu,  rebltct). 

Fall,  ber  §aU ;  fa((eii ;  to-  asleep, 

eiiifd^lafen,  entfd)Iafeu. 
Far,  entferut  fern. 
Fast,  feft;  gcfd)wtnb,  fd)neU. 
Fat,  fett. 
Father,   itr  aSatrr ;    —  in  law, 

ber  (S2dnwtegen>atevj  — land,  ba^ 

a^atcrlanb. 
Fatigue,  ble  ©rmiibunc^,  v.  ermubeu. 
Fault,  ber  ge()ler,  cie@d)ulb,  P.84. 
Favor,  ble  (3nn% 
Favorable,  gimftig. 
Fear,  bie  ^uvd)t ;  v.  furd^teiu 
Feel,  fuf^teit ;  empfinbeu. 
Feeling,  ha§  ®efu()t. 
Few,  tuenig  ;  a  — ,  cluige. 
Field,  hae  "Sclb. 
Fifty,  funfjig. 
Fight,  fediten,  i^vcitcn. 
Final,  -ly,  cublid). 
Find,  ftiiben,  antrcjfcit. 
Fine,  feln,  fdiou. 
Fire,  basS  ^eiicv. 
First,  L.  51,  14. 
Fish,  ber  %\\d) ;  fifd)ciu 
Fit,  pafTm. 

Flatter,  fd^meidictn,  (ictifofcn. 
Flatterer,  ber  ©dimcidilev. 
Flattering,    fd)meid)eUjaft,  fd)mei* 

diehib. 
Flee,  fllef)en. 

Fleet,  f*ucl(,  flinf;  btc  ^lotte. 
Florin,  ber  ©iilbeii. 
Flour,  bag  2Jlcl)l. 
Flow,  (lie Ben,  ftvcmeu. 
Flower,  bie  ^lume ;  Slfitfje. 
Flute,  bie  gtctc. 
Fly,  bie  %iko,s ;  fliegcn  ;  f{iet)en. 
Foam,  ber  (Sd^aum  ;  fdidumeii. 
Follow,  fclqeii,  Uvidifolgeu. 
Fool,  ber  Xi)cx,  dUxx. 
Foolish,  t()cridit,  nanifd). 
Foot,  ber  gup;  on  — ,  ju  §up. 


For,  ffir,  nad),  mlt,  ivcgen,  urn  . ., 
njiUen,  an,  au3,  iua(;venb,  auf,  ju, 
benn. 

Foreign,  auSldnbifd),  fvemb. 

Foreigner,  ber  5lu^lvinber. 

Forest,  ber  ^oxH,  aSalb. 

Forget,  ttergejTen.  P.  186. 

Formerly,  fvi'i^er,  cf;cmal3. 

Fortunate,  cjU'irftid). 

Four,  L.  51,  14. 

Fox,  ber  §ncf)5. 

Fragrant,  buftenb,  tt3oT;lrled}ciib. 

France,  j^uanfreidi. 

Frankfort,  gvanffurt. 

Free,  befreien,  frel. 

Freedom,  bie  ^reif^eit. 

French,  franjoiifdi ;  ble  i^ranjofen. 

Frenchman,  ber  ^ranjofe. 

Friend,  ber  greitnb,  bie  ^reimbiu. 

Frighten,  erfdirecfeu. 

From,  »on,  au'5. 

Fruit,  bie  ^vudit,  bas5  Dh^ ;  -tree, 
ber  Obftbaum. 

Funeral,  taS  33egrdbnip,  —  pro- 
cession, ber  SeidU'ujug, 

Future,  bie  3ufunft;  jufiinftig. 

G. 

Gallant,  tav» fer,  bray. 
Garden,  ber  ©artcu. 
Gather,  fannnehi,  U]eix, 
General,  aUtiemeIn;  ber  ^clbf;crr» 

General. 
Generally,  gcH)6f;nlld;  j  ini  ^iiUyg 

meinen. 
Generous,  grc^mutfjlg ;  frelgeblg. 
Gentleman,    <§err,   ber    geSclbcte, 

feine  2)iann. 
German,  beutfrf). 
Germany,  5)eutfd)(anb. 
Get,  ev()aUcn,  befommeu;  fcmmen; 

gelangen;  gerat()en;.  lapuj  to  — 

rid  of,  Ic^  iuevbcn  ;  to  — at,  beU 

fommen. 
Giant,  hex  dlkfe. 
Girl,  bay  lUldbdjcn. 
Give,  geben,  fdienfen. 
Glad,  \xcl),  (;eiter,  jufrUbctt;  to  be 

— ,  fid)  freuen. 


222 


HAT 


ICE 


Glass,  bag  ®Ia3 ;  ber  e^jiegeL 

Glazier,  bet  ©lafer. 

Glittering,  gldnjenb,  fd)immernb. 

Glove,  ber  §anbfd)u^. 

Go,  ge()en.    P.  180. 

God,  ®ott. 

Gold,  bag  ©otb ;  golbeu ;  —smith, 

ber  ®olbfd)mieb. 
Gone,  t»eg,  fort. 
Good,  gut. 

Goods,  bie  ©uter,  SSaaren. 
Goose,  bie  @ang. 
Govern,  regierenj  lenfenj  Be^err^ 

f(t)en. 
Gracious,  gndbig,  gfttig. 
Gradual, -ly,  nadjunbnac^j  jtufen? 

iweife. 
Grain,  haS  ^om,  ®etreibe. 
Grandfather,  ber  ©ropjjater. 
Grass,  i^a^  @rag. 
Grateful,  banfbar. 
Gray,  grau. 
Great,  grop. 
Greek,  ber  ©rie^e. 
Green,  grun ;  frlfc^ ;  unreif. 
Grind,  ma(;(en. 
Grow,  tt)ad)fen. 
Guilty,  fd)ulbig. 

H. 

Half,  ^atb. 

Hamburg,  «5amBurg. 

Hammer,  ber  jammer. 

Hand,  bie  <§anb. 

Hang,  f;angen ;  be^dngen. 

Hanover,  §anncijer. 

Happen,  fid)  ereignen,  gefd^el^en. 

Happy,  gliicfnci). 

Harbor,  ber  ^afcn. 

Harburg,  ba3  «&arBurg. 

Hard,  t)art ;  fd^toer. 

Hardly,  faum,  fd)tt)erlid)» 

Hare,  ber  ^afe. 

Hasten,  eileu. 

Hat,  ber  ^iit ;  — ^maker,  ber  ^nU 

inad)er. 
Hate,  t)a|Ten,  ttcrabfd^cuen. 
Hateful,  ijer^apt,  geljdfftg. 
Hatter,  ber  ^utmadjcr. 


Hay,  bae  .§eu. 

He,  er ;  berjenige. 

Headache,  bag  ^op^tot^. 

Healthy,  gefuub. 

Hear,  ^iJven. 

Heart,  has  ^erj,  ©emiiil^ ;  by  — i 

augiBenbig. 
Heavy,  fd)\t>er. 
Help,  bie  -^ilfe  j  I;elfen,  see  fcnncn, 

L.  31. 
Hemp,  ber  -^anf. 
Here,  l^ier,  l;ier!^er. 
Hero,  ber  «&elb. 
Hers,  ber,  bie,  ha6  i^rige. 
High,  ^oc^. 
Hill,  ber  «&itgel. 
Him,  i^m,  bem,  i^n,  ben. 
Himself,  felbji,  ftd). 
Hippopotamus,  bag  ^ilp^cxb,  W^u^ 

^ferb. 
History,  bie  ®efd){d)te. 
Hit,  fcl:)tagen ;  trejfen. 
Hold,  fatten. 
Hole,  bag  fiod),  bie  ^b1)U. 
Home,  nad)  ^^aufe  j  at  -,  ju  «§aufc 
Honest,  el^rtic^,  red)tfc^affett. 
Honor,  bie  (Bi)xt ;  e^ren. 
Hope,  bie  ^offnung ;  l^of en. 
Horse,  bag  51>ferb,  0top  j  on  -back. 

ju  ^ferbe. 
Hotel,  ber  ©afi^of. 
House,  bag  -^aug. 
How,  xok,  auf  hjeld^c  5(r*. 
however,  h)ie  and),  oBer. 
Human,  menfd)Iic^. 
Hundred,  ()uubert. 
Hungary,  Ungarn. 
Hungarian,  ber  Ungar ;  ungarif(^ 
Hungry,  I;ungrig ;  he  is  — ,  eg  i)vm* 

gert  ii)n,  or  ii^n  l)ungert 
Hunter,  ber  Sdger. 
Husbandman,  ber  Sanbmann. 
Hyena,  bie  «&^dne. 
Hypocrisy,  bie  ^eud^clei. 

I. 

I,  id) ;  I  say !  I;oren  (Sie  bcd^  I  ]^i< 

rcn  @ie  einmaL 
Ice,  bag  dig. 


KNO 

Idle,  tnupig,  trage. 

Idolish,  aOgcttlfd). 

If,  ireim,  fall^. 

Ignorant,  uutoi'lfeub. 

Immediate,  Qkiii),  au^mUidli^,  fo-. 
gleict). 

Immigrant,  ber  ©intuanberer. 

Impardonable,  unoergeifjlid}. 

Impression,  ber  ©iubrucf. 

In,  In ;  bei,  an,  ju,  auf,  mit,  mUx, 
nad),  uhn,  tjm'm,  ^incln. 

Inattentive,  unaufmevffam,  unad;)tf 
fvim. 

Indolence,  XxaQ^tit 
Indolent,  Idffig,  trdgc. 
Industrious,  fUeiglg. 
Industry,  ber  §lei§. 
Inhabitant,  ber  @intt>ol^ncr. 
Injure,   fd)aben,   beleiblgen,  Beein* 

trdditigen. 
Injurious,  ungered^t,  nadit^eilig. 
Ink,  bie  SInte. 
Innocence,  bic  tlnfcl)u(b. 
Inquire,  fid)  erfunbigen,  fragen. 
Insist,  befte^en. 
Instead  of,  fiatt,  anjlaft. 
Instructive,  belefireub,  (er^rretd^; 
Interesting,  anjiel;enb,  intereffant. 
Into,  in. 

Iron,  MS  @ifen ;  eifern. 
Irresistible,  un\t)iber|ief;ll(i^. 
Italian,  italtenlfdj. 


Joy,  bie  Wreube. 

Judge,  rid)ten,  beurtf;eilenj  berSlid)? 

ter. 
June,  ber  Sun^  or  3uni. 
Just,  gered)t,  reditfc^affen;  eben. 
Justice,  Hi  ®ered)tlgfeit. 

K. 

Kind,  bie  ®attung.  9trt.  WTiat  kind 
of,  L.  10,  adj.  gutig,  frcunblid}. 
Eving,  ber  Jlouig. 
Kingdom,  ba6  ^cnigreid^. 
Kitchen,  bie  Jtud)e. 
Knife,  has  SJieffer. 
Knov7,  toiffen,  fennen. 


LOG 
L. 


223 


Labor,  bie  5(rbelt. 
Laborer,  ber  Slrbetfer  j  XaQlo^net, 
■    Lady,  bie  ^rau,  ^ami. 
Lamb,  bag  fiamm. 
Lame,  lafim. 
Lamp,  bie  Sant^je. 
Land,  iaS  Sanb. 
Language,  bie  ©^rad)e. 
Large,  grop,  n?elt,  brelt. 
Last,  k^t 

Late,  fpdt ;  — ly,  neutid). 
Laugh,  bag  8ad}eu,  ©cldd^ter  j  Icu 

d)en. 
Lavp-,  bag  ®efe^. 
Lay,  legen. 
Lazy,  faul,  trdgc. 
Lead,  fii^ren. 
Leader,  ber  ^uf;rer. 
Learn,  ternen,  erfal^reiu 
Learned,  gelc^rt. 
Least,  at  — ,  iDenlgfleng. 
Leather,  bag  Seber  j  lebcrn. 
Legend,  ha6  aJldf;rd^en ;  hk  ©age, 
Leipsic,  Sel^jlg. 
Lend,  lelfjen. 
Less,  !(elner,  ioeniger. 
Lesson,  bie  Mtion,  ©hmbe. 
Let,  lajjen. 

Letter,  ber  S3u*|iabe;  S3n'ef. 
Liberty,  bie  §reir;clt,  at—,  see  Hxs 

fen,  L.  31. 
Lie,  bie  Siige;  lugen. 
Lie,  llegen. 
Life,  bag  2.ehen. 
Light,   bag  Sld;t;  to  come  to-, 

ang  2:ageglld)t  fcmmen. 
Lighten,  teuditen,  bll^en. 
Like,  gteld),  d^ntld) ;  gefaffen;  the  -, 
berglcldicn ;  he  would  —  to,  ct 
modjk  gem. 
Lily,  bie  Stile. 

Line,  bie  SInie,  3elfe ;  futtern. 
Lion,  ber  Sottje. 
Little,  Hein ;  geving,  ivenfg. 
Live,  leben ;  ivctinen. 
Lock,   bag    (Sd)lof;    la^djlh^en 
fd^llepen. 


224 


MIN 


NOB 


Long,  tang,  lange. 

Look,    bai  2lu[e(;en  t;aknj    anS^ 

fc^en. 
Lose,  tocrtlcren. 
Loud,  — ly,  laut. 
Love,  bie  ^iebe ;  IteBen. 
Low,  iiiebrig ;  briiKeu. 

M. 

Magdeburg,  Sl^aflbeBurg. 
Magistrate,  bie  Dbrl^feit,  berStmt* 

inaiin. 
Maine,  ber  Wla'in. 
Make,  mvicheu,  uervidhten,  lajfen. 
Man,  ber  aJieiifdi ;  i^Jlainu 
Mannheim,  9Jlannf)eim. 
Many,  »icl,  L.  52;  — a,  mand)er. 
March,  ber  S)Mrj. 
Mark,  ha6  Beidicn. 
Market,  ber  WlaxU. 
Mason,  ber  SD^laurer, 
Master,  ber  aRcifier ;  ^err;  — of 
a  language,  einer  @Kci*e  mdditig. 
Matter,  bie  ©ad)e;  what  is  the — ? 

M\\6  c\iht  eg  ? 
May,  ber  SJlal. 
May,  mogen,  fonnen,  biirfen. 
Mayence,  SJiatnj. 
Mean,  gemeiii,  jcl)te*t;    bag  WiU 

td ;  by  means  of,  »ermittelft. 
Measure,  ba^  a)lap  j  meffeii. 
Meat,  bag  gleifdi. 
Mechanic,  ber  ^aiibtrterter. 
Meditate,  iiberlcgen,  iiad)benfen,  er? 

\vac\cn. 
Meet,  to  go  to  —  cntgegen  gel^en ; 

trejfeii ;  begcgncn. 
Meissen,  SDicif  en. 
Melt,  fdMucljen. 
Memory,  bag  ©ebdd)tuip. 
Mention,  erwd()neii. 
Merchant,  ber  .(taufmann. 
Metal,  bag  SJIetaU. 
Miller,  bcv  Tlnikx. 
Milliner,  bie  ^u^niailierin. 
Mind,  bas5  ®emiitl) ;  ber  €inn. 
Mindful,  aufmerffani ;  clucjcbcuf. 
Mine,  mciii,  mcinlgc.  L.  25. 
Minute,  bie  3Jiiiiute. 


Miser,  ber  ©eljt^atg. 
Miserable,  elenb,  erbdrmlid^. 
Miss,  taS  ^vdiilelu. 
Miss,  mifyen ;  »crfe(;ten. 
Mistake,  ber  3rrt§um ;  fid)  imii  j 

fe^len. 
Misunderstand,    falfc^  terjie^cn, 

mi§verftef)en. 
Money,  bag  ®e(b,  bie  2Jliiiije. 
Month,  ber  9)lonat. 
Moon,  ber  SDlonb. 
More,  bag  3Rii)x ;  meT;r. 
Morning,  ber  SJlorgen, 
Most,  meifl. 
Mother,  bie  SOlutter. 
Mountain,  ber  S3erg. 
Much,  viet ;  fel)r. 
Munich,  3Jliind)en. 
Murder,  ermorben. 
Music,  i)k  QJiufif. 
Must,  miiffen.  L.  31. 
Mustard,  ber  ©enf. 
My,  mcin,  meine.  L.  9,  2. 

N. 

Napoleon,  S^a^clecn. 
Nation,  bie  gelation,  bag  SSot!. 
Near,  iia()e,  beinafje,  faj^ ;  hd. 
Need,  bebiirfen,  n6tl)lg  (;aben. 
Neighbor,  ber  5nad}bar;  3fidd)ile,  hit 

Oiadibariii. 
Neither,   L.  52,  10,  \vebcr;  aud) 

iiid)t ;  —  ...  nor,  webcr  . . .  nod). 
Nephew,  ber  g^ejfe. 
Nest,  bag  Dlejl. 
Never,  iiic,  iilemaTg. 
Nevertheless,     luAtgbeftolucniget, 

beffenungcaditet,  beuuod). 
New,  lieu ;  frifdi. 
News,  bie  9ienigfelt,  9Zad)ri(t;t. 
Next,  iidd)|1,  fotgeiib. 
Night,  bic  Dladit. 
Nightingale,  bie  9^ftd)ti9aU. 
Nile,  ber  m. 
Ninth,  iicuiite. 
No,  iiein ;  iildit ;  fein. 
Nobleman,  ber  (Sbetmaitn. 
Nobody,  9licmaub.  L.  10,8. 


ox 


PLU 


225 


None,  rdncr,  Feine,  Fetne^. 
Nor,  nodi ;  and)  iiict)t  L.  66. 
Not,  iiidit  L.  66. 
Nothing,  nuiiti?. 
Now,  nun,  je^t,  focBeii. 

O. 

Oak,  bie  @i*e. 

Oats,  ber  •^afer. 

Obedience,  ber  ©c^orfam. 

Obedient,  gefjcvfam. 

Obey,  gcljcvcben. 

Objection,  bie  @utge(^enfc^ung  ;  ber 

iS'imvurf ;  ''i^ormirf;  to  have  no 

— ,  nldUi3  bagcgen  l)a6en. 
Oblige,  «erpflid)tcu,  »crbinben,  see 

miiffcn,  L.  31. 
Obtain,  ev()alten,  ertangcn. 
Occur,  oorfcmmen,  fid)  creignen. 
Oder,  bie  Dbcr. 
Oelper,  Oelper,  proper  name. 
Of,  yen,  tt»egen,»crmittelft;  -  course, 

naturlidi,  eg  yerjle^t  jid). 
Offend,  beleibigen. 
Often,  oft,  ofterS. 
Oil,  bag  Del. 
Old,  att 
On,  an,  auf,  in,  Bcf,  ju,  mft,  untcr, 

yor,  iibcr,  yon,  n?cg,  lyeiter,  fcrt, 

gegcu ;  jufolge. 
Only,  einjig ;  aUein,  nur ;  erft. 
Opera,  bie  Oyer. 
Opinion,  bie  SPieinung. 
Oppose,  fid)  tinbcrfe^en. 
Opposite,  gegeniiber. 
Oppress,  nnterbriicfcn. 
Oppressor,  ber  Untetbriicfer. 
Or,  ober. 

Ostrich,  ber  (Straup. 
Other,  ber,  bie,  ha6  aubere ;  every 

—  day,  einen  ilag  urn  hm  am 

bern;  — wise,  anbcvg,  [ouj^. 
Out,  ang,  brau^cn ;  -  of,  aug,  au^cr. 
Over,  fiber,  auf,  l}iuiiber,  Ijeriiber, 

ycriiber,   yovbei;  aHju,  ju   fef)r, 

tucit,  breit ;  iiber()in,  burdi ;  yor. 
Owe,  fd)u(big  fein,  yerbaul'en. 
Ox,  ber  Dd)g. 

10* 


Page,  btc  (Seite,  93Iattfeiie. 

Painter,  ber  9)ialer. 

Painting,  bag  ©cmdlbe. 

Pair,  bag  ^aar. 

Palace,  ber  ^afaft. 

Paper,  bag  papier ;  ^a^ietctt. 

Paradise,  bag  ^arabieg. 

Parents,  bie  ©llern. 

Paris,  ^an'g. 

Part,  ber  2;f)eil. 

Pass,  ber^jjap;  to  —  by,  ticcbeU 

get}en. 
Past,  yergangen,  ycrbei. 
Patience,  bie  ©ebulb. 
Patient,  gebulbig ;  ber  ^ranFc,  5pa» 

tient. 
Patriotism,  bie  aSaterlanbgliebe. 
Peaceful,  friebfam. 
Peach,  bie  ^fivrifd)e. 
Pear,  bie  S3irne. 
Peasant,  ber  Sanbmann,  33auet, 
Pen,  bie  geber,  ©diretbfeber. 
Pencil,  ber  $lnfet ;  53Ielftift. 
People,  bag  33olf,  btc  2eute;  besjol* 

fern. 
Pepper,  ber  ?)3feffer. 
Perfect,  yonfommcn. 
Perform,  yerrld)ten,  yoIlsieT^en,  aug# 

fiiljren. 
Perhaps,-  yieHeidit. 
Perish,    umfommen;    ju    ©runbe 

geljeii. 
Persuade,  uberreben. 
Physician,  ber  Slrjt. 
Piece,  bag  (BtM. 
Pine,  bie  ^IdUe,  Xanwi. 
Pink,  bie  Oielfe. 
Pity,  ha^  2Jiittelben;  it  is  a  —,  ed  \^ 

@d)abe ;  bemltleiben,  bebauern. 
Plan,  ber  ^\a\i.  ©utiyuvf. 
Plane,  bic  fiddle;  bcrJpcbct 
Play,  fpicten,  fdjerjen. 
Pleasant,  — ly,  angenc^tn. 
Please,  gcfallen ;  ergo^en. 
Pleasure,  bag  a5ergniigen. 
Plow,  ber  q3flug. 
Plum,  bie  5p^aumc. 


226 


RAI 


RUB 


Point,  ber^punft;  to  be  iponthe-, 

im  ^egviifc  felu. 
Polite,  feiu.  artig,  I^ojlid). 
Poor,  avm,  biivftig,  maget. 
Possess,   to  —  one's-self   of  a 

thing,  fid)  eiiiev  <Sa*e  berndd^tigen. 
Possession,  ber  33efi^. 
Potato,  bie  ^avtofel. 
Pound,  ^funb. 
Pour,  iliepe";  etnfd)enfeit. 
Poverty,  bic  Strmutf). 
Power,  bie  ma(i)t,  ©etualt,  ^vaft. 
Powerful,  — ^ly,  mdd)tlg. 
Practical,  ^raftifc^. 
Praise,  bag  2ob ;  Icben,  ^teifen. 
Prefer,  t)crjie{)en. 
Presence,  bie  (UegeniDart,   5(ntt)e; 

fen(;eit. 
Press,  bie  ^rejTc 
Pretty,  f)iibfd%  nett,  jiemlic^. 
Prey,  ber  Olaub. 
Price,  ber  $velg ;  Sevt^. 
Prince,  ber  ^rinj ;  %nx% 
Principle,  ber  ©runbfa^. 
Prison,  bag  ©efdngni^. 
Probable,  tttaf)rfd)etnlid). 
Procession,  ber  Slufjug  j   bie  ^xcf 

ceffton. 
Promise,    bag   SSerf^ted^en ;    i)er# 

fpredien,  geloben. 
Pronounce,  augfpredien. 
Proper,  eigeit ;  fd)i(f lic^. 
Proud,  ficlj;  tro^tg. 
Prudence,  bie  illug^eitj  S3or|id^? 

tigfelt 
Prussia,  ^reupen. 
Pulpit,  bie  Jtanjel. 
Punish,  bejlrafen. 
Purse,  ber  S3eutet. 
Put,  ftelleu;  tegcn. 

Q. 

Quarrel,  jjanfcu,  flrelten. 
Quarter,  ha^  Siertel. 
Question,  bie  ^vcic^e ;   ©treltfrage. 
Questionable,  jtveifcdjiaft. 
Quire,  i>a6  iSud).  L.  47.  3. 

R. 
Rabbit,  ba3  ,Kaain(^cn. 


Rain,  ber  9tegen ;  regnetu 

Raise,  J)eben,  auf^eben. 

Rapid,  fdinell,  gefd)tt)i«b. 

Rather,  lieber. 

Read,  tefen. 

Really,  toirfti^,  in  bet  Xi}at 

Reason,    bic  33ernunft;    Urfac^ej 

ber  @runb. 
Receive,  emi>fangen,  err;aUcn. 
Recognize,  erfennen. 
Recommend,  em))fe^ten. 
Recover,  ^efunb  tverbeuj  gcnefen. 
Red,  rot^. 

Redound,  juriicf fliepen ;  gereid)cn. 
Refuse,  au,gfd)lagen,  fidj  toelgeriu 
Regard,  anfe^en. 
Reindeer,  bag  3'icnntf;ier. 
Relation,  ber,  bie  S3erwanbte. 
Remain,  bletben. 
Remedy,  ia^  ^ilfgmitteL 
Remember,  fid)  erinneru.   P  126. 
Renounce,  entfagen. 
Renowned,  beriif^mt. 
Resemble,  gleid)en  j  d^nnd^  feiiu 
Reside,  toc^nen. 
Resist,  toibcrfietjen. 
Respect,  ad)ten,  fd)d^en,  i^od)ad)fen. 
Return,    guriicffe^ren,  juriicfgeben, 

jururffd)i(fen. 
Revolution,   hk  Umtodljung,  Vtv* 

ttolulion. 
Reward,  ijergetten,  Belcl^ncn. 
Rhine,  ber  9l(;eiu. 
Rhinoceros,  bag  9lag^om. 
Ribbon,  bag  Sanb. 
Rich,  reid). 
Ride,  reiten,  falf;ren. 
Ridicule,    Id^erlid)  madjen;    jld) 

fiber  . . .  aufi;alten. 
Ring,  ber  9iing ;  jlreig  j  Jtlang. 
Ripe,  rcif,  jcitig. 
Ripen,  reifen. 
River,  ber  ^lug ;  ©trowu 
Road,  bic  (Strafe. 
Rob,  rauben  beraubciu 
Roof,  bag  ^aiij. 
Room,  ber  0laum,  bie  @iube/  ha§ 

Simmer. 
Rose,  bie  Stofe. 


SHI 


SOU 


227 


Ruby,  bv>r  3'lu'6in. 
Rude,  — ly,  xci),  rau^,  gvcB. 
Rule,  bie  Olegel;  ^errfcbaft. 
Run,  laufen,   rcuuen,  tiuuenj   — 

away,  bur6(^er)cit. 
Russian,  bet  SflujTe ;  tuf jtfd). 
Rye,  ber  Oipggeu;  ba^  koxn. 

S. 

Sacrifice,  ha6  Opfer. 

Sad,  traiirig,  betriibt. 

Saddle,  ber  battel. 

Saddler,  ber  ©attler. 

Sail,  ba^  eeqct. 

Sailor,  ber  SJlatrofe. 

Sake,  L.  48.  6. 

Salmon,  ber  2ach3. 

Salt,  bag  ©alj. 

Same,  berfelbe,  blefelBc,  baflfelbe; 

the  very  — ,  ber  iidmlid^c. 
Satisfy,  befnebiv^en. 
Save,  retten,  erretten. 
Saxon,  ber  Gacl:)fe}  fdci)jtfd). 
Saxony,  @ad)fen. 
Say,  fagen. 
Scholar,   ber  (Sd[)iilerj    ©ete^rte; 

bie  @ct)iilertn. 
School,  bie  (Sd^ule. 
Scold,  fdielten. 
Sea,  tk  (See,  ba3  SJlecr, 
Season,  bte  Sa'^regjeit ;  rcd)te  3cit 
Season  of  the  year,  bie  Sa'^regjeit. 
Seat,  ber  @i^,  <Btui)l ;  fe^en. 
Secret,  ha^  ®el;eimuip. 
See,  fefien. 
Seem,  fd)etnen. 
Seize,  ercjreifeu. 
Self,  felbfi. 
Sell,  yerfaufen. 
Send,  fcuben,  fd)icfen;   to  —  for, 

Ijolen  tviffen. 
Sense,  ber  @tnn,  SScvjlaub. 
Servant,  ber  5)tener. 
Several,  i^cvfd)!cbene,  met^rerc. 
Shall,  foUen,  tuerben. 
Sharp,  — ly,  fd)atf. 
Sharpen,  [d)drfen,[d)leifen,  jufpi^en. 
Sheep,  bat?  Sc^af. 
Shine,  fdjctnen,  leuc^ten. 


Ship,  ba6  ec&ljf. 

Shoe,  ber  ©dnit);   ha$   ^ufeifen, 

— maker,  ber  @d)u(;mac^er. 
Shoot,  fd)icpen. 
Short,  hirj. 
Shovel,  bie  (Scl)aufct. 
Show,  jelgen. 
Sick,  franf,  un\vof)l. 
Side,  bie  ©ette,  on  this  — ,  btef^ 

feitg,  on  the  other  — ,  {enfelt^. 
Sight,  bag  @eficl)t;  out  of — ,  cm$ 

\)en  2lugen. 
Silk,  hii  igeibe;  fetben. 
Silly,  elnfdlttg,  albern. 
Silver,  bag  ©ilber. 
Similar,  d{;nlid). 
Since,  feitbem,  'ooxf)tx,  iceil,  ha. 
Sing,  fingen. 
Sister,  bie  @d)toejiet  j  — ^inlaw,  bie 

@d)tt»dgerin. 
Sit,  ft^en,  Vaffen. 
Six,  fed)g. 

Sixteenth,  L.  51.  14. 
Skillful,  gefc^icft. 
Slander,  tterleumben. 
Slaughter,  fd)Iac^ten. 
Slave,  ber  ©cla^e. 
Sleep,  ber  @d)laf ;  fc^tafeiu 
Slow,  langfam. 
Small,  !leln,  gering. 
Smile,  ldd)eln. 
Smith,     ber     ©ci^mieb,    ©d^mib, 

@d)mibt. 
Smoke,  ber  dimij;  raud^en. 
Smooth,  gtatt. 
Snow,  ber  @d)nee  j  fc^neien. 
So,  fo. 

Sofa,  i>aS  gtuTjebett,  <Bo\)^a* 
Soft,  ireid),  fanft;  leife. 
Soldier,  ber  ©olbat. 
Some,  L.  52,  6 ;  — body,  jemanb ; 

— thing,  Hwa6 ;  — times,  jutoel* 

ten,maud)mat;  -where,  irgenbujo. 
Son,  ber  (So^n. 
Song,  ber  ©efang ;  ha6  Zkh» 
Soon,  balb,  friif). 
Sorry,  traurig,  betriibt}  I  am  — ^ 

eg  ti)ut  mix  leib. 
Soul,  bie  <Beele,  ber  Oeiji 


228 


SUR 


THR 


Speak,  fpvcdien,  Xi:htn. 

Spear,  bcv  ©piep,  (Speev,  bie  Sanje. 

Speech,  Dlcbe. 

Spendthrift,  bcr  SScrfd^ireiiber. 

Spin,  fpinnen;  bve(;eii. 

Split,  H?a(ten. 

Spring,  ber  (gjjrung;  bie  Ouelte; 

<^riU}iiiig ;  ftn-ingen. 
Squirrel,  bag  @icl)f)6rudben. 
Stable,  bcr  (BtaiL 
Stand,  bcr  ©tanb,  hk  <BUIIq  ;  jlcfjcn. 
Starling,  ber  Staar. 
Start,  fa()rcn ;  abveifen. 
State,   ber  (Btaat-,  — 's-man,  ber 

(2taa(gmann. 
Stay,  bcr  51ufeiit^alt ;  bfeiben. 
Stead,  bie  (gtcUe.  L.  48.  7. 
Steal,  ftef)Ien. 
Steel,  ber  ©ta^I;  fta^len;  ftdf;Iern. 

L.  23,  9. 
Steep,  ftcil. 

Still,  ftill,  vuT}ig;  nc&j.  L.  66. 
Sting,  ftedien. 
Stone,  bcr  @tetn. 
Stop,  l)ennnen ;  au^alten ;  auf(;oren ; 

fict)  auf(}alten. 
Story,  bie  C>3efc()[cl^te ;  ba^  Tla^xi}m, 
Stove,  bcr  Dfen. 

Stranger,  ber  ^rcmbe,  UuIJefannie. 
Stream,  ber  (Strcm. 
Strength,  bie  ©tdrfe. 
Strike,  fdilageii,  ftofeii,  I)aueii. 
Strong,  ftavf,  frdftig,  berb. 
Struggle,   |id)   flrduben,  !dmpfen; 

—  against,  tiMberftreben. 
Study,  ftubiren,  iiadibenfen. 
Stupid,  biimni ;  albcrn. 
Subject,  bcr  Uutcrtf;au  ;  imtertfjan. 
Submit,  fid)  untcnvcrfeii,  fid)  gcfal; 

Icii  laffcn. 
Succeed,  nadifolgenj  getlnc^eiu 
Suffer,  Icibcn. 

Suflering,  bag  Seibcn,  Iclbcnb. 
Sugar,  ber  3»cfcr. 
Summer,  ber  Sommcr. 
Summon,  auffovbcnu 
Sun,  bie  (2oinic. 

Superior,  iibevlegcu,  yorjiigUd)cv. 
Sure,  [idler,  geiijip. 


Surrender,  fid)  ergcben. 
Suspect,  in  S3erbad)t  I;aben. 
Swan,  ber  (Sdiarnn. 
Swell,  fd)wel(en,  auffd)tDeUcn« 
Swim,  fd)ivimmen. 
Sword,  bag  (Sd)t»ert. 

T. 

Table,  bie  2:afel ;  bcr  Jlifd). 

Tailor,  ber  ®d}neiber. 

Take,  ncl)mcn  j  mad)cn ;  to  —  off, 

abnef)meii. 
Talk,  fpred)en,  iplaubern. 
Tall,  grcp,  r;cd). 
Tanner,  ber  ©erbcr. 
Taste,  ber  ®e[d)macf. 
Tea,  ber  Sfice. 
Teach,  Icfjreii,  iinterrid)tcti. 
Teacher,  bcr  Scorer,  bie  Scf;rerin, 
Tear,  bie  !j:f)rdne. 
Tedious,  langweillg. 
Tell,  jdl}(eu,  erjd^len. 
Term,  bcr  5'?rmin. 
Terms,  bie  ©ebiugung. 
Than,  aU,  benn. 
That,  bap. 
The,  ber,  bie,  i)a6,  je...,  bcfio...,  um 

fo  ;  —  more,  — better,  je  mefjiv 

bcftc  beffcr. 
Thee,  bir,  bid);  of — ,  beluer. 
Their,  i()r,  i()re. 
Them,  i()iien,  fie. 
Themselves,  fie  fclbft,  ftd)  fetbfl. 
There,  ba,  bort,  bafelbft,  ba()in;  eg  j 

— fore,  baf)er,  bariim ;  alfo. 
They,  fie. 
Thief,  ber  2)icb. 
Thing,  bag  -Ding,  bie  (Sad)c. 
Think,  bciifen,  inciucu,  glaiibeu  j  to 

—  of,  gcbenfen. 
Third,  brittc ;  bag  2)vittel. 
Thirst,  bcr  iDitrft. 
Thirty,  L.51,14. 
Though,  cbfd)eii,  obglcid). 
Thousand,  taufeub. 
Thrash,  brefd^cn. 
Threat,  bie  !Drof;ung. 
Threaten,  brol;eu. 
Three,  brei 


UNO 


WAS 


229 


Thresh,  see  Thrash. 

Through,  biivd). 

Throw",  ira-feu. 

Thunder,  bouiiern,  n^ettern. 

Thus,  \o,  alfo,  auf  blefe  Qlvt. 

Thyself,  bu  felbft,  felbji,  bid),  bir. 

Tiber,  bie  %\bix. 

Tiger,  ber  ^iger. 

Till,  bi*?. 

Time,  bie  Belt. 

Tired,  miibe,  uberbriif|ig. 

To,  jii,  urn,  an,  auf,  mit,  nadb,  fur, 

gev^eii ;  bi^ ;  -  and  fro,  l)'m  luib  ^er. 
To-day,  t}cute. 
To-morrow,  morgen. 
Tongs,  bie  Scingc. 
Too,  ju,  allju  ;  auci). 
Toothache,  bas?  3a^nh)e'^. 
Town,  bie  ©tabt )  to  — ,  nac^  ber 

@tabt. 
Traitor,  ber  9Scrrdtf;er. 
Travel,  reifeii. 
Traveler,  ber  ^leifenbe. 
Treat,  beljaubeln. 
Tree,  ber  33aum ;  (Stamm- 
Tremble,  jittern. 
Trouble,  "i^k  Unru^c ;  ber  SSerbruf, 

Summer. 
Trout,  bie  t^orelle. 
True,  \X)^[)X,  treu. 
Trunk,  ber  ^cjfer ;  <Stamm. 
Trust,  traueii,  yertrauen,  ji^  »er? 

laffeii. 
Truth,  bie  Saf;rr;cit. 
Try,  ^rufen,  »erfiicl)en. 
Turk,  ber  iliivfe. 
Turn,  9leii;e,  P.  83 ;  brer;en  j  bredb* 

fdii. 
Twelve,  L.  51,  14. 
Twenty,  jwanjig. 
Twice,  jtueinuil. 
Two,  L.  51,  14. 
Tyrant,  ber  2;9rann,  2But^ric!^. 

U. 

Unaccustomed,  unc^elvorjiit. 
Uncle,  ber  Df|?tm,  Dnfcl. 
Under,  unter,  nnizw,  nieber;  unfer? 
georbnet  • 


Understand,    tierfier^en,  begrcifen; 

see  fciineii,  L.  31. 
Unfavorable,  uiigiuiftig. 
Unfortunate,  itiu^lurflid). 
Unhappy,  ungh-icflic^. 
Unite,  ycreinigeii. 
United,  sereiuitjt. 
Unjust,  — ly,  uu9crcd)t 
Unpardonable,  unoerjeibtid^, 
Unpleasant,  unaugeuc(;m. 
Until,  bi^. 
Unwell,  umtJc'^I. 
Up,  auf,  aufwdrt^,  F;lnauf,  I;erauf, 

cm)3or. 
Upon,  auf,  an,  uber,  bci,  OMi,  in, 

uadb,  jufclge. 
Useful,  uii^lid). 

V. 

Valiant,  ta^  fer,  bra»« 

Value,  ber  aBertf). 

Vanity,  bie  (Sitelfelt 

Velvet,  ber  (Sammet. 

Very,  feljr. 

Vest,  bie  SKefie. 

Vex,  vl^gen,  qudlen,  serbricpen. 

Vice,  bag  Saftev. 

Vienna,  SSten. 

Village,  lai  ©orf. 

Villain,  ber  @d)elm,  ©))i^bubc 

Vinegar,  ber  ©ffig. 

Visit,  ber  33efiici:) ;  befud^en* 

Voice,  IW  (Stimme. 

Volume,  ber  Sanb. 

W. 

Wagon,    ber  SQBagen;    — maker, 

ber  3Baguer. 
Wait,  warten. 
Walk,  ber  @ang,  2Beg,  ©pajiev* 

gang;  ge()cn. 
Wall,  Ik  aBanb,  SDlauer. 
Want,  \i(M  93ebiirfni^;  to  be  in  — , 

benotbigt  fein,  not^ig  Tjabenj  SPian* 

gel  leibeu  an  . . . 
War,  ber  ^rieg. 
Warm,  tnarm. 
Wash,    tuafc^en;    -—stand,     bet 

aSafc^tifc^. 


230 


WIL 


YOU 


Watch,  bie  Uf)r,  Xa^dmn^x. 

Wave,  bie  SSelle,  SBoge. 

Way,  ber  3Beg. 

We,  mix. 

Weak,  fdnua*. 

Wealth,  bev  5li^o(;tftanb,  9^eicl;t(;um. 

Wear,  ti-ageii,  anfjciben. 

Weather,  bag  SSeticr. 

Weave,  \uckn. 

Wedding,  bie  ^^ccibseit. 

Week,  bie  2Bod)e. 

Weep,  lueinen,  belx>etnctt. 

Well,  woiji,  gut. 

Were,  \warcn. 

What,  tua^,  h3eld)er;   iueld)   em; 

ira^  fiir  ein ;  t\)ic  yiel ;  L.  10. 
Whatever,  u^as  uur,  toa^  auct)  im; 

nier. 
Wheat,  ber  Satjeu. 
When,  it»enn,  luaun,  al^,  ba. 
Where,  tt)o,  Xcol)in. 
Whether,  ob. 

Which,  ivel(l)er,  weld)e,  tiietd)CiS. 
While,  iubem,  ludbvcub. 
Whistle,  bie  ^feife ;  pfcifen. 
White,  ttjeip. 
Who,  wex,  h3eld)er;  ber,  bte;-ever, 

itter  and)  immer. 
Whole,  ganj. 
Why,  iDanim,  L.  10,  5. 
Wicked,  gottfojJ. 
Will,  ber  SBille  j  \Moiim,  L.  31. 


Win,  getriitnen. 

Window,  hae  ^tw^tx 

Windy,  wiubig. 

Wine,  ber  ^nn. 

Winter,  ber  SBinter. 

Wise,  wetfe,  yerfldnblg. 

Wish,  ber  SBuufd) ;  iDiinfd^cn,  see 

twoUeu,  L.  31. 
With,  mit,  nebfi,  fammt,  bcl,  auf, 

fiir,  an,  burd). 
Without,  au^er,  c^nc. 
Wolf,  ber  aBo[f. 
Woman,  ha^  SBeib,  bie  j^rau. 
Wood,  i}a6  Jql% 
Wooden,  fjoljern. 
Wool,  bie  SSoUe. 
Word,  bag  Sort. 
Work,  bie  Slrbeit ;  ha6  3Berf ;  at-- 

bciten. 
World,  bk  mdt,  (Srbe. 
Worm,  bev  aBurm. 
Worst,  fd)led)tefte,  drgjie. 
Worth,  ber  2Bertf; ;  tuert^,  toiitblg. 
Write,  fd)reiben. 
Writing,  bie  ©c^rift. 
Wrong,  unred)t,  fatfdl). 

Y. 
Year,  bag  ^aljx. 
Yellow,  gelb. 
Yesterday,  gef!eru. 
Yet,  bod),  benncd).  no(^. 
Young,  iung ;  fvifd). 


ADDENDA. 


©egegnen,  to  meet. 

©ereiten,  to  prepare. 

93teten,  to  offer. 

^i%  art,  are.     See  L.  32.  2. 

Tiarbicteii,  to  offer,  extend, 

IDereiuf^,  once,  in  future. 

Saibe,/.  color. 

geiiib,  m.  -eg,  enemy ;  a^j.  hostile. 


adj.   cultivated,    edu- 


©ebilbet 
cated. 

■^nxVii),  adj.  glorious,  excellent 
Oiaub,  m.  robbing,  plunder. 
(Sdninnben,  to  disappear. 
23evfldnbUdi,  adj.  intelligible. 
3ange,  /.  tongs. 


14  DAY  USE 

RETURN  TO  DESK  FROM  WHICH  BORROWED 

LOAN  DEPT. 

This  book  is  due  on  the  last  date  stamped  below,  or 

on  the  date  to  which  renewed. 

Renewed  books  are  subject  to  immediate  recall. 


itct'KSSj 


RZC'D  LP 


SEP  17  1S62 


^efptftsW 


REC'P  ^^^ 


ftPRTt^ers 


m 


T.r*  01  A_Kn«,.Q  '4^^ 


General  Library 


p 


YB  38893 


ivi54031'? 


■*^*\%^JtiM    V 


